unit1_week1_2.pdf

36
8/12/2019 unit1_week1_2.pdf http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/unit1week12pdf 1/36 At a Glance  Whole Group Small Group Options Oral Language Build Background Comprehension Read That Big Cat!  Strategy: Analyze Story Structure Skill: Analyze Character and Setting Phonemic Awareness Identify Rhyme Phonics Short /a/ a Build Fluency: Word Automaticity Read A Cap for Pam Spelling:  Pretest: Words with Short a High-Frequency Words Review jump, not, up, down Language Arts Grammar: Sentences Shared Writing Differentiated Instruction, pages 35I–35L Oral Language Oral Language Write the Morning Message. Point to each word as you read the Message aloud with expression. Practice Concepts of Print As you reread the Message, encourage children to raise their hand each time you begin a sentence. Invite volunteers to circle each sentence beginning. Review High-Frequency Words Ask a child to come up and point to like and you. Introduce the Weekly Theme Tell children that this week they will be talking about how each of us is different and special. Invite them to answer the question What do you like to do?  Add this information to the Morning Message. Build Background: We Are Special ACCESS PRIOR KNOWLEDGE Write What I like to do on chart paper and make a list of things children are good at and enjoy doing. Keep this list to refer to later. CULTURAL PERSPECTIVES Tell children that in this country we have holidays to celebrate ways members of our families are special. Mother’s Day, Father’s Day, and Grandparent’s Day are a few. In Japan people celebrate Children’s Day, plus Boys’ Festival and Girls’ Festival. Invite children who have celebrated similar holidays to share their experiences.  A Ca  p  for Pa  m  byKathrynLewis illustratedby ChiChung Big Book Decodable Reader  A  Ca  p  for Pa  m  byKathrynLewis illustratedbyChi Chung I like to run. I like to hop. What do you like to do? 6T

Upload: nallely-sarmiento

Post on 03-Jun-2018

227 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: unit1_week1_2.pdf

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 136

At a Glance

Whole Group

Small Group Options

Oral Languagebull Build Background

Comprehensionbull Read That Big Cat

bull Strategy Analyze Story Structure

bull Skill Analyze Character and Setting

Phonemic Awarenessbull Identify Rhyme

Phonicsbull Short aa

bull Build Fluency Word Automaticity

bull Read A Cap for Pam

bull Spelling

Pretest Words with Short a

High-Frequency Wordsbull Review jump not up down

Language Artsbull Grammar Sentences

bull Shared Writing

Differentiated Instructionpages 35Indash35L

Oral LanguageOral Language

Write the Morning Message Point to each word as you read the

Message aloud with expression

Practice Concepts of Print As you reread the Message

encourage children to raise their hand each time you begin a

sentence Invite volunteers to circle each sentence beginning

Review High-Frequency Words Ask a child to come up and

point to like and you

Introduce the Weekly Theme Tell children that this week theywill be talking about how each of us is different and special

Invite them to answer the question What do you like to do Add

this information to the Morning Message

Build Background We Are Special

ACCESS PRIOR KNOWLEDGE Write What I like to do on chart paper

and make a list of things children are good at and enjoy doing Keep

this list to refer to later

CULTURAL PERSPECTIVES Tell children that in this country we

have holidays to celebrate ways members of our families are special

Motherrsquos Day Fatherrsquos Day and Grandparentrsquos Day are a few In Japan

people celebrate Childrenrsquos Day plus Boysrsquo Festival and Girlsrsquo Festival

Invite children who have celebrated similar holidays to share their

experiences

A Ca p

f o r Pa m

byKathryn Lewisillustratedby ChiChung

Big Book Decodable

Reader

A Ca p

f o r Pa m

byKathrynLewisillustratedbyChi Chung

I like to run

I like to hopWhat do youlike to do

6T

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 236

TALK AND WRITE ABOUT THE PICTURE PROMPT Discuss the Focus

Questions What do you like to do What makes you special Talk about

how every person is unique or special and has special interests

Invite children to use the words as they respond to the photograph by

dictating sentences about it

For children who need

additional language

support and oral vocabulary

development use thelesson found at

wwwmacmillanmhcom

unique interest

Beginning

Pantomime and Gesture

Ask children questions about

what they like to do while

gesturing the activity Have

them raise their hands if they

like the activity For exampleask Do you like to play

baseball while standing in a

batterrsquos stance

Intermediate

Guided Questioning Ask

questions and help children

respond using complete

sentences What musical

instrument do you play Are

you a fast or a slow runner Ask children to get into pairs

and practice asking and

answering questions

Advanced

Act Out Have children share

their interests and talents in

a variation of charades Have

children take turns acting out

as others guess the activity

As it is identified write theword and have children use it

in a sentence

Talk About It Student pages 6ndash7

Pam and Sam 67

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 336

Objectives

bull Understand the strategyAnalyze Story Structure

bull Analyze characters by

looking at their words and

actions

bull Understand how setting

helps comprehension

bull Apply the strategy and skill

with the Big Book

bull Reinforce concepts of print

bull Use academic languagecharacter setting

Materials

bull Big Book That Big Cat

Share the Big BookShare the Big Book Listening Comprehension

PREVIEW AND PREDICT Display the cover Read the title and

the names of the author and illustrator as you track the print

What do you think the girl likes to do How do you think she feels

about the cat in the picture What do you think might happen in

this story

GENRE Help children understand that they are about to read

realistic fiction a make-believe story that could really happen

Point out that most make-believe stories have pictures not

photographs to illustrate them

STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

EXPLAIN Explain to children that every story is put together carefully

by an author This is called the story structure A story has many partsIt has a beginning a middle and an ending Each part of the story has

important information Good readers pay attention to the different parts

of the story

SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

EXPLAIN Point out that an important part of stories are the people

and animals in them They are called characters and we learn about

them through what they do and say Another important part is thesetting or the place where the story happens This week children will

pay special attention to story characters and setting

Read the Big Book

SET PURPOSE As we read letrsquos think about the beginning middle and

end of the story Letrsquos find out about the girl and the big catMODELGUIDED PRACTICE Use the Think Alouds to model how to

analyze character and setting and story structure Additional prompts

are provided on the inside back cover of the Big Book

Pages 14ndash15mdashAnalyze Story Structure

Think Aloud The beginning of the story tells about what Allie

does at home and school The middle of the story tells about

something she doesnrsquot domdashpet the big cat I wonder what willhappen by the end of the story

Big BookThat Big Cat

Pantomime and Gesture Use

pantomime gestures and other

strategies to help make the text

comprehensible Have children

say the phrase

Page 8 Never ever do Shake

head emphatically and frown

Contrast with always

Page 14 Jump off the bus Jump

up and landPage 20 Hear a funny sound

Cup hand to ear as if listening

intently What do you hear

Analyze Character and Setting

Introduce U1 7AndashB

Practice Apply

U1 7J 13Gndash27A Leveled

Practice 3ndash4

Reteach Review

U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT

35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J

89Gndash105A 111E 111L

111NndashP 111RndashT 111V

111YndashZ Leveled Practice

27ndash28

Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests

Benchmark Tests A BMaintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A

153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT

153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled

Practice 119ndash120

7A

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 436

Pages 18ndash19mdashAnalyze Character and Setting

Think Aloud Allie likes to have fun She pretends to be a

superhero It looks like she and her friends are in her yard

Superheroes are brave I donrsquot think Allie feels brave around

that big cat Will she ever try to pet that cat Irsquoll keep reading

to find out

Respond to Literature

TALK ABOUT IT Encourage children to talk about what Allie is like

How do you think Allie felt about the cat at the beginning Did her

feelings change at the end What do you think made Allie change

Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessIdentify Rhyme

Model

Show children how

you listen for rhyming

words Read ldquoWho Is

Thatrdquo

I am going to read a rhyme Listen to the

words at the end of each line

These words are from the rhyme that

cat and Sam If words rhyme they sound

alike at the end The words that and cat

sound the same at the end They rhyme

Sam does not rhyme with that and cat

Guided PracticePractice

Have children practice

identifying rhyme with

the examples provided

Guide practice doing

the first two sets with

children

I will say three words Two of the words

rhyme Tell me which two words rhyme

mad sit add sad lid had

fad hid glad pad kid dad

run lad Tad ran tan top

To extend ask children

to blend the sounds in

these rhyming words

r a n t a n r a n

s a t th a t h a t

Comprehension

Analyze Character and Setting

bull(pages2ndash3)

What does this picture show What are somethingsAllielikestodo

bull (page9) In the beginning we learned about thingsAllie likes to

do Now we learn about something she doesnrsquot like to do What

is it Why do you think she wonrsquot pet the cat

bull (pages14ndash15) ThesetwopagesshowAllieactingintwovery

different ways How does Allie act getting off the bus How

doesshe act when she is aroundthe cat

bull (pages23ndash24)By the end Allie doespet the big cat Now she says

that she always alwayswill How is that like her

Story Words(page 3) always (page 8) never (page 17) pretend

About the Illustrator Emily Arnold McCullyEmily ArnoldMcCully has illustrated over 100 picture books She

has won many awards including the Caldecott Medal She began

towriteandillustrateherownstorieswhen shewas achild Then

she made them into books herself

Objective

bull Identify rhyme with short a

Additional question

prompts can be found on

the inside back cover ofThat Big Cat

Use this rhyme to develop

phonemic awareness for

short a

RHYMES AND CHIMES

Who Is That

Who is that

Itrsquos a very fat cat

Itrsquos a dog with a hat

Who is that

Itrsquos Sam and Pat

Listening Library Audio CD

Write About It Invite children to draw a picture of Allie doing something at

home or school in their response journal or notebook and

write one or more sentences about the picture

Pam and Sam 7B

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 536

Objectives

bull Identify sound-lettercorrespondence short aa

bull Blend sounds in words with

short aa

Materials

bull Large Alphabet Card Aa

bull Large Letter Cards a c m N

n p r s t

bull Small Letter Cards

bull Leveled Practice Books p 1

bull Teaching Chart 7

bull PhonicsFluency

Transparency 1

PhonicsPhonicsIntroduce Short a a

ExplainModel

Teach the sound-

symbol shortaa using

the Alphabet Card Aa

What is the name of

this letter The name of this

letter is a A stands for the sound

a Say the sound with me aaa

Identify short aa in

the medial position

Listen as I say the word mat

maaat I hear the a sound in

the middle of the word Irsquoll hold

up my a card Listen as I say cap

kaaap I hear the a sound in the middle

Irsquoll hold up my a card Now listen as I say

bed b e d I donrsquot hear the a sound in

the middle I wonrsquot hold up my a card

Guided PracticePractice

Have children practice

identifying medial a

Guide practice with the

first row

rat man rim cap pin

sat tin tap tip Sam

Pat Sis Pam Nan Nat

Blend with Short a a

Model

Display Letter Cards

m a Blend the sounds

together

This is the letter m It stands for the sound

m This is the letter a It stands for the

a sound Listen as I blend these sounds

together mmmaaa

Display the Letter

Card t Blend the

sounds together

This is the letter t

It stands for t

Listen as I blend all

three sounds

together

mmmaaat mat Say it with me

Read the word Circle the picture that it names

1 cat

2 pan

3 man

4 sat

5 fan

6 Write a sentence using some of the words

Possible response The man and the cat sat by

the fan

On Level Practice Book 0 page 1

Approaching Practice Book A page 1

Beyond Practice Book B page 1

Short a a

Introduce 7CndashD

Practice Apply

7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG

Leveled Practice 1 5 8

Decodable Reader A Cap

for Pam

Reteach Review

35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S

35U 35Y

Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B

Decodable Reader Jazz Band

Aa

7C

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 636

Repeat the routine to

blend the sounds in

rhyming words

cat pat Nat sat rat

Guided PracticePractice

Have children practice

blending sounds in

additional rhyming

words by changing the

first letter Do the first

row with children

map tap cap nap rap

can pan man ran tan

Build Fluency Word Automaticity

Display Teaching Chart 7 Read each word in the f irst row blending

the sounds as you read a m aaammm Have children blend each

word after you Then reread each row asking children to echo-read

Continue with the remaining rows

Pronunciation Chant withchildren the letters m r t s n

c p and a Make the sounds

m r t s n k p and

a exaggerating each one and

have children repeat Listen

for correct pronunciation

Demonstrate correct placement

of lips and tongue to produce

the sounds and ask children to

follow your model

Then reread the words on the

Teaching Chart emphasizing the

short a sound in each one

If children have difficulty

blending saying e instead

of a for example point to

a

This is the letter a The

letter a stands for aaa

Say it with me a Letrsquos

sound out that word

again mmmaaat mat

ConstructiveFeedback

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35I

If Yes On Level Options page 35K

Beyond Level Options page 35L

Can children blend sounds in words with short aa

Can they read words with automaticity

Teaching Chart 7 PhonicsFluency Transparency 1

Pam and Sam 7D

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 736

Objectives

bull Spell words with short aa

bull Identify spelling patterns

bull Sort words with -at -an

Materials

bull Spelling Practice Book p 1

bull pocket chart

bull large index cards for spelling

words

bull paper and pencils

PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWords with Short a a

PRETEST

Pronounce each spelling word Read the sentence and pronounce the

word again Encourage children to say each word softly sounding out

the word before writing it After the pretest write each word on the

board as you say the letter names Have children check their words

1 Does that man have any interest

in baseball

2 I like my furry cat

3 Dan wears a baseball hat

4 I put my ball on the mat

5 I ran fast in the race

6 Dad can play the piano in such a

unique way

WORD SORT

Make an index card for each spelling

word as well as for -at and -an

Place -at and -an to form two

columns in a pocket chart Blendthe sounds with children

Hold up the word mat Say and

spell it Pronounce each sound

clearly m a t Blend the sounds

mmmaaat

Repeat this step with each -at word

Place the words below the -at cardHave children read each word What do you notice about the

words (They have the a sound and they rhyme)

Repeat the process with the -an words

Display the words up and down in a separate column Point out

that these spelling words do not contain short a

Save the index cards to use later in the week

DAY 1 Pretest

DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word

Sort

DAY 3 Student Word Sort

Dictation

DAY 4 Test Practice

DAY 5 Posttest

Read the words Say each word Then complete each

word to make a spelling word Use each word once

man cat hat mat

ran can up down

1 h 5 d n

2 p 6 m n

3 r n 7 ma

4 c n 8 at

a t

u

a

a

o w

a

t

c

Spelling Practice Book page 1

man cat

hat mat

ran can

High-Frequency Words

up down

7E

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 836

Decodable Reader A Cap for Pam

Review High-Frequency Words Write a have has for

with and the on the board Read the words with children

Preview and Predict Point to the title and have children

sound it out as you run your finger under it

What do you see in the picture What do you think the girlrsquos

name is

Read Turn to page 2 Have children point to each word

sounding out decodable words and saying the high-frequencywords quickly If children have difficulty provide corrective

feedback If children can sound out the words have them

whisper-read the rest of the text

Objectives

bull Decode words with short aa

bull Review a have has for with

the

bull Read words with short aa

in connected text

Materials

bull Decodable Reader Library

A Cap for Pam

[set facsimile ofcover for Grade

1 Unit 1 Week

1 decodable

Reader A Cap for

Pam]

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Decodable Reader page 35J

If Yes On Level Options page 35K

Beyond Level Options page 35L

Can children spell and read words with short aa

A Ca p

f o r Pa m

by Kathryn Lewisillustrated by Chi Chung

Decodable Reader

Children can read

A Cap for Pam during

whole group or small

group time

Sam has a tan mat

2

Can Pam have a mat

3

Sam has a cat cap

Pam can have a cap4

Pam ran with the cap

5

Pam Cat can tap

Tap Pam tap6

a have has for with the

Follow these steps to teach

each high-frequency word

Say Point to and say

the word

Spell Spell the word

Read Have children

read the word

Write Have children

write the word

Use Use each word

in a sentence

Review Review high-

frequency words from

previous lessons

High-FrequencyWord Routine

For additional decodabletext see pages 4ndash6 of the

Teacherrsquos Resource Book

Decodable Text

Pam and Sam 7F

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 936

1 My name is All ie

2 funny faces

3 I am a superhero

4 Write name

1 sentence is correct

2 fragment

3 sentence is correct

4 fragment

Grammar Transparency 1 copy MacmillanMcGraw-Hill

Transparency 1

I like dogs

Objectives

bull Understand that a sentence

tells a whole idea

bull Recognize that a sentence

always begins with a capital

letter

Materials

bull Grammar Transparency 1

bull Grammar Practice Book p 1

GrammarGrammarSentences

EXPLAINMODEL

Explain that a sentence is a group of words that tells a whole idea

Explain that a sentence always begins with a capital letter Read

aloud the first two examples on Grammar Transparency 1

As I read number 1 I wonder if it is a sentence I ask myself ldquoDo the

words tell a whole idea They do Does it start with a capital letter

Yes againrdquo Number 2 doesnrsquot tell a whole idea It isnrsquot a sentence

GUIDED PRACTICE

Ask children to work in pairs

to decide if the next two

examples on the transparency

are sentences

Have pairs think of a sentence that tells

about That Big Cat Write their sentenceson the board Ask children how they can

tell that these are sentences

ircle the sentences

She sat down

We can jump up

Ran here

Pat can do this

Like to

Grammar Practice Book page 1

Sentences

DAY 1 Sentences

DAY 2 SentencesDAY 3 Sentences

Mechanics Sentence

Capitalization

DAY 4 Sentences

Proofread

DAY 5 Sentences

Grammar Transparency 1

7G

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1036

Objectives

bull Create a list

bull Compose sentences in a

shared writing experience

Materials

bull chart paper

Things I Do

pick out clothesgo to school

write name

Ask and Answer Questions

Ask children questions such as

What do you do at home What

do you do at school As children

answer have them pantomime

the actions Write About It Have children draw a picture of something they do and

write a sentence beneath it They may choose to add this

piece to their writing portfolio

SharedShared

WritingWritingPersonal Narrative

BRAINSTORM

Discuss with children what

kinds of things Allie does in

That Big Cat

Display the list they created

during oral language Talk with

children about things they like

to do Then brainstorm and

list with children words and

phrases about those things

When something is personal it has to do with yourself When we

write sentences about ourselves and put those sentences together it

is called a personal narrative This week we will be writing sentences

about ourselves our interests and what makes us unique We will

put the sentences together and write a personal narrative

WRITE

Reread together the list children created

Have each child create a sentence about himself or herself

Children may use a phrase from the list if they wish

Write childrenrsquos sentences on chart paper Reread the sentences

and reinforce what a sentence is Remind children to use the word

I in their sentences Explain that you use I or me when you talk

about yourself as Allie did in her story

Personal Narrative

DAY 1 Shared Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 2 Interactive Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas

Independent Prewrite

and DraftDAY 4 Independent Revise

and Edit

DAY 5 Independent Publish

and Present

TransitionsThat Teach

While lining up have

children name something

unique about the

classroom

Pam and Sam 7H

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1136

Oral Vocabul ary

The next morning the queen askedthe youn g woman ldquoHow did

you sleep my dearrdquo

ldquoIhardly slept at allrdquo saidthe princess ldquoThere wassomething very

hardin the bed andno matter which way Iturned Icouldnot get

comfortablerdquo

Hearing this the king the queen andthe prince smiledbecause

they knew she wasareal princess No one but agenuine princesscould

feel apeathrough twenty mattressesandtwenty quilts

The cheerful prince took the princessby the hand andsaid ldquoIhave

finally foundyou atrue princess Will you marry merdquo

The princesssaidyesandthe wedding took place the following

week The king andqueen were delighted andthe prince andprincess

livedhappily ever after

cheerfulDefine Cheerful meanshappyorglad

Example Our cheerful mailcarrieralwayssmilesandwavesatus

Ask What makesyou feel

cheerful

Helpchildrenusethe

picturestoretellthe story

Card1 Why hasthe prince

leftthecastleWhatishelooking for

Card2 Whoisatthecastledoor What doesthe kingsaytoher

Card3 WhatdoesthequeenwanttoknowaboutthevisitorWhatisthe

queenrsquosplan

Card4 Howdoestheprincessfeelthenextmorning Why are the kingqueen andprince smiling

Howdoesthestoryend

Retell

ThePrincessandthePea

copy M a c m i l l a n M c G r a w - H i l l

i l l u s t r a t i o n b y B r i d g e t S t a r r T a y l o r

4

At a Glance

Whole GroupOral Languagebull Oral Vocabulary

Comprehensionbull Read The Princess and The Pea

bull Strategy Analyze Story Structure

bull Skill Analyze Character and Setting

Phonemic Awarenessbull Phoneme Isolation

Phonicsbull Short aa

bull Spelling Word Sort -at -an

High-Frequency Wordsbull jump not up down

bull Read ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo

bull Fluency Echo-Read

Language Artsbull Grammar Sentences

bull Interactive Writing

Differentiated Instruction pages 35Mndash35P

Oral LanguageOral Language

Write the Morning Message Point to each word as you read the

Message aloud with expression

Model Concepts of Print Reread the Message slowly Drop your

voice as you end each sentence As you point to each end mark

tell children that some sentences end with a period

Review Words with Short a Have children find short a words

Extend the Weekly Theme Ask children what makes their

classmates special Add suggestions to the Morning Message

Oral Vocabulary

BUILD BACKGROUND Display The Princess and the Pea Card 1 and

read the title Wersquore going to read about a special princess Describe the

the picture What kind of story is this What happens in fairy tales

Read the story Check childrenrsquos understanding using the UseIllustrations Use Context Clues and Ask Questions prompts

Get Ready Story

Small Group Options

I CanI Can

by Paul Danillustrated by Jill Newton

Fantasy

I can hit it

I can kick itI can tip it in

Oral Vocabulary Cards

Oral VocabularyCards

7I

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1236

Teaching Chart 8Graphic Organizer Transparency 1

Objectives

bull Analyze story structure

bull Identify and analyze

character and setting

bull Expand oral vocabulary

bull Reinforce concepts of print

bull Use academic language

character setting

Materials

bull Oral Vocabulary Cards The

Princess and the Pea

bull Teaching Chart 8

bull Graphic Organizer

Transparency 1

Princess Does Princess Does Not

ask the king if she cancome inside the castle

tell the queen about herfamily interests talents

say goodnight and goes tothe guest bedroom

sleep

Categorize Before rereading

review by focusing on the words

always sometimes and never

Ask children about the things

that the princess does in the

story like saying goodnight

before going to bed and ask

if they do this at home Ask

children to use pantomime and

gestures to show things theysometimes do things they always

do and things they never do

Analyze Character and Setting

Introduce U1 7AndashB

Practice Apply

U1 7J 13Gndash27A LeveledPractice 3ndash4

Reteach Review

U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT

35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J

89Gndash105A 111E 111L

111NndashP 111RndashT 111V

111YndashZ Leveled Practice

27ndash28

Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A

153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT

153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled

Practice 119ndash120

Listening Comprehension

Display the Oral Vocabulary Cards and read the title aloud

STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Remind children that paying attention to how a story is organized

will help them be better readers Have children retell parts of the

beginning middle and end of The Princess and the Pea

SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

Remind children that what a character does and says can help them

to understand the character Pay special attention to what the princess

does and says and where she is Think about how these things show what

she is like and what she might do next

COMPLETE A CHARACTER CHART After reading help children

complete Teaching Chart 8

Use the routines below and on the backs of the cards to discuss the

meaning of each word

Define Unique means one-of-a-kind or unusual

Example Jaimersquos unique dog has one brown eye and one blue eye

Ask Describe one unique person or animal that you know

An interest is something a person likes or is curious about

Martarsquos interests include cooking and reading What are some of

your interests

Cheerful means happy or glad Our cheerful mail carrier always

smiles and waves at us What makes you feel cheerful

Continue with the routines for genuine and prefer

Pam and Sam 7J

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1336

Objectives

bull Listen for initial short aa

bull Blend sounds in words with

short aa

bull Build words with short aa

Materials

bull Large Letter Cards a c m p t

bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos

Resource Book p 88

bull pocket chart

Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Isolation

Model

Show children how

to isolate phonemes

Repeat with bat and

medial a

Listen to this word aaat at I hear the a

sound at the beginning of at so Irsquoll raise

my hand

Guided PracticePractice

Have children practice

isolating short a Guide

practice doing the first

few together

Hold up your hand when you hear the a

sound at the beginning of a word

on as off ax up at

Hold up your hand when you hear the a

sound in the middle of a word

bag not sit fat ran jump

PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a

Model

Place Letter Cards c and

a in the pocket chart

Blend phonemes

This is the letter c It stands

for the k sound This is

the letter a It stands for

the a sound Listen as I

blend these sounds

together kaaa Now you say it

Place Letter Card t at

the end to form cat

Blend phonemes

This is the letter t

It stands for the

t sound

Listen as I blend

all three sounds

kaaat cat

Guided PracticePractice

Have children practice

blending with these

examples Do the first

one together

tap rat man ran

Nan pat Pam sattan Sam can fat

Pronunciation In some

languages including Spanish

Cantonese and Vietnamese

there is not a direct transfer forthe short a sound

Emphasize the short a sound

and demonstrate correct mouth

position when pronouncing

each word Have children

contrast short a with ahhh the

sound with which children will

most likely be more familiar

For a complete phonics transferchart see the ELL Teacherrsquos

Guide

Short a a

Introduce 7C-D

Practice Apply

7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG

Leveled Practice 1 5 8

Decodable Reader A Cap

for Pam

Reteach Review

35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S

35U 35Y

Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B

Decodable Reader Jazz Band

7K

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1436

Build Words with Short a a

Model

Place Letter Cards m

a t in the pocket chart

Blend phonemes

Letrsquos blend all the

sounds together

and read the word

mat

Guided PracticePractice

Have children practice

building words with

short aa Guide

children with the first

example

Change the m in mat to c What word did

we make

Change the t in cat to p What word did you

make

Change the c in cap to m What word did

you make

PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an

Place index cards for hat and man

in a pocket chart Say each word

and its sounds hat h a t

man m a n Say each word

again emphasizing at or an Askvolunteers to spell each word

Display index cards one at a time

Have children read each word

listening for at or an

Ask volunteers to place each index card in the row with the same

end sound

Objectives

bull Spell words with short aa

bull Sort words with -at -an

Materials

bull Spelling Practice Book p 2

bull pocket chart

bull large index cards with

spelling words

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35M

If Yes On Level Options page 35O

Beyond Level Options page 35P

Can children blend and read words with short aa

copy M

a c m i l l a n M c G r a w

- H i l l

Read the words Say each word Then complete each

word to make a spelling word Use each word once

man cat hat mat

ran can up down

1 h 5 d n

2 p 6 m n

3 r n 7 ma

4 c n 8 at

a t

u

a

a

o w

a

t

c

Spelling Practice Book page 2

DAY 1 Pretest

DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word

Sort

DAY 3 Student Word Sort

DAY 4 Test PracticeDictation

DAY 5Posttest

Blending If children have

difficulty blending with

aa say Irsquoll blend k a t

Blend kat stressing medial

a Now you blend cat

Repeat with tap and rat

ConstructiveFeedback

Pam and Sam 7L

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1536

Objectives

bull Learn high-frequency words

jump not up down and read

them in context

bull Review high-frequency

words to and

Materials

bull Vocabulary Cards jump not

up down to and

bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat

Jumprdquo

bull pocket chartbull Leveled Practice Books p 2

High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down

INTRODUCE

Display the Vocabulary Cards for jump not up and down in a

pocket chart

Point to and say the word up This is the word

up It is spelled u-p The cat went up the tree

Have children read spell and write the word

up

Follow the same steps to introduce jump not

and down

When introducing each new high-frequency

word note any phonics elements that have

been taught this week Review how to

decode the familiar letters sounds in the new

words We know that the letters n and t in not

stand for n and t Repeat with each new

high-frequency word

Have children work with a partner to make up sentences using

the words

Word Wall You may wish to add these words

Review Review to and and using the same procedure

Complete each sentence

Use one of the words in the box

up down not jump

1 I can

2 The cat ran

3 The cat is little

4 The dog ran

5 Write your own sentence using a word from the box

up

not

down

Responses will vary

jump

On Level Practice Book 0 page 2

Approaching Practice Book A page 2

Beyond Practice Book B page 2

Beginning

Use RealiaDemonstrate Demonstrate the concept of

up and down as opposites

Have children point up and

say the word up Then have

them point down and say

the word down For jump

ask children to stand and

then jump while they say the

word jump

Intermediate

ModelUse Gestures Askchildren to point up and

down Model The light is up

on the ceiling What else is

up on the ceiling The pencil

is down on the floor What

else is down on the floor

For jump ask a volunteer to

jump over a block For not

place a book and a pen side

by side Say This is a book

This is not a book Point to a

desk Is this a book

Advanced

Develop Spoken Language Ask children to use the

words up and down in

sentences of their own that

demonstrate understanding

of their meanings as

opposites Have children use

jump in sentences that tell

others what to jump over

7M

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1636

Pam and Sam 89

Get Ready Story Student pages 8ndash9

Read ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo

PREVIEWPREDICT

Use the Illustration Read aloud the title and have children look at

the illustration What characters do you see (two frogs and a bug)

What can you tell about these characters (Answers will vary)

Ask children to read aloud ldquoWords to Knowrdquo Explain that these

new words theyrsquove been practicing will be in the story

SET A PURPOSE FOR READING

Focus Question Ask a child to read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo

question The two frogs can already jump Pat is probably the bug

who is watching them What might help you find out if Pat can

jump (what the author says Pat does what the pictures show)

bull Read Aloud or Read

Together pausing

as needed to support

childrenrsquos comprehension

bull Have children whisper-

read independently

bull Use the modeling and

question prompts as you

revisit sections of the text

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1736

Get Ready Story Student pages 10ndash11

Apply Vocabulary

1 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS jump up down

Have children point to the words jump and up on page 10 and

jump and down on page 11 Reinforce the vocabulary by saying I

see two frogs jump First they jump up Then they jump down

2 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

Ask children to describe how they think the bug (Pat) is feeling

as she watches the frogs jump Can you tell by looking at the

illustrations how Pat may be feeling What might she be thinking

2

1

Gesture and Point Reinforce

the meanings of jump up and

down by gesturing Also havechildren say the words Then

lead children in pointing to the

frogs that jump Point to them

when they are up and when

they are down

1011

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1836

Pam and Sam 1213

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level High-Frequency Words page 35N

If Yes On Level Options page 35O

Beyond Level Options page 35P

Can children read jump not up and down

Develop Spoken Language

Have children pretend their fists

are frogs and show how they

can jump across their desks Say

I can jump Have children repeatafter you

Get Ready Story Student pages 12ndash13

3 4

3 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS not jump

Have children point to the words not and jump on page 12 and to

jump on page 13 What could Pat not do at first Could she jump

by herself at the end What helped her jump

4 FLUENCY ECHO983085READRead Exclamations Tell children that sentences with exclamation

marks are read with excitement Model reading each sentence on

page 13 and have children echo-read

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1936

Objective

bull Identify a complete

sentence

Materials

bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat

Jumprdquo

bull Grammar Practice Book p 2

GrammarGrammarSentences

REVIEW

Have children turn to page 12 of ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo Invite a

volunteer to reread the sentence

Remember this is a sentence It is a group of words that tells a whole

idea A sentence always begins with a capital letter

PRACTICE

Write the following complete and incomplete sentences on the

board

1 The sad man

2 The cat sat down

3 had a nap

4 We look at the map

Read each group of words with children

Ask Is this a sentence Why or why

not Discuss whether or not each

example tells a whole idea

Cross out the two incomplete

sentences

Sentences

DAY 1 Sentences

DAY 2 Sentences

DAY 3 Sentences

Mechanics SentenceCapitalization

DAY 4 Sentences

Proofread

DAY 5 Sentences

Grammar Practice Book page 2

13A

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2036

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2136

At a Glance

Whole Group

Main Selection

Oral Languagebull Oral Vocabulary

bull Read Aloud ldquoBeverly Billingsly

Borrows a Bookrdquo

Phonemic Awarenessbull Phoneme Blending

Phonicsbull Short aa

bull Build Fluency

bull Spelling Word Sort

High-Frequency Wordsbull jump not up down

Comprehensionbull Read Pam and Sam

bull Strategy Analyze Story Structurebull Skill Analyze Character and

Setting

Language Artsbull Grammar Sentences

bull Independent Writing

Small Group Options

Differentiated Instruction pages 35Qndash35T

Oral LanguageOral Language

Write the Morning Message Point to each word as you read the

Message aloud with expression

Practice Concepts of Print Remind children that some sentences

end with periods Reread and have them raise a hand each time

you end a sentence Have volunteers circle the periods

Review Words with Short a Invite a child to find the words with

short a Who can think of other words with short a

Extend the Weekly Theme Encourage children to think about

other ways to describe what people are like Have them describe

characteristics of a friend a family member and a firefighter

Oral Vocabulary

REVIEW WORDS

Discuss The Princess and the Pea by asking Why did the queen ask

about the princessrsquos interests What was unique about the princessWhat made the prince cheerful

Write the following vocabulary words on the board unique

interest cheerful genuine and prefer Read the words aloud

Then ask the following questions

Which word means

bull real or true

bull one-of a-kind or unusual

bull choosing one thing instead of

another

bull happy or glad bull something a person likes

I have a fat cat

I can pat himI can play with him

13C

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2236

Objectives

bull Understand story structure

as it relates to a fantasy storybull Learn that a fantasy is

different from realistic

fiction

bull Model reading with prosody

Materials

bull Read-Aloud Anthology

InteractiveInteractive

Read AloudRead AloudListening Comprehension

GENRE FANTASY

Ask children if they can tell you what a fantasy story is Share

the information about fantasy found in the Read-Aloud

Anthology

READ ldquoBEVERLY BILLINGSLY BORROWS A BOOKrdquo

Model Analyzing Story Structure Use the Think Alouds

provided at point of use in the Read-Aloud Anthology

Model Fluent Reading Read aloud the fantasy story

naturally and with expression As you read point out aspects

of fluent reading For example point out that you read

dialogue the way you think characters might say it

Expand Vocabulary See pages 9ndash13 of the Read-Aloud

Anthology to teach new words

Respond to the Fantasy

TALK ABOUT IT Ask children what happened in the story Why did

Beverly go to the library What were some of Beverlyrsquos interestsHow is Beverly like people you know What are some ways Beverly is

unique

Beginning

Ask Questions Talk with

children about the library Who

has been to a library Do we

get books at a library Does a

librarian work there Have you

ever talked to the librarian

Intermediate

Use Vocabulary Elicit from

children the different words we

use when talking about a library

What is inside of a library What

do we call a person who works

in a library What do you need to

show the librarian if you want to

take a book home

Advanced

Role Play Have children act out

a trip to the library One child

can play the part of the librarian

while others can pretend to

check out books Encourage

children to use sentences such

as I want to borrow this book please Do you have your library

card When is my book due

Write About It Invite children to respond to the read aloud by illustrating a

scene of their choice in their response journal or notebook

Read Aloudpages 9ndash13

Pam and Sam 13D

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2336

Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Blending

Model

Show children how to

orally blend phonemes

I will say the sounds in a word The first

sound is m The next sound is a The

last sound is t I can blend these sounds

together mmmaaat mat Say it with me

Guided PracticePracticeHave children practice

blending Guide practice

with the first two words

I will say three sounds Blend sounds

together to form words

r a n s a t m a p

t a p m a n t a n

PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a

Model

Place Letter Cards m

a and p in the pocket

chart

Change the m in map

to s Use the routine to

blend sap

The letter m stands

for the sound m

The letter a stands

for the sound a The letter p stands

for p Irsquoll blend the sounds together

mmmaaap map Say it with me

Guided PracticePractice

Have children change

letters and blend Guide

practice with the firstword change

Change the s in

sap to t Blend

the sounds toread the word

yoursquove made

cap nap rap sap

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35Q

If Yes On Level Options page 35S

Beyond Level Options page 35T

Can children blend sounds in words with short aa

Objectives

bull Blend sounds in words

bull Blend with short aa

Materials

bull Large Letter Cards a m p t

bull Small Letter Cards

bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos

Resource Book p 88

bull pocket chart

bull Teaching Chart 7

bull PhonicsFluency

Transparency 1

Short a a

Introduce 7CndashD

Practice Apply

7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG

Leveled Practice 1 5 8

Decodable Reader A Cap

for PamReteach Review

35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S

35U 35Y

Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B

Decodable Reader Jazz Band

Phonemic Awareness

Teaching phonemic

awareness to children

is clearly effective It

improves their ability to

manipulate phonemes in

speech This skill transfers

and helps them learn to

read and spell PA training

benefits not only word

reading but also reading

comprehension

Donald Bear

wwwmacmillanmhcom

13E

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2436

Build Fluency Word Automaticity

Display Teaching Chart 7 Point to the word at Ask children to blend

the sounds with you Then ask them to read the word at regularspeed Repeat the blending routine with the other words having

children blend and read after you Then point to the words in random

order and ask children to read them

PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an

Pair children and have them sort Spelling Word Cards by ending

sounds Encourage them to say spell and then sort each word Then

have them identify the ending sounds and say the rhyming words

Dictation

Follow this dictation routine with the spelling words

Pronounce one word at a time for children Then repeat the word

and use it in a sentence

Have children repeat each word softly to themselves and then

write the word

After dictation is completed encourage children to proofread

their words Remind them to check their words for spellingpatterns and to look for the words containing short aa

To extend have volunteers make up sentences for each word

Objectives

bull Sort words with -at -an

bull Use dictation to practicespelling words

Materials

bull Spelling Word Cards BLM

Teacherrsquos Resource Book

p 90

bull Spelling Practice Book p 3

man cat hat mat

ran can up down

Look at the picture Use a spelling word to

complete the sentence

1 Can you see the

2 The cat ran

3 The man has a

4 She can go

5 Here is a

cat

up

hat

down

can

Spelling Practice Book page 3

DAY 1 Pretest

DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word

Sort

DAY 3 Student Word Sort

Dictation

DAY 4 Test Practice

DAY 5 Posttest

Teaching Chart 7 PhonicsFluency Transparency 1

Pam and Sam 13F

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2536

Objectives

bull Read high-frequency words

jump not up down like gobull Read to apply the strategy

Analyze Story Structure

bull Read to apply the skill

Analyze Character and

Setting

bull Use academic language

character setting

Materials

bull Vocabulary Word Cards BLMTeacherrsquos Resource Book p

120

bull Student Book Pam and Sam

bull Teaching Chart 8

bull Graphic Organizer

Transparency 1

bull Leveled Practice Books p 3

High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down

PRACTICE

Duplicate and distribute a set of Vocabulary Word Cards for

jump not up down to each child

As you say the words have children hold up the appropriate card

Ask volunteers to use each word in a sentence

Have each child work with a partner and call out each word for

their partner to write

Review Review like and go following the same procedure

ComprehensionComprehensionSTRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Remind children that it is helpful to identify the beginning middle

and end of stories Today as we read another story pay special attention

to what happens to the characters at the beginning in the middle and at

the end of the story

SKILL

Analyze Character and Setting

Today wersquore going to read about two characters What information might

help you understand these characters Pay attention to what they do

what they say and what they look like Also think about how the setting

or where they are helps you understand the story

Prepare to Read

PREVIEW AND PREDICT

Have children turn to page 15 Ask a child to read aloud the title

Who are the characters What do you think they might do

Tell children to write or draw their predictions about the story

Genre Fantasy Remind children that a fantasy is a made-up

story that would not happen in real life

Preview the word Ask children to

tell what it means

fly (page 24)

Analyze Character and Setting

Introduce U1 7AndashB

Practice Apply

U1 7J 13Gndash27A Leveled

Practice 3ndash4

Reteach Review

U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT

35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J

89Gndash105A 111E 111L

111NndashP 111RndashT 111V

111YndashZ Leveled Practice

27ndash28

Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A

153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT

153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled

Practice 119ndash120

13G

Main Selection Student pages 14 15

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2636

Read Pam and Sam

SET A PURPOSE FOR READING

Focus Question Read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo question Letrsquos

look for clues in the story that help us understand these characters

Encourage children to set their own purpose for readingWAYS TO READ THE SELECTION

Main Selection Student pages 14ndash15

Story available on Listening

Library Audio CD

If your children need support

to read the Main Selection

use the prompts to guide

comprehension and model

how to complete the Character

Chart Encourage children toread aloud

If your children can read the

Main Selection independently

have them read and complete

the Character Chart

If your children need an alternate selection choose the

Leveled Readers that match their instructional level

Pam and Sam 1415

Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2736

Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17

Develop Comprehension

1 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

We have only read two pages and wersquove already learned a lot

How many characters have we met (two) What can you tell about

them How are they unique (Pam is a rabbit Sam is a bird Theylike to play) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

2 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Teacher Think Aloud This story begins with Pam and Sam

playing Pam just ran up I want to find out if Sam will do the

same thing because they like to play together I will read on

to see how the story develops I will pay close attention to the

characters and what they do in the rest of the story

1 2

SyntacticStructure

Explain that good readers

sometimes check that they have

read words correctly One way to

do this is to ask Does the word Iread sound right in the sentence

Model Point to the word ran

on page 17 The text reads ldquoPam

uprdquo I know from how the

sentence is put together that the

next word has to be a verb The

word ran is a verb It sounds right in

the sentence because it says what

Pam did

Apply Encourage children to

check the meaning of other words

in the story

1617

Main Selection Student pages 18ndash19

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2836

3 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

What can Pam and Sam do on these pages (They can run) Letrsquos

add this to our Character Chart Why do you think Pam and Sam

run together (Possible answer because they are playing)

4 MONITOR AND CLARIFY REREAD

If you donrsquot understand what is happening in the story you can

reread it to try and figure things out Reread page 19 What did Pam

and Sam do (They ran) Where did they run (They ran down)

5 MAINTAIN ANALYZE CHARACTER AND SETTING

What can we tell about Pam and Sam What are their interests

(They seem to be friends they like to do things together They run

and jump) Where does the story take place (outdoors possibly in

a field or in a meadow)

Main Selection Student pages 18 19

Picture Clues Point to the bird

and the rabbit running together

Explain that the picture can

give clues about where they

are running Where are Sam thebird and Pam the rabbit running

(They are running down)

3 4 5

Pam and Sam 1819

Main Selection Student pages 20ndash21

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2936

p g

Develop Comprehension

6 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

What do you learn about Pam (She can jump) What do you learn

about Sam (He can not jump) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

7 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Teacher Think Aloud Letrsquos think about how the story is

organized In the beginning Pam and Sam kept doing the same

thing Now what is happening in the middle of the story

Encourage children to apply the strategy in a Think Aloud

Student Think Aloud In the beginning of the story Sam and

Pam did the same things Now I am reading the middle of thestory and there is a problem Sam can not jump I want to read

more to find out if the problem is solved

6 7

Clarify Remind children

that characters refers to the

main people or animals in

the story Review some of the

pages in the story Pam andSam and encourage children

to look at the illustrations

Are the characters people or

animals (animals) Who are

the characters (Pam and Sam)

Ask children to describe the

characters in their own words

based on the illustrations in the

story (Possible answer Pam is a

rabbit and can hop Sam is a birdand can fly)

2021

Main Selection Student pages 22ndash23

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3036

8 FLUENCY ECHO983085READ

Read Exclamations Letrsquos read the sentence on page 23 It ends

with an exclamation mark When I read the sentence I use a tone

that shows I am excited Listen to the way my voice sounds when I

read it Now read the sentence after me with the same tone

9 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

Look at the picture on page 23 What can Sam do (He can fly)

Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

10 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Think about how the author wrote this story How did she organize

the story to keep it interesting

Student Think Aloud In the beginning she introduced the

characters and told us they like to play In the middle she told us

about a problem Sam had I think the problem will get solved in

the end now that I know Sam can fly

Question 9 ANALYZE

CHARACTER

What can Sam do How do you

know he can fly Can Pam fly too

How do you know

9

8 10

Pam and Sam 2223

Main Selection Student pages 24ndash25

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3136

Teaching Chart 8Graphic

Organizer Transparency 1

Pam Can Sam Can

play

run

jump

play

run

fly

Develop Comprehension

COMPLETE THE CHARACTER CHART

Ask children to share their ideas about the characters Pam and Sam

Record their ideas on Teaching Chart 8

RETURN TO PREDICTIONS AND PURPOSES

Review childrenrsquos predictions and review the Focus Question What

makes Pam and Sam special (Pam can jump Sam can fly)

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Leveled Reader Lesson 2 page 35R

If Yes On Level Options page 35S

Beyond Level Options page 35T

Can children analyze characters

2425

Main Selection Student page 26

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3236

Pam and Sam 26

Authorrsquos Craft

Focus on Repetition

In this story Nancy Tafuri

uses the same words

over and over She does

this to make it easier for

readers to understand

the story Repetition also

helps readers remember

what has already

happened New wordscan change the meaning

of words used over

and over

What words on page 17

are also on page 18 (ran

up) Who runs up (Pam

and Sam)

What words are on page

21 that were also on page

20 (can jump) What

new word changes the

meaning (not )

Children can find more

information about

Nancy Tafuri at

wwwmacmillanmhcom

Authorrsquos Purpose

Nancy Tafuri wanted to tell a story

about friends Draw a picture of your

friend Write your friendrsquos name

Find out more aboutNancy Tafuri atwwwmacmillanmhcom

Nancy Tafuri says ldquoI live in

the country and love telling

stories about animals I

especially like to tell stories

about good friends like

Pam and Sam I have fun

drawing pictures to go with

my storiesrdquo

Other books by Nancy Tafuri

26

Meet the AuthorIllustrator

Read aloud page 26 with children Ask if they like the way Nancy Tafuri

draws the animal friends Encourage children to look back at the story

and tell which pictures show that Sam and Pam are good friends

Author rsquos Purpose Nancy Tafuri used words and art to tell a story about what

good friends do together Have children draw a picture of a

friend Check that they have written their friendrsquos name on

the picture Children may add this writing to their response

journals

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3336

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436

Pam and Sam 27A

Think and Compare

USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS

1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of

the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then

he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump

Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN

2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real

birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the

wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too

However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together

I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually

playing together ANALYZE

3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know

Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I

noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for

him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop

playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem

MAKE INFERENCES

4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these

characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head

Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump

Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They

both solved their problems COMPARE

Personal Response

Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another

story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways

could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in

a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas

Look at the pictures Read the story

Nat is a cat

Nat can go up

Nat can go down

Pam and Sam look for Nat

Pam is sad

Where is Nat

Write T if the sentence is true

Write F if the sentence is false

1 Nat is a cat

2 Nat can go up and down

3 Pam is sad

4 Nat is in the

5 Nat is in the

T

T

F

T

T

On Level Practice Book O page 4

Approaching Practice Book A page 4

Beyond Practice Book B page 4

Think and Search(Question 1)

bull Search for clues and

information in the texts

Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)

bull Think about the

information in the story

bull Think about what you

already know

bull Compare the information

in two stories

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636

Objectives

bull Understand the importance

of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a

sentence

bull Use words to add detail to a

sentence

Materials

bull pencils and paper

Dictation Have children dictate

to you their word or phrase to

fill in the sentence frame

Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book

pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do

Personal Narrative

DAY 1 Shared Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 2 Interactive Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas

Independent Prewrite

and Draft

DAY 4 Independent Revise

and Edit

DAY 5 Independent Publish

and Present

IndependentIndependent

WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas

EXPLAIN

Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write

Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting

DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences

1 I like to eat

2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables

Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes

to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words

yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information

Personal Narrative

BRAINSTORM

Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about

herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about

what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk

about what they like to do

PREWRITE

Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do

DRAFT

Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the

sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review

with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that

tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences

TransitionsThat Teach

While lining up for recess

have children tell about a

game they would prefer

to play

Pam and Sam 27C

Page 2: unit1_week1_2.pdf

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 236

TALK AND WRITE ABOUT THE PICTURE PROMPT Discuss the Focus

Questions What do you like to do What makes you special Talk about

how every person is unique or special and has special interests

Invite children to use the words as they respond to the photograph by

dictating sentences about it

For children who need

additional language

support and oral vocabulary

development use thelesson found at

wwwmacmillanmhcom

unique interest

Beginning

Pantomime and Gesture

Ask children questions about

what they like to do while

gesturing the activity Have

them raise their hands if they

like the activity For exampleask Do you like to play

baseball while standing in a

batterrsquos stance

Intermediate

Guided Questioning Ask

questions and help children

respond using complete

sentences What musical

instrument do you play Are

you a fast or a slow runner Ask children to get into pairs

and practice asking and

answering questions

Advanced

Act Out Have children share

their interests and talents in

a variation of charades Have

children take turns acting out

as others guess the activity

As it is identified write theword and have children use it

in a sentence

Talk About It Student pages 6ndash7

Pam and Sam 67

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 336

Objectives

bull Understand the strategyAnalyze Story Structure

bull Analyze characters by

looking at their words and

actions

bull Understand how setting

helps comprehension

bull Apply the strategy and skill

with the Big Book

bull Reinforce concepts of print

bull Use academic languagecharacter setting

Materials

bull Big Book That Big Cat

Share the Big BookShare the Big Book Listening Comprehension

PREVIEW AND PREDICT Display the cover Read the title and

the names of the author and illustrator as you track the print

What do you think the girl likes to do How do you think she feels

about the cat in the picture What do you think might happen in

this story

GENRE Help children understand that they are about to read

realistic fiction a make-believe story that could really happen

Point out that most make-believe stories have pictures not

photographs to illustrate them

STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

EXPLAIN Explain to children that every story is put together carefully

by an author This is called the story structure A story has many partsIt has a beginning a middle and an ending Each part of the story has

important information Good readers pay attention to the different parts

of the story

SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

EXPLAIN Point out that an important part of stories are the people

and animals in them They are called characters and we learn about

them through what they do and say Another important part is thesetting or the place where the story happens This week children will

pay special attention to story characters and setting

Read the Big Book

SET PURPOSE As we read letrsquos think about the beginning middle and

end of the story Letrsquos find out about the girl and the big catMODELGUIDED PRACTICE Use the Think Alouds to model how to

analyze character and setting and story structure Additional prompts

are provided on the inside back cover of the Big Book

Pages 14ndash15mdashAnalyze Story Structure

Think Aloud The beginning of the story tells about what Allie

does at home and school The middle of the story tells about

something she doesnrsquot domdashpet the big cat I wonder what willhappen by the end of the story

Big BookThat Big Cat

Pantomime and Gesture Use

pantomime gestures and other

strategies to help make the text

comprehensible Have children

say the phrase

Page 8 Never ever do Shake

head emphatically and frown

Contrast with always

Page 14 Jump off the bus Jump

up and landPage 20 Hear a funny sound

Cup hand to ear as if listening

intently What do you hear

Analyze Character and Setting

Introduce U1 7AndashB

Practice Apply

U1 7J 13Gndash27A Leveled

Practice 3ndash4

Reteach Review

U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT

35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J

89Gndash105A 111E 111L

111NndashP 111RndashT 111V

111YndashZ Leveled Practice

27ndash28

Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests

Benchmark Tests A BMaintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A

153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT

153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled

Practice 119ndash120

7A

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 436

Pages 18ndash19mdashAnalyze Character and Setting

Think Aloud Allie likes to have fun She pretends to be a

superhero It looks like she and her friends are in her yard

Superheroes are brave I donrsquot think Allie feels brave around

that big cat Will she ever try to pet that cat Irsquoll keep reading

to find out

Respond to Literature

TALK ABOUT IT Encourage children to talk about what Allie is like

How do you think Allie felt about the cat at the beginning Did her

feelings change at the end What do you think made Allie change

Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessIdentify Rhyme

Model

Show children how

you listen for rhyming

words Read ldquoWho Is

Thatrdquo

I am going to read a rhyme Listen to the

words at the end of each line

These words are from the rhyme that

cat and Sam If words rhyme they sound

alike at the end The words that and cat

sound the same at the end They rhyme

Sam does not rhyme with that and cat

Guided PracticePractice

Have children practice

identifying rhyme with

the examples provided

Guide practice doing

the first two sets with

children

I will say three words Two of the words

rhyme Tell me which two words rhyme

mad sit add sad lid had

fad hid glad pad kid dad

run lad Tad ran tan top

To extend ask children

to blend the sounds in

these rhyming words

r a n t a n r a n

s a t th a t h a t

Comprehension

Analyze Character and Setting

bull(pages2ndash3)

What does this picture show What are somethingsAllielikestodo

bull (page9) In the beginning we learned about thingsAllie likes to

do Now we learn about something she doesnrsquot like to do What

is it Why do you think she wonrsquot pet the cat

bull (pages14ndash15) ThesetwopagesshowAllieactingintwovery

different ways How does Allie act getting off the bus How

doesshe act when she is aroundthe cat

bull (pages23ndash24)By the end Allie doespet the big cat Now she says

that she always alwayswill How is that like her

Story Words(page 3) always (page 8) never (page 17) pretend

About the Illustrator Emily Arnold McCullyEmily ArnoldMcCully has illustrated over 100 picture books She

has won many awards including the Caldecott Medal She began

towriteandillustrateherownstorieswhen shewas achild Then

she made them into books herself

Objective

bull Identify rhyme with short a

Additional question

prompts can be found on

the inside back cover ofThat Big Cat

Use this rhyme to develop

phonemic awareness for

short a

RHYMES AND CHIMES

Who Is That

Who is that

Itrsquos a very fat cat

Itrsquos a dog with a hat

Who is that

Itrsquos Sam and Pat

Listening Library Audio CD

Write About It Invite children to draw a picture of Allie doing something at

home or school in their response journal or notebook and

write one or more sentences about the picture

Pam and Sam 7B

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 536

Objectives

bull Identify sound-lettercorrespondence short aa

bull Blend sounds in words with

short aa

Materials

bull Large Alphabet Card Aa

bull Large Letter Cards a c m N

n p r s t

bull Small Letter Cards

bull Leveled Practice Books p 1

bull Teaching Chart 7

bull PhonicsFluency

Transparency 1

PhonicsPhonicsIntroduce Short a a

ExplainModel

Teach the sound-

symbol shortaa using

the Alphabet Card Aa

What is the name of

this letter The name of this

letter is a A stands for the sound

a Say the sound with me aaa

Identify short aa in

the medial position

Listen as I say the word mat

maaat I hear the a sound in

the middle of the word Irsquoll hold

up my a card Listen as I say cap

kaaap I hear the a sound in the middle

Irsquoll hold up my a card Now listen as I say

bed b e d I donrsquot hear the a sound in

the middle I wonrsquot hold up my a card

Guided PracticePractice

Have children practice

identifying medial a

Guide practice with the

first row

rat man rim cap pin

sat tin tap tip Sam

Pat Sis Pam Nan Nat

Blend with Short a a

Model

Display Letter Cards

m a Blend the sounds

together

This is the letter m It stands for the sound

m This is the letter a It stands for the

a sound Listen as I blend these sounds

together mmmaaa

Display the Letter

Card t Blend the

sounds together

This is the letter t

It stands for t

Listen as I blend all

three sounds

together

mmmaaat mat Say it with me

Read the word Circle the picture that it names

1 cat

2 pan

3 man

4 sat

5 fan

6 Write a sentence using some of the words

Possible response The man and the cat sat by

the fan

On Level Practice Book 0 page 1

Approaching Practice Book A page 1

Beyond Practice Book B page 1

Short a a

Introduce 7CndashD

Practice Apply

7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG

Leveled Practice 1 5 8

Decodable Reader A Cap

for Pam

Reteach Review

35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S

35U 35Y

Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B

Decodable Reader Jazz Band

Aa

7C

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 636

Repeat the routine to

blend the sounds in

rhyming words

cat pat Nat sat rat

Guided PracticePractice

Have children practice

blending sounds in

additional rhyming

words by changing the

first letter Do the first

row with children

map tap cap nap rap

can pan man ran tan

Build Fluency Word Automaticity

Display Teaching Chart 7 Read each word in the f irst row blending

the sounds as you read a m aaammm Have children blend each

word after you Then reread each row asking children to echo-read

Continue with the remaining rows

Pronunciation Chant withchildren the letters m r t s n

c p and a Make the sounds

m r t s n k p and

a exaggerating each one and

have children repeat Listen

for correct pronunciation

Demonstrate correct placement

of lips and tongue to produce

the sounds and ask children to

follow your model

Then reread the words on the

Teaching Chart emphasizing the

short a sound in each one

If children have difficulty

blending saying e instead

of a for example point to

a

This is the letter a The

letter a stands for aaa

Say it with me a Letrsquos

sound out that word

again mmmaaat mat

ConstructiveFeedback

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35I

If Yes On Level Options page 35K

Beyond Level Options page 35L

Can children blend sounds in words with short aa

Can they read words with automaticity

Teaching Chart 7 PhonicsFluency Transparency 1

Pam and Sam 7D

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 736

Objectives

bull Spell words with short aa

bull Identify spelling patterns

bull Sort words with -at -an

Materials

bull Spelling Practice Book p 1

bull pocket chart

bull large index cards for spelling

words

bull paper and pencils

PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWords with Short a a

PRETEST

Pronounce each spelling word Read the sentence and pronounce the

word again Encourage children to say each word softly sounding out

the word before writing it After the pretest write each word on the

board as you say the letter names Have children check their words

1 Does that man have any interest

in baseball

2 I like my furry cat

3 Dan wears a baseball hat

4 I put my ball on the mat

5 I ran fast in the race

6 Dad can play the piano in such a

unique way

WORD SORT

Make an index card for each spelling

word as well as for -at and -an

Place -at and -an to form two

columns in a pocket chart Blendthe sounds with children

Hold up the word mat Say and

spell it Pronounce each sound

clearly m a t Blend the sounds

mmmaaat

Repeat this step with each -at word

Place the words below the -at cardHave children read each word What do you notice about the

words (They have the a sound and they rhyme)

Repeat the process with the -an words

Display the words up and down in a separate column Point out

that these spelling words do not contain short a

Save the index cards to use later in the week

DAY 1 Pretest

DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word

Sort

DAY 3 Student Word Sort

Dictation

DAY 4 Test Practice

DAY 5 Posttest

Read the words Say each word Then complete each

word to make a spelling word Use each word once

man cat hat mat

ran can up down

1 h 5 d n

2 p 6 m n

3 r n 7 ma

4 c n 8 at

a t

u

a

a

o w

a

t

c

Spelling Practice Book page 1

man cat

hat mat

ran can

High-Frequency Words

up down

7E

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 836

Decodable Reader A Cap for Pam

Review High-Frequency Words Write a have has for

with and the on the board Read the words with children

Preview and Predict Point to the title and have children

sound it out as you run your finger under it

What do you see in the picture What do you think the girlrsquos

name is

Read Turn to page 2 Have children point to each word

sounding out decodable words and saying the high-frequencywords quickly If children have difficulty provide corrective

feedback If children can sound out the words have them

whisper-read the rest of the text

Objectives

bull Decode words with short aa

bull Review a have has for with

the

bull Read words with short aa

in connected text

Materials

bull Decodable Reader Library

A Cap for Pam

[set facsimile ofcover for Grade

1 Unit 1 Week

1 decodable

Reader A Cap for

Pam]

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Decodable Reader page 35J

If Yes On Level Options page 35K

Beyond Level Options page 35L

Can children spell and read words with short aa

A Ca p

f o r Pa m

by Kathryn Lewisillustrated by Chi Chung

Decodable Reader

Children can read

A Cap for Pam during

whole group or small

group time

Sam has a tan mat

2

Can Pam have a mat

3

Sam has a cat cap

Pam can have a cap4

Pam ran with the cap

5

Pam Cat can tap

Tap Pam tap6

a have has for with the

Follow these steps to teach

each high-frequency word

Say Point to and say

the word

Spell Spell the word

Read Have children

read the word

Write Have children

write the word

Use Use each word

in a sentence

Review Review high-

frequency words from

previous lessons

High-FrequencyWord Routine

For additional decodabletext see pages 4ndash6 of the

Teacherrsquos Resource Book

Decodable Text

Pam and Sam 7F

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 936

1 My name is All ie

2 funny faces

3 I am a superhero

4 Write name

1 sentence is correct

2 fragment

3 sentence is correct

4 fragment

Grammar Transparency 1 copy MacmillanMcGraw-Hill

Transparency 1

I like dogs

Objectives

bull Understand that a sentence

tells a whole idea

bull Recognize that a sentence

always begins with a capital

letter

Materials

bull Grammar Transparency 1

bull Grammar Practice Book p 1

GrammarGrammarSentences

EXPLAINMODEL

Explain that a sentence is a group of words that tells a whole idea

Explain that a sentence always begins with a capital letter Read

aloud the first two examples on Grammar Transparency 1

As I read number 1 I wonder if it is a sentence I ask myself ldquoDo the

words tell a whole idea They do Does it start with a capital letter

Yes againrdquo Number 2 doesnrsquot tell a whole idea It isnrsquot a sentence

GUIDED PRACTICE

Ask children to work in pairs

to decide if the next two

examples on the transparency

are sentences

Have pairs think of a sentence that tells

about That Big Cat Write their sentenceson the board Ask children how they can

tell that these are sentences

ircle the sentences

She sat down

We can jump up

Ran here

Pat can do this

Like to

Grammar Practice Book page 1

Sentences

DAY 1 Sentences

DAY 2 SentencesDAY 3 Sentences

Mechanics Sentence

Capitalization

DAY 4 Sentences

Proofread

DAY 5 Sentences

Grammar Transparency 1

7G

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1036

Objectives

bull Create a list

bull Compose sentences in a

shared writing experience

Materials

bull chart paper

Things I Do

pick out clothesgo to school

write name

Ask and Answer Questions

Ask children questions such as

What do you do at home What

do you do at school As children

answer have them pantomime

the actions Write About It Have children draw a picture of something they do and

write a sentence beneath it They may choose to add this

piece to their writing portfolio

SharedShared

WritingWritingPersonal Narrative

BRAINSTORM

Discuss with children what

kinds of things Allie does in

That Big Cat

Display the list they created

during oral language Talk with

children about things they like

to do Then brainstorm and

list with children words and

phrases about those things

When something is personal it has to do with yourself When we

write sentences about ourselves and put those sentences together it

is called a personal narrative This week we will be writing sentences

about ourselves our interests and what makes us unique We will

put the sentences together and write a personal narrative

WRITE

Reread together the list children created

Have each child create a sentence about himself or herself

Children may use a phrase from the list if they wish

Write childrenrsquos sentences on chart paper Reread the sentences

and reinforce what a sentence is Remind children to use the word

I in their sentences Explain that you use I or me when you talk

about yourself as Allie did in her story

Personal Narrative

DAY 1 Shared Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 2 Interactive Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas

Independent Prewrite

and DraftDAY 4 Independent Revise

and Edit

DAY 5 Independent Publish

and Present

TransitionsThat Teach

While lining up have

children name something

unique about the

classroom

Pam and Sam 7H

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1136

Oral Vocabul ary

The next morning the queen askedthe youn g woman ldquoHow did

you sleep my dearrdquo

ldquoIhardly slept at allrdquo saidthe princess ldquoThere wassomething very

hardin the bed andno matter which way Iturned Icouldnot get

comfortablerdquo

Hearing this the king the queen andthe prince smiledbecause

they knew she wasareal princess No one but agenuine princesscould

feel apeathrough twenty mattressesandtwenty quilts

The cheerful prince took the princessby the hand andsaid ldquoIhave

finally foundyou atrue princess Will you marry merdquo

The princesssaidyesandthe wedding took place the following

week The king andqueen were delighted andthe prince andprincess

livedhappily ever after

cheerfulDefine Cheerful meanshappyorglad

Example Our cheerful mailcarrieralwayssmilesandwavesatus

Ask What makesyou feel

cheerful

Helpchildrenusethe

picturestoretellthe story

Card1 Why hasthe prince

leftthecastleWhatishelooking for

Card2 Whoisatthecastledoor What doesthe kingsaytoher

Card3 WhatdoesthequeenwanttoknowaboutthevisitorWhatisthe

queenrsquosplan

Card4 Howdoestheprincessfeelthenextmorning Why are the kingqueen andprince smiling

Howdoesthestoryend

Retell

ThePrincessandthePea

copy M a c m i l l a n M c G r a w - H i l l

i l l u s t r a t i o n b y B r i d g e t S t a r r T a y l o r

4

At a Glance

Whole GroupOral Languagebull Oral Vocabulary

Comprehensionbull Read The Princess and The Pea

bull Strategy Analyze Story Structure

bull Skill Analyze Character and Setting

Phonemic Awarenessbull Phoneme Isolation

Phonicsbull Short aa

bull Spelling Word Sort -at -an

High-Frequency Wordsbull jump not up down

bull Read ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo

bull Fluency Echo-Read

Language Artsbull Grammar Sentences

bull Interactive Writing

Differentiated Instruction pages 35Mndash35P

Oral LanguageOral Language

Write the Morning Message Point to each word as you read the

Message aloud with expression

Model Concepts of Print Reread the Message slowly Drop your

voice as you end each sentence As you point to each end mark

tell children that some sentences end with a period

Review Words with Short a Have children find short a words

Extend the Weekly Theme Ask children what makes their

classmates special Add suggestions to the Morning Message

Oral Vocabulary

BUILD BACKGROUND Display The Princess and the Pea Card 1 and

read the title Wersquore going to read about a special princess Describe the

the picture What kind of story is this What happens in fairy tales

Read the story Check childrenrsquos understanding using the UseIllustrations Use Context Clues and Ask Questions prompts

Get Ready Story

Small Group Options

I CanI Can

by Paul Danillustrated by Jill Newton

Fantasy

I can hit it

I can kick itI can tip it in

Oral Vocabulary Cards

Oral VocabularyCards

7I

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1236

Teaching Chart 8Graphic Organizer Transparency 1

Objectives

bull Analyze story structure

bull Identify and analyze

character and setting

bull Expand oral vocabulary

bull Reinforce concepts of print

bull Use academic language

character setting

Materials

bull Oral Vocabulary Cards The

Princess and the Pea

bull Teaching Chart 8

bull Graphic Organizer

Transparency 1

Princess Does Princess Does Not

ask the king if she cancome inside the castle

tell the queen about herfamily interests talents

say goodnight and goes tothe guest bedroom

sleep

Categorize Before rereading

review by focusing on the words

always sometimes and never

Ask children about the things

that the princess does in the

story like saying goodnight

before going to bed and ask

if they do this at home Ask

children to use pantomime and

gestures to show things theysometimes do things they always

do and things they never do

Analyze Character and Setting

Introduce U1 7AndashB

Practice Apply

U1 7J 13Gndash27A LeveledPractice 3ndash4

Reteach Review

U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT

35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J

89Gndash105A 111E 111L

111NndashP 111RndashT 111V

111YndashZ Leveled Practice

27ndash28

Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A

153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT

153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled

Practice 119ndash120

Listening Comprehension

Display the Oral Vocabulary Cards and read the title aloud

STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Remind children that paying attention to how a story is organized

will help them be better readers Have children retell parts of the

beginning middle and end of The Princess and the Pea

SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

Remind children that what a character does and says can help them

to understand the character Pay special attention to what the princess

does and says and where she is Think about how these things show what

she is like and what she might do next

COMPLETE A CHARACTER CHART After reading help children

complete Teaching Chart 8

Use the routines below and on the backs of the cards to discuss the

meaning of each word

Define Unique means one-of-a-kind or unusual

Example Jaimersquos unique dog has one brown eye and one blue eye

Ask Describe one unique person or animal that you know

An interest is something a person likes or is curious about

Martarsquos interests include cooking and reading What are some of

your interests

Cheerful means happy or glad Our cheerful mail carrier always

smiles and waves at us What makes you feel cheerful

Continue with the routines for genuine and prefer

Pam and Sam 7J

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1336

Objectives

bull Listen for initial short aa

bull Blend sounds in words with

short aa

bull Build words with short aa

Materials

bull Large Letter Cards a c m p t

bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos

Resource Book p 88

bull pocket chart

Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Isolation

Model

Show children how

to isolate phonemes

Repeat with bat and

medial a

Listen to this word aaat at I hear the a

sound at the beginning of at so Irsquoll raise

my hand

Guided PracticePractice

Have children practice

isolating short a Guide

practice doing the first

few together

Hold up your hand when you hear the a

sound at the beginning of a word

on as off ax up at

Hold up your hand when you hear the a

sound in the middle of a word

bag not sit fat ran jump

PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a

Model

Place Letter Cards c and

a in the pocket chart

Blend phonemes

This is the letter c It stands

for the k sound This is

the letter a It stands for

the a sound Listen as I

blend these sounds

together kaaa Now you say it

Place Letter Card t at

the end to form cat

Blend phonemes

This is the letter t

It stands for the

t sound

Listen as I blend

all three sounds

kaaat cat

Guided PracticePractice

Have children practice

blending with these

examples Do the first

one together

tap rat man ran

Nan pat Pam sattan Sam can fat

Pronunciation In some

languages including Spanish

Cantonese and Vietnamese

there is not a direct transfer forthe short a sound

Emphasize the short a sound

and demonstrate correct mouth

position when pronouncing

each word Have children

contrast short a with ahhh the

sound with which children will

most likely be more familiar

For a complete phonics transferchart see the ELL Teacherrsquos

Guide

Short a a

Introduce 7C-D

Practice Apply

7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG

Leveled Practice 1 5 8

Decodable Reader A Cap

for Pam

Reteach Review

35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S

35U 35Y

Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B

Decodable Reader Jazz Band

7K

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1436

Build Words with Short a a

Model

Place Letter Cards m

a t in the pocket chart

Blend phonemes

Letrsquos blend all the

sounds together

and read the word

mat

Guided PracticePractice

Have children practice

building words with

short aa Guide

children with the first

example

Change the m in mat to c What word did

we make

Change the t in cat to p What word did you

make

Change the c in cap to m What word did

you make

PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an

Place index cards for hat and man

in a pocket chart Say each word

and its sounds hat h a t

man m a n Say each word

again emphasizing at or an Askvolunteers to spell each word

Display index cards one at a time

Have children read each word

listening for at or an

Ask volunteers to place each index card in the row with the same

end sound

Objectives

bull Spell words with short aa

bull Sort words with -at -an

Materials

bull Spelling Practice Book p 2

bull pocket chart

bull large index cards with

spelling words

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35M

If Yes On Level Options page 35O

Beyond Level Options page 35P

Can children blend and read words with short aa

copy M

a c m i l l a n M c G r a w

- H i l l

Read the words Say each word Then complete each

word to make a spelling word Use each word once

man cat hat mat

ran can up down

1 h 5 d n

2 p 6 m n

3 r n 7 ma

4 c n 8 at

a t

u

a

a

o w

a

t

c

Spelling Practice Book page 2

DAY 1 Pretest

DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word

Sort

DAY 3 Student Word Sort

DAY 4 Test PracticeDictation

DAY 5Posttest

Blending If children have

difficulty blending with

aa say Irsquoll blend k a t

Blend kat stressing medial

a Now you blend cat

Repeat with tap and rat

ConstructiveFeedback

Pam and Sam 7L

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1536

Objectives

bull Learn high-frequency words

jump not up down and read

them in context

bull Review high-frequency

words to and

Materials

bull Vocabulary Cards jump not

up down to and

bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat

Jumprdquo

bull pocket chartbull Leveled Practice Books p 2

High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down

INTRODUCE

Display the Vocabulary Cards for jump not up and down in a

pocket chart

Point to and say the word up This is the word

up It is spelled u-p The cat went up the tree

Have children read spell and write the word

up

Follow the same steps to introduce jump not

and down

When introducing each new high-frequency

word note any phonics elements that have

been taught this week Review how to

decode the familiar letters sounds in the new

words We know that the letters n and t in not

stand for n and t Repeat with each new

high-frequency word

Have children work with a partner to make up sentences using

the words

Word Wall You may wish to add these words

Review Review to and and using the same procedure

Complete each sentence

Use one of the words in the box

up down not jump

1 I can

2 The cat ran

3 The cat is little

4 The dog ran

5 Write your own sentence using a word from the box

up

not

down

Responses will vary

jump

On Level Practice Book 0 page 2

Approaching Practice Book A page 2

Beyond Practice Book B page 2

Beginning

Use RealiaDemonstrate Demonstrate the concept of

up and down as opposites

Have children point up and

say the word up Then have

them point down and say

the word down For jump

ask children to stand and

then jump while they say the

word jump

Intermediate

ModelUse Gestures Askchildren to point up and

down Model The light is up

on the ceiling What else is

up on the ceiling The pencil

is down on the floor What

else is down on the floor

For jump ask a volunteer to

jump over a block For not

place a book and a pen side

by side Say This is a book

This is not a book Point to a

desk Is this a book

Advanced

Develop Spoken Language Ask children to use the

words up and down in

sentences of their own that

demonstrate understanding

of their meanings as

opposites Have children use

jump in sentences that tell

others what to jump over

7M

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1636

Pam and Sam 89

Get Ready Story Student pages 8ndash9

Read ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo

PREVIEWPREDICT

Use the Illustration Read aloud the title and have children look at

the illustration What characters do you see (two frogs and a bug)

What can you tell about these characters (Answers will vary)

Ask children to read aloud ldquoWords to Knowrdquo Explain that these

new words theyrsquove been practicing will be in the story

SET A PURPOSE FOR READING

Focus Question Ask a child to read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo

question The two frogs can already jump Pat is probably the bug

who is watching them What might help you find out if Pat can

jump (what the author says Pat does what the pictures show)

bull Read Aloud or Read

Together pausing

as needed to support

childrenrsquos comprehension

bull Have children whisper-

read independently

bull Use the modeling and

question prompts as you

revisit sections of the text

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1736

Get Ready Story Student pages 10ndash11

Apply Vocabulary

1 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS jump up down

Have children point to the words jump and up on page 10 and

jump and down on page 11 Reinforce the vocabulary by saying I

see two frogs jump First they jump up Then they jump down

2 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

Ask children to describe how they think the bug (Pat) is feeling

as she watches the frogs jump Can you tell by looking at the

illustrations how Pat may be feeling What might she be thinking

2

1

Gesture and Point Reinforce

the meanings of jump up and

down by gesturing Also havechildren say the words Then

lead children in pointing to the

frogs that jump Point to them

when they are up and when

they are down

1011

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1836

Pam and Sam 1213

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level High-Frequency Words page 35N

If Yes On Level Options page 35O

Beyond Level Options page 35P

Can children read jump not up and down

Develop Spoken Language

Have children pretend their fists

are frogs and show how they

can jump across their desks Say

I can jump Have children repeatafter you

Get Ready Story Student pages 12ndash13

3 4

3 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS not jump

Have children point to the words not and jump on page 12 and to

jump on page 13 What could Pat not do at first Could she jump

by herself at the end What helped her jump

4 FLUENCY ECHO983085READRead Exclamations Tell children that sentences with exclamation

marks are read with excitement Model reading each sentence on

page 13 and have children echo-read

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1936

Objective

bull Identify a complete

sentence

Materials

bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat

Jumprdquo

bull Grammar Practice Book p 2

GrammarGrammarSentences

REVIEW

Have children turn to page 12 of ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo Invite a

volunteer to reread the sentence

Remember this is a sentence It is a group of words that tells a whole

idea A sentence always begins with a capital letter

PRACTICE

Write the following complete and incomplete sentences on the

board

1 The sad man

2 The cat sat down

3 had a nap

4 We look at the map

Read each group of words with children

Ask Is this a sentence Why or why

not Discuss whether or not each

example tells a whole idea

Cross out the two incomplete

sentences

Sentences

DAY 1 Sentences

DAY 2 Sentences

DAY 3 Sentences

Mechanics SentenceCapitalization

DAY 4 Sentences

Proofread

DAY 5 Sentences

Grammar Practice Book page 2

13A

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2036

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2136

At a Glance

Whole Group

Main Selection

Oral Languagebull Oral Vocabulary

bull Read Aloud ldquoBeverly Billingsly

Borrows a Bookrdquo

Phonemic Awarenessbull Phoneme Blending

Phonicsbull Short aa

bull Build Fluency

bull Spelling Word Sort

High-Frequency Wordsbull jump not up down

Comprehensionbull Read Pam and Sam

bull Strategy Analyze Story Structurebull Skill Analyze Character and

Setting

Language Artsbull Grammar Sentences

bull Independent Writing

Small Group Options

Differentiated Instruction pages 35Qndash35T

Oral LanguageOral Language

Write the Morning Message Point to each word as you read the

Message aloud with expression

Practice Concepts of Print Remind children that some sentences

end with periods Reread and have them raise a hand each time

you end a sentence Have volunteers circle the periods

Review Words with Short a Invite a child to find the words with

short a Who can think of other words with short a

Extend the Weekly Theme Encourage children to think about

other ways to describe what people are like Have them describe

characteristics of a friend a family member and a firefighter

Oral Vocabulary

REVIEW WORDS

Discuss The Princess and the Pea by asking Why did the queen ask

about the princessrsquos interests What was unique about the princessWhat made the prince cheerful

Write the following vocabulary words on the board unique

interest cheerful genuine and prefer Read the words aloud

Then ask the following questions

Which word means

bull real or true

bull one-of a-kind or unusual

bull choosing one thing instead of

another

bull happy or glad bull something a person likes

I have a fat cat

I can pat himI can play with him

13C

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2236

Objectives

bull Understand story structure

as it relates to a fantasy storybull Learn that a fantasy is

different from realistic

fiction

bull Model reading with prosody

Materials

bull Read-Aloud Anthology

InteractiveInteractive

Read AloudRead AloudListening Comprehension

GENRE FANTASY

Ask children if they can tell you what a fantasy story is Share

the information about fantasy found in the Read-Aloud

Anthology

READ ldquoBEVERLY BILLINGSLY BORROWS A BOOKrdquo

Model Analyzing Story Structure Use the Think Alouds

provided at point of use in the Read-Aloud Anthology

Model Fluent Reading Read aloud the fantasy story

naturally and with expression As you read point out aspects

of fluent reading For example point out that you read

dialogue the way you think characters might say it

Expand Vocabulary See pages 9ndash13 of the Read-Aloud

Anthology to teach new words

Respond to the Fantasy

TALK ABOUT IT Ask children what happened in the story Why did

Beverly go to the library What were some of Beverlyrsquos interestsHow is Beverly like people you know What are some ways Beverly is

unique

Beginning

Ask Questions Talk with

children about the library Who

has been to a library Do we

get books at a library Does a

librarian work there Have you

ever talked to the librarian

Intermediate

Use Vocabulary Elicit from

children the different words we

use when talking about a library

What is inside of a library What

do we call a person who works

in a library What do you need to

show the librarian if you want to

take a book home

Advanced

Role Play Have children act out

a trip to the library One child

can play the part of the librarian

while others can pretend to

check out books Encourage

children to use sentences such

as I want to borrow this book please Do you have your library

card When is my book due

Write About It Invite children to respond to the read aloud by illustrating a

scene of their choice in their response journal or notebook

Read Aloudpages 9ndash13

Pam and Sam 13D

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2336

Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Blending

Model

Show children how to

orally blend phonemes

I will say the sounds in a word The first

sound is m The next sound is a The

last sound is t I can blend these sounds

together mmmaaat mat Say it with me

Guided PracticePracticeHave children practice

blending Guide practice

with the first two words

I will say three sounds Blend sounds

together to form words

r a n s a t m a p

t a p m a n t a n

PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a

Model

Place Letter Cards m

a and p in the pocket

chart

Change the m in map

to s Use the routine to

blend sap

The letter m stands

for the sound m

The letter a stands

for the sound a The letter p stands

for p Irsquoll blend the sounds together

mmmaaap map Say it with me

Guided PracticePractice

Have children change

letters and blend Guide

practice with the firstword change

Change the s in

sap to t Blend

the sounds toread the word

yoursquove made

cap nap rap sap

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35Q

If Yes On Level Options page 35S

Beyond Level Options page 35T

Can children blend sounds in words with short aa

Objectives

bull Blend sounds in words

bull Blend with short aa

Materials

bull Large Letter Cards a m p t

bull Small Letter Cards

bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos

Resource Book p 88

bull pocket chart

bull Teaching Chart 7

bull PhonicsFluency

Transparency 1

Short a a

Introduce 7CndashD

Practice Apply

7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG

Leveled Practice 1 5 8

Decodable Reader A Cap

for PamReteach Review

35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S

35U 35Y

Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B

Decodable Reader Jazz Band

Phonemic Awareness

Teaching phonemic

awareness to children

is clearly effective It

improves their ability to

manipulate phonemes in

speech This skill transfers

and helps them learn to

read and spell PA training

benefits not only word

reading but also reading

comprehension

Donald Bear

wwwmacmillanmhcom

13E

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2436

Build Fluency Word Automaticity

Display Teaching Chart 7 Point to the word at Ask children to blend

the sounds with you Then ask them to read the word at regularspeed Repeat the blending routine with the other words having

children blend and read after you Then point to the words in random

order and ask children to read them

PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an

Pair children and have them sort Spelling Word Cards by ending

sounds Encourage them to say spell and then sort each word Then

have them identify the ending sounds and say the rhyming words

Dictation

Follow this dictation routine with the spelling words

Pronounce one word at a time for children Then repeat the word

and use it in a sentence

Have children repeat each word softly to themselves and then

write the word

After dictation is completed encourage children to proofread

their words Remind them to check their words for spellingpatterns and to look for the words containing short aa

To extend have volunteers make up sentences for each word

Objectives

bull Sort words with -at -an

bull Use dictation to practicespelling words

Materials

bull Spelling Word Cards BLM

Teacherrsquos Resource Book

p 90

bull Spelling Practice Book p 3

man cat hat mat

ran can up down

Look at the picture Use a spelling word to

complete the sentence

1 Can you see the

2 The cat ran

3 The man has a

4 She can go

5 Here is a

cat

up

hat

down

can

Spelling Practice Book page 3

DAY 1 Pretest

DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word

Sort

DAY 3 Student Word Sort

Dictation

DAY 4 Test Practice

DAY 5 Posttest

Teaching Chart 7 PhonicsFluency Transparency 1

Pam and Sam 13F

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2536

Objectives

bull Read high-frequency words

jump not up down like gobull Read to apply the strategy

Analyze Story Structure

bull Read to apply the skill

Analyze Character and

Setting

bull Use academic language

character setting

Materials

bull Vocabulary Word Cards BLMTeacherrsquos Resource Book p

120

bull Student Book Pam and Sam

bull Teaching Chart 8

bull Graphic Organizer

Transparency 1

bull Leveled Practice Books p 3

High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down

PRACTICE

Duplicate and distribute a set of Vocabulary Word Cards for

jump not up down to each child

As you say the words have children hold up the appropriate card

Ask volunteers to use each word in a sentence

Have each child work with a partner and call out each word for

their partner to write

Review Review like and go following the same procedure

ComprehensionComprehensionSTRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Remind children that it is helpful to identify the beginning middle

and end of stories Today as we read another story pay special attention

to what happens to the characters at the beginning in the middle and at

the end of the story

SKILL

Analyze Character and Setting

Today wersquore going to read about two characters What information might

help you understand these characters Pay attention to what they do

what they say and what they look like Also think about how the setting

or where they are helps you understand the story

Prepare to Read

PREVIEW AND PREDICT

Have children turn to page 15 Ask a child to read aloud the title

Who are the characters What do you think they might do

Tell children to write or draw their predictions about the story

Genre Fantasy Remind children that a fantasy is a made-up

story that would not happen in real life

Preview the word Ask children to

tell what it means

fly (page 24)

Analyze Character and Setting

Introduce U1 7AndashB

Practice Apply

U1 7J 13Gndash27A Leveled

Practice 3ndash4

Reteach Review

U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT

35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J

89Gndash105A 111E 111L

111NndashP 111RndashT 111V

111YndashZ Leveled Practice

27ndash28

Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A

153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT

153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled

Practice 119ndash120

13G

Main Selection Student pages 14 15

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2636

Read Pam and Sam

SET A PURPOSE FOR READING

Focus Question Read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo question Letrsquos

look for clues in the story that help us understand these characters

Encourage children to set their own purpose for readingWAYS TO READ THE SELECTION

Main Selection Student pages 14ndash15

Story available on Listening

Library Audio CD

If your children need support

to read the Main Selection

use the prompts to guide

comprehension and model

how to complete the Character

Chart Encourage children toread aloud

If your children can read the

Main Selection independently

have them read and complete

the Character Chart

If your children need an alternate selection choose the

Leveled Readers that match their instructional level

Pam and Sam 1415

Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2736

Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17

Develop Comprehension

1 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

We have only read two pages and wersquove already learned a lot

How many characters have we met (two) What can you tell about

them How are they unique (Pam is a rabbit Sam is a bird Theylike to play) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

2 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Teacher Think Aloud This story begins with Pam and Sam

playing Pam just ran up I want to find out if Sam will do the

same thing because they like to play together I will read on

to see how the story develops I will pay close attention to the

characters and what they do in the rest of the story

1 2

SyntacticStructure

Explain that good readers

sometimes check that they have

read words correctly One way to

do this is to ask Does the word Iread sound right in the sentence

Model Point to the word ran

on page 17 The text reads ldquoPam

uprdquo I know from how the

sentence is put together that the

next word has to be a verb The

word ran is a verb It sounds right in

the sentence because it says what

Pam did

Apply Encourage children to

check the meaning of other words

in the story

1617

Main Selection Student pages 18ndash19

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2836

3 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

What can Pam and Sam do on these pages (They can run) Letrsquos

add this to our Character Chart Why do you think Pam and Sam

run together (Possible answer because they are playing)

4 MONITOR AND CLARIFY REREAD

If you donrsquot understand what is happening in the story you can

reread it to try and figure things out Reread page 19 What did Pam

and Sam do (They ran) Where did they run (They ran down)

5 MAINTAIN ANALYZE CHARACTER AND SETTING

What can we tell about Pam and Sam What are their interests

(They seem to be friends they like to do things together They run

and jump) Where does the story take place (outdoors possibly in

a field or in a meadow)

Main Selection Student pages 18 19

Picture Clues Point to the bird

and the rabbit running together

Explain that the picture can

give clues about where they

are running Where are Sam thebird and Pam the rabbit running

(They are running down)

3 4 5

Pam and Sam 1819

Main Selection Student pages 20ndash21

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2936

p g

Develop Comprehension

6 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

What do you learn about Pam (She can jump) What do you learn

about Sam (He can not jump) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

7 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Teacher Think Aloud Letrsquos think about how the story is

organized In the beginning Pam and Sam kept doing the same

thing Now what is happening in the middle of the story

Encourage children to apply the strategy in a Think Aloud

Student Think Aloud In the beginning of the story Sam and

Pam did the same things Now I am reading the middle of thestory and there is a problem Sam can not jump I want to read

more to find out if the problem is solved

6 7

Clarify Remind children

that characters refers to the

main people or animals in

the story Review some of the

pages in the story Pam andSam and encourage children

to look at the illustrations

Are the characters people or

animals (animals) Who are

the characters (Pam and Sam)

Ask children to describe the

characters in their own words

based on the illustrations in the

story (Possible answer Pam is a

rabbit and can hop Sam is a birdand can fly)

2021

Main Selection Student pages 22ndash23

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3036

8 FLUENCY ECHO983085READ

Read Exclamations Letrsquos read the sentence on page 23 It ends

with an exclamation mark When I read the sentence I use a tone

that shows I am excited Listen to the way my voice sounds when I

read it Now read the sentence after me with the same tone

9 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

Look at the picture on page 23 What can Sam do (He can fly)

Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

10 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Think about how the author wrote this story How did she organize

the story to keep it interesting

Student Think Aloud In the beginning she introduced the

characters and told us they like to play In the middle she told us

about a problem Sam had I think the problem will get solved in

the end now that I know Sam can fly

Question 9 ANALYZE

CHARACTER

What can Sam do How do you

know he can fly Can Pam fly too

How do you know

9

8 10

Pam and Sam 2223

Main Selection Student pages 24ndash25

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3136

Teaching Chart 8Graphic

Organizer Transparency 1

Pam Can Sam Can

play

run

jump

play

run

fly

Develop Comprehension

COMPLETE THE CHARACTER CHART

Ask children to share their ideas about the characters Pam and Sam

Record their ideas on Teaching Chart 8

RETURN TO PREDICTIONS AND PURPOSES

Review childrenrsquos predictions and review the Focus Question What

makes Pam and Sam special (Pam can jump Sam can fly)

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Leveled Reader Lesson 2 page 35R

If Yes On Level Options page 35S

Beyond Level Options page 35T

Can children analyze characters

2425

Main Selection Student page 26

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3236

Pam and Sam 26

Authorrsquos Craft

Focus on Repetition

In this story Nancy Tafuri

uses the same words

over and over She does

this to make it easier for

readers to understand

the story Repetition also

helps readers remember

what has already

happened New wordscan change the meaning

of words used over

and over

What words on page 17

are also on page 18 (ran

up) Who runs up (Pam

and Sam)

What words are on page

21 that were also on page

20 (can jump) What

new word changes the

meaning (not )

Children can find more

information about

Nancy Tafuri at

wwwmacmillanmhcom

Authorrsquos Purpose

Nancy Tafuri wanted to tell a story

about friends Draw a picture of your

friend Write your friendrsquos name

Find out more aboutNancy Tafuri atwwwmacmillanmhcom

Nancy Tafuri says ldquoI live in

the country and love telling

stories about animals I

especially like to tell stories

about good friends like

Pam and Sam I have fun

drawing pictures to go with

my storiesrdquo

Other books by Nancy Tafuri

26

Meet the AuthorIllustrator

Read aloud page 26 with children Ask if they like the way Nancy Tafuri

draws the animal friends Encourage children to look back at the story

and tell which pictures show that Sam and Pam are good friends

Author rsquos Purpose Nancy Tafuri used words and art to tell a story about what

good friends do together Have children draw a picture of a

friend Check that they have written their friendrsquos name on

the picture Children may add this writing to their response

journals

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3336

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436

Pam and Sam 27A

Think and Compare

USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS

1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of

the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then

he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump

Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN

2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real

birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the

wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too

However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together

I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually

playing together ANALYZE

3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know

Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I

noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for

him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop

playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem

MAKE INFERENCES

4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these

characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head

Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump

Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They

both solved their problems COMPARE

Personal Response

Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another

story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways

could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in

a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas

Look at the pictures Read the story

Nat is a cat

Nat can go up

Nat can go down

Pam and Sam look for Nat

Pam is sad

Where is Nat

Write T if the sentence is true

Write F if the sentence is false

1 Nat is a cat

2 Nat can go up and down

3 Pam is sad

4 Nat is in the

5 Nat is in the

T

T

F

T

T

On Level Practice Book O page 4

Approaching Practice Book A page 4

Beyond Practice Book B page 4

Think and Search(Question 1)

bull Search for clues and

information in the texts

Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)

bull Think about the

information in the story

bull Think about what you

already know

bull Compare the information

in two stories

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636

Objectives

bull Understand the importance

of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a

sentence

bull Use words to add detail to a

sentence

Materials

bull pencils and paper

Dictation Have children dictate

to you their word or phrase to

fill in the sentence frame

Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book

pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do

Personal Narrative

DAY 1 Shared Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 2 Interactive Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas

Independent Prewrite

and Draft

DAY 4 Independent Revise

and Edit

DAY 5 Independent Publish

and Present

IndependentIndependent

WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas

EXPLAIN

Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write

Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting

DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences

1 I like to eat

2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables

Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes

to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words

yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information

Personal Narrative

BRAINSTORM

Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about

herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about

what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk

about what they like to do

PREWRITE

Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do

DRAFT

Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the

sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review

with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that

tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences

TransitionsThat Teach

While lining up for recess

have children tell about a

game they would prefer

to play

Pam and Sam 27C

Page 3: unit1_week1_2.pdf

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 336

Objectives

bull Understand the strategyAnalyze Story Structure

bull Analyze characters by

looking at their words and

actions

bull Understand how setting

helps comprehension

bull Apply the strategy and skill

with the Big Book

bull Reinforce concepts of print

bull Use academic languagecharacter setting

Materials

bull Big Book That Big Cat

Share the Big BookShare the Big Book Listening Comprehension

PREVIEW AND PREDICT Display the cover Read the title and

the names of the author and illustrator as you track the print

What do you think the girl likes to do How do you think she feels

about the cat in the picture What do you think might happen in

this story

GENRE Help children understand that they are about to read

realistic fiction a make-believe story that could really happen

Point out that most make-believe stories have pictures not

photographs to illustrate them

STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

EXPLAIN Explain to children that every story is put together carefully

by an author This is called the story structure A story has many partsIt has a beginning a middle and an ending Each part of the story has

important information Good readers pay attention to the different parts

of the story

SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

EXPLAIN Point out that an important part of stories are the people

and animals in them They are called characters and we learn about

them through what they do and say Another important part is thesetting or the place where the story happens This week children will

pay special attention to story characters and setting

Read the Big Book

SET PURPOSE As we read letrsquos think about the beginning middle and

end of the story Letrsquos find out about the girl and the big catMODELGUIDED PRACTICE Use the Think Alouds to model how to

analyze character and setting and story structure Additional prompts

are provided on the inside back cover of the Big Book

Pages 14ndash15mdashAnalyze Story Structure

Think Aloud The beginning of the story tells about what Allie

does at home and school The middle of the story tells about

something she doesnrsquot domdashpet the big cat I wonder what willhappen by the end of the story

Big BookThat Big Cat

Pantomime and Gesture Use

pantomime gestures and other

strategies to help make the text

comprehensible Have children

say the phrase

Page 8 Never ever do Shake

head emphatically and frown

Contrast with always

Page 14 Jump off the bus Jump

up and landPage 20 Hear a funny sound

Cup hand to ear as if listening

intently What do you hear

Analyze Character and Setting

Introduce U1 7AndashB

Practice Apply

U1 7J 13Gndash27A Leveled

Practice 3ndash4

Reteach Review

U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT

35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J

89Gndash105A 111E 111L

111NndashP 111RndashT 111V

111YndashZ Leveled Practice

27ndash28

Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests

Benchmark Tests A BMaintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A

153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT

153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled

Practice 119ndash120

7A

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 436

Pages 18ndash19mdashAnalyze Character and Setting

Think Aloud Allie likes to have fun She pretends to be a

superhero It looks like she and her friends are in her yard

Superheroes are brave I donrsquot think Allie feels brave around

that big cat Will she ever try to pet that cat Irsquoll keep reading

to find out

Respond to Literature

TALK ABOUT IT Encourage children to talk about what Allie is like

How do you think Allie felt about the cat at the beginning Did her

feelings change at the end What do you think made Allie change

Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessIdentify Rhyme

Model

Show children how

you listen for rhyming

words Read ldquoWho Is

Thatrdquo

I am going to read a rhyme Listen to the

words at the end of each line

These words are from the rhyme that

cat and Sam If words rhyme they sound

alike at the end The words that and cat

sound the same at the end They rhyme

Sam does not rhyme with that and cat

Guided PracticePractice

Have children practice

identifying rhyme with

the examples provided

Guide practice doing

the first two sets with

children

I will say three words Two of the words

rhyme Tell me which two words rhyme

mad sit add sad lid had

fad hid glad pad kid dad

run lad Tad ran tan top

To extend ask children

to blend the sounds in

these rhyming words

r a n t a n r a n

s a t th a t h a t

Comprehension

Analyze Character and Setting

bull(pages2ndash3)

What does this picture show What are somethingsAllielikestodo

bull (page9) In the beginning we learned about thingsAllie likes to

do Now we learn about something she doesnrsquot like to do What

is it Why do you think she wonrsquot pet the cat

bull (pages14ndash15) ThesetwopagesshowAllieactingintwovery

different ways How does Allie act getting off the bus How

doesshe act when she is aroundthe cat

bull (pages23ndash24)By the end Allie doespet the big cat Now she says

that she always alwayswill How is that like her

Story Words(page 3) always (page 8) never (page 17) pretend

About the Illustrator Emily Arnold McCullyEmily ArnoldMcCully has illustrated over 100 picture books She

has won many awards including the Caldecott Medal She began

towriteandillustrateherownstorieswhen shewas achild Then

she made them into books herself

Objective

bull Identify rhyme with short a

Additional question

prompts can be found on

the inside back cover ofThat Big Cat

Use this rhyme to develop

phonemic awareness for

short a

RHYMES AND CHIMES

Who Is That

Who is that

Itrsquos a very fat cat

Itrsquos a dog with a hat

Who is that

Itrsquos Sam and Pat

Listening Library Audio CD

Write About It Invite children to draw a picture of Allie doing something at

home or school in their response journal or notebook and

write one or more sentences about the picture

Pam and Sam 7B

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 536

Objectives

bull Identify sound-lettercorrespondence short aa

bull Blend sounds in words with

short aa

Materials

bull Large Alphabet Card Aa

bull Large Letter Cards a c m N

n p r s t

bull Small Letter Cards

bull Leveled Practice Books p 1

bull Teaching Chart 7

bull PhonicsFluency

Transparency 1

PhonicsPhonicsIntroduce Short a a

ExplainModel

Teach the sound-

symbol shortaa using

the Alphabet Card Aa

What is the name of

this letter The name of this

letter is a A stands for the sound

a Say the sound with me aaa

Identify short aa in

the medial position

Listen as I say the word mat

maaat I hear the a sound in

the middle of the word Irsquoll hold

up my a card Listen as I say cap

kaaap I hear the a sound in the middle

Irsquoll hold up my a card Now listen as I say

bed b e d I donrsquot hear the a sound in

the middle I wonrsquot hold up my a card

Guided PracticePractice

Have children practice

identifying medial a

Guide practice with the

first row

rat man rim cap pin

sat tin tap tip Sam

Pat Sis Pam Nan Nat

Blend with Short a a

Model

Display Letter Cards

m a Blend the sounds

together

This is the letter m It stands for the sound

m This is the letter a It stands for the

a sound Listen as I blend these sounds

together mmmaaa

Display the Letter

Card t Blend the

sounds together

This is the letter t

It stands for t

Listen as I blend all

three sounds

together

mmmaaat mat Say it with me

Read the word Circle the picture that it names

1 cat

2 pan

3 man

4 sat

5 fan

6 Write a sentence using some of the words

Possible response The man and the cat sat by

the fan

On Level Practice Book 0 page 1

Approaching Practice Book A page 1

Beyond Practice Book B page 1

Short a a

Introduce 7CndashD

Practice Apply

7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG

Leveled Practice 1 5 8

Decodable Reader A Cap

for Pam

Reteach Review

35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S

35U 35Y

Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B

Decodable Reader Jazz Band

Aa

7C

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 636

Repeat the routine to

blend the sounds in

rhyming words

cat pat Nat sat rat

Guided PracticePractice

Have children practice

blending sounds in

additional rhyming

words by changing the

first letter Do the first

row with children

map tap cap nap rap

can pan man ran tan

Build Fluency Word Automaticity

Display Teaching Chart 7 Read each word in the f irst row blending

the sounds as you read a m aaammm Have children blend each

word after you Then reread each row asking children to echo-read

Continue with the remaining rows

Pronunciation Chant withchildren the letters m r t s n

c p and a Make the sounds

m r t s n k p and

a exaggerating each one and

have children repeat Listen

for correct pronunciation

Demonstrate correct placement

of lips and tongue to produce

the sounds and ask children to

follow your model

Then reread the words on the

Teaching Chart emphasizing the

short a sound in each one

If children have difficulty

blending saying e instead

of a for example point to

a

This is the letter a The

letter a stands for aaa

Say it with me a Letrsquos

sound out that word

again mmmaaat mat

ConstructiveFeedback

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35I

If Yes On Level Options page 35K

Beyond Level Options page 35L

Can children blend sounds in words with short aa

Can they read words with automaticity

Teaching Chart 7 PhonicsFluency Transparency 1

Pam and Sam 7D

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 736

Objectives

bull Spell words with short aa

bull Identify spelling patterns

bull Sort words with -at -an

Materials

bull Spelling Practice Book p 1

bull pocket chart

bull large index cards for spelling

words

bull paper and pencils

PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWords with Short a a

PRETEST

Pronounce each spelling word Read the sentence and pronounce the

word again Encourage children to say each word softly sounding out

the word before writing it After the pretest write each word on the

board as you say the letter names Have children check their words

1 Does that man have any interest

in baseball

2 I like my furry cat

3 Dan wears a baseball hat

4 I put my ball on the mat

5 I ran fast in the race

6 Dad can play the piano in such a

unique way

WORD SORT

Make an index card for each spelling

word as well as for -at and -an

Place -at and -an to form two

columns in a pocket chart Blendthe sounds with children

Hold up the word mat Say and

spell it Pronounce each sound

clearly m a t Blend the sounds

mmmaaat

Repeat this step with each -at word

Place the words below the -at cardHave children read each word What do you notice about the

words (They have the a sound and they rhyme)

Repeat the process with the -an words

Display the words up and down in a separate column Point out

that these spelling words do not contain short a

Save the index cards to use later in the week

DAY 1 Pretest

DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word

Sort

DAY 3 Student Word Sort

Dictation

DAY 4 Test Practice

DAY 5 Posttest

Read the words Say each word Then complete each

word to make a spelling word Use each word once

man cat hat mat

ran can up down

1 h 5 d n

2 p 6 m n

3 r n 7 ma

4 c n 8 at

a t

u

a

a

o w

a

t

c

Spelling Practice Book page 1

man cat

hat mat

ran can

High-Frequency Words

up down

7E

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 836

Decodable Reader A Cap for Pam

Review High-Frequency Words Write a have has for

with and the on the board Read the words with children

Preview and Predict Point to the title and have children

sound it out as you run your finger under it

What do you see in the picture What do you think the girlrsquos

name is

Read Turn to page 2 Have children point to each word

sounding out decodable words and saying the high-frequencywords quickly If children have difficulty provide corrective

feedback If children can sound out the words have them

whisper-read the rest of the text

Objectives

bull Decode words with short aa

bull Review a have has for with

the

bull Read words with short aa

in connected text

Materials

bull Decodable Reader Library

A Cap for Pam

[set facsimile ofcover for Grade

1 Unit 1 Week

1 decodable

Reader A Cap for

Pam]

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Decodable Reader page 35J

If Yes On Level Options page 35K

Beyond Level Options page 35L

Can children spell and read words with short aa

A Ca p

f o r Pa m

by Kathryn Lewisillustrated by Chi Chung

Decodable Reader

Children can read

A Cap for Pam during

whole group or small

group time

Sam has a tan mat

2

Can Pam have a mat

3

Sam has a cat cap

Pam can have a cap4

Pam ran with the cap

5

Pam Cat can tap

Tap Pam tap6

a have has for with the

Follow these steps to teach

each high-frequency word

Say Point to and say

the word

Spell Spell the word

Read Have children

read the word

Write Have children

write the word

Use Use each word

in a sentence

Review Review high-

frequency words from

previous lessons

High-FrequencyWord Routine

For additional decodabletext see pages 4ndash6 of the

Teacherrsquos Resource Book

Decodable Text

Pam and Sam 7F

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 936

1 My name is All ie

2 funny faces

3 I am a superhero

4 Write name

1 sentence is correct

2 fragment

3 sentence is correct

4 fragment

Grammar Transparency 1 copy MacmillanMcGraw-Hill

Transparency 1

I like dogs

Objectives

bull Understand that a sentence

tells a whole idea

bull Recognize that a sentence

always begins with a capital

letter

Materials

bull Grammar Transparency 1

bull Grammar Practice Book p 1

GrammarGrammarSentences

EXPLAINMODEL

Explain that a sentence is a group of words that tells a whole idea

Explain that a sentence always begins with a capital letter Read

aloud the first two examples on Grammar Transparency 1

As I read number 1 I wonder if it is a sentence I ask myself ldquoDo the

words tell a whole idea They do Does it start with a capital letter

Yes againrdquo Number 2 doesnrsquot tell a whole idea It isnrsquot a sentence

GUIDED PRACTICE

Ask children to work in pairs

to decide if the next two

examples on the transparency

are sentences

Have pairs think of a sentence that tells

about That Big Cat Write their sentenceson the board Ask children how they can

tell that these are sentences

ircle the sentences

She sat down

We can jump up

Ran here

Pat can do this

Like to

Grammar Practice Book page 1

Sentences

DAY 1 Sentences

DAY 2 SentencesDAY 3 Sentences

Mechanics Sentence

Capitalization

DAY 4 Sentences

Proofread

DAY 5 Sentences

Grammar Transparency 1

7G

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1036

Objectives

bull Create a list

bull Compose sentences in a

shared writing experience

Materials

bull chart paper

Things I Do

pick out clothesgo to school

write name

Ask and Answer Questions

Ask children questions such as

What do you do at home What

do you do at school As children

answer have them pantomime

the actions Write About It Have children draw a picture of something they do and

write a sentence beneath it They may choose to add this

piece to their writing portfolio

SharedShared

WritingWritingPersonal Narrative

BRAINSTORM

Discuss with children what

kinds of things Allie does in

That Big Cat

Display the list they created

during oral language Talk with

children about things they like

to do Then brainstorm and

list with children words and

phrases about those things

When something is personal it has to do with yourself When we

write sentences about ourselves and put those sentences together it

is called a personal narrative This week we will be writing sentences

about ourselves our interests and what makes us unique We will

put the sentences together and write a personal narrative

WRITE

Reread together the list children created

Have each child create a sentence about himself or herself

Children may use a phrase from the list if they wish

Write childrenrsquos sentences on chart paper Reread the sentences

and reinforce what a sentence is Remind children to use the word

I in their sentences Explain that you use I or me when you talk

about yourself as Allie did in her story

Personal Narrative

DAY 1 Shared Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 2 Interactive Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas

Independent Prewrite

and DraftDAY 4 Independent Revise

and Edit

DAY 5 Independent Publish

and Present

TransitionsThat Teach

While lining up have

children name something

unique about the

classroom

Pam and Sam 7H

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1136

Oral Vocabul ary

The next morning the queen askedthe youn g woman ldquoHow did

you sleep my dearrdquo

ldquoIhardly slept at allrdquo saidthe princess ldquoThere wassomething very

hardin the bed andno matter which way Iturned Icouldnot get

comfortablerdquo

Hearing this the king the queen andthe prince smiledbecause

they knew she wasareal princess No one but agenuine princesscould

feel apeathrough twenty mattressesandtwenty quilts

The cheerful prince took the princessby the hand andsaid ldquoIhave

finally foundyou atrue princess Will you marry merdquo

The princesssaidyesandthe wedding took place the following

week The king andqueen were delighted andthe prince andprincess

livedhappily ever after

cheerfulDefine Cheerful meanshappyorglad

Example Our cheerful mailcarrieralwayssmilesandwavesatus

Ask What makesyou feel

cheerful

Helpchildrenusethe

picturestoretellthe story

Card1 Why hasthe prince

leftthecastleWhatishelooking for

Card2 Whoisatthecastledoor What doesthe kingsaytoher

Card3 WhatdoesthequeenwanttoknowaboutthevisitorWhatisthe

queenrsquosplan

Card4 Howdoestheprincessfeelthenextmorning Why are the kingqueen andprince smiling

Howdoesthestoryend

Retell

ThePrincessandthePea

copy M a c m i l l a n M c G r a w - H i l l

i l l u s t r a t i o n b y B r i d g e t S t a r r T a y l o r

4

At a Glance

Whole GroupOral Languagebull Oral Vocabulary

Comprehensionbull Read The Princess and The Pea

bull Strategy Analyze Story Structure

bull Skill Analyze Character and Setting

Phonemic Awarenessbull Phoneme Isolation

Phonicsbull Short aa

bull Spelling Word Sort -at -an

High-Frequency Wordsbull jump not up down

bull Read ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo

bull Fluency Echo-Read

Language Artsbull Grammar Sentences

bull Interactive Writing

Differentiated Instruction pages 35Mndash35P

Oral LanguageOral Language

Write the Morning Message Point to each word as you read the

Message aloud with expression

Model Concepts of Print Reread the Message slowly Drop your

voice as you end each sentence As you point to each end mark

tell children that some sentences end with a period

Review Words with Short a Have children find short a words

Extend the Weekly Theme Ask children what makes their

classmates special Add suggestions to the Morning Message

Oral Vocabulary

BUILD BACKGROUND Display The Princess and the Pea Card 1 and

read the title Wersquore going to read about a special princess Describe the

the picture What kind of story is this What happens in fairy tales

Read the story Check childrenrsquos understanding using the UseIllustrations Use Context Clues and Ask Questions prompts

Get Ready Story

Small Group Options

I CanI Can

by Paul Danillustrated by Jill Newton

Fantasy

I can hit it

I can kick itI can tip it in

Oral Vocabulary Cards

Oral VocabularyCards

7I

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1236

Teaching Chart 8Graphic Organizer Transparency 1

Objectives

bull Analyze story structure

bull Identify and analyze

character and setting

bull Expand oral vocabulary

bull Reinforce concepts of print

bull Use academic language

character setting

Materials

bull Oral Vocabulary Cards The

Princess and the Pea

bull Teaching Chart 8

bull Graphic Organizer

Transparency 1

Princess Does Princess Does Not

ask the king if she cancome inside the castle

tell the queen about herfamily interests talents

say goodnight and goes tothe guest bedroom

sleep

Categorize Before rereading

review by focusing on the words

always sometimes and never

Ask children about the things

that the princess does in the

story like saying goodnight

before going to bed and ask

if they do this at home Ask

children to use pantomime and

gestures to show things theysometimes do things they always

do and things they never do

Analyze Character and Setting

Introduce U1 7AndashB

Practice Apply

U1 7J 13Gndash27A LeveledPractice 3ndash4

Reteach Review

U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT

35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J

89Gndash105A 111E 111L

111NndashP 111RndashT 111V

111YndashZ Leveled Practice

27ndash28

Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A

153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT

153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled

Practice 119ndash120

Listening Comprehension

Display the Oral Vocabulary Cards and read the title aloud

STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Remind children that paying attention to how a story is organized

will help them be better readers Have children retell parts of the

beginning middle and end of The Princess and the Pea

SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

Remind children that what a character does and says can help them

to understand the character Pay special attention to what the princess

does and says and where she is Think about how these things show what

she is like and what she might do next

COMPLETE A CHARACTER CHART After reading help children

complete Teaching Chart 8

Use the routines below and on the backs of the cards to discuss the

meaning of each word

Define Unique means one-of-a-kind or unusual

Example Jaimersquos unique dog has one brown eye and one blue eye

Ask Describe one unique person or animal that you know

An interest is something a person likes or is curious about

Martarsquos interests include cooking and reading What are some of

your interests

Cheerful means happy or glad Our cheerful mail carrier always

smiles and waves at us What makes you feel cheerful

Continue with the routines for genuine and prefer

Pam and Sam 7J

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1336

Objectives

bull Listen for initial short aa

bull Blend sounds in words with

short aa

bull Build words with short aa

Materials

bull Large Letter Cards a c m p t

bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos

Resource Book p 88

bull pocket chart

Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Isolation

Model

Show children how

to isolate phonemes

Repeat with bat and

medial a

Listen to this word aaat at I hear the a

sound at the beginning of at so Irsquoll raise

my hand

Guided PracticePractice

Have children practice

isolating short a Guide

practice doing the first

few together

Hold up your hand when you hear the a

sound at the beginning of a word

on as off ax up at

Hold up your hand when you hear the a

sound in the middle of a word

bag not sit fat ran jump

PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a

Model

Place Letter Cards c and

a in the pocket chart

Blend phonemes

This is the letter c It stands

for the k sound This is

the letter a It stands for

the a sound Listen as I

blend these sounds

together kaaa Now you say it

Place Letter Card t at

the end to form cat

Blend phonemes

This is the letter t

It stands for the

t sound

Listen as I blend

all three sounds

kaaat cat

Guided PracticePractice

Have children practice

blending with these

examples Do the first

one together

tap rat man ran

Nan pat Pam sattan Sam can fat

Pronunciation In some

languages including Spanish

Cantonese and Vietnamese

there is not a direct transfer forthe short a sound

Emphasize the short a sound

and demonstrate correct mouth

position when pronouncing

each word Have children

contrast short a with ahhh the

sound with which children will

most likely be more familiar

For a complete phonics transferchart see the ELL Teacherrsquos

Guide

Short a a

Introduce 7C-D

Practice Apply

7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG

Leveled Practice 1 5 8

Decodable Reader A Cap

for Pam

Reteach Review

35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S

35U 35Y

Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B

Decodable Reader Jazz Band

7K

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1436

Build Words with Short a a

Model

Place Letter Cards m

a t in the pocket chart

Blend phonemes

Letrsquos blend all the

sounds together

and read the word

mat

Guided PracticePractice

Have children practice

building words with

short aa Guide

children with the first

example

Change the m in mat to c What word did

we make

Change the t in cat to p What word did you

make

Change the c in cap to m What word did

you make

PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an

Place index cards for hat and man

in a pocket chart Say each word

and its sounds hat h a t

man m a n Say each word

again emphasizing at or an Askvolunteers to spell each word

Display index cards one at a time

Have children read each word

listening for at or an

Ask volunteers to place each index card in the row with the same

end sound

Objectives

bull Spell words with short aa

bull Sort words with -at -an

Materials

bull Spelling Practice Book p 2

bull pocket chart

bull large index cards with

spelling words

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35M

If Yes On Level Options page 35O

Beyond Level Options page 35P

Can children blend and read words with short aa

copy M

a c m i l l a n M c G r a w

- H i l l

Read the words Say each word Then complete each

word to make a spelling word Use each word once

man cat hat mat

ran can up down

1 h 5 d n

2 p 6 m n

3 r n 7 ma

4 c n 8 at

a t

u

a

a

o w

a

t

c

Spelling Practice Book page 2

DAY 1 Pretest

DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word

Sort

DAY 3 Student Word Sort

DAY 4 Test PracticeDictation

DAY 5Posttest

Blending If children have

difficulty blending with

aa say Irsquoll blend k a t

Blend kat stressing medial

a Now you blend cat

Repeat with tap and rat

ConstructiveFeedback

Pam and Sam 7L

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1536

Objectives

bull Learn high-frequency words

jump not up down and read

them in context

bull Review high-frequency

words to and

Materials

bull Vocabulary Cards jump not

up down to and

bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat

Jumprdquo

bull pocket chartbull Leveled Practice Books p 2

High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down

INTRODUCE

Display the Vocabulary Cards for jump not up and down in a

pocket chart

Point to and say the word up This is the word

up It is spelled u-p The cat went up the tree

Have children read spell and write the word

up

Follow the same steps to introduce jump not

and down

When introducing each new high-frequency

word note any phonics elements that have

been taught this week Review how to

decode the familiar letters sounds in the new

words We know that the letters n and t in not

stand for n and t Repeat with each new

high-frequency word

Have children work with a partner to make up sentences using

the words

Word Wall You may wish to add these words

Review Review to and and using the same procedure

Complete each sentence

Use one of the words in the box

up down not jump

1 I can

2 The cat ran

3 The cat is little

4 The dog ran

5 Write your own sentence using a word from the box

up

not

down

Responses will vary

jump

On Level Practice Book 0 page 2

Approaching Practice Book A page 2

Beyond Practice Book B page 2

Beginning

Use RealiaDemonstrate Demonstrate the concept of

up and down as opposites

Have children point up and

say the word up Then have

them point down and say

the word down For jump

ask children to stand and

then jump while they say the

word jump

Intermediate

ModelUse Gestures Askchildren to point up and

down Model The light is up

on the ceiling What else is

up on the ceiling The pencil

is down on the floor What

else is down on the floor

For jump ask a volunteer to

jump over a block For not

place a book and a pen side

by side Say This is a book

This is not a book Point to a

desk Is this a book

Advanced

Develop Spoken Language Ask children to use the

words up and down in

sentences of their own that

demonstrate understanding

of their meanings as

opposites Have children use

jump in sentences that tell

others what to jump over

7M

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1636

Pam and Sam 89

Get Ready Story Student pages 8ndash9

Read ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo

PREVIEWPREDICT

Use the Illustration Read aloud the title and have children look at

the illustration What characters do you see (two frogs and a bug)

What can you tell about these characters (Answers will vary)

Ask children to read aloud ldquoWords to Knowrdquo Explain that these

new words theyrsquove been practicing will be in the story

SET A PURPOSE FOR READING

Focus Question Ask a child to read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo

question The two frogs can already jump Pat is probably the bug

who is watching them What might help you find out if Pat can

jump (what the author says Pat does what the pictures show)

bull Read Aloud or Read

Together pausing

as needed to support

childrenrsquos comprehension

bull Have children whisper-

read independently

bull Use the modeling and

question prompts as you

revisit sections of the text

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1736

Get Ready Story Student pages 10ndash11

Apply Vocabulary

1 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS jump up down

Have children point to the words jump and up on page 10 and

jump and down on page 11 Reinforce the vocabulary by saying I

see two frogs jump First they jump up Then they jump down

2 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

Ask children to describe how they think the bug (Pat) is feeling

as she watches the frogs jump Can you tell by looking at the

illustrations how Pat may be feeling What might she be thinking

2

1

Gesture and Point Reinforce

the meanings of jump up and

down by gesturing Also havechildren say the words Then

lead children in pointing to the

frogs that jump Point to them

when they are up and when

they are down

1011

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1836

Pam and Sam 1213

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level High-Frequency Words page 35N

If Yes On Level Options page 35O

Beyond Level Options page 35P

Can children read jump not up and down

Develop Spoken Language

Have children pretend their fists

are frogs and show how they

can jump across their desks Say

I can jump Have children repeatafter you

Get Ready Story Student pages 12ndash13

3 4

3 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS not jump

Have children point to the words not and jump on page 12 and to

jump on page 13 What could Pat not do at first Could she jump

by herself at the end What helped her jump

4 FLUENCY ECHO983085READRead Exclamations Tell children that sentences with exclamation

marks are read with excitement Model reading each sentence on

page 13 and have children echo-read

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1936

Objective

bull Identify a complete

sentence

Materials

bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat

Jumprdquo

bull Grammar Practice Book p 2

GrammarGrammarSentences

REVIEW

Have children turn to page 12 of ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo Invite a

volunteer to reread the sentence

Remember this is a sentence It is a group of words that tells a whole

idea A sentence always begins with a capital letter

PRACTICE

Write the following complete and incomplete sentences on the

board

1 The sad man

2 The cat sat down

3 had a nap

4 We look at the map

Read each group of words with children

Ask Is this a sentence Why or why

not Discuss whether or not each

example tells a whole idea

Cross out the two incomplete

sentences

Sentences

DAY 1 Sentences

DAY 2 Sentences

DAY 3 Sentences

Mechanics SentenceCapitalization

DAY 4 Sentences

Proofread

DAY 5 Sentences

Grammar Practice Book page 2

13A

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2036

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2136

At a Glance

Whole Group

Main Selection

Oral Languagebull Oral Vocabulary

bull Read Aloud ldquoBeverly Billingsly

Borrows a Bookrdquo

Phonemic Awarenessbull Phoneme Blending

Phonicsbull Short aa

bull Build Fluency

bull Spelling Word Sort

High-Frequency Wordsbull jump not up down

Comprehensionbull Read Pam and Sam

bull Strategy Analyze Story Structurebull Skill Analyze Character and

Setting

Language Artsbull Grammar Sentences

bull Independent Writing

Small Group Options

Differentiated Instruction pages 35Qndash35T

Oral LanguageOral Language

Write the Morning Message Point to each word as you read the

Message aloud with expression

Practice Concepts of Print Remind children that some sentences

end with periods Reread and have them raise a hand each time

you end a sentence Have volunteers circle the periods

Review Words with Short a Invite a child to find the words with

short a Who can think of other words with short a

Extend the Weekly Theme Encourage children to think about

other ways to describe what people are like Have them describe

characteristics of a friend a family member and a firefighter

Oral Vocabulary

REVIEW WORDS

Discuss The Princess and the Pea by asking Why did the queen ask

about the princessrsquos interests What was unique about the princessWhat made the prince cheerful

Write the following vocabulary words on the board unique

interest cheerful genuine and prefer Read the words aloud

Then ask the following questions

Which word means

bull real or true

bull one-of a-kind or unusual

bull choosing one thing instead of

another

bull happy or glad bull something a person likes

I have a fat cat

I can pat himI can play with him

13C

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2236

Objectives

bull Understand story structure

as it relates to a fantasy storybull Learn that a fantasy is

different from realistic

fiction

bull Model reading with prosody

Materials

bull Read-Aloud Anthology

InteractiveInteractive

Read AloudRead AloudListening Comprehension

GENRE FANTASY

Ask children if they can tell you what a fantasy story is Share

the information about fantasy found in the Read-Aloud

Anthology

READ ldquoBEVERLY BILLINGSLY BORROWS A BOOKrdquo

Model Analyzing Story Structure Use the Think Alouds

provided at point of use in the Read-Aloud Anthology

Model Fluent Reading Read aloud the fantasy story

naturally and with expression As you read point out aspects

of fluent reading For example point out that you read

dialogue the way you think characters might say it

Expand Vocabulary See pages 9ndash13 of the Read-Aloud

Anthology to teach new words

Respond to the Fantasy

TALK ABOUT IT Ask children what happened in the story Why did

Beverly go to the library What were some of Beverlyrsquos interestsHow is Beverly like people you know What are some ways Beverly is

unique

Beginning

Ask Questions Talk with

children about the library Who

has been to a library Do we

get books at a library Does a

librarian work there Have you

ever talked to the librarian

Intermediate

Use Vocabulary Elicit from

children the different words we

use when talking about a library

What is inside of a library What

do we call a person who works

in a library What do you need to

show the librarian if you want to

take a book home

Advanced

Role Play Have children act out

a trip to the library One child

can play the part of the librarian

while others can pretend to

check out books Encourage

children to use sentences such

as I want to borrow this book please Do you have your library

card When is my book due

Write About It Invite children to respond to the read aloud by illustrating a

scene of their choice in their response journal or notebook

Read Aloudpages 9ndash13

Pam and Sam 13D

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2336

Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Blending

Model

Show children how to

orally blend phonemes

I will say the sounds in a word The first

sound is m The next sound is a The

last sound is t I can blend these sounds

together mmmaaat mat Say it with me

Guided PracticePracticeHave children practice

blending Guide practice

with the first two words

I will say three sounds Blend sounds

together to form words

r a n s a t m a p

t a p m a n t a n

PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a

Model

Place Letter Cards m

a and p in the pocket

chart

Change the m in map

to s Use the routine to

blend sap

The letter m stands

for the sound m

The letter a stands

for the sound a The letter p stands

for p Irsquoll blend the sounds together

mmmaaap map Say it with me

Guided PracticePractice

Have children change

letters and blend Guide

practice with the firstword change

Change the s in

sap to t Blend

the sounds toread the word

yoursquove made

cap nap rap sap

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35Q

If Yes On Level Options page 35S

Beyond Level Options page 35T

Can children blend sounds in words with short aa

Objectives

bull Blend sounds in words

bull Blend with short aa

Materials

bull Large Letter Cards a m p t

bull Small Letter Cards

bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos

Resource Book p 88

bull pocket chart

bull Teaching Chart 7

bull PhonicsFluency

Transparency 1

Short a a

Introduce 7CndashD

Practice Apply

7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG

Leveled Practice 1 5 8

Decodable Reader A Cap

for PamReteach Review

35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S

35U 35Y

Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B

Decodable Reader Jazz Band

Phonemic Awareness

Teaching phonemic

awareness to children

is clearly effective It

improves their ability to

manipulate phonemes in

speech This skill transfers

and helps them learn to

read and spell PA training

benefits not only word

reading but also reading

comprehension

Donald Bear

wwwmacmillanmhcom

13E

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2436

Build Fluency Word Automaticity

Display Teaching Chart 7 Point to the word at Ask children to blend

the sounds with you Then ask them to read the word at regularspeed Repeat the blending routine with the other words having

children blend and read after you Then point to the words in random

order and ask children to read them

PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an

Pair children and have them sort Spelling Word Cards by ending

sounds Encourage them to say spell and then sort each word Then

have them identify the ending sounds and say the rhyming words

Dictation

Follow this dictation routine with the spelling words

Pronounce one word at a time for children Then repeat the word

and use it in a sentence

Have children repeat each word softly to themselves and then

write the word

After dictation is completed encourage children to proofread

their words Remind them to check their words for spellingpatterns and to look for the words containing short aa

To extend have volunteers make up sentences for each word

Objectives

bull Sort words with -at -an

bull Use dictation to practicespelling words

Materials

bull Spelling Word Cards BLM

Teacherrsquos Resource Book

p 90

bull Spelling Practice Book p 3

man cat hat mat

ran can up down

Look at the picture Use a spelling word to

complete the sentence

1 Can you see the

2 The cat ran

3 The man has a

4 She can go

5 Here is a

cat

up

hat

down

can

Spelling Practice Book page 3

DAY 1 Pretest

DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word

Sort

DAY 3 Student Word Sort

Dictation

DAY 4 Test Practice

DAY 5 Posttest

Teaching Chart 7 PhonicsFluency Transparency 1

Pam and Sam 13F

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2536

Objectives

bull Read high-frequency words

jump not up down like gobull Read to apply the strategy

Analyze Story Structure

bull Read to apply the skill

Analyze Character and

Setting

bull Use academic language

character setting

Materials

bull Vocabulary Word Cards BLMTeacherrsquos Resource Book p

120

bull Student Book Pam and Sam

bull Teaching Chart 8

bull Graphic Organizer

Transparency 1

bull Leveled Practice Books p 3

High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down

PRACTICE

Duplicate and distribute a set of Vocabulary Word Cards for

jump not up down to each child

As you say the words have children hold up the appropriate card

Ask volunteers to use each word in a sentence

Have each child work with a partner and call out each word for

their partner to write

Review Review like and go following the same procedure

ComprehensionComprehensionSTRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Remind children that it is helpful to identify the beginning middle

and end of stories Today as we read another story pay special attention

to what happens to the characters at the beginning in the middle and at

the end of the story

SKILL

Analyze Character and Setting

Today wersquore going to read about two characters What information might

help you understand these characters Pay attention to what they do

what they say and what they look like Also think about how the setting

or where they are helps you understand the story

Prepare to Read

PREVIEW AND PREDICT

Have children turn to page 15 Ask a child to read aloud the title

Who are the characters What do you think they might do

Tell children to write or draw their predictions about the story

Genre Fantasy Remind children that a fantasy is a made-up

story that would not happen in real life

Preview the word Ask children to

tell what it means

fly (page 24)

Analyze Character and Setting

Introduce U1 7AndashB

Practice Apply

U1 7J 13Gndash27A Leveled

Practice 3ndash4

Reteach Review

U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT

35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J

89Gndash105A 111E 111L

111NndashP 111RndashT 111V

111YndashZ Leveled Practice

27ndash28

Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A

153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT

153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled

Practice 119ndash120

13G

Main Selection Student pages 14 15

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2636

Read Pam and Sam

SET A PURPOSE FOR READING

Focus Question Read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo question Letrsquos

look for clues in the story that help us understand these characters

Encourage children to set their own purpose for readingWAYS TO READ THE SELECTION

Main Selection Student pages 14ndash15

Story available on Listening

Library Audio CD

If your children need support

to read the Main Selection

use the prompts to guide

comprehension and model

how to complete the Character

Chart Encourage children toread aloud

If your children can read the

Main Selection independently

have them read and complete

the Character Chart

If your children need an alternate selection choose the

Leveled Readers that match their instructional level

Pam and Sam 1415

Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2736

Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17

Develop Comprehension

1 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

We have only read two pages and wersquove already learned a lot

How many characters have we met (two) What can you tell about

them How are they unique (Pam is a rabbit Sam is a bird Theylike to play) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

2 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Teacher Think Aloud This story begins with Pam and Sam

playing Pam just ran up I want to find out if Sam will do the

same thing because they like to play together I will read on

to see how the story develops I will pay close attention to the

characters and what they do in the rest of the story

1 2

SyntacticStructure

Explain that good readers

sometimes check that they have

read words correctly One way to

do this is to ask Does the word Iread sound right in the sentence

Model Point to the word ran

on page 17 The text reads ldquoPam

uprdquo I know from how the

sentence is put together that the

next word has to be a verb The

word ran is a verb It sounds right in

the sentence because it says what

Pam did

Apply Encourage children to

check the meaning of other words

in the story

1617

Main Selection Student pages 18ndash19

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2836

3 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

What can Pam and Sam do on these pages (They can run) Letrsquos

add this to our Character Chart Why do you think Pam and Sam

run together (Possible answer because they are playing)

4 MONITOR AND CLARIFY REREAD

If you donrsquot understand what is happening in the story you can

reread it to try and figure things out Reread page 19 What did Pam

and Sam do (They ran) Where did they run (They ran down)

5 MAINTAIN ANALYZE CHARACTER AND SETTING

What can we tell about Pam and Sam What are their interests

(They seem to be friends they like to do things together They run

and jump) Where does the story take place (outdoors possibly in

a field or in a meadow)

Main Selection Student pages 18 19

Picture Clues Point to the bird

and the rabbit running together

Explain that the picture can

give clues about where they

are running Where are Sam thebird and Pam the rabbit running

(They are running down)

3 4 5

Pam and Sam 1819

Main Selection Student pages 20ndash21

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2936

p g

Develop Comprehension

6 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

What do you learn about Pam (She can jump) What do you learn

about Sam (He can not jump) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

7 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Teacher Think Aloud Letrsquos think about how the story is

organized In the beginning Pam and Sam kept doing the same

thing Now what is happening in the middle of the story

Encourage children to apply the strategy in a Think Aloud

Student Think Aloud In the beginning of the story Sam and

Pam did the same things Now I am reading the middle of thestory and there is a problem Sam can not jump I want to read

more to find out if the problem is solved

6 7

Clarify Remind children

that characters refers to the

main people or animals in

the story Review some of the

pages in the story Pam andSam and encourage children

to look at the illustrations

Are the characters people or

animals (animals) Who are

the characters (Pam and Sam)

Ask children to describe the

characters in their own words

based on the illustrations in the

story (Possible answer Pam is a

rabbit and can hop Sam is a birdand can fly)

2021

Main Selection Student pages 22ndash23

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3036

8 FLUENCY ECHO983085READ

Read Exclamations Letrsquos read the sentence on page 23 It ends

with an exclamation mark When I read the sentence I use a tone

that shows I am excited Listen to the way my voice sounds when I

read it Now read the sentence after me with the same tone

9 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

Look at the picture on page 23 What can Sam do (He can fly)

Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

10 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Think about how the author wrote this story How did she organize

the story to keep it interesting

Student Think Aloud In the beginning she introduced the

characters and told us they like to play In the middle she told us

about a problem Sam had I think the problem will get solved in

the end now that I know Sam can fly

Question 9 ANALYZE

CHARACTER

What can Sam do How do you

know he can fly Can Pam fly too

How do you know

9

8 10

Pam and Sam 2223

Main Selection Student pages 24ndash25

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3136

Teaching Chart 8Graphic

Organizer Transparency 1

Pam Can Sam Can

play

run

jump

play

run

fly

Develop Comprehension

COMPLETE THE CHARACTER CHART

Ask children to share their ideas about the characters Pam and Sam

Record their ideas on Teaching Chart 8

RETURN TO PREDICTIONS AND PURPOSES

Review childrenrsquos predictions and review the Focus Question What

makes Pam and Sam special (Pam can jump Sam can fly)

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Leveled Reader Lesson 2 page 35R

If Yes On Level Options page 35S

Beyond Level Options page 35T

Can children analyze characters

2425

Main Selection Student page 26

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3236

Pam and Sam 26

Authorrsquos Craft

Focus on Repetition

In this story Nancy Tafuri

uses the same words

over and over She does

this to make it easier for

readers to understand

the story Repetition also

helps readers remember

what has already

happened New wordscan change the meaning

of words used over

and over

What words on page 17

are also on page 18 (ran

up) Who runs up (Pam

and Sam)

What words are on page

21 that were also on page

20 (can jump) What

new word changes the

meaning (not )

Children can find more

information about

Nancy Tafuri at

wwwmacmillanmhcom

Authorrsquos Purpose

Nancy Tafuri wanted to tell a story

about friends Draw a picture of your

friend Write your friendrsquos name

Find out more aboutNancy Tafuri atwwwmacmillanmhcom

Nancy Tafuri says ldquoI live in

the country and love telling

stories about animals I

especially like to tell stories

about good friends like

Pam and Sam I have fun

drawing pictures to go with

my storiesrdquo

Other books by Nancy Tafuri

26

Meet the AuthorIllustrator

Read aloud page 26 with children Ask if they like the way Nancy Tafuri

draws the animal friends Encourage children to look back at the story

and tell which pictures show that Sam and Pam are good friends

Author rsquos Purpose Nancy Tafuri used words and art to tell a story about what

good friends do together Have children draw a picture of a

friend Check that they have written their friendrsquos name on

the picture Children may add this writing to their response

journals

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3336

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436

Pam and Sam 27A

Think and Compare

USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS

1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of

the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then

he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump

Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN

2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real

birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the

wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too

However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together

I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually

playing together ANALYZE

3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know

Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I

noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for

him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop

playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem

MAKE INFERENCES

4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these

characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head

Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump

Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They

both solved their problems COMPARE

Personal Response

Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another

story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways

could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in

a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas

Look at the pictures Read the story

Nat is a cat

Nat can go up

Nat can go down

Pam and Sam look for Nat

Pam is sad

Where is Nat

Write T if the sentence is true

Write F if the sentence is false

1 Nat is a cat

2 Nat can go up and down

3 Pam is sad

4 Nat is in the

5 Nat is in the

T

T

F

T

T

On Level Practice Book O page 4

Approaching Practice Book A page 4

Beyond Practice Book B page 4

Think and Search(Question 1)

bull Search for clues and

information in the texts

Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)

bull Think about the

information in the story

bull Think about what you

already know

bull Compare the information

in two stories

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636

Objectives

bull Understand the importance

of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a

sentence

bull Use words to add detail to a

sentence

Materials

bull pencils and paper

Dictation Have children dictate

to you their word or phrase to

fill in the sentence frame

Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book

pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do

Personal Narrative

DAY 1 Shared Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 2 Interactive Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas

Independent Prewrite

and Draft

DAY 4 Independent Revise

and Edit

DAY 5 Independent Publish

and Present

IndependentIndependent

WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas

EXPLAIN

Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write

Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting

DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences

1 I like to eat

2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables

Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes

to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words

yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information

Personal Narrative

BRAINSTORM

Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about

herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about

what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk

about what they like to do

PREWRITE

Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do

DRAFT

Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the

sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review

with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that

tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences

TransitionsThat Teach

While lining up for recess

have children tell about a

game they would prefer

to play

Pam and Sam 27C

Page 4: unit1_week1_2.pdf

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 436

Pages 18ndash19mdashAnalyze Character and Setting

Think Aloud Allie likes to have fun She pretends to be a

superhero It looks like she and her friends are in her yard

Superheroes are brave I donrsquot think Allie feels brave around

that big cat Will she ever try to pet that cat Irsquoll keep reading

to find out

Respond to Literature

TALK ABOUT IT Encourage children to talk about what Allie is like

How do you think Allie felt about the cat at the beginning Did her

feelings change at the end What do you think made Allie change

Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessIdentify Rhyme

Model

Show children how

you listen for rhyming

words Read ldquoWho Is

Thatrdquo

I am going to read a rhyme Listen to the

words at the end of each line

These words are from the rhyme that

cat and Sam If words rhyme they sound

alike at the end The words that and cat

sound the same at the end They rhyme

Sam does not rhyme with that and cat

Guided PracticePractice

Have children practice

identifying rhyme with

the examples provided

Guide practice doing

the first two sets with

children

I will say three words Two of the words

rhyme Tell me which two words rhyme

mad sit add sad lid had

fad hid glad pad kid dad

run lad Tad ran tan top

To extend ask children

to blend the sounds in

these rhyming words

r a n t a n r a n

s a t th a t h a t

Comprehension

Analyze Character and Setting

bull(pages2ndash3)

What does this picture show What are somethingsAllielikestodo

bull (page9) In the beginning we learned about thingsAllie likes to

do Now we learn about something she doesnrsquot like to do What

is it Why do you think she wonrsquot pet the cat

bull (pages14ndash15) ThesetwopagesshowAllieactingintwovery

different ways How does Allie act getting off the bus How

doesshe act when she is aroundthe cat

bull (pages23ndash24)By the end Allie doespet the big cat Now she says

that she always alwayswill How is that like her

Story Words(page 3) always (page 8) never (page 17) pretend

About the Illustrator Emily Arnold McCullyEmily ArnoldMcCully has illustrated over 100 picture books She

has won many awards including the Caldecott Medal She began

towriteandillustrateherownstorieswhen shewas achild Then

she made them into books herself

Objective

bull Identify rhyme with short a

Additional question

prompts can be found on

the inside back cover ofThat Big Cat

Use this rhyme to develop

phonemic awareness for

short a

RHYMES AND CHIMES

Who Is That

Who is that

Itrsquos a very fat cat

Itrsquos a dog with a hat

Who is that

Itrsquos Sam and Pat

Listening Library Audio CD

Write About It Invite children to draw a picture of Allie doing something at

home or school in their response journal or notebook and

write one or more sentences about the picture

Pam and Sam 7B

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 536

Objectives

bull Identify sound-lettercorrespondence short aa

bull Blend sounds in words with

short aa

Materials

bull Large Alphabet Card Aa

bull Large Letter Cards a c m N

n p r s t

bull Small Letter Cards

bull Leveled Practice Books p 1

bull Teaching Chart 7

bull PhonicsFluency

Transparency 1

PhonicsPhonicsIntroduce Short a a

ExplainModel

Teach the sound-

symbol shortaa using

the Alphabet Card Aa

What is the name of

this letter The name of this

letter is a A stands for the sound

a Say the sound with me aaa

Identify short aa in

the medial position

Listen as I say the word mat

maaat I hear the a sound in

the middle of the word Irsquoll hold

up my a card Listen as I say cap

kaaap I hear the a sound in the middle

Irsquoll hold up my a card Now listen as I say

bed b e d I donrsquot hear the a sound in

the middle I wonrsquot hold up my a card

Guided PracticePractice

Have children practice

identifying medial a

Guide practice with the

first row

rat man rim cap pin

sat tin tap tip Sam

Pat Sis Pam Nan Nat

Blend with Short a a

Model

Display Letter Cards

m a Blend the sounds

together

This is the letter m It stands for the sound

m This is the letter a It stands for the

a sound Listen as I blend these sounds

together mmmaaa

Display the Letter

Card t Blend the

sounds together

This is the letter t

It stands for t

Listen as I blend all

three sounds

together

mmmaaat mat Say it with me

Read the word Circle the picture that it names

1 cat

2 pan

3 man

4 sat

5 fan

6 Write a sentence using some of the words

Possible response The man and the cat sat by

the fan

On Level Practice Book 0 page 1

Approaching Practice Book A page 1

Beyond Practice Book B page 1

Short a a

Introduce 7CndashD

Practice Apply

7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG

Leveled Practice 1 5 8

Decodable Reader A Cap

for Pam

Reteach Review

35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S

35U 35Y

Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B

Decodable Reader Jazz Band

Aa

7C

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 636

Repeat the routine to

blend the sounds in

rhyming words

cat pat Nat sat rat

Guided PracticePractice

Have children practice

blending sounds in

additional rhyming

words by changing the

first letter Do the first

row with children

map tap cap nap rap

can pan man ran tan

Build Fluency Word Automaticity

Display Teaching Chart 7 Read each word in the f irst row blending

the sounds as you read a m aaammm Have children blend each

word after you Then reread each row asking children to echo-read

Continue with the remaining rows

Pronunciation Chant withchildren the letters m r t s n

c p and a Make the sounds

m r t s n k p and

a exaggerating each one and

have children repeat Listen

for correct pronunciation

Demonstrate correct placement

of lips and tongue to produce

the sounds and ask children to

follow your model

Then reread the words on the

Teaching Chart emphasizing the

short a sound in each one

If children have difficulty

blending saying e instead

of a for example point to

a

This is the letter a The

letter a stands for aaa

Say it with me a Letrsquos

sound out that word

again mmmaaat mat

ConstructiveFeedback

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35I

If Yes On Level Options page 35K

Beyond Level Options page 35L

Can children blend sounds in words with short aa

Can they read words with automaticity

Teaching Chart 7 PhonicsFluency Transparency 1

Pam and Sam 7D

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 736

Objectives

bull Spell words with short aa

bull Identify spelling patterns

bull Sort words with -at -an

Materials

bull Spelling Practice Book p 1

bull pocket chart

bull large index cards for spelling

words

bull paper and pencils

PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWords with Short a a

PRETEST

Pronounce each spelling word Read the sentence and pronounce the

word again Encourage children to say each word softly sounding out

the word before writing it After the pretest write each word on the

board as you say the letter names Have children check their words

1 Does that man have any interest

in baseball

2 I like my furry cat

3 Dan wears a baseball hat

4 I put my ball on the mat

5 I ran fast in the race

6 Dad can play the piano in such a

unique way

WORD SORT

Make an index card for each spelling

word as well as for -at and -an

Place -at and -an to form two

columns in a pocket chart Blendthe sounds with children

Hold up the word mat Say and

spell it Pronounce each sound

clearly m a t Blend the sounds

mmmaaat

Repeat this step with each -at word

Place the words below the -at cardHave children read each word What do you notice about the

words (They have the a sound and they rhyme)

Repeat the process with the -an words

Display the words up and down in a separate column Point out

that these spelling words do not contain short a

Save the index cards to use later in the week

DAY 1 Pretest

DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word

Sort

DAY 3 Student Word Sort

Dictation

DAY 4 Test Practice

DAY 5 Posttest

Read the words Say each word Then complete each

word to make a spelling word Use each word once

man cat hat mat

ran can up down

1 h 5 d n

2 p 6 m n

3 r n 7 ma

4 c n 8 at

a t

u

a

a

o w

a

t

c

Spelling Practice Book page 1

man cat

hat mat

ran can

High-Frequency Words

up down

7E

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 836

Decodable Reader A Cap for Pam

Review High-Frequency Words Write a have has for

with and the on the board Read the words with children

Preview and Predict Point to the title and have children

sound it out as you run your finger under it

What do you see in the picture What do you think the girlrsquos

name is

Read Turn to page 2 Have children point to each word

sounding out decodable words and saying the high-frequencywords quickly If children have difficulty provide corrective

feedback If children can sound out the words have them

whisper-read the rest of the text

Objectives

bull Decode words with short aa

bull Review a have has for with

the

bull Read words with short aa

in connected text

Materials

bull Decodable Reader Library

A Cap for Pam

[set facsimile ofcover for Grade

1 Unit 1 Week

1 decodable

Reader A Cap for

Pam]

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Decodable Reader page 35J

If Yes On Level Options page 35K

Beyond Level Options page 35L

Can children spell and read words with short aa

A Ca p

f o r Pa m

by Kathryn Lewisillustrated by Chi Chung

Decodable Reader

Children can read

A Cap for Pam during

whole group or small

group time

Sam has a tan mat

2

Can Pam have a mat

3

Sam has a cat cap

Pam can have a cap4

Pam ran with the cap

5

Pam Cat can tap

Tap Pam tap6

a have has for with the

Follow these steps to teach

each high-frequency word

Say Point to and say

the word

Spell Spell the word

Read Have children

read the word

Write Have children

write the word

Use Use each word

in a sentence

Review Review high-

frequency words from

previous lessons

High-FrequencyWord Routine

For additional decodabletext see pages 4ndash6 of the

Teacherrsquos Resource Book

Decodable Text

Pam and Sam 7F

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 936

1 My name is All ie

2 funny faces

3 I am a superhero

4 Write name

1 sentence is correct

2 fragment

3 sentence is correct

4 fragment

Grammar Transparency 1 copy MacmillanMcGraw-Hill

Transparency 1

I like dogs

Objectives

bull Understand that a sentence

tells a whole idea

bull Recognize that a sentence

always begins with a capital

letter

Materials

bull Grammar Transparency 1

bull Grammar Practice Book p 1

GrammarGrammarSentences

EXPLAINMODEL

Explain that a sentence is a group of words that tells a whole idea

Explain that a sentence always begins with a capital letter Read

aloud the first two examples on Grammar Transparency 1

As I read number 1 I wonder if it is a sentence I ask myself ldquoDo the

words tell a whole idea They do Does it start with a capital letter

Yes againrdquo Number 2 doesnrsquot tell a whole idea It isnrsquot a sentence

GUIDED PRACTICE

Ask children to work in pairs

to decide if the next two

examples on the transparency

are sentences

Have pairs think of a sentence that tells

about That Big Cat Write their sentenceson the board Ask children how they can

tell that these are sentences

ircle the sentences

She sat down

We can jump up

Ran here

Pat can do this

Like to

Grammar Practice Book page 1

Sentences

DAY 1 Sentences

DAY 2 SentencesDAY 3 Sentences

Mechanics Sentence

Capitalization

DAY 4 Sentences

Proofread

DAY 5 Sentences

Grammar Transparency 1

7G

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1036

Objectives

bull Create a list

bull Compose sentences in a

shared writing experience

Materials

bull chart paper

Things I Do

pick out clothesgo to school

write name

Ask and Answer Questions

Ask children questions such as

What do you do at home What

do you do at school As children

answer have them pantomime

the actions Write About It Have children draw a picture of something they do and

write a sentence beneath it They may choose to add this

piece to their writing portfolio

SharedShared

WritingWritingPersonal Narrative

BRAINSTORM

Discuss with children what

kinds of things Allie does in

That Big Cat

Display the list they created

during oral language Talk with

children about things they like

to do Then brainstorm and

list with children words and

phrases about those things

When something is personal it has to do with yourself When we

write sentences about ourselves and put those sentences together it

is called a personal narrative This week we will be writing sentences

about ourselves our interests and what makes us unique We will

put the sentences together and write a personal narrative

WRITE

Reread together the list children created

Have each child create a sentence about himself or herself

Children may use a phrase from the list if they wish

Write childrenrsquos sentences on chart paper Reread the sentences

and reinforce what a sentence is Remind children to use the word

I in their sentences Explain that you use I or me when you talk

about yourself as Allie did in her story

Personal Narrative

DAY 1 Shared Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 2 Interactive Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas

Independent Prewrite

and DraftDAY 4 Independent Revise

and Edit

DAY 5 Independent Publish

and Present

TransitionsThat Teach

While lining up have

children name something

unique about the

classroom

Pam and Sam 7H

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1136

Oral Vocabul ary

The next morning the queen askedthe youn g woman ldquoHow did

you sleep my dearrdquo

ldquoIhardly slept at allrdquo saidthe princess ldquoThere wassomething very

hardin the bed andno matter which way Iturned Icouldnot get

comfortablerdquo

Hearing this the king the queen andthe prince smiledbecause

they knew she wasareal princess No one but agenuine princesscould

feel apeathrough twenty mattressesandtwenty quilts

The cheerful prince took the princessby the hand andsaid ldquoIhave

finally foundyou atrue princess Will you marry merdquo

The princesssaidyesandthe wedding took place the following

week The king andqueen were delighted andthe prince andprincess

livedhappily ever after

cheerfulDefine Cheerful meanshappyorglad

Example Our cheerful mailcarrieralwayssmilesandwavesatus

Ask What makesyou feel

cheerful

Helpchildrenusethe

picturestoretellthe story

Card1 Why hasthe prince

leftthecastleWhatishelooking for

Card2 Whoisatthecastledoor What doesthe kingsaytoher

Card3 WhatdoesthequeenwanttoknowaboutthevisitorWhatisthe

queenrsquosplan

Card4 Howdoestheprincessfeelthenextmorning Why are the kingqueen andprince smiling

Howdoesthestoryend

Retell

ThePrincessandthePea

copy M a c m i l l a n M c G r a w - H i l l

i l l u s t r a t i o n b y B r i d g e t S t a r r T a y l o r

4

At a Glance

Whole GroupOral Languagebull Oral Vocabulary

Comprehensionbull Read The Princess and The Pea

bull Strategy Analyze Story Structure

bull Skill Analyze Character and Setting

Phonemic Awarenessbull Phoneme Isolation

Phonicsbull Short aa

bull Spelling Word Sort -at -an

High-Frequency Wordsbull jump not up down

bull Read ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo

bull Fluency Echo-Read

Language Artsbull Grammar Sentences

bull Interactive Writing

Differentiated Instruction pages 35Mndash35P

Oral LanguageOral Language

Write the Morning Message Point to each word as you read the

Message aloud with expression

Model Concepts of Print Reread the Message slowly Drop your

voice as you end each sentence As you point to each end mark

tell children that some sentences end with a period

Review Words with Short a Have children find short a words

Extend the Weekly Theme Ask children what makes their

classmates special Add suggestions to the Morning Message

Oral Vocabulary

BUILD BACKGROUND Display The Princess and the Pea Card 1 and

read the title Wersquore going to read about a special princess Describe the

the picture What kind of story is this What happens in fairy tales

Read the story Check childrenrsquos understanding using the UseIllustrations Use Context Clues and Ask Questions prompts

Get Ready Story

Small Group Options

I CanI Can

by Paul Danillustrated by Jill Newton

Fantasy

I can hit it

I can kick itI can tip it in

Oral Vocabulary Cards

Oral VocabularyCards

7I

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1236

Teaching Chart 8Graphic Organizer Transparency 1

Objectives

bull Analyze story structure

bull Identify and analyze

character and setting

bull Expand oral vocabulary

bull Reinforce concepts of print

bull Use academic language

character setting

Materials

bull Oral Vocabulary Cards The

Princess and the Pea

bull Teaching Chart 8

bull Graphic Organizer

Transparency 1

Princess Does Princess Does Not

ask the king if she cancome inside the castle

tell the queen about herfamily interests talents

say goodnight and goes tothe guest bedroom

sleep

Categorize Before rereading

review by focusing on the words

always sometimes and never

Ask children about the things

that the princess does in the

story like saying goodnight

before going to bed and ask

if they do this at home Ask

children to use pantomime and

gestures to show things theysometimes do things they always

do and things they never do

Analyze Character and Setting

Introduce U1 7AndashB

Practice Apply

U1 7J 13Gndash27A LeveledPractice 3ndash4

Reteach Review

U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT

35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J

89Gndash105A 111E 111L

111NndashP 111RndashT 111V

111YndashZ Leveled Practice

27ndash28

Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A

153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT

153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled

Practice 119ndash120

Listening Comprehension

Display the Oral Vocabulary Cards and read the title aloud

STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Remind children that paying attention to how a story is organized

will help them be better readers Have children retell parts of the

beginning middle and end of The Princess and the Pea

SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

Remind children that what a character does and says can help them

to understand the character Pay special attention to what the princess

does and says and where she is Think about how these things show what

she is like and what she might do next

COMPLETE A CHARACTER CHART After reading help children

complete Teaching Chart 8

Use the routines below and on the backs of the cards to discuss the

meaning of each word

Define Unique means one-of-a-kind or unusual

Example Jaimersquos unique dog has one brown eye and one blue eye

Ask Describe one unique person or animal that you know

An interest is something a person likes or is curious about

Martarsquos interests include cooking and reading What are some of

your interests

Cheerful means happy or glad Our cheerful mail carrier always

smiles and waves at us What makes you feel cheerful

Continue with the routines for genuine and prefer

Pam and Sam 7J

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1336

Objectives

bull Listen for initial short aa

bull Blend sounds in words with

short aa

bull Build words with short aa

Materials

bull Large Letter Cards a c m p t

bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos

Resource Book p 88

bull pocket chart

Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Isolation

Model

Show children how

to isolate phonemes

Repeat with bat and

medial a

Listen to this word aaat at I hear the a

sound at the beginning of at so Irsquoll raise

my hand

Guided PracticePractice

Have children practice

isolating short a Guide

practice doing the first

few together

Hold up your hand when you hear the a

sound at the beginning of a word

on as off ax up at

Hold up your hand when you hear the a

sound in the middle of a word

bag not sit fat ran jump

PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a

Model

Place Letter Cards c and

a in the pocket chart

Blend phonemes

This is the letter c It stands

for the k sound This is

the letter a It stands for

the a sound Listen as I

blend these sounds

together kaaa Now you say it

Place Letter Card t at

the end to form cat

Blend phonemes

This is the letter t

It stands for the

t sound

Listen as I blend

all three sounds

kaaat cat

Guided PracticePractice

Have children practice

blending with these

examples Do the first

one together

tap rat man ran

Nan pat Pam sattan Sam can fat

Pronunciation In some

languages including Spanish

Cantonese and Vietnamese

there is not a direct transfer forthe short a sound

Emphasize the short a sound

and demonstrate correct mouth

position when pronouncing

each word Have children

contrast short a with ahhh the

sound with which children will

most likely be more familiar

For a complete phonics transferchart see the ELL Teacherrsquos

Guide

Short a a

Introduce 7C-D

Practice Apply

7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG

Leveled Practice 1 5 8

Decodable Reader A Cap

for Pam

Reteach Review

35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S

35U 35Y

Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B

Decodable Reader Jazz Band

7K

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1436

Build Words with Short a a

Model

Place Letter Cards m

a t in the pocket chart

Blend phonemes

Letrsquos blend all the

sounds together

and read the word

mat

Guided PracticePractice

Have children practice

building words with

short aa Guide

children with the first

example

Change the m in mat to c What word did

we make

Change the t in cat to p What word did you

make

Change the c in cap to m What word did

you make

PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an

Place index cards for hat and man

in a pocket chart Say each word

and its sounds hat h a t

man m a n Say each word

again emphasizing at or an Askvolunteers to spell each word

Display index cards one at a time

Have children read each word

listening for at or an

Ask volunteers to place each index card in the row with the same

end sound

Objectives

bull Spell words with short aa

bull Sort words with -at -an

Materials

bull Spelling Practice Book p 2

bull pocket chart

bull large index cards with

spelling words

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35M

If Yes On Level Options page 35O

Beyond Level Options page 35P

Can children blend and read words with short aa

copy M

a c m i l l a n M c G r a w

- H i l l

Read the words Say each word Then complete each

word to make a spelling word Use each word once

man cat hat mat

ran can up down

1 h 5 d n

2 p 6 m n

3 r n 7 ma

4 c n 8 at

a t

u

a

a

o w

a

t

c

Spelling Practice Book page 2

DAY 1 Pretest

DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word

Sort

DAY 3 Student Word Sort

DAY 4 Test PracticeDictation

DAY 5Posttest

Blending If children have

difficulty blending with

aa say Irsquoll blend k a t

Blend kat stressing medial

a Now you blend cat

Repeat with tap and rat

ConstructiveFeedback

Pam and Sam 7L

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1536

Objectives

bull Learn high-frequency words

jump not up down and read

them in context

bull Review high-frequency

words to and

Materials

bull Vocabulary Cards jump not

up down to and

bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat

Jumprdquo

bull pocket chartbull Leveled Practice Books p 2

High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down

INTRODUCE

Display the Vocabulary Cards for jump not up and down in a

pocket chart

Point to and say the word up This is the word

up It is spelled u-p The cat went up the tree

Have children read spell and write the word

up

Follow the same steps to introduce jump not

and down

When introducing each new high-frequency

word note any phonics elements that have

been taught this week Review how to

decode the familiar letters sounds in the new

words We know that the letters n and t in not

stand for n and t Repeat with each new

high-frequency word

Have children work with a partner to make up sentences using

the words

Word Wall You may wish to add these words

Review Review to and and using the same procedure

Complete each sentence

Use one of the words in the box

up down not jump

1 I can

2 The cat ran

3 The cat is little

4 The dog ran

5 Write your own sentence using a word from the box

up

not

down

Responses will vary

jump

On Level Practice Book 0 page 2

Approaching Practice Book A page 2

Beyond Practice Book B page 2

Beginning

Use RealiaDemonstrate Demonstrate the concept of

up and down as opposites

Have children point up and

say the word up Then have

them point down and say

the word down For jump

ask children to stand and

then jump while they say the

word jump

Intermediate

ModelUse Gestures Askchildren to point up and

down Model The light is up

on the ceiling What else is

up on the ceiling The pencil

is down on the floor What

else is down on the floor

For jump ask a volunteer to

jump over a block For not

place a book and a pen side

by side Say This is a book

This is not a book Point to a

desk Is this a book

Advanced

Develop Spoken Language Ask children to use the

words up and down in

sentences of their own that

demonstrate understanding

of their meanings as

opposites Have children use

jump in sentences that tell

others what to jump over

7M

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1636

Pam and Sam 89

Get Ready Story Student pages 8ndash9

Read ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo

PREVIEWPREDICT

Use the Illustration Read aloud the title and have children look at

the illustration What characters do you see (two frogs and a bug)

What can you tell about these characters (Answers will vary)

Ask children to read aloud ldquoWords to Knowrdquo Explain that these

new words theyrsquove been practicing will be in the story

SET A PURPOSE FOR READING

Focus Question Ask a child to read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo

question The two frogs can already jump Pat is probably the bug

who is watching them What might help you find out if Pat can

jump (what the author says Pat does what the pictures show)

bull Read Aloud or Read

Together pausing

as needed to support

childrenrsquos comprehension

bull Have children whisper-

read independently

bull Use the modeling and

question prompts as you

revisit sections of the text

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1736

Get Ready Story Student pages 10ndash11

Apply Vocabulary

1 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS jump up down

Have children point to the words jump and up on page 10 and

jump and down on page 11 Reinforce the vocabulary by saying I

see two frogs jump First they jump up Then they jump down

2 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

Ask children to describe how they think the bug (Pat) is feeling

as she watches the frogs jump Can you tell by looking at the

illustrations how Pat may be feeling What might she be thinking

2

1

Gesture and Point Reinforce

the meanings of jump up and

down by gesturing Also havechildren say the words Then

lead children in pointing to the

frogs that jump Point to them

when they are up and when

they are down

1011

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1836

Pam and Sam 1213

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level High-Frequency Words page 35N

If Yes On Level Options page 35O

Beyond Level Options page 35P

Can children read jump not up and down

Develop Spoken Language

Have children pretend their fists

are frogs and show how they

can jump across their desks Say

I can jump Have children repeatafter you

Get Ready Story Student pages 12ndash13

3 4

3 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS not jump

Have children point to the words not and jump on page 12 and to

jump on page 13 What could Pat not do at first Could she jump

by herself at the end What helped her jump

4 FLUENCY ECHO983085READRead Exclamations Tell children that sentences with exclamation

marks are read with excitement Model reading each sentence on

page 13 and have children echo-read

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1936

Objective

bull Identify a complete

sentence

Materials

bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat

Jumprdquo

bull Grammar Practice Book p 2

GrammarGrammarSentences

REVIEW

Have children turn to page 12 of ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo Invite a

volunteer to reread the sentence

Remember this is a sentence It is a group of words that tells a whole

idea A sentence always begins with a capital letter

PRACTICE

Write the following complete and incomplete sentences on the

board

1 The sad man

2 The cat sat down

3 had a nap

4 We look at the map

Read each group of words with children

Ask Is this a sentence Why or why

not Discuss whether or not each

example tells a whole idea

Cross out the two incomplete

sentences

Sentences

DAY 1 Sentences

DAY 2 Sentences

DAY 3 Sentences

Mechanics SentenceCapitalization

DAY 4 Sentences

Proofread

DAY 5 Sentences

Grammar Practice Book page 2

13A

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2036

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2136

At a Glance

Whole Group

Main Selection

Oral Languagebull Oral Vocabulary

bull Read Aloud ldquoBeverly Billingsly

Borrows a Bookrdquo

Phonemic Awarenessbull Phoneme Blending

Phonicsbull Short aa

bull Build Fluency

bull Spelling Word Sort

High-Frequency Wordsbull jump not up down

Comprehensionbull Read Pam and Sam

bull Strategy Analyze Story Structurebull Skill Analyze Character and

Setting

Language Artsbull Grammar Sentences

bull Independent Writing

Small Group Options

Differentiated Instruction pages 35Qndash35T

Oral LanguageOral Language

Write the Morning Message Point to each word as you read the

Message aloud with expression

Practice Concepts of Print Remind children that some sentences

end with periods Reread and have them raise a hand each time

you end a sentence Have volunteers circle the periods

Review Words with Short a Invite a child to find the words with

short a Who can think of other words with short a

Extend the Weekly Theme Encourage children to think about

other ways to describe what people are like Have them describe

characteristics of a friend a family member and a firefighter

Oral Vocabulary

REVIEW WORDS

Discuss The Princess and the Pea by asking Why did the queen ask

about the princessrsquos interests What was unique about the princessWhat made the prince cheerful

Write the following vocabulary words on the board unique

interest cheerful genuine and prefer Read the words aloud

Then ask the following questions

Which word means

bull real or true

bull one-of a-kind or unusual

bull choosing one thing instead of

another

bull happy or glad bull something a person likes

I have a fat cat

I can pat himI can play with him

13C

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2236

Objectives

bull Understand story structure

as it relates to a fantasy storybull Learn that a fantasy is

different from realistic

fiction

bull Model reading with prosody

Materials

bull Read-Aloud Anthology

InteractiveInteractive

Read AloudRead AloudListening Comprehension

GENRE FANTASY

Ask children if they can tell you what a fantasy story is Share

the information about fantasy found in the Read-Aloud

Anthology

READ ldquoBEVERLY BILLINGSLY BORROWS A BOOKrdquo

Model Analyzing Story Structure Use the Think Alouds

provided at point of use in the Read-Aloud Anthology

Model Fluent Reading Read aloud the fantasy story

naturally and with expression As you read point out aspects

of fluent reading For example point out that you read

dialogue the way you think characters might say it

Expand Vocabulary See pages 9ndash13 of the Read-Aloud

Anthology to teach new words

Respond to the Fantasy

TALK ABOUT IT Ask children what happened in the story Why did

Beverly go to the library What were some of Beverlyrsquos interestsHow is Beverly like people you know What are some ways Beverly is

unique

Beginning

Ask Questions Talk with

children about the library Who

has been to a library Do we

get books at a library Does a

librarian work there Have you

ever talked to the librarian

Intermediate

Use Vocabulary Elicit from

children the different words we

use when talking about a library

What is inside of a library What

do we call a person who works

in a library What do you need to

show the librarian if you want to

take a book home

Advanced

Role Play Have children act out

a trip to the library One child

can play the part of the librarian

while others can pretend to

check out books Encourage

children to use sentences such

as I want to borrow this book please Do you have your library

card When is my book due

Write About It Invite children to respond to the read aloud by illustrating a

scene of their choice in their response journal or notebook

Read Aloudpages 9ndash13

Pam and Sam 13D

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2336

Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Blending

Model

Show children how to

orally blend phonemes

I will say the sounds in a word The first

sound is m The next sound is a The

last sound is t I can blend these sounds

together mmmaaat mat Say it with me

Guided PracticePracticeHave children practice

blending Guide practice

with the first two words

I will say three sounds Blend sounds

together to form words

r a n s a t m a p

t a p m a n t a n

PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a

Model

Place Letter Cards m

a and p in the pocket

chart

Change the m in map

to s Use the routine to

blend sap

The letter m stands

for the sound m

The letter a stands

for the sound a The letter p stands

for p Irsquoll blend the sounds together

mmmaaap map Say it with me

Guided PracticePractice

Have children change

letters and blend Guide

practice with the firstword change

Change the s in

sap to t Blend

the sounds toread the word

yoursquove made

cap nap rap sap

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35Q

If Yes On Level Options page 35S

Beyond Level Options page 35T

Can children blend sounds in words with short aa

Objectives

bull Blend sounds in words

bull Blend with short aa

Materials

bull Large Letter Cards a m p t

bull Small Letter Cards

bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos

Resource Book p 88

bull pocket chart

bull Teaching Chart 7

bull PhonicsFluency

Transparency 1

Short a a

Introduce 7CndashD

Practice Apply

7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG

Leveled Practice 1 5 8

Decodable Reader A Cap

for PamReteach Review

35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S

35U 35Y

Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B

Decodable Reader Jazz Band

Phonemic Awareness

Teaching phonemic

awareness to children

is clearly effective It

improves their ability to

manipulate phonemes in

speech This skill transfers

and helps them learn to

read and spell PA training

benefits not only word

reading but also reading

comprehension

Donald Bear

wwwmacmillanmhcom

13E

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2436

Build Fluency Word Automaticity

Display Teaching Chart 7 Point to the word at Ask children to blend

the sounds with you Then ask them to read the word at regularspeed Repeat the blending routine with the other words having

children blend and read after you Then point to the words in random

order and ask children to read them

PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an

Pair children and have them sort Spelling Word Cards by ending

sounds Encourage them to say spell and then sort each word Then

have them identify the ending sounds and say the rhyming words

Dictation

Follow this dictation routine with the spelling words

Pronounce one word at a time for children Then repeat the word

and use it in a sentence

Have children repeat each word softly to themselves and then

write the word

After dictation is completed encourage children to proofread

their words Remind them to check their words for spellingpatterns and to look for the words containing short aa

To extend have volunteers make up sentences for each word

Objectives

bull Sort words with -at -an

bull Use dictation to practicespelling words

Materials

bull Spelling Word Cards BLM

Teacherrsquos Resource Book

p 90

bull Spelling Practice Book p 3

man cat hat mat

ran can up down

Look at the picture Use a spelling word to

complete the sentence

1 Can you see the

2 The cat ran

3 The man has a

4 She can go

5 Here is a

cat

up

hat

down

can

Spelling Practice Book page 3

DAY 1 Pretest

DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word

Sort

DAY 3 Student Word Sort

Dictation

DAY 4 Test Practice

DAY 5 Posttest

Teaching Chart 7 PhonicsFluency Transparency 1

Pam and Sam 13F

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2536

Objectives

bull Read high-frequency words

jump not up down like gobull Read to apply the strategy

Analyze Story Structure

bull Read to apply the skill

Analyze Character and

Setting

bull Use academic language

character setting

Materials

bull Vocabulary Word Cards BLMTeacherrsquos Resource Book p

120

bull Student Book Pam and Sam

bull Teaching Chart 8

bull Graphic Organizer

Transparency 1

bull Leveled Practice Books p 3

High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down

PRACTICE

Duplicate and distribute a set of Vocabulary Word Cards for

jump not up down to each child

As you say the words have children hold up the appropriate card

Ask volunteers to use each word in a sentence

Have each child work with a partner and call out each word for

their partner to write

Review Review like and go following the same procedure

ComprehensionComprehensionSTRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Remind children that it is helpful to identify the beginning middle

and end of stories Today as we read another story pay special attention

to what happens to the characters at the beginning in the middle and at

the end of the story

SKILL

Analyze Character and Setting

Today wersquore going to read about two characters What information might

help you understand these characters Pay attention to what they do

what they say and what they look like Also think about how the setting

or where they are helps you understand the story

Prepare to Read

PREVIEW AND PREDICT

Have children turn to page 15 Ask a child to read aloud the title

Who are the characters What do you think they might do

Tell children to write or draw their predictions about the story

Genre Fantasy Remind children that a fantasy is a made-up

story that would not happen in real life

Preview the word Ask children to

tell what it means

fly (page 24)

Analyze Character and Setting

Introduce U1 7AndashB

Practice Apply

U1 7J 13Gndash27A Leveled

Practice 3ndash4

Reteach Review

U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT

35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J

89Gndash105A 111E 111L

111NndashP 111RndashT 111V

111YndashZ Leveled Practice

27ndash28

Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A

153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT

153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled

Practice 119ndash120

13G

Main Selection Student pages 14 15

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2636

Read Pam and Sam

SET A PURPOSE FOR READING

Focus Question Read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo question Letrsquos

look for clues in the story that help us understand these characters

Encourage children to set their own purpose for readingWAYS TO READ THE SELECTION

Main Selection Student pages 14ndash15

Story available on Listening

Library Audio CD

If your children need support

to read the Main Selection

use the prompts to guide

comprehension and model

how to complete the Character

Chart Encourage children toread aloud

If your children can read the

Main Selection independently

have them read and complete

the Character Chart

If your children need an alternate selection choose the

Leveled Readers that match their instructional level

Pam and Sam 1415

Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2736

Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17

Develop Comprehension

1 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

We have only read two pages and wersquove already learned a lot

How many characters have we met (two) What can you tell about

them How are they unique (Pam is a rabbit Sam is a bird Theylike to play) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

2 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Teacher Think Aloud This story begins with Pam and Sam

playing Pam just ran up I want to find out if Sam will do the

same thing because they like to play together I will read on

to see how the story develops I will pay close attention to the

characters and what they do in the rest of the story

1 2

SyntacticStructure

Explain that good readers

sometimes check that they have

read words correctly One way to

do this is to ask Does the word Iread sound right in the sentence

Model Point to the word ran

on page 17 The text reads ldquoPam

uprdquo I know from how the

sentence is put together that the

next word has to be a verb The

word ran is a verb It sounds right in

the sentence because it says what

Pam did

Apply Encourage children to

check the meaning of other words

in the story

1617

Main Selection Student pages 18ndash19

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2836

3 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

What can Pam and Sam do on these pages (They can run) Letrsquos

add this to our Character Chart Why do you think Pam and Sam

run together (Possible answer because they are playing)

4 MONITOR AND CLARIFY REREAD

If you donrsquot understand what is happening in the story you can

reread it to try and figure things out Reread page 19 What did Pam

and Sam do (They ran) Where did they run (They ran down)

5 MAINTAIN ANALYZE CHARACTER AND SETTING

What can we tell about Pam and Sam What are their interests

(They seem to be friends they like to do things together They run

and jump) Where does the story take place (outdoors possibly in

a field or in a meadow)

Main Selection Student pages 18 19

Picture Clues Point to the bird

and the rabbit running together

Explain that the picture can

give clues about where they

are running Where are Sam thebird and Pam the rabbit running

(They are running down)

3 4 5

Pam and Sam 1819

Main Selection Student pages 20ndash21

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2936

p g

Develop Comprehension

6 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

What do you learn about Pam (She can jump) What do you learn

about Sam (He can not jump) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

7 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Teacher Think Aloud Letrsquos think about how the story is

organized In the beginning Pam and Sam kept doing the same

thing Now what is happening in the middle of the story

Encourage children to apply the strategy in a Think Aloud

Student Think Aloud In the beginning of the story Sam and

Pam did the same things Now I am reading the middle of thestory and there is a problem Sam can not jump I want to read

more to find out if the problem is solved

6 7

Clarify Remind children

that characters refers to the

main people or animals in

the story Review some of the

pages in the story Pam andSam and encourage children

to look at the illustrations

Are the characters people or

animals (animals) Who are

the characters (Pam and Sam)

Ask children to describe the

characters in their own words

based on the illustrations in the

story (Possible answer Pam is a

rabbit and can hop Sam is a birdand can fly)

2021

Main Selection Student pages 22ndash23

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3036

8 FLUENCY ECHO983085READ

Read Exclamations Letrsquos read the sentence on page 23 It ends

with an exclamation mark When I read the sentence I use a tone

that shows I am excited Listen to the way my voice sounds when I

read it Now read the sentence after me with the same tone

9 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

Look at the picture on page 23 What can Sam do (He can fly)

Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

10 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Think about how the author wrote this story How did she organize

the story to keep it interesting

Student Think Aloud In the beginning she introduced the

characters and told us they like to play In the middle she told us

about a problem Sam had I think the problem will get solved in

the end now that I know Sam can fly

Question 9 ANALYZE

CHARACTER

What can Sam do How do you

know he can fly Can Pam fly too

How do you know

9

8 10

Pam and Sam 2223

Main Selection Student pages 24ndash25

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3136

Teaching Chart 8Graphic

Organizer Transparency 1

Pam Can Sam Can

play

run

jump

play

run

fly

Develop Comprehension

COMPLETE THE CHARACTER CHART

Ask children to share their ideas about the characters Pam and Sam

Record their ideas on Teaching Chart 8

RETURN TO PREDICTIONS AND PURPOSES

Review childrenrsquos predictions and review the Focus Question What

makes Pam and Sam special (Pam can jump Sam can fly)

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Leveled Reader Lesson 2 page 35R

If Yes On Level Options page 35S

Beyond Level Options page 35T

Can children analyze characters

2425

Main Selection Student page 26

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3236

Pam and Sam 26

Authorrsquos Craft

Focus on Repetition

In this story Nancy Tafuri

uses the same words

over and over She does

this to make it easier for

readers to understand

the story Repetition also

helps readers remember

what has already

happened New wordscan change the meaning

of words used over

and over

What words on page 17

are also on page 18 (ran

up) Who runs up (Pam

and Sam)

What words are on page

21 that were also on page

20 (can jump) What

new word changes the

meaning (not )

Children can find more

information about

Nancy Tafuri at

wwwmacmillanmhcom

Authorrsquos Purpose

Nancy Tafuri wanted to tell a story

about friends Draw a picture of your

friend Write your friendrsquos name

Find out more aboutNancy Tafuri atwwwmacmillanmhcom

Nancy Tafuri says ldquoI live in

the country and love telling

stories about animals I

especially like to tell stories

about good friends like

Pam and Sam I have fun

drawing pictures to go with

my storiesrdquo

Other books by Nancy Tafuri

26

Meet the AuthorIllustrator

Read aloud page 26 with children Ask if they like the way Nancy Tafuri

draws the animal friends Encourage children to look back at the story

and tell which pictures show that Sam and Pam are good friends

Author rsquos Purpose Nancy Tafuri used words and art to tell a story about what

good friends do together Have children draw a picture of a

friend Check that they have written their friendrsquos name on

the picture Children may add this writing to their response

journals

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3336

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436

Pam and Sam 27A

Think and Compare

USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS

1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of

the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then

he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump

Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN

2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real

birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the

wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too

However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together

I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually

playing together ANALYZE

3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know

Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I

noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for

him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop

playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem

MAKE INFERENCES

4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these

characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head

Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump

Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They

both solved their problems COMPARE

Personal Response

Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another

story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways

could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in

a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas

Look at the pictures Read the story

Nat is a cat

Nat can go up

Nat can go down

Pam and Sam look for Nat

Pam is sad

Where is Nat

Write T if the sentence is true

Write F if the sentence is false

1 Nat is a cat

2 Nat can go up and down

3 Pam is sad

4 Nat is in the

5 Nat is in the

T

T

F

T

T

On Level Practice Book O page 4

Approaching Practice Book A page 4

Beyond Practice Book B page 4

Think and Search(Question 1)

bull Search for clues and

information in the texts

Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)

bull Think about the

information in the story

bull Think about what you

already know

bull Compare the information

in two stories

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636

Objectives

bull Understand the importance

of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a

sentence

bull Use words to add detail to a

sentence

Materials

bull pencils and paper

Dictation Have children dictate

to you their word or phrase to

fill in the sentence frame

Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book

pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do

Personal Narrative

DAY 1 Shared Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 2 Interactive Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas

Independent Prewrite

and Draft

DAY 4 Independent Revise

and Edit

DAY 5 Independent Publish

and Present

IndependentIndependent

WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas

EXPLAIN

Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write

Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting

DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences

1 I like to eat

2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables

Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes

to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words

yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information

Personal Narrative

BRAINSTORM

Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about

herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about

what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk

about what they like to do

PREWRITE

Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do

DRAFT

Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the

sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review

with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that

tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences

TransitionsThat Teach

While lining up for recess

have children tell about a

game they would prefer

to play

Pam and Sam 27C

Page 5: unit1_week1_2.pdf

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 536

Objectives

bull Identify sound-lettercorrespondence short aa

bull Blend sounds in words with

short aa

Materials

bull Large Alphabet Card Aa

bull Large Letter Cards a c m N

n p r s t

bull Small Letter Cards

bull Leveled Practice Books p 1

bull Teaching Chart 7

bull PhonicsFluency

Transparency 1

PhonicsPhonicsIntroduce Short a a

ExplainModel

Teach the sound-

symbol shortaa using

the Alphabet Card Aa

What is the name of

this letter The name of this

letter is a A stands for the sound

a Say the sound with me aaa

Identify short aa in

the medial position

Listen as I say the word mat

maaat I hear the a sound in

the middle of the word Irsquoll hold

up my a card Listen as I say cap

kaaap I hear the a sound in the middle

Irsquoll hold up my a card Now listen as I say

bed b e d I donrsquot hear the a sound in

the middle I wonrsquot hold up my a card

Guided PracticePractice

Have children practice

identifying medial a

Guide practice with the

first row

rat man rim cap pin

sat tin tap tip Sam

Pat Sis Pam Nan Nat

Blend with Short a a

Model

Display Letter Cards

m a Blend the sounds

together

This is the letter m It stands for the sound

m This is the letter a It stands for the

a sound Listen as I blend these sounds

together mmmaaa

Display the Letter

Card t Blend the

sounds together

This is the letter t

It stands for t

Listen as I blend all

three sounds

together

mmmaaat mat Say it with me

Read the word Circle the picture that it names

1 cat

2 pan

3 man

4 sat

5 fan

6 Write a sentence using some of the words

Possible response The man and the cat sat by

the fan

On Level Practice Book 0 page 1

Approaching Practice Book A page 1

Beyond Practice Book B page 1

Short a a

Introduce 7CndashD

Practice Apply

7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG

Leveled Practice 1 5 8

Decodable Reader A Cap

for Pam

Reteach Review

35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S

35U 35Y

Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B

Decodable Reader Jazz Band

Aa

7C

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 636

Repeat the routine to

blend the sounds in

rhyming words

cat pat Nat sat rat

Guided PracticePractice

Have children practice

blending sounds in

additional rhyming

words by changing the

first letter Do the first

row with children

map tap cap nap rap

can pan man ran tan

Build Fluency Word Automaticity

Display Teaching Chart 7 Read each word in the f irst row blending

the sounds as you read a m aaammm Have children blend each

word after you Then reread each row asking children to echo-read

Continue with the remaining rows

Pronunciation Chant withchildren the letters m r t s n

c p and a Make the sounds

m r t s n k p and

a exaggerating each one and

have children repeat Listen

for correct pronunciation

Demonstrate correct placement

of lips and tongue to produce

the sounds and ask children to

follow your model

Then reread the words on the

Teaching Chart emphasizing the

short a sound in each one

If children have difficulty

blending saying e instead

of a for example point to

a

This is the letter a The

letter a stands for aaa

Say it with me a Letrsquos

sound out that word

again mmmaaat mat

ConstructiveFeedback

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35I

If Yes On Level Options page 35K

Beyond Level Options page 35L

Can children blend sounds in words with short aa

Can they read words with automaticity

Teaching Chart 7 PhonicsFluency Transparency 1

Pam and Sam 7D

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 736

Objectives

bull Spell words with short aa

bull Identify spelling patterns

bull Sort words with -at -an

Materials

bull Spelling Practice Book p 1

bull pocket chart

bull large index cards for spelling

words

bull paper and pencils

PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWords with Short a a

PRETEST

Pronounce each spelling word Read the sentence and pronounce the

word again Encourage children to say each word softly sounding out

the word before writing it After the pretest write each word on the

board as you say the letter names Have children check their words

1 Does that man have any interest

in baseball

2 I like my furry cat

3 Dan wears a baseball hat

4 I put my ball on the mat

5 I ran fast in the race

6 Dad can play the piano in such a

unique way

WORD SORT

Make an index card for each spelling

word as well as for -at and -an

Place -at and -an to form two

columns in a pocket chart Blendthe sounds with children

Hold up the word mat Say and

spell it Pronounce each sound

clearly m a t Blend the sounds

mmmaaat

Repeat this step with each -at word

Place the words below the -at cardHave children read each word What do you notice about the

words (They have the a sound and they rhyme)

Repeat the process with the -an words

Display the words up and down in a separate column Point out

that these spelling words do not contain short a

Save the index cards to use later in the week

DAY 1 Pretest

DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word

Sort

DAY 3 Student Word Sort

Dictation

DAY 4 Test Practice

DAY 5 Posttest

Read the words Say each word Then complete each

word to make a spelling word Use each word once

man cat hat mat

ran can up down

1 h 5 d n

2 p 6 m n

3 r n 7 ma

4 c n 8 at

a t

u

a

a

o w

a

t

c

Spelling Practice Book page 1

man cat

hat mat

ran can

High-Frequency Words

up down

7E

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 836

Decodable Reader A Cap for Pam

Review High-Frequency Words Write a have has for

with and the on the board Read the words with children

Preview and Predict Point to the title and have children

sound it out as you run your finger under it

What do you see in the picture What do you think the girlrsquos

name is

Read Turn to page 2 Have children point to each word

sounding out decodable words and saying the high-frequencywords quickly If children have difficulty provide corrective

feedback If children can sound out the words have them

whisper-read the rest of the text

Objectives

bull Decode words with short aa

bull Review a have has for with

the

bull Read words with short aa

in connected text

Materials

bull Decodable Reader Library

A Cap for Pam

[set facsimile ofcover for Grade

1 Unit 1 Week

1 decodable

Reader A Cap for

Pam]

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Decodable Reader page 35J

If Yes On Level Options page 35K

Beyond Level Options page 35L

Can children spell and read words with short aa

A Ca p

f o r Pa m

by Kathryn Lewisillustrated by Chi Chung

Decodable Reader

Children can read

A Cap for Pam during

whole group or small

group time

Sam has a tan mat

2

Can Pam have a mat

3

Sam has a cat cap

Pam can have a cap4

Pam ran with the cap

5

Pam Cat can tap

Tap Pam tap6

a have has for with the

Follow these steps to teach

each high-frequency word

Say Point to and say

the word

Spell Spell the word

Read Have children

read the word

Write Have children

write the word

Use Use each word

in a sentence

Review Review high-

frequency words from

previous lessons

High-FrequencyWord Routine

For additional decodabletext see pages 4ndash6 of the

Teacherrsquos Resource Book

Decodable Text

Pam and Sam 7F

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 936

1 My name is All ie

2 funny faces

3 I am a superhero

4 Write name

1 sentence is correct

2 fragment

3 sentence is correct

4 fragment

Grammar Transparency 1 copy MacmillanMcGraw-Hill

Transparency 1

I like dogs

Objectives

bull Understand that a sentence

tells a whole idea

bull Recognize that a sentence

always begins with a capital

letter

Materials

bull Grammar Transparency 1

bull Grammar Practice Book p 1

GrammarGrammarSentences

EXPLAINMODEL

Explain that a sentence is a group of words that tells a whole idea

Explain that a sentence always begins with a capital letter Read

aloud the first two examples on Grammar Transparency 1

As I read number 1 I wonder if it is a sentence I ask myself ldquoDo the

words tell a whole idea They do Does it start with a capital letter

Yes againrdquo Number 2 doesnrsquot tell a whole idea It isnrsquot a sentence

GUIDED PRACTICE

Ask children to work in pairs

to decide if the next two

examples on the transparency

are sentences

Have pairs think of a sentence that tells

about That Big Cat Write their sentenceson the board Ask children how they can

tell that these are sentences

ircle the sentences

She sat down

We can jump up

Ran here

Pat can do this

Like to

Grammar Practice Book page 1

Sentences

DAY 1 Sentences

DAY 2 SentencesDAY 3 Sentences

Mechanics Sentence

Capitalization

DAY 4 Sentences

Proofread

DAY 5 Sentences

Grammar Transparency 1

7G

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1036

Objectives

bull Create a list

bull Compose sentences in a

shared writing experience

Materials

bull chart paper

Things I Do

pick out clothesgo to school

write name

Ask and Answer Questions

Ask children questions such as

What do you do at home What

do you do at school As children

answer have them pantomime

the actions Write About It Have children draw a picture of something they do and

write a sentence beneath it They may choose to add this

piece to their writing portfolio

SharedShared

WritingWritingPersonal Narrative

BRAINSTORM

Discuss with children what

kinds of things Allie does in

That Big Cat

Display the list they created

during oral language Talk with

children about things they like

to do Then brainstorm and

list with children words and

phrases about those things

When something is personal it has to do with yourself When we

write sentences about ourselves and put those sentences together it

is called a personal narrative This week we will be writing sentences

about ourselves our interests and what makes us unique We will

put the sentences together and write a personal narrative

WRITE

Reread together the list children created

Have each child create a sentence about himself or herself

Children may use a phrase from the list if they wish

Write childrenrsquos sentences on chart paper Reread the sentences

and reinforce what a sentence is Remind children to use the word

I in their sentences Explain that you use I or me when you talk

about yourself as Allie did in her story

Personal Narrative

DAY 1 Shared Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 2 Interactive Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas

Independent Prewrite

and DraftDAY 4 Independent Revise

and Edit

DAY 5 Independent Publish

and Present

TransitionsThat Teach

While lining up have

children name something

unique about the

classroom

Pam and Sam 7H

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1136

Oral Vocabul ary

The next morning the queen askedthe youn g woman ldquoHow did

you sleep my dearrdquo

ldquoIhardly slept at allrdquo saidthe princess ldquoThere wassomething very

hardin the bed andno matter which way Iturned Icouldnot get

comfortablerdquo

Hearing this the king the queen andthe prince smiledbecause

they knew she wasareal princess No one but agenuine princesscould

feel apeathrough twenty mattressesandtwenty quilts

The cheerful prince took the princessby the hand andsaid ldquoIhave

finally foundyou atrue princess Will you marry merdquo

The princesssaidyesandthe wedding took place the following

week The king andqueen were delighted andthe prince andprincess

livedhappily ever after

cheerfulDefine Cheerful meanshappyorglad

Example Our cheerful mailcarrieralwayssmilesandwavesatus

Ask What makesyou feel

cheerful

Helpchildrenusethe

picturestoretellthe story

Card1 Why hasthe prince

leftthecastleWhatishelooking for

Card2 Whoisatthecastledoor What doesthe kingsaytoher

Card3 WhatdoesthequeenwanttoknowaboutthevisitorWhatisthe

queenrsquosplan

Card4 Howdoestheprincessfeelthenextmorning Why are the kingqueen andprince smiling

Howdoesthestoryend

Retell

ThePrincessandthePea

copy M a c m i l l a n M c G r a w - H i l l

i l l u s t r a t i o n b y B r i d g e t S t a r r T a y l o r

4

At a Glance

Whole GroupOral Languagebull Oral Vocabulary

Comprehensionbull Read The Princess and The Pea

bull Strategy Analyze Story Structure

bull Skill Analyze Character and Setting

Phonemic Awarenessbull Phoneme Isolation

Phonicsbull Short aa

bull Spelling Word Sort -at -an

High-Frequency Wordsbull jump not up down

bull Read ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo

bull Fluency Echo-Read

Language Artsbull Grammar Sentences

bull Interactive Writing

Differentiated Instruction pages 35Mndash35P

Oral LanguageOral Language

Write the Morning Message Point to each word as you read the

Message aloud with expression

Model Concepts of Print Reread the Message slowly Drop your

voice as you end each sentence As you point to each end mark

tell children that some sentences end with a period

Review Words with Short a Have children find short a words

Extend the Weekly Theme Ask children what makes their

classmates special Add suggestions to the Morning Message

Oral Vocabulary

BUILD BACKGROUND Display The Princess and the Pea Card 1 and

read the title Wersquore going to read about a special princess Describe the

the picture What kind of story is this What happens in fairy tales

Read the story Check childrenrsquos understanding using the UseIllustrations Use Context Clues and Ask Questions prompts

Get Ready Story

Small Group Options

I CanI Can

by Paul Danillustrated by Jill Newton

Fantasy

I can hit it

I can kick itI can tip it in

Oral Vocabulary Cards

Oral VocabularyCards

7I

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1236

Teaching Chart 8Graphic Organizer Transparency 1

Objectives

bull Analyze story structure

bull Identify and analyze

character and setting

bull Expand oral vocabulary

bull Reinforce concepts of print

bull Use academic language

character setting

Materials

bull Oral Vocabulary Cards The

Princess and the Pea

bull Teaching Chart 8

bull Graphic Organizer

Transparency 1

Princess Does Princess Does Not

ask the king if she cancome inside the castle

tell the queen about herfamily interests talents

say goodnight and goes tothe guest bedroom

sleep

Categorize Before rereading

review by focusing on the words

always sometimes and never

Ask children about the things

that the princess does in the

story like saying goodnight

before going to bed and ask

if they do this at home Ask

children to use pantomime and

gestures to show things theysometimes do things they always

do and things they never do

Analyze Character and Setting

Introduce U1 7AndashB

Practice Apply

U1 7J 13Gndash27A LeveledPractice 3ndash4

Reteach Review

U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT

35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J

89Gndash105A 111E 111L

111NndashP 111RndashT 111V

111YndashZ Leveled Practice

27ndash28

Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A

153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT

153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled

Practice 119ndash120

Listening Comprehension

Display the Oral Vocabulary Cards and read the title aloud

STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Remind children that paying attention to how a story is organized

will help them be better readers Have children retell parts of the

beginning middle and end of The Princess and the Pea

SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

Remind children that what a character does and says can help them

to understand the character Pay special attention to what the princess

does and says and where she is Think about how these things show what

she is like and what she might do next

COMPLETE A CHARACTER CHART After reading help children

complete Teaching Chart 8

Use the routines below and on the backs of the cards to discuss the

meaning of each word

Define Unique means one-of-a-kind or unusual

Example Jaimersquos unique dog has one brown eye and one blue eye

Ask Describe one unique person or animal that you know

An interest is something a person likes or is curious about

Martarsquos interests include cooking and reading What are some of

your interests

Cheerful means happy or glad Our cheerful mail carrier always

smiles and waves at us What makes you feel cheerful

Continue with the routines for genuine and prefer

Pam and Sam 7J

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1336

Objectives

bull Listen for initial short aa

bull Blend sounds in words with

short aa

bull Build words with short aa

Materials

bull Large Letter Cards a c m p t

bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos

Resource Book p 88

bull pocket chart

Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Isolation

Model

Show children how

to isolate phonemes

Repeat with bat and

medial a

Listen to this word aaat at I hear the a

sound at the beginning of at so Irsquoll raise

my hand

Guided PracticePractice

Have children practice

isolating short a Guide

practice doing the first

few together

Hold up your hand when you hear the a

sound at the beginning of a word

on as off ax up at

Hold up your hand when you hear the a

sound in the middle of a word

bag not sit fat ran jump

PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a

Model

Place Letter Cards c and

a in the pocket chart

Blend phonemes

This is the letter c It stands

for the k sound This is

the letter a It stands for

the a sound Listen as I

blend these sounds

together kaaa Now you say it

Place Letter Card t at

the end to form cat

Blend phonemes

This is the letter t

It stands for the

t sound

Listen as I blend

all three sounds

kaaat cat

Guided PracticePractice

Have children practice

blending with these

examples Do the first

one together

tap rat man ran

Nan pat Pam sattan Sam can fat

Pronunciation In some

languages including Spanish

Cantonese and Vietnamese

there is not a direct transfer forthe short a sound

Emphasize the short a sound

and demonstrate correct mouth

position when pronouncing

each word Have children

contrast short a with ahhh the

sound with which children will

most likely be more familiar

For a complete phonics transferchart see the ELL Teacherrsquos

Guide

Short a a

Introduce 7C-D

Practice Apply

7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG

Leveled Practice 1 5 8

Decodable Reader A Cap

for Pam

Reteach Review

35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S

35U 35Y

Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B

Decodable Reader Jazz Band

7K

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1436

Build Words with Short a a

Model

Place Letter Cards m

a t in the pocket chart

Blend phonemes

Letrsquos blend all the

sounds together

and read the word

mat

Guided PracticePractice

Have children practice

building words with

short aa Guide

children with the first

example

Change the m in mat to c What word did

we make

Change the t in cat to p What word did you

make

Change the c in cap to m What word did

you make

PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an

Place index cards for hat and man

in a pocket chart Say each word

and its sounds hat h a t

man m a n Say each word

again emphasizing at or an Askvolunteers to spell each word

Display index cards one at a time

Have children read each word

listening for at or an

Ask volunteers to place each index card in the row with the same

end sound

Objectives

bull Spell words with short aa

bull Sort words with -at -an

Materials

bull Spelling Practice Book p 2

bull pocket chart

bull large index cards with

spelling words

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35M

If Yes On Level Options page 35O

Beyond Level Options page 35P

Can children blend and read words with short aa

copy M

a c m i l l a n M c G r a w

- H i l l

Read the words Say each word Then complete each

word to make a spelling word Use each word once

man cat hat mat

ran can up down

1 h 5 d n

2 p 6 m n

3 r n 7 ma

4 c n 8 at

a t

u

a

a

o w

a

t

c

Spelling Practice Book page 2

DAY 1 Pretest

DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word

Sort

DAY 3 Student Word Sort

DAY 4 Test PracticeDictation

DAY 5Posttest

Blending If children have

difficulty blending with

aa say Irsquoll blend k a t

Blend kat stressing medial

a Now you blend cat

Repeat with tap and rat

ConstructiveFeedback

Pam and Sam 7L

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1536

Objectives

bull Learn high-frequency words

jump not up down and read

them in context

bull Review high-frequency

words to and

Materials

bull Vocabulary Cards jump not

up down to and

bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat

Jumprdquo

bull pocket chartbull Leveled Practice Books p 2

High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down

INTRODUCE

Display the Vocabulary Cards for jump not up and down in a

pocket chart

Point to and say the word up This is the word

up It is spelled u-p The cat went up the tree

Have children read spell and write the word

up

Follow the same steps to introduce jump not

and down

When introducing each new high-frequency

word note any phonics elements that have

been taught this week Review how to

decode the familiar letters sounds in the new

words We know that the letters n and t in not

stand for n and t Repeat with each new

high-frequency word

Have children work with a partner to make up sentences using

the words

Word Wall You may wish to add these words

Review Review to and and using the same procedure

Complete each sentence

Use one of the words in the box

up down not jump

1 I can

2 The cat ran

3 The cat is little

4 The dog ran

5 Write your own sentence using a word from the box

up

not

down

Responses will vary

jump

On Level Practice Book 0 page 2

Approaching Practice Book A page 2

Beyond Practice Book B page 2

Beginning

Use RealiaDemonstrate Demonstrate the concept of

up and down as opposites

Have children point up and

say the word up Then have

them point down and say

the word down For jump

ask children to stand and

then jump while they say the

word jump

Intermediate

ModelUse Gestures Askchildren to point up and

down Model The light is up

on the ceiling What else is

up on the ceiling The pencil

is down on the floor What

else is down on the floor

For jump ask a volunteer to

jump over a block For not

place a book and a pen side

by side Say This is a book

This is not a book Point to a

desk Is this a book

Advanced

Develop Spoken Language Ask children to use the

words up and down in

sentences of their own that

demonstrate understanding

of their meanings as

opposites Have children use

jump in sentences that tell

others what to jump over

7M

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1636

Pam and Sam 89

Get Ready Story Student pages 8ndash9

Read ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo

PREVIEWPREDICT

Use the Illustration Read aloud the title and have children look at

the illustration What characters do you see (two frogs and a bug)

What can you tell about these characters (Answers will vary)

Ask children to read aloud ldquoWords to Knowrdquo Explain that these

new words theyrsquove been practicing will be in the story

SET A PURPOSE FOR READING

Focus Question Ask a child to read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo

question The two frogs can already jump Pat is probably the bug

who is watching them What might help you find out if Pat can

jump (what the author says Pat does what the pictures show)

bull Read Aloud or Read

Together pausing

as needed to support

childrenrsquos comprehension

bull Have children whisper-

read independently

bull Use the modeling and

question prompts as you

revisit sections of the text

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1736

Get Ready Story Student pages 10ndash11

Apply Vocabulary

1 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS jump up down

Have children point to the words jump and up on page 10 and

jump and down on page 11 Reinforce the vocabulary by saying I

see two frogs jump First they jump up Then they jump down

2 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

Ask children to describe how they think the bug (Pat) is feeling

as she watches the frogs jump Can you tell by looking at the

illustrations how Pat may be feeling What might she be thinking

2

1

Gesture and Point Reinforce

the meanings of jump up and

down by gesturing Also havechildren say the words Then

lead children in pointing to the

frogs that jump Point to them

when they are up and when

they are down

1011

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1836

Pam and Sam 1213

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level High-Frequency Words page 35N

If Yes On Level Options page 35O

Beyond Level Options page 35P

Can children read jump not up and down

Develop Spoken Language

Have children pretend their fists

are frogs and show how they

can jump across their desks Say

I can jump Have children repeatafter you

Get Ready Story Student pages 12ndash13

3 4

3 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS not jump

Have children point to the words not and jump on page 12 and to

jump on page 13 What could Pat not do at first Could she jump

by herself at the end What helped her jump

4 FLUENCY ECHO983085READRead Exclamations Tell children that sentences with exclamation

marks are read with excitement Model reading each sentence on

page 13 and have children echo-read

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1936

Objective

bull Identify a complete

sentence

Materials

bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat

Jumprdquo

bull Grammar Practice Book p 2

GrammarGrammarSentences

REVIEW

Have children turn to page 12 of ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo Invite a

volunteer to reread the sentence

Remember this is a sentence It is a group of words that tells a whole

idea A sentence always begins with a capital letter

PRACTICE

Write the following complete and incomplete sentences on the

board

1 The sad man

2 The cat sat down

3 had a nap

4 We look at the map

Read each group of words with children

Ask Is this a sentence Why or why

not Discuss whether or not each

example tells a whole idea

Cross out the two incomplete

sentences

Sentences

DAY 1 Sentences

DAY 2 Sentences

DAY 3 Sentences

Mechanics SentenceCapitalization

DAY 4 Sentences

Proofread

DAY 5 Sentences

Grammar Practice Book page 2

13A

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2036

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2136

At a Glance

Whole Group

Main Selection

Oral Languagebull Oral Vocabulary

bull Read Aloud ldquoBeverly Billingsly

Borrows a Bookrdquo

Phonemic Awarenessbull Phoneme Blending

Phonicsbull Short aa

bull Build Fluency

bull Spelling Word Sort

High-Frequency Wordsbull jump not up down

Comprehensionbull Read Pam and Sam

bull Strategy Analyze Story Structurebull Skill Analyze Character and

Setting

Language Artsbull Grammar Sentences

bull Independent Writing

Small Group Options

Differentiated Instruction pages 35Qndash35T

Oral LanguageOral Language

Write the Morning Message Point to each word as you read the

Message aloud with expression

Practice Concepts of Print Remind children that some sentences

end with periods Reread and have them raise a hand each time

you end a sentence Have volunteers circle the periods

Review Words with Short a Invite a child to find the words with

short a Who can think of other words with short a

Extend the Weekly Theme Encourage children to think about

other ways to describe what people are like Have them describe

characteristics of a friend a family member and a firefighter

Oral Vocabulary

REVIEW WORDS

Discuss The Princess and the Pea by asking Why did the queen ask

about the princessrsquos interests What was unique about the princessWhat made the prince cheerful

Write the following vocabulary words on the board unique

interest cheerful genuine and prefer Read the words aloud

Then ask the following questions

Which word means

bull real or true

bull one-of a-kind or unusual

bull choosing one thing instead of

another

bull happy or glad bull something a person likes

I have a fat cat

I can pat himI can play with him

13C

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2236

Objectives

bull Understand story structure

as it relates to a fantasy storybull Learn that a fantasy is

different from realistic

fiction

bull Model reading with prosody

Materials

bull Read-Aloud Anthology

InteractiveInteractive

Read AloudRead AloudListening Comprehension

GENRE FANTASY

Ask children if they can tell you what a fantasy story is Share

the information about fantasy found in the Read-Aloud

Anthology

READ ldquoBEVERLY BILLINGSLY BORROWS A BOOKrdquo

Model Analyzing Story Structure Use the Think Alouds

provided at point of use in the Read-Aloud Anthology

Model Fluent Reading Read aloud the fantasy story

naturally and with expression As you read point out aspects

of fluent reading For example point out that you read

dialogue the way you think characters might say it

Expand Vocabulary See pages 9ndash13 of the Read-Aloud

Anthology to teach new words

Respond to the Fantasy

TALK ABOUT IT Ask children what happened in the story Why did

Beverly go to the library What were some of Beverlyrsquos interestsHow is Beverly like people you know What are some ways Beverly is

unique

Beginning

Ask Questions Talk with

children about the library Who

has been to a library Do we

get books at a library Does a

librarian work there Have you

ever talked to the librarian

Intermediate

Use Vocabulary Elicit from

children the different words we

use when talking about a library

What is inside of a library What

do we call a person who works

in a library What do you need to

show the librarian if you want to

take a book home

Advanced

Role Play Have children act out

a trip to the library One child

can play the part of the librarian

while others can pretend to

check out books Encourage

children to use sentences such

as I want to borrow this book please Do you have your library

card When is my book due

Write About It Invite children to respond to the read aloud by illustrating a

scene of their choice in their response journal or notebook

Read Aloudpages 9ndash13

Pam and Sam 13D

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2336

Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Blending

Model

Show children how to

orally blend phonemes

I will say the sounds in a word The first

sound is m The next sound is a The

last sound is t I can blend these sounds

together mmmaaat mat Say it with me

Guided PracticePracticeHave children practice

blending Guide practice

with the first two words

I will say three sounds Blend sounds

together to form words

r a n s a t m a p

t a p m a n t a n

PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a

Model

Place Letter Cards m

a and p in the pocket

chart

Change the m in map

to s Use the routine to

blend sap

The letter m stands

for the sound m

The letter a stands

for the sound a The letter p stands

for p Irsquoll blend the sounds together

mmmaaap map Say it with me

Guided PracticePractice

Have children change

letters and blend Guide

practice with the firstword change

Change the s in

sap to t Blend

the sounds toread the word

yoursquove made

cap nap rap sap

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35Q

If Yes On Level Options page 35S

Beyond Level Options page 35T

Can children blend sounds in words with short aa

Objectives

bull Blend sounds in words

bull Blend with short aa

Materials

bull Large Letter Cards a m p t

bull Small Letter Cards

bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos

Resource Book p 88

bull pocket chart

bull Teaching Chart 7

bull PhonicsFluency

Transparency 1

Short a a

Introduce 7CndashD

Practice Apply

7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG

Leveled Practice 1 5 8

Decodable Reader A Cap

for PamReteach Review

35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S

35U 35Y

Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B

Decodable Reader Jazz Band

Phonemic Awareness

Teaching phonemic

awareness to children

is clearly effective It

improves their ability to

manipulate phonemes in

speech This skill transfers

and helps them learn to

read and spell PA training

benefits not only word

reading but also reading

comprehension

Donald Bear

wwwmacmillanmhcom

13E

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2436

Build Fluency Word Automaticity

Display Teaching Chart 7 Point to the word at Ask children to blend

the sounds with you Then ask them to read the word at regularspeed Repeat the blending routine with the other words having

children blend and read after you Then point to the words in random

order and ask children to read them

PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an

Pair children and have them sort Spelling Word Cards by ending

sounds Encourage them to say spell and then sort each word Then

have them identify the ending sounds and say the rhyming words

Dictation

Follow this dictation routine with the spelling words

Pronounce one word at a time for children Then repeat the word

and use it in a sentence

Have children repeat each word softly to themselves and then

write the word

After dictation is completed encourage children to proofread

their words Remind them to check their words for spellingpatterns and to look for the words containing short aa

To extend have volunteers make up sentences for each word

Objectives

bull Sort words with -at -an

bull Use dictation to practicespelling words

Materials

bull Spelling Word Cards BLM

Teacherrsquos Resource Book

p 90

bull Spelling Practice Book p 3

man cat hat mat

ran can up down

Look at the picture Use a spelling word to

complete the sentence

1 Can you see the

2 The cat ran

3 The man has a

4 She can go

5 Here is a

cat

up

hat

down

can

Spelling Practice Book page 3

DAY 1 Pretest

DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word

Sort

DAY 3 Student Word Sort

Dictation

DAY 4 Test Practice

DAY 5 Posttest

Teaching Chart 7 PhonicsFluency Transparency 1

Pam and Sam 13F

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2536

Objectives

bull Read high-frequency words

jump not up down like gobull Read to apply the strategy

Analyze Story Structure

bull Read to apply the skill

Analyze Character and

Setting

bull Use academic language

character setting

Materials

bull Vocabulary Word Cards BLMTeacherrsquos Resource Book p

120

bull Student Book Pam and Sam

bull Teaching Chart 8

bull Graphic Organizer

Transparency 1

bull Leveled Practice Books p 3

High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down

PRACTICE

Duplicate and distribute a set of Vocabulary Word Cards for

jump not up down to each child

As you say the words have children hold up the appropriate card

Ask volunteers to use each word in a sentence

Have each child work with a partner and call out each word for

their partner to write

Review Review like and go following the same procedure

ComprehensionComprehensionSTRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Remind children that it is helpful to identify the beginning middle

and end of stories Today as we read another story pay special attention

to what happens to the characters at the beginning in the middle and at

the end of the story

SKILL

Analyze Character and Setting

Today wersquore going to read about two characters What information might

help you understand these characters Pay attention to what they do

what they say and what they look like Also think about how the setting

or where they are helps you understand the story

Prepare to Read

PREVIEW AND PREDICT

Have children turn to page 15 Ask a child to read aloud the title

Who are the characters What do you think they might do

Tell children to write or draw their predictions about the story

Genre Fantasy Remind children that a fantasy is a made-up

story that would not happen in real life

Preview the word Ask children to

tell what it means

fly (page 24)

Analyze Character and Setting

Introduce U1 7AndashB

Practice Apply

U1 7J 13Gndash27A Leveled

Practice 3ndash4

Reteach Review

U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT

35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J

89Gndash105A 111E 111L

111NndashP 111RndashT 111V

111YndashZ Leveled Practice

27ndash28

Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A

153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT

153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled

Practice 119ndash120

13G

Main Selection Student pages 14 15

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2636

Read Pam and Sam

SET A PURPOSE FOR READING

Focus Question Read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo question Letrsquos

look for clues in the story that help us understand these characters

Encourage children to set their own purpose for readingWAYS TO READ THE SELECTION

Main Selection Student pages 14ndash15

Story available on Listening

Library Audio CD

If your children need support

to read the Main Selection

use the prompts to guide

comprehension and model

how to complete the Character

Chart Encourage children toread aloud

If your children can read the

Main Selection independently

have them read and complete

the Character Chart

If your children need an alternate selection choose the

Leveled Readers that match their instructional level

Pam and Sam 1415

Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2736

Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17

Develop Comprehension

1 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

We have only read two pages and wersquove already learned a lot

How many characters have we met (two) What can you tell about

them How are they unique (Pam is a rabbit Sam is a bird Theylike to play) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

2 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Teacher Think Aloud This story begins with Pam and Sam

playing Pam just ran up I want to find out if Sam will do the

same thing because they like to play together I will read on

to see how the story develops I will pay close attention to the

characters and what they do in the rest of the story

1 2

SyntacticStructure

Explain that good readers

sometimes check that they have

read words correctly One way to

do this is to ask Does the word Iread sound right in the sentence

Model Point to the word ran

on page 17 The text reads ldquoPam

uprdquo I know from how the

sentence is put together that the

next word has to be a verb The

word ran is a verb It sounds right in

the sentence because it says what

Pam did

Apply Encourage children to

check the meaning of other words

in the story

1617

Main Selection Student pages 18ndash19

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2836

3 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

What can Pam and Sam do on these pages (They can run) Letrsquos

add this to our Character Chart Why do you think Pam and Sam

run together (Possible answer because they are playing)

4 MONITOR AND CLARIFY REREAD

If you donrsquot understand what is happening in the story you can

reread it to try and figure things out Reread page 19 What did Pam

and Sam do (They ran) Where did they run (They ran down)

5 MAINTAIN ANALYZE CHARACTER AND SETTING

What can we tell about Pam and Sam What are their interests

(They seem to be friends they like to do things together They run

and jump) Where does the story take place (outdoors possibly in

a field or in a meadow)

Main Selection Student pages 18 19

Picture Clues Point to the bird

and the rabbit running together

Explain that the picture can

give clues about where they

are running Where are Sam thebird and Pam the rabbit running

(They are running down)

3 4 5

Pam and Sam 1819

Main Selection Student pages 20ndash21

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2936

p g

Develop Comprehension

6 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

What do you learn about Pam (She can jump) What do you learn

about Sam (He can not jump) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

7 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Teacher Think Aloud Letrsquos think about how the story is

organized In the beginning Pam and Sam kept doing the same

thing Now what is happening in the middle of the story

Encourage children to apply the strategy in a Think Aloud

Student Think Aloud In the beginning of the story Sam and

Pam did the same things Now I am reading the middle of thestory and there is a problem Sam can not jump I want to read

more to find out if the problem is solved

6 7

Clarify Remind children

that characters refers to the

main people or animals in

the story Review some of the

pages in the story Pam andSam and encourage children

to look at the illustrations

Are the characters people or

animals (animals) Who are

the characters (Pam and Sam)

Ask children to describe the

characters in their own words

based on the illustrations in the

story (Possible answer Pam is a

rabbit and can hop Sam is a birdand can fly)

2021

Main Selection Student pages 22ndash23

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3036

8 FLUENCY ECHO983085READ

Read Exclamations Letrsquos read the sentence on page 23 It ends

with an exclamation mark When I read the sentence I use a tone

that shows I am excited Listen to the way my voice sounds when I

read it Now read the sentence after me with the same tone

9 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

Look at the picture on page 23 What can Sam do (He can fly)

Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

10 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Think about how the author wrote this story How did she organize

the story to keep it interesting

Student Think Aloud In the beginning she introduced the

characters and told us they like to play In the middle she told us

about a problem Sam had I think the problem will get solved in

the end now that I know Sam can fly

Question 9 ANALYZE

CHARACTER

What can Sam do How do you

know he can fly Can Pam fly too

How do you know

9

8 10

Pam and Sam 2223

Main Selection Student pages 24ndash25

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3136

Teaching Chart 8Graphic

Organizer Transparency 1

Pam Can Sam Can

play

run

jump

play

run

fly

Develop Comprehension

COMPLETE THE CHARACTER CHART

Ask children to share their ideas about the characters Pam and Sam

Record their ideas on Teaching Chart 8

RETURN TO PREDICTIONS AND PURPOSES

Review childrenrsquos predictions and review the Focus Question What

makes Pam and Sam special (Pam can jump Sam can fly)

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Leveled Reader Lesson 2 page 35R

If Yes On Level Options page 35S

Beyond Level Options page 35T

Can children analyze characters

2425

Main Selection Student page 26

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3236

Pam and Sam 26

Authorrsquos Craft

Focus on Repetition

In this story Nancy Tafuri

uses the same words

over and over She does

this to make it easier for

readers to understand

the story Repetition also

helps readers remember

what has already

happened New wordscan change the meaning

of words used over

and over

What words on page 17

are also on page 18 (ran

up) Who runs up (Pam

and Sam)

What words are on page

21 that were also on page

20 (can jump) What

new word changes the

meaning (not )

Children can find more

information about

Nancy Tafuri at

wwwmacmillanmhcom

Authorrsquos Purpose

Nancy Tafuri wanted to tell a story

about friends Draw a picture of your

friend Write your friendrsquos name

Find out more aboutNancy Tafuri atwwwmacmillanmhcom

Nancy Tafuri says ldquoI live in

the country and love telling

stories about animals I

especially like to tell stories

about good friends like

Pam and Sam I have fun

drawing pictures to go with

my storiesrdquo

Other books by Nancy Tafuri

26

Meet the AuthorIllustrator

Read aloud page 26 with children Ask if they like the way Nancy Tafuri

draws the animal friends Encourage children to look back at the story

and tell which pictures show that Sam and Pam are good friends

Author rsquos Purpose Nancy Tafuri used words and art to tell a story about what

good friends do together Have children draw a picture of a

friend Check that they have written their friendrsquos name on

the picture Children may add this writing to their response

journals

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3336

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436

Pam and Sam 27A

Think and Compare

USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS

1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of

the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then

he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump

Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN

2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real

birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the

wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too

However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together

I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually

playing together ANALYZE

3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know

Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I

noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for

him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop

playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem

MAKE INFERENCES

4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these

characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head

Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump

Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They

both solved their problems COMPARE

Personal Response

Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another

story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways

could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in

a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas

Look at the pictures Read the story

Nat is a cat

Nat can go up

Nat can go down

Pam and Sam look for Nat

Pam is sad

Where is Nat

Write T if the sentence is true

Write F if the sentence is false

1 Nat is a cat

2 Nat can go up and down

3 Pam is sad

4 Nat is in the

5 Nat is in the

T

T

F

T

T

On Level Practice Book O page 4

Approaching Practice Book A page 4

Beyond Practice Book B page 4

Think and Search(Question 1)

bull Search for clues and

information in the texts

Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)

bull Think about the

information in the story

bull Think about what you

already know

bull Compare the information

in two stories

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636

Objectives

bull Understand the importance

of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a

sentence

bull Use words to add detail to a

sentence

Materials

bull pencils and paper

Dictation Have children dictate

to you their word or phrase to

fill in the sentence frame

Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book

pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do

Personal Narrative

DAY 1 Shared Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 2 Interactive Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas

Independent Prewrite

and Draft

DAY 4 Independent Revise

and Edit

DAY 5 Independent Publish

and Present

IndependentIndependent

WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas

EXPLAIN

Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write

Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting

DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences

1 I like to eat

2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables

Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes

to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words

yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information

Personal Narrative

BRAINSTORM

Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about

herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about

what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk

about what they like to do

PREWRITE

Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do

DRAFT

Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the

sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review

with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that

tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences

TransitionsThat Teach

While lining up for recess

have children tell about a

game they would prefer

to play

Pam and Sam 27C

Page 6: unit1_week1_2.pdf

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 636

Repeat the routine to

blend the sounds in

rhyming words

cat pat Nat sat rat

Guided PracticePractice

Have children practice

blending sounds in

additional rhyming

words by changing the

first letter Do the first

row with children

map tap cap nap rap

can pan man ran tan

Build Fluency Word Automaticity

Display Teaching Chart 7 Read each word in the f irst row blending

the sounds as you read a m aaammm Have children blend each

word after you Then reread each row asking children to echo-read

Continue with the remaining rows

Pronunciation Chant withchildren the letters m r t s n

c p and a Make the sounds

m r t s n k p and

a exaggerating each one and

have children repeat Listen

for correct pronunciation

Demonstrate correct placement

of lips and tongue to produce

the sounds and ask children to

follow your model

Then reread the words on the

Teaching Chart emphasizing the

short a sound in each one

If children have difficulty

blending saying e instead

of a for example point to

a

This is the letter a The

letter a stands for aaa

Say it with me a Letrsquos

sound out that word

again mmmaaat mat

ConstructiveFeedback

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35I

If Yes On Level Options page 35K

Beyond Level Options page 35L

Can children blend sounds in words with short aa

Can they read words with automaticity

Teaching Chart 7 PhonicsFluency Transparency 1

Pam and Sam 7D

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 736

Objectives

bull Spell words with short aa

bull Identify spelling patterns

bull Sort words with -at -an

Materials

bull Spelling Practice Book p 1

bull pocket chart

bull large index cards for spelling

words

bull paper and pencils

PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWords with Short a a

PRETEST

Pronounce each spelling word Read the sentence and pronounce the

word again Encourage children to say each word softly sounding out

the word before writing it After the pretest write each word on the

board as you say the letter names Have children check their words

1 Does that man have any interest

in baseball

2 I like my furry cat

3 Dan wears a baseball hat

4 I put my ball on the mat

5 I ran fast in the race

6 Dad can play the piano in such a

unique way

WORD SORT

Make an index card for each spelling

word as well as for -at and -an

Place -at and -an to form two

columns in a pocket chart Blendthe sounds with children

Hold up the word mat Say and

spell it Pronounce each sound

clearly m a t Blend the sounds

mmmaaat

Repeat this step with each -at word

Place the words below the -at cardHave children read each word What do you notice about the

words (They have the a sound and they rhyme)

Repeat the process with the -an words

Display the words up and down in a separate column Point out

that these spelling words do not contain short a

Save the index cards to use later in the week

DAY 1 Pretest

DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word

Sort

DAY 3 Student Word Sort

Dictation

DAY 4 Test Practice

DAY 5 Posttest

Read the words Say each word Then complete each

word to make a spelling word Use each word once

man cat hat mat

ran can up down

1 h 5 d n

2 p 6 m n

3 r n 7 ma

4 c n 8 at

a t

u

a

a

o w

a

t

c

Spelling Practice Book page 1

man cat

hat mat

ran can

High-Frequency Words

up down

7E

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 836

Decodable Reader A Cap for Pam

Review High-Frequency Words Write a have has for

with and the on the board Read the words with children

Preview and Predict Point to the title and have children

sound it out as you run your finger under it

What do you see in the picture What do you think the girlrsquos

name is

Read Turn to page 2 Have children point to each word

sounding out decodable words and saying the high-frequencywords quickly If children have difficulty provide corrective

feedback If children can sound out the words have them

whisper-read the rest of the text

Objectives

bull Decode words with short aa

bull Review a have has for with

the

bull Read words with short aa

in connected text

Materials

bull Decodable Reader Library

A Cap for Pam

[set facsimile ofcover for Grade

1 Unit 1 Week

1 decodable

Reader A Cap for

Pam]

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Decodable Reader page 35J

If Yes On Level Options page 35K

Beyond Level Options page 35L

Can children spell and read words with short aa

A Ca p

f o r Pa m

by Kathryn Lewisillustrated by Chi Chung

Decodable Reader

Children can read

A Cap for Pam during

whole group or small

group time

Sam has a tan mat

2

Can Pam have a mat

3

Sam has a cat cap

Pam can have a cap4

Pam ran with the cap

5

Pam Cat can tap

Tap Pam tap6

a have has for with the

Follow these steps to teach

each high-frequency word

Say Point to and say

the word

Spell Spell the word

Read Have children

read the word

Write Have children

write the word

Use Use each word

in a sentence

Review Review high-

frequency words from

previous lessons

High-FrequencyWord Routine

For additional decodabletext see pages 4ndash6 of the

Teacherrsquos Resource Book

Decodable Text

Pam and Sam 7F

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 936

1 My name is All ie

2 funny faces

3 I am a superhero

4 Write name

1 sentence is correct

2 fragment

3 sentence is correct

4 fragment

Grammar Transparency 1 copy MacmillanMcGraw-Hill

Transparency 1

I like dogs

Objectives

bull Understand that a sentence

tells a whole idea

bull Recognize that a sentence

always begins with a capital

letter

Materials

bull Grammar Transparency 1

bull Grammar Practice Book p 1

GrammarGrammarSentences

EXPLAINMODEL

Explain that a sentence is a group of words that tells a whole idea

Explain that a sentence always begins with a capital letter Read

aloud the first two examples on Grammar Transparency 1

As I read number 1 I wonder if it is a sentence I ask myself ldquoDo the

words tell a whole idea They do Does it start with a capital letter

Yes againrdquo Number 2 doesnrsquot tell a whole idea It isnrsquot a sentence

GUIDED PRACTICE

Ask children to work in pairs

to decide if the next two

examples on the transparency

are sentences

Have pairs think of a sentence that tells

about That Big Cat Write their sentenceson the board Ask children how they can

tell that these are sentences

ircle the sentences

She sat down

We can jump up

Ran here

Pat can do this

Like to

Grammar Practice Book page 1

Sentences

DAY 1 Sentences

DAY 2 SentencesDAY 3 Sentences

Mechanics Sentence

Capitalization

DAY 4 Sentences

Proofread

DAY 5 Sentences

Grammar Transparency 1

7G

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1036

Objectives

bull Create a list

bull Compose sentences in a

shared writing experience

Materials

bull chart paper

Things I Do

pick out clothesgo to school

write name

Ask and Answer Questions

Ask children questions such as

What do you do at home What

do you do at school As children

answer have them pantomime

the actions Write About It Have children draw a picture of something they do and

write a sentence beneath it They may choose to add this

piece to their writing portfolio

SharedShared

WritingWritingPersonal Narrative

BRAINSTORM

Discuss with children what

kinds of things Allie does in

That Big Cat

Display the list they created

during oral language Talk with

children about things they like

to do Then brainstorm and

list with children words and

phrases about those things

When something is personal it has to do with yourself When we

write sentences about ourselves and put those sentences together it

is called a personal narrative This week we will be writing sentences

about ourselves our interests and what makes us unique We will

put the sentences together and write a personal narrative

WRITE

Reread together the list children created

Have each child create a sentence about himself or herself

Children may use a phrase from the list if they wish

Write childrenrsquos sentences on chart paper Reread the sentences

and reinforce what a sentence is Remind children to use the word

I in their sentences Explain that you use I or me when you talk

about yourself as Allie did in her story

Personal Narrative

DAY 1 Shared Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 2 Interactive Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas

Independent Prewrite

and DraftDAY 4 Independent Revise

and Edit

DAY 5 Independent Publish

and Present

TransitionsThat Teach

While lining up have

children name something

unique about the

classroom

Pam and Sam 7H

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1136

Oral Vocabul ary

The next morning the queen askedthe youn g woman ldquoHow did

you sleep my dearrdquo

ldquoIhardly slept at allrdquo saidthe princess ldquoThere wassomething very

hardin the bed andno matter which way Iturned Icouldnot get

comfortablerdquo

Hearing this the king the queen andthe prince smiledbecause

they knew she wasareal princess No one but agenuine princesscould

feel apeathrough twenty mattressesandtwenty quilts

The cheerful prince took the princessby the hand andsaid ldquoIhave

finally foundyou atrue princess Will you marry merdquo

The princesssaidyesandthe wedding took place the following

week The king andqueen were delighted andthe prince andprincess

livedhappily ever after

cheerfulDefine Cheerful meanshappyorglad

Example Our cheerful mailcarrieralwayssmilesandwavesatus

Ask What makesyou feel

cheerful

Helpchildrenusethe

picturestoretellthe story

Card1 Why hasthe prince

leftthecastleWhatishelooking for

Card2 Whoisatthecastledoor What doesthe kingsaytoher

Card3 WhatdoesthequeenwanttoknowaboutthevisitorWhatisthe

queenrsquosplan

Card4 Howdoestheprincessfeelthenextmorning Why are the kingqueen andprince smiling

Howdoesthestoryend

Retell

ThePrincessandthePea

copy M a c m i l l a n M c G r a w - H i l l

i l l u s t r a t i o n b y B r i d g e t S t a r r T a y l o r

4

At a Glance

Whole GroupOral Languagebull Oral Vocabulary

Comprehensionbull Read The Princess and The Pea

bull Strategy Analyze Story Structure

bull Skill Analyze Character and Setting

Phonemic Awarenessbull Phoneme Isolation

Phonicsbull Short aa

bull Spelling Word Sort -at -an

High-Frequency Wordsbull jump not up down

bull Read ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo

bull Fluency Echo-Read

Language Artsbull Grammar Sentences

bull Interactive Writing

Differentiated Instruction pages 35Mndash35P

Oral LanguageOral Language

Write the Morning Message Point to each word as you read the

Message aloud with expression

Model Concepts of Print Reread the Message slowly Drop your

voice as you end each sentence As you point to each end mark

tell children that some sentences end with a period

Review Words with Short a Have children find short a words

Extend the Weekly Theme Ask children what makes their

classmates special Add suggestions to the Morning Message

Oral Vocabulary

BUILD BACKGROUND Display The Princess and the Pea Card 1 and

read the title Wersquore going to read about a special princess Describe the

the picture What kind of story is this What happens in fairy tales

Read the story Check childrenrsquos understanding using the UseIllustrations Use Context Clues and Ask Questions prompts

Get Ready Story

Small Group Options

I CanI Can

by Paul Danillustrated by Jill Newton

Fantasy

I can hit it

I can kick itI can tip it in

Oral Vocabulary Cards

Oral VocabularyCards

7I

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1236

Teaching Chart 8Graphic Organizer Transparency 1

Objectives

bull Analyze story structure

bull Identify and analyze

character and setting

bull Expand oral vocabulary

bull Reinforce concepts of print

bull Use academic language

character setting

Materials

bull Oral Vocabulary Cards The

Princess and the Pea

bull Teaching Chart 8

bull Graphic Organizer

Transparency 1

Princess Does Princess Does Not

ask the king if she cancome inside the castle

tell the queen about herfamily interests talents

say goodnight and goes tothe guest bedroom

sleep

Categorize Before rereading

review by focusing on the words

always sometimes and never

Ask children about the things

that the princess does in the

story like saying goodnight

before going to bed and ask

if they do this at home Ask

children to use pantomime and

gestures to show things theysometimes do things they always

do and things they never do

Analyze Character and Setting

Introduce U1 7AndashB

Practice Apply

U1 7J 13Gndash27A LeveledPractice 3ndash4

Reteach Review

U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT

35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J

89Gndash105A 111E 111L

111NndashP 111RndashT 111V

111YndashZ Leveled Practice

27ndash28

Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A

153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT

153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled

Practice 119ndash120

Listening Comprehension

Display the Oral Vocabulary Cards and read the title aloud

STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Remind children that paying attention to how a story is organized

will help them be better readers Have children retell parts of the

beginning middle and end of The Princess and the Pea

SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

Remind children that what a character does and says can help them

to understand the character Pay special attention to what the princess

does and says and where she is Think about how these things show what

she is like and what she might do next

COMPLETE A CHARACTER CHART After reading help children

complete Teaching Chart 8

Use the routines below and on the backs of the cards to discuss the

meaning of each word

Define Unique means one-of-a-kind or unusual

Example Jaimersquos unique dog has one brown eye and one blue eye

Ask Describe one unique person or animal that you know

An interest is something a person likes or is curious about

Martarsquos interests include cooking and reading What are some of

your interests

Cheerful means happy or glad Our cheerful mail carrier always

smiles and waves at us What makes you feel cheerful

Continue with the routines for genuine and prefer

Pam and Sam 7J

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1336

Objectives

bull Listen for initial short aa

bull Blend sounds in words with

short aa

bull Build words with short aa

Materials

bull Large Letter Cards a c m p t

bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos

Resource Book p 88

bull pocket chart

Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Isolation

Model

Show children how

to isolate phonemes

Repeat with bat and

medial a

Listen to this word aaat at I hear the a

sound at the beginning of at so Irsquoll raise

my hand

Guided PracticePractice

Have children practice

isolating short a Guide

practice doing the first

few together

Hold up your hand when you hear the a

sound at the beginning of a word

on as off ax up at

Hold up your hand when you hear the a

sound in the middle of a word

bag not sit fat ran jump

PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a

Model

Place Letter Cards c and

a in the pocket chart

Blend phonemes

This is the letter c It stands

for the k sound This is

the letter a It stands for

the a sound Listen as I

blend these sounds

together kaaa Now you say it

Place Letter Card t at

the end to form cat

Blend phonemes

This is the letter t

It stands for the

t sound

Listen as I blend

all three sounds

kaaat cat

Guided PracticePractice

Have children practice

blending with these

examples Do the first

one together

tap rat man ran

Nan pat Pam sattan Sam can fat

Pronunciation In some

languages including Spanish

Cantonese and Vietnamese

there is not a direct transfer forthe short a sound

Emphasize the short a sound

and demonstrate correct mouth

position when pronouncing

each word Have children

contrast short a with ahhh the

sound with which children will

most likely be more familiar

For a complete phonics transferchart see the ELL Teacherrsquos

Guide

Short a a

Introduce 7C-D

Practice Apply

7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG

Leveled Practice 1 5 8

Decodable Reader A Cap

for Pam

Reteach Review

35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S

35U 35Y

Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B

Decodable Reader Jazz Band

7K

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1436

Build Words with Short a a

Model

Place Letter Cards m

a t in the pocket chart

Blend phonemes

Letrsquos blend all the

sounds together

and read the word

mat

Guided PracticePractice

Have children practice

building words with

short aa Guide

children with the first

example

Change the m in mat to c What word did

we make

Change the t in cat to p What word did you

make

Change the c in cap to m What word did

you make

PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an

Place index cards for hat and man

in a pocket chart Say each word

and its sounds hat h a t

man m a n Say each word

again emphasizing at or an Askvolunteers to spell each word

Display index cards one at a time

Have children read each word

listening for at or an

Ask volunteers to place each index card in the row with the same

end sound

Objectives

bull Spell words with short aa

bull Sort words with -at -an

Materials

bull Spelling Practice Book p 2

bull pocket chart

bull large index cards with

spelling words

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35M

If Yes On Level Options page 35O

Beyond Level Options page 35P

Can children blend and read words with short aa

copy M

a c m i l l a n M c G r a w

- H i l l

Read the words Say each word Then complete each

word to make a spelling word Use each word once

man cat hat mat

ran can up down

1 h 5 d n

2 p 6 m n

3 r n 7 ma

4 c n 8 at

a t

u

a

a

o w

a

t

c

Spelling Practice Book page 2

DAY 1 Pretest

DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word

Sort

DAY 3 Student Word Sort

DAY 4 Test PracticeDictation

DAY 5Posttest

Blending If children have

difficulty blending with

aa say Irsquoll blend k a t

Blend kat stressing medial

a Now you blend cat

Repeat with tap and rat

ConstructiveFeedback

Pam and Sam 7L

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1536

Objectives

bull Learn high-frequency words

jump not up down and read

them in context

bull Review high-frequency

words to and

Materials

bull Vocabulary Cards jump not

up down to and

bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat

Jumprdquo

bull pocket chartbull Leveled Practice Books p 2

High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down

INTRODUCE

Display the Vocabulary Cards for jump not up and down in a

pocket chart

Point to and say the word up This is the word

up It is spelled u-p The cat went up the tree

Have children read spell and write the word

up

Follow the same steps to introduce jump not

and down

When introducing each new high-frequency

word note any phonics elements that have

been taught this week Review how to

decode the familiar letters sounds in the new

words We know that the letters n and t in not

stand for n and t Repeat with each new

high-frequency word

Have children work with a partner to make up sentences using

the words

Word Wall You may wish to add these words

Review Review to and and using the same procedure

Complete each sentence

Use one of the words in the box

up down not jump

1 I can

2 The cat ran

3 The cat is little

4 The dog ran

5 Write your own sentence using a word from the box

up

not

down

Responses will vary

jump

On Level Practice Book 0 page 2

Approaching Practice Book A page 2

Beyond Practice Book B page 2

Beginning

Use RealiaDemonstrate Demonstrate the concept of

up and down as opposites

Have children point up and

say the word up Then have

them point down and say

the word down For jump

ask children to stand and

then jump while they say the

word jump

Intermediate

ModelUse Gestures Askchildren to point up and

down Model The light is up

on the ceiling What else is

up on the ceiling The pencil

is down on the floor What

else is down on the floor

For jump ask a volunteer to

jump over a block For not

place a book and a pen side

by side Say This is a book

This is not a book Point to a

desk Is this a book

Advanced

Develop Spoken Language Ask children to use the

words up and down in

sentences of their own that

demonstrate understanding

of their meanings as

opposites Have children use

jump in sentences that tell

others what to jump over

7M

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1636

Pam and Sam 89

Get Ready Story Student pages 8ndash9

Read ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo

PREVIEWPREDICT

Use the Illustration Read aloud the title and have children look at

the illustration What characters do you see (two frogs and a bug)

What can you tell about these characters (Answers will vary)

Ask children to read aloud ldquoWords to Knowrdquo Explain that these

new words theyrsquove been practicing will be in the story

SET A PURPOSE FOR READING

Focus Question Ask a child to read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo

question The two frogs can already jump Pat is probably the bug

who is watching them What might help you find out if Pat can

jump (what the author says Pat does what the pictures show)

bull Read Aloud or Read

Together pausing

as needed to support

childrenrsquos comprehension

bull Have children whisper-

read independently

bull Use the modeling and

question prompts as you

revisit sections of the text

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1736

Get Ready Story Student pages 10ndash11

Apply Vocabulary

1 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS jump up down

Have children point to the words jump and up on page 10 and

jump and down on page 11 Reinforce the vocabulary by saying I

see two frogs jump First they jump up Then they jump down

2 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

Ask children to describe how they think the bug (Pat) is feeling

as she watches the frogs jump Can you tell by looking at the

illustrations how Pat may be feeling What might she be thinking

2

1

Gesture and Point Reinforce

the meanings of jump up and

down by gesturing Also havechildren say the words Then

lead children in pointing to the

frogs that jump Point to them

when they are up and when

they are down

1011

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1836

Pam and Sam 1213

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level High-Frequency Words page 35N

If Yes On Level Options page 35O

Beyond Level Options page 35P

Can children read jump not up and down

Develop Spoken Language

Have children pretend their fists

are frogs and show how they

can jump across their desks Say

I can jump Have children repeatafter you

Get Ready Story Student pages 12ndash13

3 4

3 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS not jump

Have children point to the words not and jump on page 12 and to

jump on page 13 What could Pat not do at first Could she jump

by herself at the end What helped her jump

4 FLUENCY ECHO983085READRead Exclamations Tell children that sentences with exclamation

marks are read with excitement Model reading each sentence on

page 13 and have children echo-read

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1936

Objective

bull Identify a complete

sentence

Materials

bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat

Jumprdquo

bull Grammar Practice Book p 2

GrammarGrammarSentences

REVIEW

Have children turn to page 12 of ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo Invite a

volunteer to reread the sentence

Remember this is a sentence It is a group of words that tells a whole

idea A sentence always begins with a capital letter

PRACTICE

Write the following complete and incomplete sentences on the

board

1 The sad man

2 The cat sat down

3 had a nap

4 We look at the map

Read each group of words with children

Ask Is this a sentence Why or why

not Discuss whether or not each

example tells a whole idea

Cross out the two incomplete

sentences

Sentences

DAY 1 Sentences

DAY 2 Sentences

DAY 3 Sentences

Mechanics SentenceCapitalization

DAY 4 Sentences

Proofread

DAY 5 Sentences

Grammar Practice Book page 2

13A

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2036

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2136

At a Glance

Whole Group

Main Selection

Oral Languagebull Oral Vocabulary

bull Read Aloud ldquoBeverly Billingsly

Borrows a Bookrdquo

Phonemic Awarenessbull Phoneme Blending

Phonicsbull Short aa

bull Build Fluency

bull Spelling Word Sort

High-Frequency Wordsbull jump not up down

Comprehensionbull Read Pam and Sam

bull Strategy Analyze Story Structurebull Skill Analyze Character and

Setting

Language Artsbull Grammar Sentences

bull Independent Writing

Small Group Options

Differentiated Instruction pages 35Qndash35T

Oral LanguageOral Language

Write the Morning Message Point to each word as you read the

Message aloud with expression

Practice Concepts of Print Remind children that some sentences

end with periods Reread and have them raise a hand each time

you end a sentence Have volunteers circle the periods

Review Words with Short a Invite a child to find the words with

short a Who can think of other words with short a

Extend the Weekly Theme Encourage children to think about

other ways to describe what people are like Have them describe

characteristics of a friend a family member and a firefighter

Oral Vocabulary

REVIEW WORDS

Discuss The Princess and the Pea by asking Why did the queen ask

about the princessrsquos interests What was unique about the princessWhat made the prince cheerful

Write the following vocabulary words on the board unique

interest cheerful genuine and prefer Read the words aloud

Then ask the following questions

Which word means

bull real or true

bull one-of a-kind or unusual

bull choosing one thing instead of

another

bull happy or glad bull something a person likes

I have a fat cat

I can pat himI can play with him

13C

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2236

Objectives

bull Understand story structure

as it relates to a fantasy storybull Learn that a fantasy is

different from realistic

fiction

bull Model reading with prosody

Materials

bull Read-Aloud Anthology

InteractiveInteractive

Read AloudRead AloudListening Comprehension

GENRE FANTASY

Ask children if they can tell you what a fantasy story is Share

the information about fantasy found in the Read-Aloud

Anthology

READ ldquoBEVERLY BILLINGSLY BORROWS A BOOKrdquo

Model Analyzing Story Structure Use the Think Alouds

provided at point of use in the Read-Aloud Anthology

Model Fluent Reading Read aloud the fantasy story

naturally and with expression As you read point out aspects

of fluent reading For example point out that you read

dialogue the way you think characters might say it

Expand Vocabulary See pages 9ndash13 of the Read-Aloud

Anthology to teach new words

Respond to the Fantasy

TALK ABOUT IT Ask children what happened in the story Why did

Beverly go to the library What were some of Beverlyrsquos interestsHow is Beverly like people you know What are some ways Beverly is

unique

Beginning

Ask Questions Talk with

children about the library Who

has been to a library Do we

get books at a library Does a

librarian work there Have you

ever talked to the librarian

Intermediate

Use Vocabulary Elicit from

children the different words we

use when talking about a library

What is inside of a library What

do we call a person who works

in a library What do you need to

show the librarian if you want to

take a book home

Advanced

Role Play Have children act out

a trip to the library One child

can play the part of the librarian

while others can pretend to

check out books Encourage

children to use sentences such

as I want to borrow this book please Do you have your library

card When is my book due

Write About It Invite children to respond to the read aloud by illustrating a

scene of their choice in their response journal or notebook

Read Aloudpages 9ndash13

Pam and Sam 13D

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2336

Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Blending

Model

Show children how to

orally blend phonemes

I will say the sounds in a word The first

sound is m The next sound is a The

last sound is t I can blend these sounds

together mmmaaat mat Say it with me

Guided PracticePracticeHave children practice

blending Guide practice

with the first two words

I will say three sounds Blend sounds

together to form words

r a n s a t m a p

t a p m a n t a n

PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a

Model

Place Letter Cards m

a and p in the pocket

chart

Change the m in map

to s Use the routine to

blend sap

The letter m stands

for the sound m

The letter a stands

for the sound a The letter p stands

for p Irsquoll blend the sounds together

mmmaaap map Say it with me

Guided PracticePractice

Have children change

letters and blend Guide

practice with the firstword change

Change the s in

sap to t Blend

the sounds toread the word

yoursquove made

cap nap rap sap

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35Q

If Yes On Level Options page 35S

Beyond Level Options page 35T

Can children blend sounds in words with short aa

Objectives

bull Blend sounds in words

bull Blend with short aa

Materials

bull Large Letter Cards a m p t

bull Small Letter Cards

bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos

Resource Book p 88

bull pocket chart

bull Teaching Chart 7

bull PhonicsFluency

Transparency 1

Short a a

Introduce 7CndashD

Practice Apply

7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG

Leveled Practice 1 5 8

Decodable Reader A Cap

for PamReteach Review

35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S

35U 35Y

Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B

Decodable Reader Jazz Band

Phonemic Awareness

Teaching phonemic

awareness to children

is clearly effective It

improves their ability to

manipulate phonemes in

speech This skill transfers

and helps them learn to

read and spell PA training

benefits not only word

reading but also reading

comprehension

Donald Bear

wwwmacmillanmhcom

13E

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2436

Build Fluency Word Automaticity

Display Teaching Chart 7 Point to the word at Ask children to blend

the sounds with you Then ask them to read the word at regularspeed Repeat the blending routine with the other words having

children blend and read after you Then point to the words in random

order and ask children to read them

PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an

Pair children and have them sort Spelling Word Cards by ending

sounds Encourage them to say spell and then sort each word Then

have them identify the ending sounds and say the rhyming words

Dictation

Follow this dictation routine with the spelling words

Pronounce one word at a time for children Then repeat the word

and use it in a sentence

Have children repeat each word softly to themselves and then

write the word

After dictation is completed encourage children to proofread

their words Remind them to check their words for spellingpatterns and to look for the words containing short aa

To extend have volunteers make up sentences for each word

Objectives

bull Sort words with -at -an

bull Use dictation to practicespelling words

Materials

bull Spelling Word Cards BLM

Teacherrsquos Resource Book

p 90

bull Spelling Practice Book p 3

man cat hat mat

ran can up down

Look at the picture Use a spelling word to

complete the sentence

1 Can you see the

2 The cat ran

3 The man has a

4 She can go

5 Here is a

cat

up

hat

down

can

Spelling Practice Book page 3

DAY 1 Pretest

DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word

Sort

DAY 3 Student Word Sort

Dictation

DAY 4 Test Practice

DAY 5 Posttest

Teaching Chart 7 PhonicsFluency Transparency 1

Pam and Sam 13F

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2536

Objectives

bull Read high-frequency words

jump not up down like gobull Read to apply the strategy

Analyze Story Structure

bull Read to apply the skill

Analyze Character and

Setting

bull Use academic language

character setting

Materials

bull Vocabulary Word Cards BLMTeacherrsquos Resource Book p

120

bull Student Book Pam and Sam

bull Teaching Chart 8

bull Graphic Organizer

Transparency 1

bull Leveled Practice Books p 3

High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down

PRACTICE

Duplicate and distribute a set of Vocabulary Word Cards for

jump not up down to each child

As you say the words have children hold up the appropriate card

Ask volunteers to use each word in a sentence

Have each child work with a partner and call out each word for

their partner to write

Review Review like and go following the same procedure

ComprehensionComprehensionSTRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Remind children that it is helpful to identify the beginning middle

and end of stories Today as we read another story pay special attention

to what happens to the characters at the beginning in the middle and at

the end of the story

SKILL

Analyze Character and Setting

Today wersquore going to read about two characters What information might

help you understand these characters Pay attention to what they do

what they say and what they look like Also think about how the setting

or where they are helps you understand the story

Prepare to Read

PREVIEW AND PREDICT

Have children turn to page 15 Ask a child to read aloud the title

Who are the characters What do you think they might do

Tell children to write or draw their predictions about the story

Genre Fantasy Remind children that a fantasy is a made-up

story that would not happen in real life

Preview the word Ask children to

tell what it means

fly (page 24)

Analyze Character and Setting

Introduce U1 7AndashB

Practice Apply

U1 7J 13Gndash27A Leveled

Practice 3ndash4

Reteach Review

U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT

35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J

89Gndash105A 111E 111L

111NndashP 111RndashT 111V

111YndashZ Leveled Practice

27ndash28

Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A

153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT

153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled

Practice 119ndash120

13G

Main Selection Student pages 14 15

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2636

Read Pam and Sam

SET A PURPOSE FOR READING

Focus Question Read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo question Letrsquos

look for clues in the story that help us understand these characters

Encourage children to set their own purpose for readingWAYS TO READ THE SELECTION

Main Selection Student pages 14ndash15

Story available on Listening

Library Audio CD

If your children need support

to read the Main Selection

use the prompts to guide

comprehension and model

how to complete the Character

Chart Encourage children toread aloud

If your children can read the

Main Selection independently

have them read and complete

the Character Chart

If your children need an alternate selection choose the

Leveled Readers that match their instructional level

Pam and Sam 1415

Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2736

Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17

Develop Comprehension

1 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

We have only read two pages and wersquove already learned a lot

How many characters have we met (two) What can you tell about

them How are they unique (Pam is a rabbit Sam is a bird Theylike to play) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

2 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Teacher Think Aloud This story begins with Pam and Sam

playing Pam just ran up I want to find out if Sam will do the

same thing because they like to play together I will read on

to see how the story develops I will pay close attention to the

characters and what they do in the rest of the story

1 2

SyntacticStructure

Explain that good readers

sometimes check that they have

read words correctly One way to

do this is to ask Does the word Iread sound right in the sentence

Model Point to the word ran

on page 17 The text reads ldquoPam

uprdquo I know from how the

sentence is put together that the

next word has to be a verb The

word ran is a verb It sounds right in

the sentence because it says what

Pam did

Apply Encourage children to

check the meaning of other words

in the story

1617

Main Selection Student pages 18ndash19

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2836

3 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

What can Pam and Sam do on these pages (They can run) Letrsquos

add this to our Character Chart Why do you think Pam and Sam

run together (Possible answer because they are playing)

4 MONITOR AND CLARIFY REREAD

If you donrsquot understand what is happening in the story you can

reread it to try and figure things out Reread page 19 What did Pam

and Sam do (They ran) Where did they run (They ran down)

5 MAINTAIN ANALYZE CHARACTER AND SETTING

What can we tell about Pam and Sam What are their interests

(They seem to be friends they like to do things together They run

and jump) Where does the story take place (outdoors possibly in

a field or in a meadow)

Main Selection Student pages 18 19

Picture Clues Point to the bird

and the rabbit running together

Explain that the picture can

give clues about where they

are running Where are Sam thebird and Pam the rabbit running

(They are running down)

3 4 5

Pam and Sam 1819

Main Selection Student pages 20ndash21

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2936

p g

Develop Comprehension

6 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

What do you learn about Pam (She can jump) What do you learn

about Sam (He can not jump) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

7 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Teacher Think Aloud Letrsquos think about how the story is

organized In the beginning Pam and Sam kept doing the same

thing Now what is happening in the middle of the story

Encourage children to apply the strategy in a Think Aloud

Student Think Aloud In the beginning of the story Sam and

Pam did the same things Now I am reading the middle of thestory and there is a problem Sam can not jump I want to read

more to find out if the problem is solved

6 7

Clarify Remind children

that characters refers to the

main people or animals in

the story Review some of the

pages in the story Pam andSam and encourage children

to look at the illustrations

Are the characters people or

animals (animals) Who are

the characters (Pam and Sam)

Ask children to describe the

characters in their own words

based on the illustrations in the

story (Possible answer Pam is a

rabbit and can hop Sam is a birdand can fly)

2021

Main Selection Student pages 22ndash23

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3036

8 FLUENCY ECHO983085READ

Read Exclamations Letrsquos read the sentence on page 23 It ends

with an exclamation mark When I read the sentence I use a tone

that shows I am excited Listen to the way my voice sounds when I

read it Now read the sentence after me with the same tone

9 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

Look at the picture on page 23 What can Sam do (He can fly)

Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

10 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Think about how the author wrote this story How did she organize

the story to keep it interesting

Student Think Aloud In the beginning she introduced the

characters and told us they like to play In the middle she told us

about a problem Sam had I think the problem will get solved in

the end now that I know Sam can fly

Question 9 ANALYZE

CHARACTER

What can Sam do How do you

know he can fly Can Pam fly too

How do you know

9

8 10

Pam and Sam 2223

Main Selection Student pages 24ndash25

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3136

Teaching Chart 8Graphic

Organizer Transparency 1

Pam Can Sam Can

play

run

jump

play

run

fly

Develop Comprehension

COMPLETE THE CHARACTER CHART

Ask children to share their ideas about the characters Pam and Sam

Record their ideas on Teaching Chart 8

RETURN TO PREDICTIONS AND PURPOSES

Review childrenrsquos predictions and review the Focus Question What

makes Pam and Sam special (Pam can jump Sam can fly)

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Leveled Reader Lesson 2 page 35R

If Yes On Level Options page 35S

Beyond Level Options page 35T

Can children analyze characters

2425

Main Selection Student page 26

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3236

Pam and Sam 26

Authorrsquos Craft

Focus on Repetition

In this story Nancy Tafuri

uses the same words

over and over She does

this to make it easier for

readers to understand

the story Repetition also

helps readers remember

what has already

happened New wordscan change the meaning

of words used over

and over

What words on page 17

are also on page 18 (ran

up) Who runs up (Pam

and Sam)

What words are on page

21 that were also on page

20 (can jump) What

new word changes the

meaning (not )

Children can find more

information about

Nancy Tafuri at

wwwmacmillanmhcom

Authorrsquos Purpose

Nancy Tafuri wanted to tell a story

about friends Draw a picture of your

friend Write your friendrsquos name

Find out more aboutNancy Tafuri atwwwmacmillanmhcom

Nancy Tafuri says ldquoI live in

the country and love telling

stories about animals I

especially like to tell stories

about good friends like

Pam and Sam I have fun

drawing pictures to go with

my storiesrdquo

Other books by Nancy Tafuri

26

Meet the AuthorIllustrator

Read aloud page 26 with children Ask if they like the way Nancy Tafuri

draws the animal friends Encourage children to look back at the story

and tell which pictures show that Sam and Pam are good friends

Author rsquos Purpose Nancy Tafuri used words and art to tell a story about what

good friends do together Have children draw a picture of a

friend Check that they have written their friendrsquos name on

the picture Children may add this writing to their response

journals

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3336

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436

Pam and Sam 27A

Think and Compare

USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS

1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of

the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then

he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump

Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN

2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real

birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the

wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too

However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together

I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually

playing together ANALYZE

3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know

Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I

noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for

him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop

playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem

MAKE INFERENCES

4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these

characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head

Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump

Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They

both solved their problems COMPARE

Personal Response

Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another

story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways

could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in

a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas

Look at the pictures Read the story

Nat is a cat

Nat can go up

Nat can go down

Pam and Sam look for Nat

Pam is sad

Where is Nat

Write T if the sentence is true

Write F if the sentence is false

1 Nat is a cat

2 Nat can go up and down

3 Pam is sad

4 Nat is in the

5 Nat is in the

T

T

F

T

T

On Level Practice Book O page 4

Approaching Practice Book A page 4

Beyond Practice Book B page 4

Think and Search(Question 1)

bull Search for clues and

information in the texts

Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)

bull Think about the

information in the story

bull Think about what you

already know

bull Compare the information

in two stories

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636

Objectives

bull Understand the importance

of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a

sentence

bull Use words to add detail to a

sentence

Materials

bull pencils and paper

Dictation Have children dictate

to you their word or phrase to

fill in the sentence frame

Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book

pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do

Personal Narrative

DAY 1 Shared Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 2 Interactive Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas

Independent Prewrite

and Draft

DAY 4 Independent Revise

and Edit

DAY 5 Independent Publish

and Present

IndependentIndependent

WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas

EXPLAIN

Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write

Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting

DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences

1 I like to eat

2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables

Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes

to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words

yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information

Personal Narrative

BRAINSTORM

Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about

herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about

what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk

about what they like to do

PREWRITE

Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do

DRAFT

Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the

sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review

with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that

tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences

TransitionsThat Teach

While lining up for recess

have children tell about a

game they would prefer

to play

Pam and Sam 27C

Page 7: unit1_week1_2.pdf

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 736

Objectives

bull Spell words with short aa

bull Identify spelling patterns

bull Sort words with -at -an

Materials

bull Spelling Practice Book p 1

bull pocket chart

bull large index cards for spelling

words

bull paper and pencils

PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWords with Short a a

PRETEST

Pronounce each spelling word Read the sentence and pronounce the

word again Encourage children to say each word softly sounding out

the word before writing it After the pretest write each word on the

board as you say the letter names Have children check their words

1 Does that man have any interest

in baseball

2 I like my furry cat

3 Dan wears a baseball hat

4 I put my ball on the mat

5 I ran fast in the race

6 Dad can play the piano in such a

unique way

WORD SORT

Make an index card for each spelling

word as well as for -at and -an

Place -at and -an to form two

columns in a pocket chart Blendthe sounds with children

Hold up the word mat Say and

spell it Pronounce each sound

clearly m a t Blend the sounds

mmmaaat

Repeat this step with each -at word

Place the words below the -at cardHave children read each word What do you notice about the

words (They have the a sound and they rhyme)

Repeat the process with the -an words

Display the words up and down in a separate column Point out

that these spelling words do not contain short a

Save the index cards to use later in the week

DAY 1 Pretest

DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word

Sort

DAY 3 Student Word Sort

Dictation

DAY 4 Test Practice

DAY 5 Posttest

Read the words Say each word Then complete each

word to make a spelling word Use each word once

man cat hat mat

ran can up down

1 h 5 d n

2 p 6 m n

3 r n 7 ma

4 c n 8 at

a t

u

a

a

o w

a

t

c

Spelling Practice Book page 1

man cat

hat mat

ran can

High-Frequency Words

up down

7E

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 836

Decodable Reader A Cap for Pam

Review High-Frequency Words Write a have has for

with and the on the board Read the words with children

Preview and Predict Point to the title and have children

sound it out as you run your finger under it

What do you see in the picture What do you think the girlrsquos

name is

Read Turn to page 2 Have children point to each word

sounding out decodable words and saying the high-frequencywords quickly If children have difficulty provide corrective

feedback If children can sound out the words have them

whisper-read the rest of the text

Objectives

bull Decode words with short aa

bull Review a have has for with

the

bull Read words with short aa

in connected text

Materials

bull Decodable Reader Library

A Cap for Pam

[set facsimile ofcover for Grade

1 Unit 1 Week

1 decodable

Reader A Cap for

Pam]

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Decodable Reader page 35J

If Yes On Level Options page 35K

Beyond Level Options page 35L

Can children spell and read words with short aa

A Ca p

f o r Pa m

by Kathryn Lewisillustrated by Chi Chung

Decodable Reader

Children can read

A Cap for Pam during

whole group or small

group time

Sam has a tan mat

2

Can Pam have a mat

3

Sam has a cat cap

Pam can have a cap4

Pam ran with the cap

5

Pam Cat can tap

Tap Pam tap6

a have has for with the

Follow these steps to teach

each high-frequency word

Say Point to and say

the word

Spell Spell the word

Read Have children

read the word

Write Have children

write the word

Use Use each word

in a sentence

Review Review high-

frequency words from

previous lessons

High-FrequencyWord Routine

For additional decodabletext see pages 4ndash6 of the

Teacherrsquos Resource Book

Decodable Text

Pam and Sam 7F

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 936

1 My name is All ie

2 funny faces

3 I am a superhero

4 Write name

1 sentence is correct

2 fragment

3 sentence is correct

4 fragment

Grammar Transparency 1 copy MacmillanMcGraw-Hill

Transparency 1

I like dogs

Objectives

bull Understand that a sentence

tells a whole idea

bull Recognize that a sentence

always begins with a capital

letter

Materials

bull Grammar Transparency 1

bull Grammar Practice Book p 1

GrammarGrammarSentences

EXPLAINMODEL

Explain that a sentence is a group of words that tells a whole idea

Explain that a sentence always begins with a capital letter Read

aloud the first two examples on Grammar Transparency 1

As I read number 1 I wonder if it is a sentence I ask myself ldquoDo the

words tell a whole idea They do Does it start with a capital letter

Yes againrdquo Number 2 doesnrsquot tell a whole idea It isnrsquot a sentence

GUIDED PRACTICE

Ask children to work in pairs

to decide if the next two

examples on the transparency

are sentences

Have pairs think of a sentence that tells

about That Big Cat Write their sentenceson the board Ask children how they can

tell that these are sentences

ircle the sentences

She sat down

We can jump up

Ran here

Pat can do this

Like to

Grammar Practice Book page 1

Sentences

DAY 1 Sentences

DAY 2 SentencesDAY 3 Sentences

Mechanics Sentence

Capitalization

DAY 4 Sentences

Proofread

DAY 5 Sentences

Grammar Transparency 1

7G

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1036

Objectives

bull Create a list

bull Compose sentences in a

shared writing experience

Materials

bull chart paper

Things I Do

pick out clothesgo to school

write name

Ask and Answer Questions

Ask children questions such as

What do you do at home What

do you do at school As children

answer have them pantomime

the actions Write About It Have children draw a picture of something they do and

write a sentence beneath it They may choose to add this

piece to their writing portfolio

SharedShared

WritingWritingPersonal Narrative

BRAINSTORM

Discuss with children what

kinds of things Allie does in

That Big Cat

Display the list they created

during oral language Talk with

children about things they like

to do Then brainstorm and

list with children words and

phrases about those things

When something is personal it has to do with yourself When we

write sentences about ourselves and put those sentences together it

is called a personal narrative This week we will be writing sentences

about ourselves our interests and what makes us unique We will

put the sentences together and write a personal narrative

WRITE

Reread together the list children created

Have each child create a sentence about himself or herself

Children may use a phrase from the list if they wish

Write childrenrsquos sentences on chart paper Reread the sentences

and reinforce what a sentence is Remind children to use the word

I in their sentences Explain that you use I or me when you talk

about yourself as Allie did in her story

Personal Narrative

DAY 1 Shared Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 2 Interactive Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas

Independent Prewrite

and DraftDAY 4 Independent Revise

and Edit

DAY 5 Independent Publish

and Present

TransitionsThat Teach

While lining up have

children name something

unique about the

classroom

Pam and Sam 7H

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1136

Oral Vocabul ary

The next morning the queen askedthe youn g woman ldquoHow did

you sleep my dearrdquo

ldquoIhardly slept at allrdquo saidthe princess ldquoThere wassomething very

hardin the bed andno matter which way Iturned Icouldnot get

comfortablerdquo

Hearing this the king the queen andthe prince smiledbecause

they knew she wasareal princess No one but agenuine princesscould

feel apeathrough twenty mattressesandtwenty quilts

The cheerful prince took the princessby the hand andsaid ldquoIhave

finally foundyou atrue princess Will you marry merdquo

The princesssaidyesandthe wedding took place the following

week The king andqueen were delighted andthe prince andprincess

livedhappily ever after

cheerfulDefine Cheerful meanshappyorglad

Example Our cheerful mailcarrieralwayssmilesandwavesatus

Ask What makesyou feel

cheerful

Helpchildrenusethe

picturestoretellthe story

Card1 Why hasthe prince

leftthecastleWhatishelooking for

Card2 Whoisatthecastledoor What doesthe kingsaytoher

Card3 WhatdoesthequeenwanttoknowaboutthevisitorWhatisthe

queenrsquosplan

Card4 Howdoestheprincessfeelthenextmorning Why are the kingqueen andprince smiling

Howdoesthestoryend

Retell

ThePrincessandthePea

copy M a c m i l l a n M c G r a w - H i l l

i l l u s t r a t i o n b y B r i d g e t S t a r r T a y l o r

4

At a Glance

Whole GroupOral Languagebull Oral Vocabulary

Comprehensionbull Read The Princess and The Pea

bull Strategy Analyze Story Structure

bull Skill Analyze Character and Setting

Phonemic Awarenessbull Phoneme Isolation

Phonicsbull Short aa

bull Spelling Word Sort -at -an

High-Frequency Wordsbull jump not up down

bull Read ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo

bull Fluency Echo-Read

Language Artsbull Grammar Sentences

bull Interactive Writing

Differentiated Instruction pages 35Mndash35P

Oral LanguageOral Language

Write the Morning Message Point to each word as you read the

Message aloud with expression

Model Concepts of Print Reread the Message slowly Drop your

voice as you end each sentence As you point to each end mark

tell children that some sentences end with a period

Review Words with Short a Have children find short a words

Extend the Weekly Theme Ask children what makes their

classmates special Add suggestions to the Morning Message

Oral Vocabulary

BUILD BACKGROUND Display The Princess and the Pea Card 1 and

read the title Wersquore going to read about a special princess Describe the

the picture What kind of story is this What happens in fairy tales

Read the story Check childrenrsquos understanding using the UseIllustrations Use Context Clues and Ask Questions prompts

Get Ready Story

Small Group Options

I CanI Can

by Paul Danillustrated by Jill Newton

Fantasy

I can hit it

I can kick itI can tip it in

Oral Vocabulary Cards

Oral VocabularyCards

7I

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1236

Teaching Chart 8Graphic Organizer Transparency 1

Objectives

bull Analyze story structure

bull Identify and analyze

character and setting

bull Expand oral vocabulary

bull Reinforce concepts of print

bull Use academic language

character setting

Materials

bull Oral Vocabulary Cards The

Princess and the Pea

bull Teaching Chart 8

bull Graphic Organizer

Transparency 1

Princess Does Princess Does Not

ask the king if she cancome inside the castle

tell the queen about herfamily interests talents

say goodnight and goes tothe guest bedroom

sleep

Categorize Before rereading

review by focusing on the words

always sometimes and never

Ask children about the things

that the princess does in the

story like saying goodnight

before going to bed and ask

if they do this at home Ask

children to use pantomime and

gestures to show things theysometimes do things they always

do and things they never do

Analyze Character and Setting

Introduce U1 7AndashB

Practice Apply

U1 7J 13Gndash27A LeveledPractice 3ndash4

Reteach Review

U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT

35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J

89Gndash105A 111E 111L

111NndashP 111RndashT 111V

111YndashZ Leveled Practice

27ndash28

Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A

153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT

153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled

Practice 119ndash120

Listening Comprehension

Display the Oral Vocabulary Cards and read the title aloud

STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Remind children that paying attention to how a story is organized

will help them be better readers Have children retell parts of the

beginning middle and end of The Princess and the Pea

SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

Remind children that what a character does and says can help them

to understand the character Pay special attention to what the princess

does and says and where she is Think about how these things show what

she is like and what she might do next

COMPLETE A CHARACTER CHART After reading help children

complete Teaching Chart 8

Use the routines below and on the backs of the cards to discuss the

meaning of each word

Define Unique means one-of-a-kind or unusual

Example Jaimersquos unique dog has one brown eye and one blue eye

Ask Describe one unique person or animal that you know

An interest is something a person likes or is curious about

Martarsquos interests include cooking and reading What are some of

your interests

Cheerful means happy or glad Our cheerful mail carrier always

smiles and waves at us What makes you feel cheerful

Continue with the routines for genuine and prefer

Pam and Sam 7J

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1336

Objectives

bull Listen for initial short aa

bull Blend sounds in words with

short aa

bull Build words with short aa

Materials

bull Large Letter Cards a c m p t

bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos

Resource Book p 88

bull pocket chart

Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Isolation

Model

Show children how

to isolate phonemes

Repeat with bat and

medial a

Listen to this word aaat at I hear the a

sound at the beginning of at so Irsquoll raise

my hand

Guided PracticePractice

Have children practice

isolating short a Guide

practice doing the first

few together

Hold up your hand when you hear the a

sound at the beginning of a word

on as off ax up at

Hold up your hand when you hear the a

sound in the middle of a word

bag not sit fat ran jump

PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a

Model

Place Letter Cards c and

a in the pocket chart

Blend phonemes

This is the letter c It stands

for the k sound This is

the letter a It stands for

the a sound Listen as I

blend these sounds

together kaaa Now you say it

Place Letter Card t at

the end to form cat

Blend phonemes

This is the letter t

It stands for the

t sound

Listen as I blend

all three sounds

kaaat cat

Guided PracticePractice

Have children practice

blending with these

examples Do the first

one together

tap rat man ran

Nan pat Pam sattan Sam can fat

Pronunciation In some

languages including Spanish

Cantonese and Vietnamese

there is not a direct transfer forthe short a sound

Emphasize the short a sound

and demonstrate correct mouth

position when pronouncing

each word Have children

contrast short a with ahhh the

sound with which children will

most likely be more familiar

For a complete phonics transferchart see the ELL Teacherrsquos

Guide

Short a a

Introduce 7C-D

Practice Apply

7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG

Leveled Practice 1 5 8

Decodable Reader A Cap

for Pam

Reteach Review

35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S

35U 35Y

Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B

Decodable Reader Jazz Band

7K

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1436

Build Words with Short a a

Model

Place Letter Cards m

a t in the pocket chart

Blend phonemes

Letrsquos blend all the

sounds together

and read the word

mat

Guided PracticePractice

Have children practice

building words with

short aa Guide

children with the first

example

Change the m in mat to c What word did

we make

Change the t in cat to p What word did you

make

Change the c in cap to m What word did

you make

PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an

Place index cards for hat and man

in a pocket chart Say each word

and its sounds hat h a t

man m a n Say each word

again emphasizing at or an Askvolunteers to spell each word

Display index cards one at a time

Have children read each word

listening for at or an

Ask volunteers to place each index card in the row with the same

end sound

Objectives

bull Spell words with short aa

bull Sort words with -at -an

Materials

bull Spelling Practice Book p 2

bull pocket chart

bull large index cards with

spelling words

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35M

If Yes On Level Options page 35O

Beyond Level Options page 35P

Can children blend and read words with short aa

copy M

a c m i l l a n M c G r a w

- H i l l

Read the words Say each word Then complete each

word to make a spelling word Use each word once

man cat hat mat

ran can up down

1 h 5 d n

2 p 6 m n

3 r n 7 ma

4 c n 8 at

a t

u

a

a

o w

a

t

c

Spelling Practice Book page 2

DAY 1 Pretest

DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word

Sort

DAY 3 Student Word Sort

DAY 4 Test PracticeDictation

DAY 5Posttest

Blending If children have

difficulty blending with

aa say Irsquoll blend k a t

Blend kat stressing medial

a Now you blend cat

Repeat with tap and rat

ConstructiveFeedback

Pam and Sam 7L

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1536

Objectives

bull Learn high-frequency words

jump not up down and read

them in context

bull Review high-frequency

words to and

Materials

bull Vocabulary Cards jump not

up down to and

bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat

Jumprdquo

bull pocket chartbull Leveled Practice Books p 2

High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down

INTRODUCE

Display the Vocabulary Cards for jump not up and down in a

pocket chart

Point to and say the word up This is the word

up It is spelled u-p The cat went up the tree

Have children read spell and write the word

up

Follow the same steps to introduce jump not

and down

When introducing each new high-frequency

word note any phonics elements that have

been taught this week Review how to

decode the familiar letters sounds in the new

words We know that the letters n and t in not

stand for n and t Repeat with each new

high-frequency word

Have children work with a partner to make up sentences using

the words

Word Wall You may wish to add these words

Review Review to and and using the same procedure

Complete each sentence

Use one of the words in the box

up down not jump

1 I can

2 The cat ran

3 The cat is little

4 The dog ran

5 Write your own sentence using a word from the box

up

not

down

Responses will vary

jump

On Level Practice Book 0 page 2

Approaching Practice Book A page 2

Beyond Practice Book B page 2

Beginning

Use RealiaDemonstrate Demonstrate the concept of

up and down as opposites

Have children point up and

say the word up Then have

them point down and say

the word down For jump

ask children to stand and

then jump while they say the

word jump

Intermediate

ModelUse Gestures Askchildren to point up and

down Model The light is up

on the ceiling What else is

up on the ceiling The pencil

is down on the floor What

else is down on the floor

For jump ask a volunteer to

jump over a block For not

place a book and a pen side

by side Say This is a book

This is not a book Point to a

desk Is this a book

Advanced

Develop Spoken Language Ask children to use the

words up and down in

sentences of their own that

demonstrate understanding

of their meanings as

opposites Have children use

jump in sentences that tell

others what to jump over

7M

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1636

Pam and Sam 89

Get Ready Story Student pages 8ndash9

Read ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo

PREVIEWPREDICT

Use the Illustration Read aloud the title and have children look at

the illustration What characters do you see (two frogs and a bug)

What can you tell about these characters (Answers will vary)

Ask children to read aloud ldquoWords to Knowrdquo Explain that these

new words theyrsquove been practicing will be in the story

SET A PURPOSE FOR READING

Focus Question Ask a child to read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo

question The two frogs can already jump Pat is probably the bug

who is watching them What might help you find out if Pat can

jump (what the author says Pat does what the pictures show)

bull Read Aloud or Read

Together pausing

as needed to support

childrenrsquos comprehension

bull Have children whisper-

read independently

bull Use the modeling and

question prompts as you

revisit sections of the text

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1736

Get Ready Story Student pages 10ndash11

Apply Vocabulary

1 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS jump up down

Have children point to the words jump and up on page 10 and

jump and down on page 11 Reinforce the vocabulary by saying I

see two frogs jump First they jump up Then they jump down

2 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

Ask children to describe how they think the bug (Pat) is feeling

as she watches the frogs jump Can you tell by looking at the

illustrations how Pat may be feeling What might she be thinking

2

1

Gesture and Point Reinforce

the meanings of jump up and

down by gesturing Also havechildren say the words Then

lead children in pointing to the

frogs that jump Point to them

when they are up and when

they are down

1011

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1836

Pam and Sam 1213

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level High-Frequency Words page 35N

If Yes On Level Options page 35O

Beyond Level Options page 35P

Can children read jump not up and down

Develop Spoken Language

Have children pretend their fists

are frogs and show how they

can jump across their desks Say

I can jump Have children repeatafter you

Get Ready Story Student pages 12ndash13

3 4

3 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS not jump

Have children point to the words not and jump on page 12 and to

jump on page 13 What could Pat not do at first Could she jump

by herself at the end What helped her jump

4 FLUENCY ECHO983085READRead Exclamations Tell children that sentences with exclamation

marks are read with excitement Model reading each sentence on

page 13 and have children echo-read

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1936

Objective

bull Identify a complete

sentence

Materials

bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat

Jumprdquo

bull Grammar Practice Book p 2

GrammarGrammarSentences

REVIEW

Have children turn to page 12 of ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo Invite a

volunteer to reread the sentence

Remember this is a sentence It is a group of words that tells a whole

idea A sentence always begins with a capital letter

PRACTICE

Write the following complete and incomplete sentences on the

board

1 The sad man

2 The cat sat down

3 had a nap

4 We look at the map

Read each group of words with children

Ask Is this a sentence Why or why

not Discuss whether or not each

example tells a whole idea

Cross out the two incomplete

sentences

Sentences

DAY 1 Sentences

DAY 2 Sentences

DAY 3 Sentences

Mechanics SentenceCapitalization

DAY 4 Sentences

Proofread

DAY 5 Sentences

Grammar Practice Book page 2

13A

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2036

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2136

At a Glance

Whole Group

Main Selection

Oral Languagebull Oral Vocabulary

bull Read Aloud ldquoBeverly Billingsly

Borrows a Bookrdquo

Phonemic Awarenessbull Phoneme Blending

Phonicsbull Short aa

bull Build Fluency

bull Spelling Word Sort

High-Frequency Wordsbull jump not up down

Comprehensionbull Read Pam and Sam

bull Strategy Analyze Story Structurebull Skill Analyze Character and

Setting

Language Artsbull Grammar Sentences

bull Independent Writing

Small Group Options

Differentiated Instruction pages 35Qndash35T

Oral LanguageOral Language

Write the Morning Message Point to each word as you read the

Message aloud with expression

Practice Concepts of Print Remind children that some sentences

end with periods Reread and have them raise a hand each time

you end a sentence Have volunteers circle the periods

Review Words with Short a Invite a child to find the words with

short a Who can think of other words with short a

Extend the Weekly Theme Encourage children to think about

other ways to describe what people are like Have them describe

characteristics of a friend a family member and a firefighter

Oral Vocabulary

REVIEW WORDS

Discuss The Princess and the Pea by asking Why did the queen ask

about the princessrsquos interests What was unique about the princessWhat made the prince cheerful

Write the following vocabulary words on the board unique

interest cheerful genuine and prefer Read the words aloud

Then ask the following questions

Which word means

bull real or true

bull one-of a-kind or unusual

bull choosing one thing instead of

another

bull happy or glad bull something a person likes

I have a fat cat

I can pat himI can play with him

13C

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2236

Objectives

bull Understand story structure

as it relates to a fantasy storybull Learn that a fantasy is

different from realistic

fiction

bull Model reading with prosody

Materials

bull Read-Aloud Anthology

InteractiveInteractive

Read AloudRead AloudListening Comprehension

GENRE FANTASY

Ask children if they can tell you what a fantasy story is Share

the information about fantasy found in the Read-Aloud

Anthology

READ ldquoBEVERLY BILLINGSLY BORROWS A BOOKrdquo

Model Analyzing Story Structure Use the Think Alouds

provided at point of use in the Read-Aloud Anthology

Model Fluent Reading Read aloud the fantasy story

naturally and with expression As you read point out aspects

of fluent reading For example point out that you read

dialogue the way you think characters might say it

Expand Vocabulary See pages 9ndash13 of the Read-Aloud

Anthology to teach new words

Respond to the Fantasy

TALK ABOUT IT Ask children what happened in the story Why did

Beverly go to the library What were some of Beverlyrsquos interestsHow is Beverly like people you know What are some ways Beverly is

unique

Beginning

Ask Questions Talk with

children about the library Who

has been to a library Do we

get books at a library Does a

librarian work there Have you

ever talked to the librarian

Intermediate

Use Vocabulary Elicit from

children the different words we

use when talking about a library

What is inside of a library What

do we call a person who works

in a library What do you need to

show the librarian if you want to

take a book home

Advanced

Role Play Have children act out

a trip to the library One child

can play the part of the librarian

while others can pretend to

check out books Encourage

children to use sentences such

as I want to borrow this book please Do you have your library

card When is my book due

Write About It Invite children to respond to the read aloud by illustrating a

scene of their choice in their response journal or notebook

Read Aloudpages 9ndash13

Pam and Sam 13D

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2336

Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Blending

Model

Show children how to

orally blend phonemes

I will say the sounds in a word The first

sound is m The next sound is a The

last sound is t I can blend these sounds

together mmmaaat mat Say it with me

Guided PracticePracticeHave children practice

blending Guide practice

with the first two words

I will say three sounds Blend sounds

together to form words

r a n s a t m a p

t a p m a n t a n

PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a

Model

Place Letter Cards m

a and p in the pocket

chart

Change the m in map

to s Use the routine to

blend sap

The letter m stands

for the sound m

The letter a stands

for the sound a The letter p stands

for p Irsquoll blend the sounds together

mmmaaap map Say it with me

Guided PracticePractice

Have children change

letters and blend Guide

practice with the firstword change

Change the s in

sap to t Blend

the sounds toread the word

yoursquove made

cap nap rap sap

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35Q

If Yes On Level Options page 35S

Beyond Level Options page 35T

Can children blend sounds in words with short aa

Objectives

bull Blend sounds in words

bull Blend with short aa

Materials

bull Large Letter Cards a m p t

bull Small Letter Cards

bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos

Resource Book p 88

bull pocket chart

bull Teaching Chart 7

bull PhonicsFluency

Transparency 1

Short a a

Introduce 7CndashD

Practice Apply

7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG

Leveled Practice 1 5 8

Decodable Reader A Cap

for PamReteach Review

35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S

35U 35Y

Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B

Decodable Reader Jazz Band

Phonemic Awareness

Teaching phonemic

awareness to children

is clearly effective It

improves their ability to

manipulate phonemes in

speech This skill transfers

and helps them learn to

read and spell PA training

benefits not only word

reading but also reading

comprehension

Donald Bear

wwwmacmillanmhcom

13E

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2436

Build Fluency Word Automaticity

Display Teaching Chart 7 Point to the word at Ask children to blend

the sounds with you Then ask them to read the word at regularspeed Repeat the blending routine with the other words having

children blend and read after you Then point to the words in random

order and ask children to read them

PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an

Pair children and have them sort Spelling Word Cards by ending

sounds Encourage them to say spell and then sort each word Then

have them identify the ending sounds and say the rhyming words

Dictation

Follow this dictation routine with the spelling words

Pronounce one word at a time for children Then repeat the word

and use it in a sentence

Have children repeat each word softly to themselves and then

write the word

After dictation is completed encourage children to proofread

their words Remind them to check their words for spellingpatterns and to look for the words containing short aa

To extend have volunteers make up sentences for each word

Objectives

bull Sort words with -at -an

bull Use dictation to practicespelling words

Materials

bull Spelling Word Cards BLM

Teacherrsquos Resource Book

p 90

bull Spelling Practice Book p 3

man cat hat mat

ran can up down

Look at the picture Use a spelling word to

complete the sentence

1 Can you see the

2 The cat ran

3 The man has a

4 She can go

5 Here is a

cat

up

hat

down

can

Spelling Practice Book page 3

DAY 1 Pretest

DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word

Sort

DAY 3 Student Word Sort

Dictation

DAY 4 Test Practice

DAY 5 Posttest

Teaching Chart 7 PhonicsFluency Transparency 1

Pam and Sam 13F

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2536

Objectives

bull Read high-frequency words

jump not up down like gobull Read to apply the strategy

Analyze Story Structure

bull Read to apply the skill

Analyze Character and

Setting

bull Use academic language

character setting

Materials

bull Vocabulary Word Cards BLMTeacherrsquos Resource Book p

120

bull Student Book Pam and Sam

bull Teaching Chart 8

bull Graphic Organizer

Transparency 1

bull Leveled Practice Books p 3

High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down

PRACTICE

Duplicate and distribute a set of Vocabulary Word Cards for

jump not up down to each child

As you say the words have children hold up the appropriate card

Ask volunteers to use each word in a sentence

Have each child work with a partner and call out each word for

their partner to write

Review Review like and go following the same procedure

ComprehensionComprehensionSTRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Remind children that it is helpful to identify the beginning middle

and end of stories Today as we read another story pay special attention

to what happens to the characters at the beginning in the middle and at

the end of the story

SKILL

Analyze Character and Setting

Today wersquore going to read about two characters What information might

help you understand these characters Pay attention to what they do

what they say and what they look like Also think about how the setting

or where they are helps you understand the story

Prepare to Read

PREVIEW AND PREDICT

Have children turn to page 15 Ask a child to read aloud the title

Who are the characters What do you think they might do

Tell children to write or draw their predictions about the story

Genre Fantasy Remind children that a fantasy is a made-up

story that would not happen in real life

Preview the word Ask children to

tell what it means

fly (page 24)

Analyze Character and Setting

Introduce U1 7AndashB

Practice Apply

U1 7J 13Gndash27A Leveled

Practice 3ndash4

Reteach Review

U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT

35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J

89Gndash105A 111E 111L

111NndashP 111RndashT 111V

111YndashZ Leveled Practice

27ndash28

Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A

153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT

153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled

Practice 119ndash120

13G

Main Selection Student pages 14 15

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2636

Read Pam and Sam

SET A PURPOSE FOR READING

Focus Question Read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo question Letrsquos

look for clues in the story that help us understand these characters

Encourage children to set their own purpose for readingWAYS TO READ THE SELECTION

Main Selection Student pages 14ndash15

Story available on Listening

Library Audio CD

If your children need support

to read the Main Selection

use the prompts to guide

comprehension and model

how to complete the Character

Chart Encourage children toread aloud

If your children can read the

Main Selection independently

have them read and complete

the Character Chart

If your children need an alternate selection choose the

Leveled Readers that match their instructional level

Pam and Sam 1415

Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2736

Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17

Develop Comprehension

1 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

We have only read two pages and wersquove already learned a lot

How many characters have we met (two) What can you tell about

them How are they unique (Pam is a rabbit Sam is a bird Theylike to play) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

2 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Teacher Think Aloud This story begins with Pam and Sam

playing Pam just ran up I want to find out if Sam will do the

same thing because they like to play together I will read on

to see how the story develops I will pay close attention to the

characters and what they do in the rest of the story

1 2

SyntacticStructure

Explain that good readers

sometimes check that they have

read words correctly One way to

do this is to ask Does the word Iread sound right in the sentence

Model Point to the word ran

on page 17 The text reads ldquoPam

uprdquo I know from how the

sentence is put together that the

next word has to be a verb The

word ran is a verb It sounds right in

the sentence because it says what

Pam did

Apply Encourage children to

check the meaning of other words

in the story

1617

Main Selection Student pages 18ndash19

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2836

3 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

What can Pam and Sam do on these pages (They can run) Letrsquos

add this to our Character Chart Why do you think Pam and Sam

run together (Possible answer because they are playing)

4 MONITOR AND CLARIFY REREAD

If you donrsquot understand what is happening in the story you can

reread it to try and figure things out Reread page 19 What did Pam

and Sam do (They ran) Where did they run (They ran down)

5 MAINTAIN ANALYZE CHARACTER AND SETTING

What can we tell about Pam and Sam What are their interests

(They seem to be friends they like to do things together They run

and jump) Where does the story take place (outdoors possibly in

a field or in a meadow)

Main Selection Student pages 18 19

Picture Clues Point to the bird

and the rabbit running together

Explain that the picture can

give clues about where they

are running Where are Sam thebird and Pam the rabbit running

(They are running down)

3 4 5

Pam and Sam 1819

Main Selection Student pages 20ndash21

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2936

p g

Develop Comprehension

6 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

What do you learn about Pam (She can jump) What do you learn

about Sam (He can not jump) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

7 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Teacher Think Aloud Letrsquos think about how the story is

organized In the beginning Pam and Sam kept doing the same

thing Now what is happening in the middle of the story

Encourage children to apply the strategy in a Think Aloud

Student Think Aloud In the beginning of the story Sam and

Pam did the same things Now I am reading the middle of thestory and there is a problem Sam can not jump I want to read

more to find out if the problem is solved

6 7

Clarify Remind children

that characters refers to the

main people or animals in

the story Review some of the

pages in the story Pam andSam and encourage children

to look at the illustrations

Are the characters people or

animals (animals) Who are

the characters (Pam and Sam)

Ask children to describe the

characters in their own words

based on the illustrations in the

story (Possible answer Pam is a

rabbit and can hop Sam is a birdand can fly)

2021

Main Selection Student pages 22ndash23

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3036

8 FLUENCY ECHO983085READ

Read Exclamations Letrsquos read the sentence on page 23 It ends

with an exclamation mark When I read the sentence I use a tone

that shows I am excited Listen to the way my voice sounds when I

read it Now read the sentence after me with the same tone

9 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

Look at the picture on page 23 What can Sam do (He can fly)

Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

10 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Think about how the author wrote this story How did she organize

the story to keep it interesting

Student Think Aloud In the beginning she introduced the

characters and told us they like to play In the middle she told us

about a problem Sam had I think the problem will get solved in

the end now that I know Sam can fly

Question 9 ANALYZE

CHARACTER

What can Sam do How do you

know he can fly Can Pam fly too

How do you know

9

8 10

Pam and Sam 2223

Main Selection Student pages 24ndash25

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3136

Teaching Chart 8Graphic

Organizer Transparency 1

Pam Can Sam Can

play

run

jump

play

run

fly

Develop Comprehension

COMPLETE THE CHARACTER CHART

Ask children to share their ideas about the characters Pam and Sam

Record their ideas on Teaching Chart 8

RETURN TO PREDICTIONS AND PURPOSES

Review childrenrsquos predictions and review the Focus Question What

makes Pam and Sam special (Pam can jump Sam can fly)

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Leveled Reader Lesson 2 page 35R

If Yes On Level Options page 35S

Beyond Level Options page 35T

Can children analyze characters

2425

Main Selection Student page 26

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3236

Pam and Sam 26

Authorrsquos Craft

Focus on Repetition

In this story Nancy Tafuri

uses the same words

over and over She does

this to make it easier for

readers to understand

the story Repetition also

helps readers remember

what has already

happened New wordscan change the meaning

of words used over

and over

What words on page 17

are also on page 18 (ran

up) Who runs up (Pam

and Sam)

What words are on page

21 that were also on page

20 (can jump) What

new word changes the

meaning (not )

Children can find more

information about

Nancy Tafuri at

wwwmacmillanmhcom

Authorrsquos Purpose

Nancy Tafuri wanted to tell a story

about friends Draw a picture of your

friend Write your friendrsquos name

Find out more aboutNancy Tafuri atwwwmacmillanmhcom

Nancy Tafuri says ldquoI live in

the country and love telling

stories about animals I

especially like to tell stories

about good friends like

Pam and Sam I have fun

drawing pictures to go with

my storiesrdquo

Other books by Nancy Tafuri

26

Meet the AuthorIllustrator

Read aloud page 26 with children Ask if they like the way Nancy Tafuri

draws the animal friends Encourage children to look back at the story

and tell which pictures show that Sam and Pam are good friends

Author rsquos Purpose Nancy Tafuri used words and art to tell a story about what

good friends do together Have children draw a picture of a

friend Check that they have written their friendrsquos name on

the picture Children may add this writing to their response

journals

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3336

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436

Pam and Sam 27A

Think and Compare

USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS

1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of

the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then

he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump

Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN

2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real

birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the

wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too

However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together

I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually

playing together ANALYZE

3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know

Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I

noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for

him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop

playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem

MAKE INFERENCES

4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these

characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head

Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump

Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They

both solved their problems COMPARE

Personal Response

Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another

story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways

could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in

a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas

Look at the pictures Read the story

Nat is a cat

Nat can go up

Nat can go down

Pam and Sam look for Nat

Pam is sad

Where is Nat

Write T if the sentence is true

Write F if the sentence is false

1 Nat is a cat

2 Nat can go up and down

3 Pam is sad

4 Nat is in the

5 Nat is in the

T

T

F

T

T

On Level Practice Book O page 4

Approaching Practice Book A page 4

Beyond Practice Book B page 4

Think and Search(Question 1)

bull Search for clues and

information in the texts

Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)

bull Think about the

information in the story

bull Think about what you

already know

bull Compare the information

in two stories

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636

Objectives

bull Understand the importance

of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a

sentence

bull Use words to add detail to a

sentence

Materials

bull pencils and paper

Dictation Have children dictate

to you their word or phrase to

fill in the sentence frame

Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book

pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do

Personal Narrative

DAY 1 Shared Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 2 Interactive Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas

Independent Prewrite

and Draft

DAY 4 Independent Revise

and Edit

DAY 5 Independent Publish

and Present

IndependentIndependent

WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas

EXPLAIN

Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write

Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting

DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences

1 I like to eat

2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables

Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes

to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words

yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information

Personal Narrative

BRAINSTORM

Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about

herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about

what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk

about what they like to do

PREWRITE

Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do

DRAFT

Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the

sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review

with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that

tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences

TransitionsThat Teach

While lining up for recess

have children tell about a

game they would prefer

to play

Pam and Sam 27C

Page 8: unit1_week1_2.pdf

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 836

Decodable Reader A Cap for Pam

Review High-Frequency Words Write a have has for

with and the on the board Read the words with children

Preview and Predict Point to the title and have children

sound it out as you run your finger under it

What do you see in the picture What do you think the girlrsquos

name is

Read Turn to page 2 Have children point to each word

sounding out decodable words and saying the high-frequencywords quickly If children have difficulty provide corrective

feedback If children can sound out the words have them

whisper-read the rest of the text

Objectives

bull Decode words with short aa

bull Review a have has for with

the

bull Read words with short aa

in connected text

Materials

bull Decodable Reader Library

A Cap for Pam

[set facsimile ofcover for Grade

1 Unit 1 Week

1 decodable

Reader A Cap for

Pam]

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Decodable Reader page 35J

If Yes On Level Options page 35K

Beyond Level Options page 35L

Can children spell and read words with short aa

A Ca p

f o r Pa m

by Kathryn Lewisillustrated by Chi Chung

Decodable Reader

Children can read

A Cap for Pam during

whole group or small

group time

Sam has a tan mat

2

Can Pam have a mat

3

Sam has a cat cap

Pam can have a cap4

Pam ran with the cap

5

Pam Cat can tap

Tap Pam tap6

a have has for with the

Follow these steps to teach

each high-frequency word

Say Point to and say

the word

Spell Spell the word

Read Have children

read the word

Write Have children

write the word

Use Use each word

in a sentence

Review Review high-

frequency words from

previous lessons

High-FrequencyWord Routine

For additional decodabletext see pages 4ndash6 of the

Teacherrsquos Resource Book

Decodable Text

Pam and Sam 7F

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 936

1 My name is All ie

2 funny faces

3 I am a superhero

4 Write name

1 sentence is correct

2 fragment

3 sentence is correct

4 fragment

Grammar Transparency 1 copy MacmillanMcGraw-Hill

Transparency 1

I like dogs

Objectives

bull Understand that a sentence

tells a whole idea

bull Recognize that a sentence

always begins with a capital

letter

Materials

bull Grammar Transparency 1

bull Grammar Practice Book p 1

GrammarGrammarSentences

EXPLAINMODEL

Explain that a sentence is a group of words that tells a whole idea

Explain that a sentence always begins with a capital letter Read

aloud the first two examples on Grammar Transparency 1

As I read number 1 I wonder if it is a sentence I ask myself ldquoDo the

words tell a whole idea They do Does it start with a capital letter

Yes againrdquo Number 2 doesnrsquot tell a whole idea It isnrsquot a sentence

GUIDED PRACTICE

Ask children to work in pairs

to decide if the next two

examples on the transparency

are sentences

Have pairs think of a sentence that tells

about That Big Cat Write their sentenceson the board Ask children how they can

tell that these are sentences

ircle the sentences

She sat down

We can jump up

Ran here

Pat can do this

Like to

Grammar Practice Book page 1

Sentences

DAY 1 Sentences

DAY 2 SentencesDAY 3 Sentences

Mechanics Sentence

Capitalization

DAY 4 Sentences

Proofread

DAY 5 Sentences

Grammar Transparency 1

7G

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1036

Objectives

bull Create a list

bull Compose sentences in a

shared writing experience

Materials

bull chart paper

Things I Do

pick out clothesgo to school

write name

Ask and Answer Questions

Ask children questions such as

What do you do at home What

do you do at school As children

answer have them pantomime

the actions Write About It Have children draw a picture of something they do and

write a sentence beneath it They may choose to add this

piece to their writing portfolio

SharedShared

WritingWritingPersonal Narrative

BRAINSTORM

Discuss with children what

kinds of things Allie does in

That Big Cat

Display the list they created

during oral language Talk with

children about things they like

to do Then brainstorm and

list with children words and

phrases about those things

When something is personal it has to do with yourself When we

write sentences about ourselves and put those sentences together it

is called a personal narrative This week we will be writing sentences

about ourselves our interests and what makes us unique We will

put the sentences together and write a personal narrative

WRITE

Reread together the list children created

Have each child create a sentence about himself or herself

Children may use a phrase from the list if they wish

Write childrenrsquos sentences on chart paper Reread the sentences

and reinforce what a sentence is Remind children to use the word

I in their sentences Explain that you use I or me when you talk

about yourself as Allie did in her story

Personal Narrative

DAY 1 Shared Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 2 Interactive Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas

Independent Prewrite

and DraftDAY 4 Independent Revise

and Edit

DAY 5 Independent Publish

and Present

TransitionsThat Teach

While lining up have

children name something

unique about the

classroom

Pam and Sam 7H

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1136

Oral Vocabul ary

The next morning the queen askedthe youn g woman ldquoHow did

you sleep my dearrdquo

ldquoIhardly slept at allrdquo saidthe princess ldquoThere wassomething very

hardin the bed andno matter which way Iturned Icouldnot get

comfortablerdquo

Hearing this the king the queen andthe prince smiledbecause

they knew she wasareal princess No one but agenuine princesscould

feel apeathrough twenty mattressesandtwenty quilts

The cheerful prince took the princessby the hand andsaid ldquoIhave

finally foundyou atrue princess Will you marry merdquo

The princesssaidyesandthe wedding took place the following

week The king andqueen were delighted andthe prince andprincess

livedhappily ever after

cheerfulDefine Cheerful meanshappyorglad

Example Our cheerful mailcarrieralwayssmilesandwavesatus

Ask What makesyou feel

cheerful

Helpchildrenusethe

picturestoretellthe story

Card1 Why hasthe prince

leftthecastleWhatishelooking for

Card2 Whoisatthecastledoor What doesthe kingsaytoher

Card3 WhatdoesthequeenwanttoknowaboutthevisitorWhatisthe

queenrsquosplan

Card4 Howdoestheprincessfeelthenextmorning Why are the kingqueen andprince smiling

Howdoesthestoryend

Retell

ThePrincessandthePea

copy M a c m i l l a n M c G r a w - H i l l

i l l u s t r a t i o n b y B r i d g e t S t a r r T a y l o r

4

At a Glance

Whole GroupOral Languagebull Oral Vocabulary

Comprehensionbull Read The Princess and The Pea

bull Strategy Analyze Story Structure

bull Skill Analyze Character and Setting

Phonemic Awarenessbull Phoneme Isolation

Phonicsbull Short aa

bull Spelling Word Sort -at -an

High-Frequency Wordsbull jump not up down

bull Read ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo

bull Fluency Echo-Read

Language Artsbull Grammar Sentences

bull Interactive Writing

Differentiated Instruction pages 35Mndash35P

Oral LanguageOral Language

Write the Morning Message Point to each word as you read the

Message aloud with expression

Model Concepts of Print Reread the Message slowly Drop your

voice as you end each sentence As you point to each end mark

tell children that some sentences end with a period

Review Words with Short a Have children find short a words

Extend the Weekly Theme Ask children what makes their

classmates special Add suggestions to the Morning Message

Oral Vocabulary

BUILD BACKGROUND Display The Princess and the Pea Card 1 and

read the title Wersquore going to read about a special princess Describe the

the picture What kind of story is this What happens in fairy tales

Read the story Check childrenrsquos understanding using the UseIllustrations Use Context Clues and Ask Questions prompts

Get Ready Story

Small Group Options

I CanI Can

by Paul Danillustrated by Jill Newton

Fantasy

I can hit it

I can kick itI can tip it in

Oral Vocabulary Cards

Oral VocabularyCards

7I

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1236

Teaching Chart 8Graphic Organizer Transparency 1

Objectives

bull Analyze story structure

bull Identify and analyze

character and setting

bull Expand oral vocabulary

bull Reinforce concepts of print

bull Use academic language

character setting

Materials

bull Oral Vocabulary Cards The

Princess and the Pea

bull Teaching Chart 8

bull Graphic Organizer

Transparency 1

Princess Does Princess Does Not

ask the king if she cancome inside the castle

tell the queen about herfamily interests talents

say goodnight and goes tothe guest bedroom

sleep

Categorize Before rereading

review by focusing on the words

always sometimes and never

Ask children about the things

that the princess does in the

story like saying goodnight

before going to bed and ask

if they do this at home Ask

children to use pantomime and

gestures to show things theysometimes do things they always

do and things they never do

Analyze Character and Setting

Introduce U1 7AndashB

Practice Apply

U1 7J 13Gndash27A LeveledPractice 3ndash4

Reteach Review

U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT

35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J

89Gndash105A 111E 111L

111NndashP 111RndashT 111V

111YndashZ Leveled Practice

27ndash28

Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A

153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT

153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled

Practice 119ndash120

Listening Comprehension

Display the Oral Vocabulary Cards and read the title aloud

STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Remind children that paying attention to how a story is organized

will help them be better readers Have children retell parts of the

beginning middle and end of The Princess and the Pea

SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

Remind children that what a character does and says can help them

to understand the character Pay special attention to what the princess

does and says and where she is Think about how these things show what

she is like and what she might do next

COMPLETE A CHARACTER CHART After reading help children

complete Teaching Chart 8

Use the routines below and on the backs of the cards to discuss the

meaning of each word

Define Unique means one-of-a-kind or unusual

Example Jaimersquos unique dog has one brown eye and one blue eye

Ask Describe one unique person or animal that you know

An interest is something a person likes or is curious about

Martarsquos interests include cooking and reading What are some of

your interests

Cheerful means happy or glad Our cheerful mail carrier always

smiles and waves at us What makes you feel cheerful

Continue with the routines for genuine and prefer

Pam and Sam 7J

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1336

Objectives

bull Listen for initial short aa

bull Blend sounds in words with

short aa

bull Build words with short aa

Materials

bull Large Letter Cards a c m p t

bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos

Resource Book p 88

bull pocket chart

Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Isolation

Model

Show children how

to isolate phonemes

Repeat with bat and

medial a

Listen to this word aaat at I hear the a

sound at the beginning of at so Irsquoll raise

my hand

Guided PracticePractice

Have children practice

isolating short a Guide

practice doing the first

few together

Hold up your hand when you hear the a

sound at the beginning of a word

on as off ax up at

Hold up your hand when you hear the a

sound in the middle of a word

bag not sit fat ran jump

PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a

Model

Place Letter Cards c and

a in the pocket chart

Blend phonemes

This is the letter c It stands

for the k sound This is

the letter a It stands for

the a sound Listen as I

blend these sounds

together kaaa Now you say it

Place Letter Card t at

the end to form cat

Blend phonemes

This is the letter t

It stands for the

t sound

Listen as I blend

all three sounds

kaaat cat

Guided PracticePractice

Have children practice

blending with these

examples Do the first

one together

tap rat man ran

Nan pat Pam sattan Sam can fat

Pronunciation In some

languages including Spanish

Cantonese and Vietnamese

there is not a direct transfer forthe short a sound

Emphasize the short a sound

and demonstrate correct mouth

position when pronouncing

each word Have children

contrast short a with ahhh the

sound with which children will

most likely be more familiar

For a complete phonics transferchart see the ELL Teacherrsquos

Guide

Short a a

Introduce 7C-D

Practice Apply

7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG

Leveled Practice 1 5 8

Decodable Reader A Cap

for Pam

Reteach Review

35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S

35U 35Y

Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B

Decodable Reader Jazz Band

7K

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1436

Build Words with Short a a

Model

Place Letter Cards m

a t in the pocket chart

Blend phonemes

Letrsquos blend all the

sounds together

and read the word

mat

Guided PracticePractice

Have children practice

building words with

short aa Guide

children with the first

example

Change the m in mat to c What word did

we make

Change the t in cat to p What word did you

make

Change the c in cap to m What word did

you make

PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an

Place index cards for hat and man

in a pocket chart Say each word

and its sounds hat h a t

man m a n Say each word

again emphasizing at or an Askvolunteers to spell each word

Display index cards one at a time

Have children read each word

listening for at or an

Ask volunteers to place each index card in the row with the same

end sound

Objectives

bull Spell words with short aa

bull Sort words with -at -an

Materials

bull Spelling Practice Book p 2

bull pocket chart

bull large index cards with

spelling words

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35M

If Yes On Level Options page 35O

Beyond Level Options page 35P

Can children blend and read words with short aa

copy M

a c m i l l a n M c G r a w

- H i l l

Read the words Say each word Then complete each

word to make a spelling word Use each word once

man cat hat mat

ran can up down

1 h 5 d n

2 p 6 m n

3 r n 7 ma

4 c n 8 at

a t

u

a

a

o w

a

t

c

Spelling Practice Book page 2

DAY 1 Pretest

DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word

Sort

DAY 3 Student Word Sort

DAY 4 Test PracticeDictation

DAY 5Posttest

Blending If children have

difficulty blending with

aa say Irsquoll blend k a t

Blend kat stressing medial

a Now you blend cat

Repeat with tap and rat

ConstructiveFeedback

Pam and Sam 7L

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1536

Objectives

bull Learn high-frequency words

jump not up down and read

them in context

bull Review high-frequency

words to and

Materials

bull Vocabulary Cards jump not

up down to and

bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat

Jumprdquo

bull pocket chartbull Leveled Practice Books p 2

High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down

INTRODUCE

Display the Vocabulary Cards for jump not up and down in a

pocket chart

Point to and say the word up This is the word

up It is spelled u-p The cat went up the tree

Have children read spell and write the word

up

Follow the same steps to introduce jump not

and down

When introducing each new high-frequency

word note any phonics elements that have

been taught this week Review how to

decode the familiar letters sounds in the new

words We know that the letters n and t in not

stand for n and t Repeat with each new

high-frequency word

Have children work with a partner to make up sentences using

the words

Word Wall You may wish to add these words

Review Review to and and using the same procedure

Complete each sentence

Use one of the words in the box

up down not jump

1 I can

2 The cat ran

3 The cat is little

4 The dog ran

5 Write your own sentence using a word from the box

up

not

down

Responses will vary

jump

On Level Practice Book 0 page 2

Approaching Practice Book A page 2

Beyond Practice Book B page 2

Beginning

Use RealiaDemonstrate Demonstrate the concept of

up and down as opposites

Have children point up and

say the word up Then have

them point down and say

the word down For jump

ask children to stand and

then jump while they say the

word jump

Intermediate

ModelUse Gestures Askchildren to point up and

down Model The light is up

on the ceiling What else is

up on the ceiling The pencil

is down on the floor What

else is down on the floor

For jump ask a volunteer to

jump over a block For not

place a book and a pen side

by side Say This is a book

This is not a book Point to a

desk Is this a book

Advanced

Develop Spoken Language Ask children to use the

words up and down in

sentences of their own that

demonstrate understanding

of their meanings as

opposites Have children use

jump in sentences that tell

others what to jump over

7M

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1636

Pam and Sam 89

Get Ready Story Student pages 8ndash9

Read ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo

PREVIEWPREDICT

Use the Illustration Read aloud the title and have children look at

the illustration What characters do you see (two frogs and a bug)

What can you tell about these characters (Answers will vary)

Ask children to read aloud ldquoWords to Knowrdquo Explain that these

new words theyrsquove been practicing will be in the story

SET A PURPOSE FOR READING

Focus Question Ask a child to read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo

question The two frogs can already jump Pat is probably the bug

who is watching them What might help you find out if Pat can

jump (what the author says Pat does what the pictures show)

bull Read Aloud or Read

Together pausing

as needed to support

childrenrsquos comprehension

bull Have children whisper-

read independently

bull Use the modeling and

question prompts as you

revisit sections of the text

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1736

Get Ready Story Student pages 10ndash11

Apply Vocabulary

1 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS jump up down

Have children point to the words jump and up on page 10 and

jump and down on page 11 Reinforce the vocabulary by saying I

see two frogs jump First they jump up Then they jump down

2 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

Ask children to describe how they think the bug (Pat) is feeling

as she watches the frogs jump Can you tell by looking at the

illustrations how Pat may be feeling What might she be thinking

2

1

Gesture and Point Reinforce

the meanings of jump up and

down by gesturing Also havechildren say the words Then

lead children in pointing to the

frogs that jump Point to them

when they are up and when

they are down

1011

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1836

Pam and Sam 1213

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level High-Frequency Words page 35N

If Yes On Level Options page 35O

Beyond Level Options page 35P

Can children read jump not up and down

Develop Spoken Language

Have children pretend their fists

are frogs and show how they

can jump across their desks Say

I can jump Have children repeatafter you

Get Ready Story Student pages 12ndash13

3 4

3 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS not jump

Have children point to the words not and jump on page 12 and to

jump on page 13 What could Pat not do at first Could she jump

by herself at the end What helped her jump

4 FLUENCY ECHO983085READRead Exclamations Tell children that sentences with exclamation

marks are read with excitement Model reading each sentence on

page 13 and have children echo-read

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1936

Objective

bull Identify a complete

sentence

Materials

bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat

Jumprdquo

bull Grammar Practice Book p 2

GrammarGrammarSentences

REVIEW

Have children turn to page 12 of ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo Invite a

volunteer to reread the sentence

Remember this is a sentence It is a group of words that tells a whole

idea A sentence always begins with a capital letter

PRACTICE

Write the following complete and incomplete sentences on the

board

1 The sad man

2 The cat sat down

3 had a nap

4 We look at the map

Read each group of words with children

Ask Is this a sentence Why or why

not Discuss whether or not each

example tells a whole idea

Cross out the two incomplete

sentences

Sentences

DAY 1 Sentences

DAY 2 Sentences

DAY 3 Sentences

Mechanics SentenceCapitalization

DAY 4 Sentences

Proofread

DAY 5 Sentences

Grammar Practice Book page 2

13A

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2036

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2136

At a Glance

Whole Group

Main Selection

Oral Languagebull Oral Vocabulary

bull Read Aloud ldquoBeverly Billingsly

Borrows a Bookrdquo

Phonemic Awarenessbull Phoneme Blending

Phonicsbull Short aa

bull Build Fluency

bull Spelling Word Sort

High-Frequency Wordsbull jump not up down

Comprehensionbull Read Pam and Sam

bull Strategy Analyze Story Structurebull Skill Analyze Character and

Setting

Language Artsbull Grammar Sentences

bull Independent Writing

Small Group Options

Differentiated Instruction pages 35Qndash35T

Oral LanguageOral Language

Write the Morning Message Point to each word as you read the

Message aloud with expression

Practice Concepts of Print Remind children that some sentences

end with periods Reread and have them raise a hand each time

you end a sentence Have volunteers circle the periods

Review Words with Short a Invite a child to find the words with

short a Who can think of other words with short a

Extend the Weekly Theme Encourage children to think about

other ways to describe what people are like Have them describe

characteristics of a friend a family member and a firefighter

Oral Vocabulary

REVIEW WORDS

Discuss The Princess and the Pea by asking Why did the queen ask

about the princessrsquos interests What was unique about the princessWhat made the prince cheerful

Write the following vocabulary words on the board unique

interest cheerful genuine and prefer Read the words aloud

Then ask the following questions

Which word means

bull real or true

bull one-of a-kind or unusual

bull choosing one thing instead of

another

bull happy or glad bull something a person likes

I have a fat cat

I can pat himI can play with him

13C

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2236

Objectives

bull Understand story structure

as it relates to a fantasy storybull Learn that a fantasy is

different from realistic

fiction

bull Model reading with prosody

Materials

bull Read-Aloud Anthology

InteractiveInteractive

Read AloudRead AloudListening Comprehension

GENRE FANTASY

Ask children if they can tell you what a fantasy story is Share

the information about fantasy found in the Read-Aloud

Anthology

READ ldquoBEVERLY BILLINGSLY BORROWS A BOOKrdquo

Model Analyzing Story Structure Use the Think Alouds

provided at point of use in the Read-Aloud Anthology

Model Fluent Reading Read aloud the fantasy story

naturally and with expression As you read point out aspects

of fluent reading For example point out that you read

dialogue the way you think characters might say it

Expand Vocabulary See pages 9ndash13 of the Read-Aloud

Anthology to teach new words

Respond to the Fantasy

TALK ABOUT IT Ask children what happened in the story Why did

Beverly go to the library What were some of Beverlyrsquos interestsHow is Beverly like people you know What are some ways Beverly is

unique

Beginning

Ask Questions Talk with

children about the library Who

has been to a library Do we

get books at a library Does a

librarian work there Have you

ever talked to the librarian

Intermediate

Use Vocabulary Elicit from

children the different words we

use when talking about a library

What is inside of a library What

do we call a person who works

in a library What do you need to

show the librarian if you want to

take a book home

Advanced

Role Play Have children act out

a trip to the library One child

can play the part of the librarian

while others can pretend to

check out books Encourage

children to use sentences such

as I want to borrow this book please Do you have your library

card When is my book due

Write About It Invite children to respond to the read aloud by illustrating a

scene of their choice in their response journal or notebook

Read Aloudpages 9ndash13

Pam and Sam 13D

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2336

Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Blending

Model

Show children how to

orally blend phonemes

I will say the sounds in a word The first

sound is m The next sound is a The

last sound is t I can blend these sounds

together mmmaaat mat Say it with me

Guided PracticePracticeHave children practice

blending Guide practice

with the first two words

I will say three sounds Blend sounds

together to form words

r a n s a t m a p

t a p m a n t a n

PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a

Model

Place Letter Cards m

a and p in the pocket

chart

Change the m in map

to s Use the routine to

blend sap

The letter m stands

for the sound m

The letter a stands

for the sound a The letter p stands

for p Irsquoll blend the sounds together

mmmaaap map Say it with me

Guided PracticePractice

Have children change

letters and blend Guide

practice with the firstword change

Change the s in

sap to t Blend

the sounds toread the word

yoursquove made

cap nap rap sap

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35Q

If Yes On Level Options page 35S

Beyond Level Options page 35T

Can children blend sounds in words with short aa

Objectives

bull Blend sounds in words

bull Blend with short aa

Materials

bull Large Letter Cards a m p t

bull Small Letter Cards

bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos

Resource Book p 88

bull pocket chart

bull Teaching Chart 7

bull PhonicsFluency

Transparency 1

Short a a

Introduce 7CndashD

Practice Apply

7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG

Leveled Practice 1 5 8

Decodable Reader A Cap

for PamReteach Review

35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S

35U 35Y

Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B

Decodable Reader Jazz Band

Phonemic Awareness

Teaching phonemic

awareness to children

is clearly effective It

improves their ability to

manipulate phonemes in

speech This skill transfers

and helps them learn to

read and spell PA training

benefits not only word

reading but also reading

comprehension

Donald Bear

wwwmacmillanmhcom

13E

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2436

Build Fluency Word Automaticity

Display Teaching Chart 7 Point to the word at Ask children to blend

the sounds with you Then ask them to read the word at regularspeed Repeat the blending routine with the other words having

children blend and read after you Then point to the words in random

order and ask children to read them

PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an

Pair children and have them sort Spelling Word Cards by ending

sounds Encourage them to say spell and then sort each word Then

have them identify the ending sounds and say the rhyming words

Dictation

Follow this dictation routine with the spelling words

Pronounce one word at a time for children Then repeat the word

and use it in a sentence

Have children repeat each word softly to themselves and then

write the word

After dictation is completed encourage children to proofread

their words Remind them to check their words for spellingpatterns and to look for the words containing short aa

To extend have volunteers make up sentences for each word

Objectives

bull Sort words with -at -an

bull Use dictation to practicespelling words

Materials

bull Spelling Word Cards BLM

Teacherrsquos Resource Book

p 90

bull Spelling Practice Book p 3

man cat hat mat

ran can up down

Look at the picture Use a spelling word to

complete the sentence

1 Can you see the

2 The cat ran

3 The man has a

4 She can go

5 Here is a

cat

up

hat

down

can

Spelling Practice Book page 3

DAY 1 Pretest

DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word

Sort

DAY 3 Student Word Sort

Dictation

DAY 4 Test Practice

DAY 5 Posttest

Teaching Chart 7 PhonicsFluency Transparency 1

Pam and Sam 13F

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2536

Objectives

bull Read high-frequency words

jump not up down like gobull Read to apply the strategy

Analyze Story Structure

bull Read to apply the skill

Analyze Character and

Setting

bull Use academic language

character setting

Materials

bull Vocabulary Word Cards BLMTeacherrsquos Resource Book p

120

bull Student Book Pam and Sam

bull Teaching Chart 8

bull Graphic Organizer

Transparency 1

bull Leveled Practice Books p 3

High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down

PRACTICE

Duplicate and distribute a set of Vocabulary Word Cards for

jump not up down to each child

As you say the words have children hold up the appropriate card

Ask volunteers to use each word in a sentence

Have each child work with a partner and call out each word for

their partner to write

Review Review like and go following the same procedure

ComprehensionComprehensionSTRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Remind children that it is helpful to identify the beginning middle

and end of stories Today as we read another story pay special attention

to what happens to the characters at the beginning in the middle and at

the end of the story

SKILL

Analyze Character and Setting

Today wersquore going to read about two characters What information might

help you understand these characters Pay attention to what they do

what they say and what they look like Also think about how the setting

or where they are helps you understand the story

Prepare to Read

PREVIEW AND PREDICT

Have children turn to page 15 Ask a child to read aloud the title

Who are the characters What do you think they might do

Tell children to write or draw their predictions about the story

Genre Fantasy Remind children that a fantasy is a made-up

story that would not happen in real life

Preview the word Ask children to

tell what it means

fly (page 24)

Analyze Character and Setting

Introduce U1 7AndashB

Practice Apply

U1 7J 13Gndash27A Leveled

Practice 3ndash4

Reteach Review

U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT

35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J

89Gndash105A 111E 111L

111NndashP 111RndashT 111V

111YndashZ Leveled Practice

27ndash28

Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A

153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT

153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled

Practice 119ndash120

13G

Main Selection Student pages 14 15

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2636

Read Pam and Sam

SET A PURPOSE FOR READING

Focus Question Read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo question Letrsquos

look for clues in the story that help us understand these characters

Encourage children to set their own purpose for readingWAYS TO READ THE SELECTION

Main Selection Student pages 14ndash15

Story available on Listening

Library Audio CD

If your children need support

to read the Main Selection

use the prompts to guide

comprehension and model

how to complete the Character

Chart Encourage children toread aloud

If your children can read the

Main Selection independently

have them read and complete

the Character Chart

If your children need an alternate selection choose the

Leveled Readers that match their instructional level

Pam and Sam 1415

Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2736

Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17

Develop Comprehension

1 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

We have only read two pages and wersquove already learned a lot

How many characters have we met (two) What can you tell about

them How are they unique (Pam is a rabbit Sam is a bird Theylike to play) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

2 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Teacher Think Aloud This story begins with Pam and Sam

playing Pam just ran up I want to find out if Sam will do the

same thing because they like to play together I will read on

to see how the story develops I will pay close attention to the

characters and what they do in the rest of the story

1 2

SyntacticStructure

Explain that good readers

sometimes check that they have

read words correctly One way to

do this is to ask Does the word Iread sound right in the sentence

Model Point to the word ran

on page 17 The text reads ldquoPam

uprdquo I know from how the

sentence is put together that the

next word has to be a verb The

word ran is a verb It sounds right in

the sentence because it says what

Pam did

Apply Encourage children to

check the meaning of other words

in the story

1617

Main Selection Student pages 18ndash19

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2836

3 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

What can Pam and Sam do on these pages (They can run) Letrsquos

add this to our Character Chart Why do you think Pam and Sam

run together (Possible answer because they are playing)

4 MONITOR AND CLARIFY REREAD

If you donrsquot understand what is happening in the story you can

reread it to try and figure things out Reread page 19 What did Pam

and Sam do (They ran) Where did they run (They ran down)

5 MAINTAIN ANALYZE CHARACTER AND SETTING

What can we tell about Pam and Sam What are their interests

(They seem to be friends they like to do things together They run

and jump) Where does the story take place (outdoors possibly in

a field or in a meadow)

Main Selection Student pages 18 19

Picture Clues Point to the bird

and the rabbit running together

Explain that the picture can

give clues about where they

are running Where are Sam thebird and Pam the rabbit running

(They are running down)

3 4 5

Pam and Sam 1819

Main Selection Student pages 20ndash21

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2936

p g

Develop Comprehension

6 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

What do you learn about Pam (She can jump) What do you learn

about Sam (He can not jump) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

7 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Teacher Think Aloud Letrsquos think about how the story is

organized In the beginning Pam and Sam kept doing the same

thing Now what is happening in the middle of the story

Encourage children to apply the strategy in a Think Aloud

Student Think Aloud In the beginning of the story Sam and

Pam did the same things Now I am reading the middle of thestory and there is a problem Sam can not jump I want to read

more to find out if the problem is solved

6 7

Clarify Remind children

that characters refers to the

main people or animals in

the story Review some of the

pages in the story Pam andSam and encourage children

to look at the illustrations

Are the characters people or

animals (animals) Who are

the characters (Pam and Sam)

Ask children to describe the

characters in their own words

based on the illustrations in the

story (Possible answer Pam is a

rabbit and can hop Sam is a birdand can fly)

2021

Main Selection Student pages 22ndash23

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3036

8 FLUENCY ECHO983085READ

Read Exclamations Letrsquos read the sentence on page 23 It ends

with an exclamation mark When I read the sentence I use a tone

that shows I am excited Listen to the way my voice sounds when I

read it Now read the sentence after me with the same tone

9 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

Look at the picture on page 23 What can Sam do (He can fly)

Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

10 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Think about how the author wrote this story How did she organize

the story to keep it interesting

Student Think Aloud In the beginning she introduced the

characters and told us they like to play In the middle she told us

about a problem Sam had I think the problem will get solved in

the end now that I know Sam can fly

Question 9 ANALYZE

CHARACTER

What can Sam do How do you

know he can fly Can Pam fly too

How do you know

9

8 10

Pam and Sam 2223

Main Selection Student pages 24ndash25

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3136

Teaching Chart 8Graphic

Organizer Transparency 1

Pam Can Sam Can

play

run

jump

play

run

fly

Develop Comprehension

COMPLETE THE CHARACTER CHART

Ask children to share their ideas about the characters Pam and Sam

Record their ideas on Teaching Chart 8

RETURN TO PREDICTIONS AND PURPOSES

Review childrenrsquos predictions and review the Focus Question What

makes Pam and Sam special (Pam can jump Sam can fly)

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Leveled Reader Lesson 2 page 35R

If Yes On Level Options page 35S

Beyond Level Options page 35T

Can children analyze characters

2425

Main Selection Student page 26

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3236

Pam and Sam 26

Authorrsquos Craft

Focus on Repetition

In this story Nancy Tafuri

uses the same words

over and over She does

this to make it easier for

readers to understand

the story Repetition also

helps readers remember

what has already

happened New wordscan change the meaning

of words used over

and over

What words on page 17

are also on page 18 (ran

up) Who runs up (Pam

and Sam)

What words are on page

21 that were also on page

20 (can jump) What

new word changes the

meaning (not )

Children can find more

information about

Nancy Tafuri at

wwwmacmillanmhcom

Authorrsquos Purpose

Nancy Tafuri wanted to tell a story

about friends Draw a picture of your

friend Write your friendrsquos name

Find out more aboutNancy Tafuri atwwwmacmillanmhcom

Nancy Tafuri says ldquoI live in

the country and love telling

stories about animals I

especially like to tell stories

about good friends like

Pam and Sam I have fun

drawing pictures to go with

my storiesrdquo

Other books by Nancy Tafuri

26

Meet the AuthorIllustrator

Read aloud page 26 with children Ask if they like the way Nancy Tafuri

draws the animal friends Encourage children to look back at the story

and tell which pictures show that Sam and Pam are good friends

Author rsquos Purpose Nancy Tafuri used words and art to tell a story about what

good friends do together Have children draw a picture of a

friend Check that they have written their friendrsquos name on

the picture Children may add this writing to their response

journals

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3336

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436

Pam and Sam 27A

Think and Compare

USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS

1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of

the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then

he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump

Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN

2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real

birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the

wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too

However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together

I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually

playing together ANALYZE

3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know

Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I

noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for

him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop

playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem

MAKE INFERENCES

4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these

characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head

Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump

Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They

both solved their problems COMPARE

Personal Response

Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another

story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways

could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in

a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas

Look at the pictures Read the story

Nat is a cat

Nat can go up

Nat can go down

Pam and Sam look for Nat

Pam is sad

Where is Nat

Write T if the sentence is true

Write F if the sentence is false

1 Nat is a cat

2 Nat can go up and down

3 Pam is sad

4 Nat is in the

5 Nat is in the

T

T

F

T

T

On Level Practice Book O page 4

Approaching Practice Book A page 4

Beyond Practice Book B page 4

Think and Search(Question 1)

bull Search for clues and

information in the texts

Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)

bull Think about the

information in the story

bull Think about what you

already know

bull Compare the information

in two stories

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636

Objectives

bull Understand the importance

of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a

sentence

bull Use words to add detail to a

sentence

Materials

bull pencils and paper

Dictation Have children dictate

to you their word or phrase to

fill in the sentence frame

Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book

pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do

Personal Narrative

DAY 1 Shared Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 2 Interactive Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas

Independent Prewrite

and Draft

DAY 4 Independent Revise

and Edit

DAY 5 Independent Publish

and Present

IndependentIndependent

WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas

EXPLAIN

Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write

Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting

DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences

1 I like to eat

2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables

Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes

to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words

yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information

Personal Narrative

BRAINSTORM

Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about

herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about

what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk

about what they like to do

PREWRITE

Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do

DRAFT

Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the

sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review

with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that

tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences

TransitionsThat Teach

While lining up for recess

have children tell about a

game they would prefer

to play

Pam and Sam 27C

Page 9: unit1_week1_2.pdf

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 936

1 My name is All ie

2 funny faces

3 I am a superhero

4 Write name

1 sentence is correct

2 fragment

3 sentence is correct

4 fragment

Grammar Transparency 1 copy MacmillanMcGraw-Hill

Transparency 1

I like dogs

Objectives

bull Understand that a sentence

tells a whole idea

bull Recognize that a sentence

always begins with a capital

letter

Materials

bull Grammar Transparency 1

bull Grammar Practice Book p 1

GrammarGrammarSentences

EXPLAINMODEL

Explain that a sentence is a group of words that tells a whole idea

Explain that a sentence always begins with a capital letter Read

aloud the first two examples on Grammar Transparency 1

As I read number 1 I wonder if it is a sentence I ask myself ldquoDo the

words tell a whole idea They do Does it start with a capital letter

Yes againrdquo Number 2 doesnrsquot tell a whole idea It isnrsquot a sentence

GUIDED PRACTICE

Ask children to work in pairs

to decide if the next two

examples on the transparency

are sentences

Have pairs think of a sentence that tells

about That Big Cat Write their sentenceson the board Ask children how they can

tell that these are sentences

ircle the sentences

She sat down

We can jump up

Ran here

Pat can do this

Like to

Grammar Practice Book page 1

Sentences

DAY 1 Sentences

DAY 2 SentencesDAY 3 Sentences

Mechanics Sentence

Capitalization

DAY 4 Sentences

Proofread

DAY 5 Sentences

Grammar Transparency 1

7G

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1036

Objectives

bull Create a list

bull Compose sentences in a

shared writing experience

Materials

bull chart paper

Things I Do

pick out clothesgo to school

write name

Ask and Answer Questions

Ask children questions such as

What do you do at home What

do you do at school As children

answer have them pantomime

the actions Write About It Have children draw a picture of something they do and

write a sentence beneath it They may choose to add this

piece to their writing portfolio

SharedShared

WritingWritingPersonal Narrative

BRAINSTORM

Discuss with children what

kinds of things Allie does in

That Big Cat

Display the list they created

during oral language Talk with

children about things they like

to do Then brainstorm and

list with children words and

phrases about those things

When something is personal it has to do with yourself When we

write sentences about ourselves and put those sentences together it

is called a personal narrative This week we will be writing sentences

about ourselves our interests and what makes us unique We will

put the sentences together and write a personal narrative

WRITE

Reread together the list children created

Have each child create a sentence about himself or herself

Children may use a phrase from the list if they wish

Write childrenrsquos sentences on chart paper Reread the sentences

and reinforce what a sentence is Remind children to use the word

I in their sentences Explain that you use I or me when you talk

about yourself as Allie did in her story

Personal Narrative

DAY 1 Shared Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 2 Interactive Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas

Independent Prewrite

and DraftDAY 4 Independent Revise

and Edit

DAY 5 Independent Publish

and Present

TransitionsThat Teach

While lining up have

children name something

unique about the

classroom

Pam and Sam 7H

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1136

Oral Vocabul ary

The next morning the queen askedthe youn g woman ldquoHow did

you sleep my dearrdquo

ldquoIhardly slept at allrdquo saidthe princess ldquoThere wassomething very

hardin the bed andno matter which way Iturned Icouldnot get

comfortablerdquo

Hearing this the king the queen andthe prince smiledbecause

they knew she wasareal princess No one but agenuine princesscould

feel apeathrough twenty mattressesandtwenty quilts

The cheerful prince took the princessby the hand andsaid ldquoIhave

finally foundyou atrue princess Will you marry merdquo

The princesssaidyesandthe wedding took place the following

week The king andqueen were delighted andthe prince andprincess

livedhappily ever after

cheerfulDefine Cheerful meanshappyorglad

Example Our cheerful mailcarrieralwayssmilesandwavesatus

Ask What makesyou feel

cheerful

Helpchildrenusethe

picturestoretellthe story

Card1 Why hasthe prince

leftthecastleWhatishelooking for

Card2 Whoisatthecastledoor What doesthe kingsaytoher

Card3 WhatdoesthequeenwanttoknowaboutthevisitorWhatisthe

queenrsquosplan

Card4 Howdoestheprincessfeelthenextmorning Why are the kingqueen andprince smiling

Howdoesthestoryend

Retell

ThePrincessandthePea

copy M a c m i l l a n M c G r a w - H i l l

i l l u s t r a t i o n b y B r i d g e t S t a r r T a y l o r

4

At a Glance

Whole GroupOral Languagebull Oral Vocabulary

Comprehensionbull Read The Princess and The Pea

bull Strategy Analyze Story Structure

bull Skill Analyze Character and Setting

Phonemic Awarenessbull Phoneme Isolation

Phonicsbull Short aa

bull Spelling Word Sort -at -an

High-Frequency Wordsbull jump not up down

bull Read ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo

bull Fluency Echo-Read

Language Artsbull Grammar Sentences

bull Interactive Writing

Differentiated Instruction pages 35Mndash35P

Oral LanguageOral Language

Write the Morning Message Point to each word as you read the

Message aloud with expression

Model Concepts of Print Reread the Message slowly Drop your

voice as you end each sentence As you point to each end mark

tell children that some sentences end with a period

Review Words with Short a Have children find short a words

Extend the Weekly Theme Ask children what makes their

classmates special Add suggestions to the Morning Message

Oral Vocabulary

BUILD BACKGROUND Display The Princess and the Pea Card 1 and

read the title Wersquore going to read about a special princess Describe the

the picture What kind of story is this What happens in fairy tales

Read the story Check childrenrsquos understanding using the UseIllustrations Use Context Clues and Ask Questions prompts

Get Ready Story

Small Group Options

I CanI Can

by Paul Danillustrated by Jill Newton

Fantasy

I can hit it

I can kick itI can tip it in

Oral Vocabulary Cards

Oral VocabularyCards

7I

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1236

Teaching Chart 8Graphic Organizer Transparency 1

Objectives

bull Analyze story structure

bull Identify and analyze

character and setting

bull Expand oral vocabulary

bull Reinforce concepts of print

bull Use academic language

character setting

Materials

bull Oral Vocabulary Cards The

Princess and the Pea

bull Teaching Chart 8

bull Graphic Organizer

Transparency 1

Princess Does Princess Does Not

ask the king if she cancome inside the castle

tell the queen about herfamily interests talents

say goodnight and goes tothe guest bedroom

sleep

Categorize Before rereading

review by focusing on the words

always sometimes and never

Ask children about the things

that the princess does in the

story like saying goodnight

before going to bed and ask

if they do this at home Ask

children to use pantomime and

gestures to show things theysometimes do things they always

do and things they never do

Analyze Character and Setting

Introduce U1 7AndashB

Practice Apply

U1 7J 13Gndash27A LeveledPractice 3ndash4

Reteach Review

U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT

35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J

89Gndash105A 111E 111L

111NndashP 111RndashT 111V

111YndashZ Leveled Practice

27ndash28

Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A

153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT

153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled

Practice 119ndash120

Listening Comprehension

Display the Oral Vocabulary Cards and read the title aloud

STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Remind children that paying attention to how a story is organized

will help them be better readers Have children retell parts of the

beginning middle and end of The Princess and the Pea

SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

Remind children that what a character does and says can help them

to understand the character Pay special attention to what the princess

does and says and where she is Think about how these things show what

she is like and what she might do next

COMPLETE A CHARACTER CHART After reading help children

complete Teaching Chart 8

Use the routines below and on the backs of the cards to discuss the

meaning of each word

Define Unique means one-of-a-kind or unusual

Example Jaimersquos unique dog has one brown eye and one blue eye

Ask Describe one unique person or animal that you know

An interest is something a person likes or is curious about

Martarsquos interests include cooking and reading What are some of

your interests

Cheerful means happy or glad Our cheerful mail carrier always

smiles and waves at us What makes you feel cheerful

Continue with the routines for genuine and prefer

Pam and Sam 7J

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1336

Objectives

bull Listen for initial short aa

bull Blend sounds in words with

short aa

bull Build words with short aa

Materials

bull Large Letter Cards a c m p t

bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos

Resource Book p 88

bull pocket chart

Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Isolation

Model

Show children how

to isolate phonemes

Repeat with bat and

medial a

Listen to this word aaat at I hear the a

sound at the beginning of at so Irsquoll raise

my hand

Guided PracticePractice

Have children practice

isolating short a Guide

practice doing the first

few together

Hold up your hand when you hear the a

sound at the beginning of a word

on as off ax up at

Hold up your hand when you hear the a

sound in the middle of a word

bag not sit fat ran jump

PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a

Model

Place Letter Cards c and

a in the pocket chart

Blend phonemes

This is the letter c It stands

for the k sound This is

the letter a It stands for

the a sound Listen as I

blend these sounds

together kaaa Now you say it

Place Letter Card t at

the end to form cat

Blend phonemes

This is the letter t

It stands for the

t sound

Listen as I blend

all three sounds

kaaat cat

Guided PracticePractice

Have children practice

blending with these

examples Do the first

one together

tap rat man ran

Nan pat Pam sattan Sam can fat

Pronunciation In some

languages including Spanish

Cantonese and Vietnamese

there is not a direct transfer forthe short a sound

Emphasize the short a sound

and demonstrate correct mouth

position when pronouncing

each word Have children

contrast short a with ahhh the

sound with which children will

most likely be more familiar

For a complete phonics transferchart see the ELL Teacherrsquos

Guide

Short a a

Introduce 7C-D

Practice Apply

7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG

Leveled Practice 1 5 8

Decodable Reader A Cap

for Pam

Reteach Review

35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S

35U 35Y

Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B

Decodable Reader Jazz Band

7K

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1436

Build Words with Short a a

Model

Place Letter Cards m

a t in the pocket chart

Blend phonemes

Letrsquos blend all the

sounds together

and read the word

mat

Guided PracticePractice

Have children practice

building words with

short aa Guide

children with the first

example

Change the m in mat to c What word did

we make

Change the t in cat to p What word did you

make

Change the c in cap to m What word did

you make

PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an

Place index cards for hat and man

in a pocket chart Say each word

and its sounds hat h a t

man m a n Say each word

again emphasizing at or an Askvolunteers to spell each word

Display index cards one at a time

Have children read each word

listening for at or an

Ask volunteers to place each index card in the row with the same

end sound

Objectives

bull Spell words with short aa

bull Sort words with -at -an

Materials

bull Spelling Practice Book p 2

bull pocket chart

bull large index cards with

spelling words

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35M

If Yes On Level Options page 35O

Beyond Level Options page 35P

Can children blend and read words with short aa

copy M

a c m i l l a n M c G r a w

- H i l l

Read the words Say each word Then complete each

word to make a spelling word Use each word once

man cat hat mat

ran can up down

1 h 5 d n

2 p 6 m n

3 r n 7 ma

4 c n 8 at

a t

u

a

a

o w

a

t

c

Spelling Practice Book page 2

DAY 1 Pretest

DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word

Sort

DAY 3 Student Word Sort

DAY 4 Test PracticeDictation

DAY 5Posttest

Blending If children have

difficulty blending with

aa say Irsquoll blend k a t

Blend kat stressing medial

a Now you blend cat

Repeat with tap and rat

ConstructiveFeedback

Pam and Sam 7L

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1536

Objectives

bull Learn high-frequency words

jump not up down and read

them in context

bull Review high-frequency

words to and

Materials

bull Vocabulary Cards jump not

up down to and

bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat

Jumprdquo

bull pocket chartbull Leveled Practice Books p 2

High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down

INTRODUCE

Display the Vocabulary Cards for jump not up and down in a

pocket chart

Point to and say the word up This is the word

up It is spelled u-p The cat went up the tree

Have children read spell and write the word

up

Follow the same steps to introduce jump not

and down

When introducing each new high-frequency

word note any phonics elements that have

been taught this week Review how to

decode the familiar letters sounds in the new

words We know that the letters n and t in not

stand for n and t Repeat with each new

high-frequency word

Have children work with a partner to make up sentences using

the words

Word Wall You may wish to add these words

Review Review to and and using the same procedure

Complete each sentence

Use one of the words in the box

up down not jump

1 I can

2 The cat ran

3 The cat is little

4 The dog ran

5 Write your own sentence using a word from the box

up

not

down

Responses will vary

jump

On Level Practice Book 0 page 2

Approaching Practice Book A page 2

Beyond Practice Book B page 2

Beginning

Use RealiaDemonstrate Demonstrate the concept of

up and down as opposites

Have children point up and

say the word up Then have

them point down and say

the word down For jump

ask children to stand and

then jump while they say the

word jump

Intermediate

ModelUse Gestures Askchildren to point up and

down Model The light is up

on the ceiling What else is

up on the ceiling The pencil

is down on the floor What

else is down on the floor

For jump ask a volunteer to

jump over a block For not

place a book and a pen side

by side Say This is a book

This is not a book Point to a

desk Is this a book

Advanced

Develop Spoken Language Ask children to use the

words up and down in

sentences of their own that

demonstrate understanding

of their meanings as

opposites Have children use

jump in sentences that tell

others what to jump over

7M

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1636

Pam and Sam 89

Get Ready Story Student pages 8ndash9

Read ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo

PREVIEWPREDICT

Use the Illustration Read aloud the title and have children look at

the illustration What characters do you see (two frogs and a bug)

What can you tell about these characters (Answers will vary)

Ask children to read aloud ldquoWords to Knowrdquo Explain that these

new words theyrsquove been practicing will be in the story

SET A PURPOSE FOR READING

Focus Question Ask a child to read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo

question The two frogs can already jump Pat is probably the bug

who is watching them What might help you find out if Pat can

jump (what the author says Pat does what the pictures show)

bull Read Aloud or Read

Together pausing

as needed to support

childrenrsquos comprehension

bull Have children whisper-

read independently

bull Use the modeling and

question prompts as you

revisit sections of the text

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1736

Get Ready Story Student pages 10ndash11

Apply Vocabulary

1 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS jump up down

Have children point to the words jump and up on page 10 and

jump and down on page 11 Reinforce the vocabulary by saying I

see two frogs jump First they jump up Then they jump down

2 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

Ask children to describe how they think the bug (Pat) is feeling

as she watches the frogs jump Can you tell by looking at the

illustrations how Pat may be feeling What might she be thinking

2

1

Gesture and Point Reinforce

the meanings of jump up and

down by gesturing Also havechildren say the words Then

lead children in pointing to the

frogs that jump Point to them

when they are up and when

they are down

1011

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1836

Pam and Sam 1213

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level High-Frequency Words page 35N

If Yes On Level Options page 35O

Beyond Level Options page 35P

Can children read jump not up and down

Develop Spoken Language

Have children pretend their fists

are frogs and show how they

can jump across their desks Say

I can jump Have children repeatafter you

Get Ready Story Student pages 12ndash13

3 4

3 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS not jump

Have children point to the words not and jump on page 12 and to

jump on page 13 What could Pat not do at first Could she jump

by herself at the end What helped her jump

4 FLUENCY ECHO983085READRead Exclamations Tell children that sentences with exclamation

marks are read with excitement Model reading each sentence on

page 13 and have children echo-read

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1936

Objective

bull Identify a complete

sentence

Materials

bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat

Jumprdquo

bull Grammar Practice Book p 2

GrammarGrammarSentences

REVIEW

Have children turn to page 12 of ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo Invite a

volunteer to reread the sentence

Remember this is a sentence It is a group of words that tells a whole

idea A sentence always begins with a capital letter

PRACTICE

Write the following complete and incomplete sentences on the

board

1 The sad man

2 The cat sat down

3 had a nap

4 We look at the map

Read each group of words with children

Ask Is this a sentence Why or why

not Discuss whether or not each

example tells a whole idea

Cross out the two incomplete

sentences

Sentences

DAY 1 Sentences

DAY 2 Sentences

DAY 3 Sentences

Mechanics SentenceCapitalization

DAY 4 Sentences

Proofread

DAY 5 Sentences

Grammar Practice Book page 2

13A

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2036

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2136

At a Glance

Whole Group

Main Selection

Oral Languagebull Oral Vocabulary

bull Read Aloud ldquoBeverly Billingsly

Borrows a Bookrdquo

Phonemic Awarenessbull Phoneme Blending

Phonicsbull Short aa

bull Build Fluency

bull Spelling Word Sort

High-Frequency Wordsbull jump not up down

Comprehensionbull Read Pam and Sam

bull Strategy Analyze Story Structurebull Skill Analyze Character and

Setting

Language Artsbull Grammar Sentences

bull Independent Writing

Small Group Options

Differentiated Instruction pages 35Qndash35T

Oral LanguageOral Language

Write the Morning Message Point to each word as you read the

Message aloud with expression

Practice Concepts of Print Remind children that some sentences

end with periods Reread and have them raise a hand each time

you end a sentence Have volunteers circle the periods

Review Words with Short a Invite a child to find the words with

short a Who can think of other words with short a

Extend the Weekly Theme Encourage children to think about

other ways to describe what people are like Have them describe

characteristics of a friend a family member and a firefighter

Oral Vocabulary

REVIEW WORDS

Discuss The Princess and the Pea by asking Why did the queen ask

about the princessrsquos interests What was unique about the princessWhat made the prince cheerful

Write the following vocabulary words on the board unique

interest cheerful genuine and prefer Read the words aloud

Then ask the following questions

Which word means

bull real or true

bull one-of a-kind or unusual

bull choosing one thing instead of

another

bull happy or glad bull something a person likes

I have a fat cat

I can pat himI can play with him

13C

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2236

Objectives

bull Understand story structure

as it relates to a fantasy storybull Learn that a fantasy is

different from realistic

fiction

bull Model reading with prosody

Materials

bull Read-Aloud Anthology

InteractiveInteractive

Read AloudRead AloudListening Comprehension

GENRE FANTASY

Ask children if they can tell you what a fantasy story is Share

the information about fantasy found in the Read-Aloud

Anthology

READ ldquoBEVERLY BILLINGSLY BORROWS A BOOKrdquo

Model Analyzing Story Structure Use the Think Alouds

provided at point of use in the Read-Aloud Anthology

Model Fluent Reading Read aloud the fantasy story

naturally and with expression As you read point out aspects

of fluent reading For example point out that you read

dialogue the way you think characters might say it

Expand Vocabulary See pages 9ndash13 of the Read-Aloud

Anthology to teach new words

Respond to the Fantasy

TALK ABOUT IT Ask children what happened in the story Why did

Beverly go to the library What were some of Beverlyrsquos interestsHow is Beverly like people you know What are some ways Beverly is

unique

Beginning

Ask Questions Talk with

children about the library Who

has been to a library Do we

get books at a library Does a

librarian work there Have you

ever talked to the librarian

Intermediate

Use Vocabulary Elicit from

children the different words we

use when talking about a library

What is inside of a library What

do we call a person who works

in a library What do you need to

show the librarian if you want to

take a book home

Advanced

Role Play Have children act out

a trip to the library One child

can play the part of the librarian

while others can pretend to

check out books Encourage

children to use sentences such

as I want to borrow this book please Do you have your library

card When is my book due

Write About It Invite children to respond to the read aloud by illustrating a

scene of their choice in their response journal or notebook

Read Aloudpages 9ndash13

Pam and Sam 13D

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2336

Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Blending

Model

Show children how to

orally blend phonemes

I will say the sounds in a word The first

sound is m The next sound is a The

last sound is t I can blend these sounds

together mmmaaat mat Say it with me

Guided PracticePracticeHave children practice

blending Guide practice

with the first two words

I will say three sounds Blend sounds

together to form words

r a n s a t m a p

t a p m a n t a n

PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a

Model

Place Letter Cards m

a and p in the pocket

chart

Change the m in map

to s Use the routine to

blend sap

The letter m stands

for the sound m

The letter a stands

for the sound a The letter p stands

for p Irsquoll blend the sounds together

mmmaaap map Say it with me

Guided PracticePractice

Have children change

letters and blend Guide

practice with the firstword change

Change the s in

sap to t Blend

the sounds toread the word

yoursquove made

cap nap rap sap

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35Q

If Yes On Level Options page 35S

Beyond Level Options page 35T

Can children blend sounds in words with short aa

Objectives

bull Blend sounds in words

bull Blend with short aa

Materials

bull Large Letter Cards a m p t

bull Small Letter Cards

bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos

Resource Book p 88

bull pocket chart

bull Teaching Chart 7

bull PhonicsFluency

Transparency 1

Short a a

Introduce 7CndashD

Practice Apply

7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG

Leveled Practice 1 5 8

Decodable Reader A Cap

for PamReteach Review

35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S

35U 35Y

Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B

Decodable Reader Jazz Band

Phonemic Awareness

Teaching phonemic

awareness to children

is clearly effective It

improves their ability to

manipulate phonemes in

speech This skill transfers

and helps them learn to

read and spell PA training

benefits not only word

reading but also reading

comprehension

Donald Bear

wwwmacmillanmhcom

13E

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2436

Build Fluency Word Automaticity

Display Teaching Chart 7 Point to the word at Ask children to blend

the sounds with you Then ask them to read the word at regularspeed Repeat the blending routine with the other words having

children blend and read after you Then point to the words in random

order and ask children to read them

PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an

Pair children and have them sort Spelling Word Cards by ending

sounds Encourage them to say spell and then sort each word Then

have them identify the ending sounds and say the rhyming words

Dictation

Follow this dictation routine with the spelling words

Pronounce one word at a time for children Then repeat the word

and use it in a sentence

Have children repeat each word softly to themselves and then

write the word

After dictation is completed encourage children to proofread

their words Remind them to check their words for spellingpatterns and to look for the words containing short aa

To extend have volunteers make up sentences for each word

Objectives

bull Sort words with -at -an

bull Use dictation to practicespelling words

Materials

bull Spelling Word Cards BLM

Teacherrsquos Resource Book

p 90

bull Spelling Practice Book p 3

man cat hat mat

ran can up down

Look at the picture Use a spelling word to

complete the sentence

1 Can you see the

2 The cat ran

3 The man has a

4 She can go

5 Here is a

cat

up

hat

down

can

Spelling Practice Book page 3

DAY 1 Pretest

DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word

Sort

DAY 3 Student Word Sort

Dictation

DAY 4 Test Practice

DAY 5 Posttest

Teaching Chart 7 PhonicsFluency Transparency 1

Pam and Sam 13F

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2536

Objectives

bull Read high-frequency words

jump not up down like gobull Read to apply the strategy

Analyze Story Structure

bull Read to apply the skill

Analyze Character and

Setting

bull Use academic language

character setting

Materials

bull Vocabulary Word Cards BLMTeacherrsquos Resource Book p

120

bull Student Book Pam and Sam

bull Teaching Chart 8

bull Graphic Organizer

Transparency 1

bull Leveled Practice Books p 3

High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down

PRACTICE

Duplicate and distribute a set of Vocabulary Word Cards for

jump not up down to each child

As you say the words have children hold up the appropriate card

Ask volunteers to use each word in a sentence

Have each child work with a partner and call out each word for

their partner to write

Review Review like and go following the same procedure

ComprehensionComprehensionSTRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Remind children that it is helpful to identify the beginning middle

and end of stories Today as we read another story pay special attention

to what happens to the characters at the beginning in the middle and at

the end of the story

SKILL

Analyze Character and Setting

Today wersquore going to read about two characters What information might

help you understand these characters Pay attention to what they do

what they say and what they look like Also think about how the setting

or where they are helps you understand the story

Prepare to Read

PREVIEW AND PREDICT

Have children turn to page 15 Ask a child to read aloud the title

Who are the characters What do you think they might do

Tell children to write or draw their predictions about the story

Genre Fantasy Remind children that a fantasy is a made-up

story that would not happen in real life

Preview the word Ask children to

tell what it means

fly (page 24)

Analyze Character and Setting

Introduce U1 7AndashB

Practice Apply

U1 7J 13Gndash27A Leveled

Practice 3ndash4

Reteach Review

U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT

35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J

89Gndash105A 111E 111L

111NndashP 111RndashT 111V

111YndashZ Leveled Practice

27ndash28

Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A

153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT

153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled

Practice 119ndash120

13G

Main Selection Student pages 14 15

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2636

Read Pam and Sam

SET A PURPOSE FOR READING

Focus Question Read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo question Letrsquos

look for clues in the story that help us understand these characters

Encourage children to set their own purpose for readingWAYS TO READ THE SELECTION

Main Selection Student pages 14ndash15

Story available on Listening

Library Audio CD

If your children need support

to read the Main Selection

use the prompts to guide

comprehension and model

how to complete the Character

Chart Encourage children toread aloud

If your children can read the

Main Selection independently

have them read and complete

the Character Chart

If your children need an alternate selection choose the

Leveled Readers that match their instructional level

Pam and Sam 1415

Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2736

Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17

Develop Comprehension

1 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

We have only read two pages and wersquove already learned a lot

How many characters have we met (two) What can you tell about

them How are they unique (Pam is a rabbit Sam is a bird Theylike to play) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

2 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Teacher Think Aloud This story begins with Pam and Sam

playing Pam just ran up I want to find out if Sam will do the

same thing because they like to play together I will read on

to see how the story develops I will pay close attention to the

characters and what they do in the rest of the story

1 2

SyntacticStructure

Explain that good readers

sometimes check that they have

read words correctly One way to

do this is to ask Does the word Iread sound right in the sentence

Model Point to the word ran

on page 17 The text reads ldquoPam

uprdquo I know from how the

sentence is put together that the

next word has to be a verb The

word ran is a verb It sounds right in

the sentence because it says what

Pam did

Apply Encourage children to

check the meaning of other words

in the story

1617

Main Selection Student pages 18ndash19

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2836

3 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

What can Pam and Sam do on these pages (They can run) Letrsquos

add this to our Character Chart Why do you think Pam and Sam

run together (Possible answer because they are playing)

4 MONITOR AND CLARIFY REREAD

If you donrsquot understand what is happening in the story you can

reread it to try and figure things out Reread page 19 What did Pam

and Sam do (They ran) Where did they run (They ran down)

5 MAINTAIN ANALYZE CHARACTER AND SETTING

What can we tell about Pam and Sam What are their interests

(They seem to be friends they like to do things together They run

and jump) Where does the story take place (outdoors possibly in

a field or in a meadow)

Main Selection Student pages 18 19

Picture Clues Point to the bird

and the rabbit running together

Explain that the picture can

give clues about where they

are running Where are Sam thebird and Pam the rabbit running

(They are running down)

3 4 5

Pam and Sam 1819

Main Selection Student pages 20ndash21

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2936

p g

Develop Comprehension

6 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

What do you learn about Pam (She can jump) What do you learn

about Sam (He can not jump) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

7 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Teacher Think Aloud Letrsquos think about how the story is

organized In the beginning Pam and Sam kept doing the same

thing Now what is happening in the middle of the story

Encourage children to apply the strategy in a Think Aloud

Student Think Aloud In the beginning of the story Sam and

Pam did the same things Now I am reading the middle of thestory and there is a problem Sam can not jump I want to read

more to find out if the problem is solved

6 7

Clarify Remind children

that characters refers to the

main people or animals in

the story Review some of the

pages in the story Pam andSam and encourage children

to look at the illustrations

Are the characters people or

animals (animals) Who are

the characters (Pam and Sam)

Ask children to describe the

characters in their own words

based on the illustrations in the

story (Possible answer Pam is a

rabbit and can hop Sam is a birdand can fly)

2021

Main Selection Student pages 22ndash23

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3036

8 FLUENCY ECHO983085READ

Read Exclamations Letrsquos read the sentence on page 23 It ends

with an exclamation mark When I read the sentence I use a tone

that shows I am excited Listen to the way my voice sounds when I

read it Now read the sentence after me with the same tone

9 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

Look at the picture on page 23 What can Sam do (He can fly)

Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

10 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Think about how the author wrote this story How did she organize

the story to keep it interesting

Student Think Aloud In the beginning she introduced the

characters and told us they like to play In the middle she told us

about a problem Sam had I think the problem will get solved in

the end now that I know Sam can fly

Question 9 ANALYZE

CHARACTER

What can Sam do How do you

know he can fly Can Pam fly too

How do you know

9

8 10

Pam and Sam 2223

Main Selection Student pages 24ndash25

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3136

Teaching Chart 8Graphic

Organizer Transparency 1

Pam Can Sam Can

play

run

jump

play

run

fly

Develop Comprehension

COMPLETE THE CHARACTER CHART

Ask children to share their ideas about the characters Pam and Sam

Record their ideas on Teaching Chart 8

RETURN TO PREDICTIONS AND PURPOSES

Review childrenrsquos predictions and review the Focus Question What

makes Pam and Sam special (Pam can jump Sam can fly)

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Leveled Reader Lesson 2 page 35R

If Yes On Level Options page 35S

Beyond Level Options page 35T

Can children analyze characters

2425

Main Selection Student page 26

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3236

Pam and Sam 26

Authorrsquos Craft

Focus on Repetition

In this story Nancy Tafuri

uses the same words

over and over She does

this to make it easier for

readers to understand

the story Repetition also

helps readers remember

what has already

happened New wordscan change the meaning

of words used over

and over

What words on page 17

are also on page 18 (ran

up) Who runs up (Pam

and Sam)

What words are on page

21 that were also on page

20 (can jump) What

new word changes the

meaning (not )

Children can find more

information about

Nancy Tafuri at

wwwmacmillanmhcom

Authorrsquos Purpose

Nancy Tafuri wanted to tell a story

about friends Draw a picture of your

friend Write your friendrsquos name

Find out more aboutNancy Tafuri atwwwmacmillanmhcom

Nancy Tafuri says ldquoI live in

the country and love telling

stories about animals I

especially like to tell stories

about good friends like

Pam and Sam I have fun

drawing pictures to go with

my storiesrdquo

Other books by Nancy Tafuri

26

Meet the AuthorIllustrator

Read aloud page 26 with children Ask if they like the way Nancy Tafuri

draws the animal friends Encourage children to look back at the story

and tell which pictures show that Sam and Pam are good friends

Author rsquos Purpose Nancy Tafuri used words and art to tell a story about what

good friends do together Have children draw a picture of a

friend Check that they have written their friendrsquos name on

the picture Children may add this writing to their response

journals

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3336

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436

Pam and Sam 27A

Think and Compare

USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS

1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of

the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then

he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump

Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN

2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real

birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the

wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too

However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together

I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually

playing together ANALYZE

3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know

Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I

noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for

him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop

playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem

MAKE INFERENCES

4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these

characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head

Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump

Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They

both solved their problems COMPARE

Personal Response

Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another

story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways

could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in

a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas

Look at the pictures Read the story

Nat is a cat

Nat can go up

Nat can go down

Pam and Sam look for Nat

Pam is sad

Where is Nat

Write T if the sentence is true

Write F if the sentence is false

1 Nat is a cat

2 Nat can go up and down

3 Pam is sad

4 Nat is in the

5 Nat is in the

T

T

F

T

T

On Level Practice Book O page 4

Approaching Practice Book A page 4

Beyond Practice Book B page 4

Think and Search(Question 1)

bull Search for clues and

information in the texts

Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)

bull Think about the

information in the story

bull Think about what you

already know

bull Compare the information

in two stories

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636

Objectives

bull Understand the importance

of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a

sentence

bull Use words to add detail to a

sentence

Materials

bull pencils and paper

Dictation Have children dictate

to you their word or phrase to

fill in the sentence frame

Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book

pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do

Personal Narrative

DAY 1 Shared Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 2 Interactive Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas

Independent Prewrite

and Draft

DAY 4 Independent Revise

and Edit

DAY 5 Independent Publish

and Present

IndependentIndependent

WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas

EXPLAIN

Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write

Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting

DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences

1 I like to eat

2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables

Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes

to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words

yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information

Personal Narrative

BRAINSTORM

Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about

herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about

what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk

about what they like to do

PREWRITE

Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do

DRAFT

Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the

sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review

with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that

tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences

TransitionsThat Teach

While lining up for recess

have children tell about a

game they would prefer

to play

Pam and Sam 27C

Page 10: unit1_week1_2.pdf

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1036

Objectives

bull Create a list

bull Compose sentences in a

shared writing experience

Materials

bull chart paper

Things I Do

pick out clothesgo to school

write name

Ask and Answer Questions

Ask children questions such as

What do you do at home What

do you do at school As children

answer have them pantomime

the actions Write About It Have children draw a picture of something they do and

write a sentence beneath it They may choose to add this

piece to their writing portfolio

SharedShared

WritingWritingPersonal Narrative

BRAINSTORM

Discuss with children what

kinds of things Allie does in

That Big Cat

Display the list they created

during oral language Talk with

children about things they like

to do Then brainstorm and

list with children words and

phrases about those things

When something is personal it has to do with yourself When we

write sentences about ourselves and put those sentences together it

is called a personal narrative This week we will be writing sentences

about ourselves our interests and what makes us unique We will

put the sentences together and write a personal narrative

WRITE

Reread together the list children created

Have each child create a sentence about himself or herself

Children may use a phrase from the list if they wish

Write childrenrsquos sentences on chart paper Reread the sentences

and reinforce what a sentence is Remind children to use the word

I in their sentences Explain that you use I or me when you talk

about yourself as Allie did in her story

Personal Narrative

DAY 1 Shared Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 2 Interactive Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas

Independent Prewrite

and DraftDAY 4 Independent Revise

and Edit

DAY 5 Independent Publish

and Present

TransitionsThat Teach

While lining up have

children name something

unique about the

classroom

Pam and Sam 7H

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1136

Oral Vocabul ary

The next morning the queen askedthe youn g woman ldquoHow did

you sleep my dearrdquo

ldquoIhardly slept at allrdquo saidthe princess ldquoThere wassomething very

hardin the bed andno matter which way Iturned Icouldnot get

comfortablerdquo

Hearing this the king the queen andthe prince smiledbecause

they knew she wasareal princess No one but agenuine princesscould

feel apeathrough twenty mattressesandtwenty quilts

The cheerful prince took the princessby the hand andsaid ldquoIhave

finally foundyou atrue princess Will you marry merdquo

The princesssaidyesandthe wedding took place the following

week The king andqueen were delighted andthe prince andprincess

livedhappily ever after

cheerfulDefine Cheerful meanshappyorglad

Example Our cheerful mailcarrieralwayssmilesandwavesatus

Ask What makesyou feel

cheerful

Helpchildrenusethe

picturestoretellthe story

Card1 Why hasthe prince

leftthecastleWhatishelooking for

Card2 Whoisatthecastledoor What doesthe kingsaytoher

Card3 WhatdoesthequeenwanttoknowaboutthevisitorWhatisthe

queenrsquosplan

Card4 Howdoestheprincessfeelthenextmorning Why are the kingqueen andprince smiling

Howdoesthestoryend

Retell

ThePrincessandthePea

copy M a c m i l l a n M c G r a w - H i l l

i l l u s t r a t i o n b y B r i d g e t S t a r r T a y l o r

4

At a Glance

Whole GroupOral Languagebull Oral Vocabulary

Comprehensionbull Read The Princess and The Pea

bull Strategy Analyze Story Structure

bull Skill Analyze Character and Setting

Phonemic Awarenessbull Phoneme Isolation

Phonicsbull Short aa

bull Spelling Word Sort -at -an

High-Frequency Wordsbull jump not up down

bull Read ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo

bull Fluency Echo-Read

Language Artsbull Grammar Sentences

bull Interactive Writing

Differentiated Instruction pages 35Mndash35P

Oral LanguageOral Language

Write the Morning Message Point to each word as you read the

Message aloud with expression

Model Concepts of Print Reread the Message slowly Drop your

voice as you end each sentence As you point to each end mark

tell children that some sentences end with a period

Review Words with Short a Have children find short a words

Extend the Weekly Theme Ask children what makes their

classmates special Add suggestions to the Morning Message

Oral Vocabulary

BUILD BACKGROUND Display The Princess and the Pea Card 1 and

read the title Wersquore going to read about a special princess Describe the

the picture What kind of story is this What happens in fairy tales

Read the story Check childrenrsquos understanding using the UseIllustrations Use Context Clues and Ask Questions prompts

Get Ready Story

Small Group Options

I CanI Can

by Paul Danillustrated by Jill Newton

Fantasy

I can hit it

I can kick itI can tip it in

Oral Vocabulary Cards

Oral VocabularyCards

7I

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1236

Teaching Chart 8Graphic Organizer Transparency 1

Objectives

bull Analyze story structure

bull Identify and analyze

character and setting

bull Expand oral vocabulary

bull Reinforce concepts of print

bull Use academic language

character setting

Materials

bull Oral Vocabulary Cards The

Princess and the Pea

bull Teaching Chart 8

bull Graphic Organizer

Transparency 1

Princess Does Princess Does Not

ask the king if she cancome inside the castle

tell the queen about herfamily interests talents

say goodnight and goes tothe guest bedroom

sleep

Categorize Before rereading

review by focusing on the words

always sometimes and never

Ask children about the things

that the princess does in the

story like saying goodnight

before going to bed and ask

if they do this at home Ask

children to use pantomime and

gestures to show things theysometimes do things they always

do and things they never do

Analyze Character and Setting

Introduce U1 7AndashB

Practice Apply

U1 7J 13Gndash27A LeveledPractice 3ndash4

Reteach Review

U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT

35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J

89Gndash105A 111E 111L

111NndashP 111RndashT 111V

111YndashZ Leveled Practice

27ndash28

Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A

153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT

153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled

Practice 119ndash120

Listening Comprehension

Display the Oral Vocabulary Cards and read the title aloud

STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Remind children that paying attention to how a story is organized

will help them be better readers Have children retell parts of the

beginning middle and end of The Princess and the Pea

SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

Remind children that what a character does and says can help them

to understand the character Pay special attention to what the princess

does and says and where she is Think about how these things show what

she is like and what she might do next

COMPLETE A CHARACTER CHART After reading help children

complete Teaching Chart 8

Use the routines below and on the backs of the cards to discuss the

meaning of each word

Define Unique means one-of-a-kind or unusual

Example Jaimersquos unique dog has one brown eye and one blue eye

Ask Describe one unique person or animal that you know

An interest is something a person likes or is curious about

Martarsquos interests include cooking and reading What are some of

your interests

Cheerful means happy or glad Our cheerful mail carrier always

smiles and waves at us What makes you feel cheerful

Continue with the routines for genuine and prefer

Pam and Sam 7J

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1336

Objectives

bull Listen for initial short aa

bull Blend sounds in words with

short aa

bull Build words with short aa

Materials

bull Large Letter Cards a c m p t

bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos

Resource Book p 88

bull pocket chart

Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Isolation

Model

Show children how

to isolate phonemes

Repeat with bat and

medial a

Listen to this word aaat at I hear the a

sound at the beginning of at so Irsquoll raise

my hand

Guided PracticePractice

Have children practice

isolating short a Guide

practice doing the first

few together

Hold up your hand when you hear the a

sound at the beginning of a word

on as off ax up at

Hold up your hand when you hear the a

sound in the middle of a word

bag not sit fat ran jump

PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a

Model

Place Letter Cards c and

a in the pocket chart

Blend phonemes

This is the letter c It stands

for the k sound This is

the letter a It stands for

the a sound Listen as I

blend these sounds

together kaaa Now you say it

Place Letter Card t at

the end to form cat

Blend phonemes

This is the letter t

It stands for the

t sound

Listen as I blend

all three sounds

kaaat cat

Guided PracticePractice

Have children practice

blending with these

examples Do the first

one together

tap rat man ran

Nan pat Pam sattan Sam can fat

Pronunciation In some

languages including Spanish

Cantonese and Vietnamese

there is not a direct transfer forthe short a sound

Emphasize the short a sound

and demonstrate correct mouth

position when pronouncing

each word Have children

contrast short a with ahhh the

sound with which children will

most likely be more familiar

For a complete phonics transferchart see the ELL Teacherrsquos

Guide

Short a a

Introduce 7C-D

Practice Apply

7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG

Leveled Practice 1 5 8

Decodable Reader A Cap

for Pam

Reteach Review

35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S

35U 35Y

Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B

Decodable Reader Jazz Band

7K

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1436

Build Words with Short a a

Model

Place Letter Cards m

a t in the pocket chart

Blend phonemes

Letrsquos blend all the

sounds together

and read the word

mat

Guided PracticePractice

Have children practice

building words with

short aa Guide

children with the first

example

Change the m in mat to c What word did

we make

Change the t in cat to p What word did you

make

Change the c in cap to m What word did

you make

PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an

Place index cards for hat and man

in a pocket chart Say each word

and its sounds hat h a t

man m a n Say each word

again emphasizing at or an Askvolunteers to spell each word

Display index cards one at a time

Have children read each word

listening for at or an

Ask volunteers to place each index card in the row with the same

end sound

Objectives

bull Spell words with short aa

bull Sort words with -at -an

Materials

bull Spelling Practice Book p 2

bull pocket chart

bull large index cards with

spelling words

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35M

If Yes On Level Options page 35O

Beyond Level Options page 35P

Can children blend and read words with short aa

copy M

a c m i l l a n M c G r a w

- H i l l

Read the words Say each word Then complete each

word to make a spelling word Use each word once

man cat hat mat

ran can up down

1 h 5 d n

2 p 6 m n

3 r n 7 ma

4 c n 8 at

a t

u

a

a

o w

a

t

c

Spelling Practice Book page 2

DAY 1 Pretest

DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word

Sort

DAY 3 Student Word Sort

DAY 4 Test PracticeDictation

DAY 5Posttest

Blending If children have

difficulty blending with

aa say Irsquoll blend k a t

Blend kat stressing medial

a Now you blend cat

Repeat with tap and rat

ConstructiveFeedback

Pam and Sam 7L

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1536

Objectives

bull Learn high-frequency words

jump not up down and read

them in context

bull Review high-frequency

words to and

Materials

bull Vocabulary Cards jump not

up down to and

bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat

Jumprdquo

bull pocket chartbull Leveled Practice Books p 2

High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down

INTRODUCE

Display the Vocabulary Cards for jump not up and down in a

pocket chart

Point to and say the word up This is the word

up It is spelled u-p The cat went up the tree

Have children read spell and write the word

up

Follow the same steps to introduce jump not

and down

When introducing each new high-frequency

word note any phonics elements that have

been taught this week Review how to

decode the familiar letters sounds in the new

words We know that the letters n and t in not

stand for n and t Repeat with each new

high-frequency word

Have children work with a partner to make up sentences using

the words

Word Wall You may wish to add these words

Review Review to and and using the same procedure

Complete each sentence

Use one of the words in the box

up down not jump

1 I can

2 The cat ran

3 The cat is little

4 The dog ran

5 Write your own sentence using a word from the box

up

not

down

Responses will vary

jump

On Level Practice Book 0 page 2

Approaching Practice Book A page 2

Beyond Practice Book B page 2

Beginning

Use RealiaDemonstrate Demonstrate the concept of

up and down as opposites

Have children point up and

say the word up Then have

them point down and say

the word down For jump

ask children to stand and

then jump while they say the

word jump

Intermediate

ModelUse Gestures Askchildren to point up and

down Model The light is up

on the ceiling What else is

up on the ceiling The pencil

is down on the floor What

else is down on the floor

For jump ask a volunteer to

jump over a block For not

place a book and a pen side

by side Say This is a book

This is not a book Point to a

desk Is this a book

Advanced

Develop Spoken Language Ask children to use the

words up and down in

sentences of their own that

demonstrate understanding

of their meanings as

opposites Have children use

jump in sentences that tell

others what to jump over

7M

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1636

Pam and Sam 89

Get Ready Story Student pages 8ndash9

Read ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo

PREVIEWPREDICT

Use the Illustration Read aloud the title and have children look at

the illustration What characters do you see (two frogs and a bug)

What can you tell about these characters (Answers will vary)

Ask children to read aloud ldquoWords to Knowrdquo Explain that these

new words theyrsquove been practicing will be in the story

SET A PURPOSE FOR READING

Focus Question Ask a child to read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo

question The two frogs can already jump Pat is probably the bug

who is watching them What might help you find out if Pat can

jump (what the author says Pat does what the pictures show)

bull Read Aloud or Read

Together pausing

as needed to support

childrenrsquos comprehension

bull Have children whisper-

read independently

bull Use the modeling and

question prompts as you

revisit sections of the text

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1736

Get Ready Story Student pages 10ndash11

Apply Vocabulary

1 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS jump up down

Have children point to the words jump and up on page 10 and

jump and down on page 11 Reinforce the vocabulary by saying I

see two frogs jump First they jump up Then they jump down

2 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

Ask children to describe how they think the bug (Pat) is feeling

as she watches the frogs jump Can you tell by looking at the

illustrations how Pat may be feeling What might she be thinking

2

1

Gesture and Point Reinforce

the meanings of jump up and

down by gesturing Also havechildren say the words Then

lead children in pointing to the

frogs that jump Point to them

when they are up and when

they are down

1011

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1836

Pam and Sam 1213

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level High-Frequency Words page 35N

If Yes On Level Options page 35O

Beyond Level Options page 35P

Can children read jump not up and down

Develop Spoken Language

Have children pretend their fists

are frogs and show how they

can jump across their desks Say

I can jump Have children repeatafter you

Get Ready Story Student pages 12ndash13

3 4

3 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS not jump

Have children point to the words not and jump on page 12 and to

jump on page 13 What could Pat not do at first Could she jump

by herself at the end What helped her jump

4 FLUENCY ECHO983085READRead Exclamations Tell children that sentences with exclamation

marks are read with excitement Model reading each sentence on

page 13 and have children echo-read

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1936

Objective

bull Identify a complete

sentence

Materials

bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat

Jumprdquo

bull Grammar Practice Book p 2

GrammarGrammarSentences

REVIEW

Have children turn to page 12 of ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo Invite a

volunteer to reread the sentence

Remember this is a sentence It is a group of words that tells a whole

idea A sentence always begins with a capital letter

PRACTICE

Write the following complete and incomplete sentences on the

board

1 The sad man

2 The cat sat down

3 had a nap

4 We look at the map

Read each group of words with children

Ask Is this a sentence Why or why

not Discuss whether or not each

example tells a whole idea

Cross out the two incomplete

sentences

Sentences

DAY 1 Sentences

DAY 2 Sentences

DAY 3 Sentences

Mechanics SentenceCapitalization

DAY 4 Sentences

Proofread

DAY 5 Sentences

Grammar Practice Book page 2

13A

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2036

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2136

At a Glance

Whole Group

Main Selection

Oral Languagebull Oral Vocabulary

bull Read Aloud ldquoBeverly Billingsly

Borrows a Bookrdquo

Phonemic Awarenessbull Phoneme Blending

Phonicsbull Short aa

bull Build Fluency

bull Spelling Word Sort

High-Frequency Wordsbull jump not up down

Comprehensionbull Read Pam and Sam

bull Strategy Analyze Story Structurebull Skill Analyze Character and

Setting

Language Artsbull Grammar Sentences

bull Independent Writing

Small Group Options

Differentiated Instruction pages 35Qndash35T

Oral LanguageOral Language

Write the Morning Message Point to each word as you read the

Message aloud with expression

Practice Concepts of Print Remind children that some sentences

end with periods Reread and have them raise a hand each time

you end a sentence Have volunteers circle the periods

Review Words with Short a Invite a child to find the words with

short a Who can think of other words with short a

Extend the Weekly Theme Encourage children to think about

other ways to describe what people are like Have them describe

characteristics of a friend a family member and a firefighter

Oral Vocabulary

REVIEW WORDS

Discuss The Princess and the Pea by asking Why did the queen ask

about the princessrsquos interests What was unique about the princessWhat made the prince cheerful

Write the following vocabulary words on the board unique

interest cheerful genuine and prefer Read the words aloud

Then ask the following questions

Which word means

bull real or true

bull one-of a-kind or unusual

bull choosing one thing instead of

another

bull happy or glad bull something a person likes

I have a fat cat

I can pat himI can play with him

13C

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2236

Objectives

bull Understand story structure

as it relates to a fantasy storybull Learn that a fantasy is

different from realistic

fiction

bull Model reading with prosody

Materials

bull Read-Aloud Anthology

InteractiveInteractive

Read AloudRead AloudListening Comprehension

GENRE FANTASY

Ask children if they can tell you what a fantasy story is Share

the information about fantasy found in the Read-Aloud

Anthology

READ ldquoBEVERLY BILLINGSLY BORROWS A BOOKrdquo

Model Analyzing Story Structure Use the Think Alouds

provided at point of use in the Read-Aloud Anthology

Model Fluent Reading Read aloud the fantasy story

naturally and with expression As you read point out aspects

of fluent reading For example point out that you read

dialogue the way you think characters might say it

Expand Vocabulary See pages 9ndash13 of the Read-Aloud

Anthology to teach new words

Respond to the Fantasy

TALK ABOUT IT Ask children what happened in the story Why did

Beverly go to the library What were some of Beverlyrsquos interestsHow is Beverly like people you know What are some ways Beverly is

unique

Beginning

Ask Questions Talk with

children about the library Who

has been to a library Do we

get books at a library Does a

librarian work there Have you

ever talked to the librarian

Intermediate

Use Vocabulary Elicit from

children the different words we

use when talking about a library

What is inside of a library What

do we call a person who works

in a library What do you need to

show the librarian if you want to

take a book home

Advanced

Role Play Have children act out

a trip to the library One child

can play the part of the librarian

while others can pretend to

check out books Encourage

children to use sentences such

as I want to borrow this book please Do you have your library

card When is my book due

Write About It Invite children to respond to the read aloud by illustrating a

scene of their choice in their response journal or notebook

Read Aloudpages 9ndash13

Pam and Sam 13D

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2336

Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Blending

Model

Show children how to

orally blend phonemes

I will say the sounds in a word The first

sound is m The next sound is a The

last sound is t I can blend these sounds

together mmmaaat mat Say it with me

Guided PracticePracticeHave children practice

blending Guide practice

with the first two words

I will say three sounds Blend sounds

together to form words

r a n s a t m a p

t a p m a n t a n

PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a

Model

Place Letter Cards m

a and p in the pocket

chart

Change the m in map

to s Use the routine to

blend sap

The letter m stands

for the sound m

The letter a stands

for the sound a The letter p stands

for p Irsquoll blend the sounds together

mmmaaap map Say it with me

Guided PracticePractice

Have children change

letters and blend Guide

practice with the firstword change

Change the s in

sap to t Blend

the sounds toread the word

yoursquove made

cap nap rap sap

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35Q

If Yes On Level Options page 35S

Beyond Level Options page 35T

Can children blend sounds in words with short aa

Objectives

bull Blend sounds in words

bull Blend with short aa

Materials

bull Large Letter Cards a m p t

bull Small Letter Cards

bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos

Resource Book p 88

bull pocket chart

bull Teaching Chart 7

bull PhonicsFluency

Transparency 1

Short a a

Introduce 7CndashD

Practice Apply

7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG

Leveled Practice 1 5 8

Decodable Reader A Cap

for PamReteach Review

35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S

35U 35Y

Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B

Decodable Reader Jazz Band

Phonemic Awareness

Teaching phonemic

awareness to children

is clearly effective It

improves their ability to

manipulate phonemes in

speech This skill transfers

and helps them learn to

read and spell PA training

benefits not only word

reading but also reading

comprehension

Donald Bear

wwwmacmillanmhcom

13E

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2436

Build Fluency Word Automaticity

Display Teaching Chart 7 Point to the word at Ask children to blend

the sounds with you Then ask them to read the word at regularspeed Repeat the blending routine with the other words having

children blend and read after you Then point to the words in random

order and ask children to read them

PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an

Pair children and have them sort Spelling Word Cards by ending

sounds Encourage them to say spell and then sort each word Then

have them identify the ending sounds and say the rhyming words

Dictation

Follow this dictation routine with the spelling words

Pronounce one word at a time for children Then repeat the word

and use it in a sentence

Have children repeat each word softly to themselves and then

write the word

After dictation is completed encourage children to proofread

their words Remind them to check their words for spellingpatterns and to look for the words containing short aa

To extend have volunteers make up sentences for each word

Objectives

bull Sort words with -at -an

bull Use dictation to practicespelling words

Materials

bull Spelling Word Cards BLM

Teacherrsquos Resource Book

p 90

bull Spelling Practice Book p 3

man cat hat mat

ran can up down

Look at the picture Use a spelling word to

complete the sentence

1 Can you see the

2 The cat ran

3 The man has a

4 She can go

5 Here is a

cat

up

hat

down

can

Spelling Practice Book page 3

DAY 1 Pretest

DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word

Sort

DAY 3 Student Word Sort

Dictation

DAY 4 Test Practice

DAY 5 Posttest

Teaching Chart 7 PhonicsFluency Transparency 1

Pam and Sam 13F

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2536

Objectives

bull Read high-frequency words

jump not up down like gobull Read to apply the strategy

Analyze Story Structure

bull Read to apply the skill

Analyze Character and

Setting

bull Use academic language

character setting

Materials

bull Vocabulary Word Cards BLMTeacherrsquos Resource Book p

120

bull Student Book Pam and Sam

bull Teaching Chart 8

bull Graphic Organizer

Transparency 1

bull Leveled Practice Books p 3

High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down

PRACTICE

Duplicate and distribute a set of Vocabulary Word Cards for

jump not up down to each child

As you say the words have children hold up the appropriate card

Ask volunteers to use each word in a sentence

Have each child work with a partner and call out each word for

their partner to write

Review Review like and go following the same procedure

ComprehensionComprehensionSTRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Remind children that it is helpful to identify the beginning middle

and end of stories Today as we read another story pay special attention

to what happens to the characters at the beginning in the middle and at

the end of the story

SKILL

Analyze Character and Setting

Today wersquore going to read about two characters What information might

help you understand these characters Pay attention to what they do

what they say and what they look like Also think about how the setting

or where they are helps you understand the story

Prepare to Read

PREVIEW AND PREDICT

Have children turn to page 15 Ask a child to read aloud the title

Who are the characters What do you think they might do

Tell children to write or draw their predictions about the story

Genre Fantasy Remind children that a fantasy is a made-up

story that would not happen in real life

Preview the word Ask children to

tell what it means

fly (page 24)

Analyze Character and Setting

Introduce U1 7AndashB

Practice Apply

U1 7J 13Gndash27A Leveled

Practice 3ndash4

Reteach Review

U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT

35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J

89Gndash105A 111E 111L

111NndashP 111RndashT 111V

111YndashZ Leveled Practice

27ndash28

Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A

153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT

153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled

Practice 119ndash120

13G

Main Selection Student pages 14 15

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2636

Read Pam and Sam

SET A PURPOSE FOR READING

Focus Question Read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo question Letrsquos

look for clues in the story that help us understand these characters

Encourage children to set their own purpose for readingWAYS TO READ THE SELECTION

Main Selection Student pages 14ndash15

Story available on Listening

Library Audio CD

If your children need support

to read the Main Selection

use the prompts to guide

comprehension and model

how to complete the Character

Chart Encourage children toread aloud

If your children can read the

Main Selection independently

have them read and complete

the Character Chart

If your children need an alternate selection choose the

Leveled Readers that match their instructional level

Pam and Sam 1415

Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2736

Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17

Develop Comprehension

1 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

We have only read two pages and wersquove already learned a lot

How many characters have we met (two) What can you tell about

them How are they unique (Pam is a rabbit Sam is a bird Theylike to play) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

2 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Teacher Think Aloud This story begins with Pam and Sam

playing Pam just ran up I want to find out if Sam will do the

same thing because they like to play together I will read on

to see how the story develops I will pay close attention to the

characters and what they do in the rest of the story

1 2

SyntacticStructure

Explain that good readers

sometimes check that they have

read words correctly One way to

do this is to ask Does the word Iread sound right in the sentence

Model Point to the word ran

on page 17 The text reads ldquoPam

uprdquo I know from how the

sentence is put together that the

next word has to be a verb The

word ran is a verb It sounds right in

the sentence because it says what

Pam did

Apply Encourage children to

check the meaning of other words

in the story

1617

Main Selection Student pages 18ndash19

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2836

3 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

What can Pam and Sam do on these pages (They can run) Letrsquos

add this to our Character Chart Why do you think Pam and Sam

run together (Possible answer because they are playing)

4 MONITOR AND CLARIFY REREAD

If you donrsquot understand what is happening in the story you can

reread it to try and figure things out Reread page 19 What did Pam

and Sam do (They ran) Where did they run (They ran down)

5 MAINTAIN ANALYZE CHARACTER AND SETTING

What can we tell about Pam and Sam What are their interests

(They seem to be friends they like to do things together They run

and jump) Where does the story take place (outdoors possibly in

a field or in a meadow)

Main Selection Student pages 18 19

Picture Clues Point to the bird

and the rabbit running together

Explain that the picture can

give clues about where they

are running Where are Sam thebird and Pam the rabbit running

(They are running down)

3 4 5

Pam and Sam 1819

Main Selection Student pages 20ndash21

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2936

p g

Develop Comprehension

6 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

What do you learn about Pam (She can jump) What do you learn

about Sam (He can not jump) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

7 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Teacher Think Aloud Letrsquos think about how the story is

organized In the beginning Pam and Sam kept doing the same

thing Now what is happening in the middle of the story

Encourage children to apply the strategy in a Think Aloud

Student Think Aloud In the beginning of the story Sam and

Pam did the same things Now I am reading the middle of thestory and there is a problem Sam can not jump I want to read

more to find out if the problem is solved

6 7

Clarify Remind children

that characters refers to the

main people or animals in

the story Review some of the

pages in the story Pam andSam and encourage children

to look at the illustrations

Are the characters people or

animals (animals) Who are

the characters (Pam and Sam)

Ask children to describe the

characters in their own words

based on the illustrations in the

story (Possible answer Pam is a

rabbit and can hop Sam is a birdand can fly)

2021

Main Selection Student pages 22ndash23

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3036

8 FLUENCY ECHO983085READ

Read Exclamations Letrsquos read the sentence on page 23 It ends

with an exclamation mark When I read the sentence I use a tone

that shows I am excited Listen to the way my voice sounds when I

read it Now read the sentence after me with the same tone

9 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

Look at the picture on page 23 What can Sam do (He can fly)

Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

10 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Think about how the author wrote this story How did she organize

the story to keep it interesting

Student Think Aloud In the beginning she introduced the

characters and told us they like to play In the middle she told us

about a problem Sam had I think the problem will get solved in

the end now that I know Sam can fly

Question 9 ANALYZE

CHARACTER

What can Sam do How do you

know he can fly Can Pam fly too

How do you know

9

8 10

Pam and Sam 2223

Main Selection Student pages 24ndash25

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3136

Teaching Chart 8Graphic

Organizer Transparency 1

Pam Can Sam Can

play

run

jump

play

run

fly

Develop Comprehension

COMPLETE THE CHARACTER CHART

Ask children to share their ideas about the characters Pam and Sam

Record their ideas on Teaching Chart 8

RETURN TO PREDICTIONS AND PURPOSES

Review childrenrsquos predictions and review the Focus Question What

makes Pam and Sam special (Pam can jump Sam can fly)

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Leveled Reader Lesson 2 page 35R

If Yes On Level Options page 35S

Beyond Level Options page 35T

Can children analyze characters

2425

Main Selection Student page 26

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3236

Pam and Sam 26

Authorrsquos Craft

Focus on Repetition

In this story Nancy Tafuri

uses the same words

over and over She does

this to make it easier for

readers to understand

the story Repetition also

helps readers remember

what has already

happened New wordscan change the meaning

of words used over

and over

What words on page 17

are also on page 18 (ran

up) Who runs up (Pam

and Sam)

What words are on page

21 that were also on page

20 (can jump) What

new word changes the

meaning (not )

Children can find more

information about

Nancy Tafuri at

wwwmacmillanmhcom

Authorrsquos Purpose

Nancy Tafuri wanted to tell a story

about friends Draw a picture of your

friend Write your friendrsquos name

Find out more aboutNancy Tafuri atwwwmacmillanmhcom

Nancy Tafuri says ldquoI live in

the country and love telling

stories about animals I

especially like to tell stories

about good friends like

Pam and Sam I have fun

drawing pictures to go with

my storiesrdquo

Other books by Nancy Tafuri

26

Meet the AuthorIllustrator

Read aloud page 26 with children Ask if they like the way Nancy Tafuri

draws the animal friends Encourage children to look back at the story

and tell which pictures show that Sam and Pam are good friends

Author rsquos Purpose Nancy Tafuri used words and art to tell a story about what

good friends do together Have children draw a picture of a

friend Check that they have written their friendrsquos name on

the picture Children may add this writing to their response

journals

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3336

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436

Pam and Sam 27A

Think and Compare

USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS

1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of

the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then

he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump

Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN

2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real

birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the

wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too

However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together

I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually

playing together ANALYZE

3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know

Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I

noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for

him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop

playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem

MAKE INFERENCES

4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these

characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head

Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump

Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They

both solved their problems COMPARE

Personal Response

Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another

story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways

could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in

a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas

Look at the pictures Read the story

Nat is a cat

Nat can go up

Nat can go down

Pam and Sam look for Nat

Pam is sad

Where is Nat

Write T if the sentence is true

Write F if the sentence is false

1 Nat is a cat

2 Nat can go up and down

3 Pam is sad

4 Nat is in the

5 Nat is in the

T

T

F

T

T

On Level Practice Book O page 4

Approaching Practice Book A page 4

Beyond Practice Book B page 4

Think and Search(Question 1)

bull Search for clues and

information in the texts

Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)

bull Think about the

information in the story

bull Think about what you

already know

bull Compare the information

in two stories

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636

Objectives

bull Understand the importance

of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a

sentence

bull Use words to add detail to a

sentence

Materials

bull pencils and paper

Dictation Have children dictate

to you their word or phrase to

fill in the sentence frame

Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book

pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do

Personal Narrative

DAY 1 Shared Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 2 Interactive Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas

Independent Prewrite

and Draft

DAY 4 Independent Revise

and Edit

DAY 5 Independent Publish

and Present

IndependentIndependent

WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas

EXPLAIN

Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write

Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting

DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences

1 I like to eat

2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables

Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes

to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words

yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information

Personal Narrative

BRAINSTORM

Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about

herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about

what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk

about what they like to do

PREWRITE

Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do

DRAFT

Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the

sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review

with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that

tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences

TransitionsThat Teach

While lining up for recess

have children tell about a

game they would prefer

to play

Pam and Sam 27C

Page 11: unit1_week1_2.pdf

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1136

Oral Vocabul ary

The next morning the queen askedthe youn g woman ldquoHow did

you sleep my dearrdquo

ldquoIhardly slept at allrdquo saidthe princess ldquoThere wassomething very

hardin the bed andno matter which way Iturned Icouldnot get

comfortablerdquo

Hearing this the king the queen andthe prince smiledbecause

they knew she wasareal princess No one but agenuine princesscould

feel apeathrough twenty mattressesandtwenty quilts

The cheerful prince took the princessby the hand andsaid ldquoIhave

finally foundyou atrue princess Will you marry merdquo

The princesssaidyesandthe wedding took place the following

week The king andqueen were delighted andthe prince andprincess

livedhappily ever after

cheerfulDefine Cheerful meanshappyorglad

Example Our cheerful mailcarrieralwayssmilesandwavesatus

Ask What makesyou feel

cheerful

Helpchildrenusethe

picturestoretellthe story

Card1 Why hasthe prince

leftthecastleWhatishelooking for

Card2 Whoisatthecastledoor What doesthe kingsaytoher

Card3 WhatdoesthequeenwanttoknowaboutthevisitorWhatisthe

queenrsquosplan

Card4 Howdoestheprincessfeelthenextmorning Why are the kingqueen andprince smiling

Howdoesthestoryend

Retell

ThePrincessandthePea

copy M a c m i l l a n M c G r a w - H i l l

i l l u s t r a t i o n b y B r i d g e t S t a r r T a y l o r

4

At a Glance

Whole GroupOral Languagebull Oral Vocabulary

Comprehensionbull Read The Princess and The Pea

bull Strategy Analyze Story Structure

bull Skill Analyze Character and Setting

Phonemic Awarenessbull Phoneme Isolation

Phonicsbull Short aa

bull Spelling Word Sort -at -an

High-Frequency Wordsbull jump not up down

bull Read ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo

bull Fluency Echo-Read

Language Artsbull Grammar Sentences

bull Interactive Writing

Differentiated Instruction pages 35Mndash35P

Oral LanguageOral Language

Write the Morning Message Point to each word as you read the

Message aloud with expression

Model Concepts of Print Reread the Message slowly Drop your

voice as you end each sentence As you point to each end mark

tell children that some sentences end with a period

Review Words with Short a Have children find short a words

Extend the Weekly Theme Ask children what makes their

classmates special Add suggestions to the Morning Message

Oral Vocabulary

BUILD BACKGROUND Display The Princess and the Pea Card 1 and

read the title Wersquore going to read about a special princess Describe the

the picture What kind of story is this What happens in fairy tales

Read the story Check childrenrsquos understanding using the UseIllustrations Use Context Clues and Ask Questions prompts

Get Ready Story

Small Group Options

I CanI Can

by Paul Danillustrated by Jill Newton

Fantasy

I can hit it

I can kick itI can tip it in

Oral Vocabulary Cards

Oral VocabularyCards

7I

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1236

Teaching Chart 8Graphic Organizer Transparency 1

Objectives

bull Analyze story structure

bull Identify and analyze

character and setting

bull Expand oral vocabulary

bull Reinforce concepts of print

bull Use academic language

character setting

Materials

bull Oral Vocabulary Cards The

Princess and the Pea

bull Teaching Chart 8

bull Graphic Organizer

Transparency 1

Princess Does Princess Does Not

ask the king if she cancome inside the castle

tell the queen about herfamily interests talents

say goodnight and goes tothe guest bedroom

sleep

Categorize Before rereading

review by focusing on the words

always sometimes and never

Ask children about the things

that the princess does in the

story like saying goodnight

before going to bed and ask

if they do this at home Ask

children to use pantomime and

gestures to show things theysometimes do things they always

do and things they never do

Analyze Character and Setting

Introduce U1 7AndashB

Practice Apply

U1 7J 13Gndash27A LeveledPractice 3ndash4

Reteach Review

U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT

35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J

89Gndash105A 111E 111L

111NndashP 111RndashT 111V

111YndashZ Leveled Practice

27ndash28

Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A

153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT

153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled

Practice 119ndash120

Listening Comprehension

Display the Oral Vocabulary Cards and read the title aloud

STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Remind children that paying attention to how a story is organized

will help them be better readers Have children retell parts of the

beginning middle and end of The Princess and the Pea

SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

Remind children that what a character does and says can help them

to understand the character Pay special attention to what the princess

does and says and where she is Think about how these things show what

she is like and what she might do next

COMPLETE A CHARACTER CHART After reading help children

complete Teaching Chart 8

Use the routines below and on the backs of the cards to discuss the

meaning of each word

Define Unique means one-of-a-kind or unusual

Example Jaimersquos unique dog has one brown eye and one blue eye

Ask Describe one unique person or animal that you know

An interest is something a person likes or is curious about

Martarsquos interests include cooking and reading What are some of

your interests

Cheerful means happy or glad Our cheerful mail carrier always

smiles and waves at us What makes you feel cheerful

Continue with the routines for genuine and prefer

Pam and Sam 7J

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1336

Objectives

bull Listen for initial short aa

bull Blend sounds in words with

short aa

bull Build words with short aa

Materials

bull Large Letter Cards a c m p t

bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos

Resource Book p 88

bull pocket chart

Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Isolation

Model

Show children how

to isolate phonemes

Repeat with bat and

medial a

Listen to this word aaat at I hear the a

sound at the beginning of at so Irsquoll raise

my hand

Guided PracticePractice

Have children practice

isolating short a Guide

practice doing the first

few together

Hold up your hand when you hear the a

sound at the beginning of a word

on as off ax up at

Hold up your hand when you hear the a

sound in the middle of a word

bag not sit fat ran jump

PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a

Model

Place Letter Cards c and

a in the pocket chart

Blend phonemes

This is the letter c It stands

for the k sound This is

the letter a It stands for

the a sound Listen as I

blend these sounds

together kaaa Now you say it

Place Letter Card t at

the end to form cat

Blend phonemes

This is the letter t

It stands for the

t sound

Listen as I blend

all three sounds

kaaat cat

Guided PracticePractice

Have children practice

blending with these

examples Do the first

one together

tap rat man ran

Nan pat Pam sattan Sam can fat

Pronunciation In some

languages including Spanish

Cantonese and Vietnamese

there is not a direct transfer forthe short a sound

Emphasize the short a sound

and demonstrate correct mouth

position when pronouncing

each word Have children

contrast short a with ahhh the

sound with which children will

most likely be more familiar

For a complete phonics transferchart see the ELL Teacherrsquos

Guide

Short a a

Introduce 7C-D

Practice Apply

7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG

Leveled Practice 1 5 8

Decodable Reader A Cap

for Pam

Reteach Review

35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S

35U 35Y

Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B

Decodable Reader Jazz Band

7K

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1436

Build Words with Short a a

Model

Place Letter Cards m

a t in the pocket chart

Blend phonemes

Letrsquos blend all the

sounds together

and read the word

mat

Guided PracticePractice

Have children practice

building words with

short aa Guide

children with the first

example

Change the m in mat to c What word did

we make

Change the t in cat to p What word did you

make

Change the c in cap to m What word did

you make

PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an

Place index cards for hat and man

in a pocket chart Say each word

and its sounds hat h a t

man m a n Say each word

again emphasizing at or an Askvolunteers to spell each word

Display index cards one at a time

Have children read each word

listening for at or an

Ask volunteers to place each index card in the row with the same

end sound

Objectives

bull Spell words with short aa

bull Sort words with -at -an

Materials

bull Spelling Practice Book p 2

bull pocket chart

bull large index cards with

spelling words

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35M

If Yes On Level Options page 35O

Beyond Level Options page 35P

Can children blend and read words with short aa

copy M

a c m i l l a n M c G r a w

- H i l l

Read the words Say each word Then complete each

word to make a spelling word Use each word once

man cat hat mat

ran can up down

1 h 5 d n

2 p 6 m n

3 r n 7 ma

4 c n 8 at

a t

u

a

a

o w

a

t

c

Spelling Practice Book page 2

DAY 1 Pretest

DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word

Sort

DAY 3 Student Word Sort

DAY 4 Test PracticeDictation

DAY 5Posttest

Blending If children have

difficulty blending with

aa say Irsquoll blend k a t

Blend kat stressing medial

a Now you blend cat

Repeat with tap and rat

ConstructiveFeedback

Pam and Sam 7L

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1536

Objectives

bull Learn high-frequency words

jump not up down and read

them in context

bull Review high-frequency

words to and

Materials

bull Vocabulary Cards jump not

up down to and

bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat

Jumprdquo

bull pocket chartbull Leveled Practice Books p 2

High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down

INTRODUCE

Display the Vocabulary Cards for jump not up and down in a

pocket chart

Point to and say the word up This is the word

up It is spelled u-p The cat went up the tree

Have children read spell and write the word

up

Follow the same steps to introduce jump not

and down

When introducing each new high-frequency

word note any phonics elements that have

been taught this week Review how to

decode the familiar letters sounds in the new

words We know that the letters n and t in not

stand for n and t Repeat with each new

high-frequency word

Have children work with a partner to make up sentences using

the words

Word Wall You may wish to add these words

Review Review to and and using the same procedure

Complete each sentence

Use one of the words in the box

up down not jump

1 I can

2 The cat ran

3 The cat is little

4 The dog ran

5 Write your own sentence using a word from the box

up

not

down

Responses will vary

jump

On Level Practice Book 0 page 2

Approaching Practice Book A page 2

Beyond Practice Book B page 2

Beginning

Use RealiaDemonstrate Demonstrate the concept of

up and down as opposites

Have children point up and

say the word up Then have

them point down and say

the word down For jump

ask children to stand and

then jump while they say the

word jump

Intermediate

ModelUse Gestures Askchildren to point up and

down Model The light is up

on the ceiling What else is

up on the ceiling The pencil

is down on the floor What

else is down on the floor

For jump ask a volunteer to

jump over a block For not

place a book and a pen side

by side Say This is a book

This is not a book Point to a

desk Is this a book

Advanced

Develop Spoken Language Ask children to use the

words up and down in

sentences of their own that

demonstrate understanding

of their meanings as

opposites Have children use

jump in sentences that tell

others what to jump over

7M

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1636

Pam and Sam 89

Get Ready Story Student pages 8ndash9

Read ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo

PREVIEWPREDICT

Use the Illustration Read aloud the title and have children look at

the illustration What characters do you see (two frogs and a bug)

What can you tell about these characters (Answers will vary)

Ask children to read aloud ldquoWords to Knowrdquo Explain that these

new words theyrsquove been practicing will be in the story

SET A PURPOSE FOR READING

Focus Question Ask a child to read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo

question The two frogs can already jump Pat is probably the bug

who is watching them What might help you find out if Pat can

jump (what the author says Pat does what the pictures show)

bull Read Aloud or Read

Together pausing

as needed to support

childrenrsquos comprehension

bull Have children whisper-

read independently

bull Use the modeling and

question prompts as you

revisit sections of the text

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1736

Get Ready Story Student pages 10ndash11

Apply Vocabulary

1 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS jump up down

Have children point to the words jump and up on page 10 and

jump and down on page 11 Reinforce the vocabulary by saying I

see two frogs jump First they jump up Then they jump down

2 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

Ask children to describe how they think the bug (Pat) is feeling

as she watches the frogs jump Can you tell by looking at the

illustrations how Pat may be feeling What might she be thinking

2

1

Gesture and Point Reinforce

the meanings of jump up and

down by gesturing Also havechildren say the words Then

lead children in pointing to the

frogs that jump Point to them

when they are up and when

they are down

1011

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1836

Pam and Sam 1213

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level High-Frequency Words page 35N

If Yes On Level Options page 35O

Beyond Level Options page 35P

Can children read jump not up and down

Develop Spoken Language

Have children pretend their fists

are frogs and show how they

can jump across their desks Say

I can jump Have children repeatafter you

Get Ready Story Student pages 12ndash13

3 4

3 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS not jump

Have children point to the words not and jump on page 12 and to

jump on page 13 What could Pat not do at first Could she jump

by herself at the end What helped her jump

4 FLUENCY ECHO983085READRead Exclamations Tell children that sentences with exclamation

marks are read with excitement Model reading each sentence on

page 13 and have children echo-read

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1936

Objective

bull Identify a complete

sentence

Materials

bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat

Jumprdquo

bull Grammar Practice Book p 2

GrammarGrammarSentences

REVIEW

Have children turn to page 12 of ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo Invite a

volunteer to reread the sentence

Remember this is a sentence It is a group of words that tells a whole

idea A sentence always begins with a capital letter

PRACTICE

Write the following complete and incomplete sentences on the

board

1 The sad man

2 The cat sat down

3 had a nap

4 We look at the map

Read each group of words with children

Ask Is this a sentence Why or why

not Discuss whether or not each

example tells a whole idea

Cross out the two incomplete

sentences

Sentences

DAY 1 Sentences

DAY 2 Sentences

DAY 3 Sentences

Mechanics SentenceCapitalization

DAY 4 Sentences

Proofread

DAY 5 Sentences

Grammar Practice Book page 2

13A

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2036

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2136

At a Glance

Whole Group

Main Selection

Oral Languagebull Oral Vocabulary

bull Read Aloud ldquoBeverly Billingsly

Borrows a Bookrdquo

Phonemic Awarenessbull Phoneme Blending

Phonicsbull Short aa

bull Build Fluency

bull Spelling Word Sort

High-Frequency Wordsbull jump not up down

Comprehensionbull Read Pam and Sam

bull Strategy Analyze Story Structurebull Skill Analyze Character and

Setting

Language Artsbull Grammar Sentences

bull Independent Writing

Small Group Options

Differentiated Instruction pages 35Qndash35T

Oral LanguageOral Language

Write the Morning Message Point to each word as you read the

Message aloud with expression

Practice Concepts of Print Remind children that some sentences

end with periods Reread and have them raise a hand each time

you end a sentence Have volunteers circle the periods

Review Words with Short a Invite a child to find the words with

short a Who can think of other words with short a

Extend the Weekly Theme Encourage children to think about

other ways to describe what people are like Have them describe

characteristics of a friend a family member and a firefighter

Oral Vocabulary

REVIEW WORDS

Discuss The Princess and the Pea by asking Why did the queen ask

about the princessrsquos interests What was unique about the princessWhat made the prince cheerful

Write the following vocabulary words on the board unique

interest cheerful genuine and prefer Read the words aloud

Then ask the following questions

Which word means

bull real or true

bull one-of a-kind or unusual

bull choosing one thing instead of

another

bull happy or glad bull something a person likes

I have a fat cat

I can pat himI can play with him

13C

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2236

Objectives

bull Understand story structure

as it relates to a fantasy storybull Learn that a fantasy is

different from realistic

fiction

bull Model reading with prosody

Materials

bull Read-Aloud Anthology

InteractiveInteractive

Read AloudRead AloudListening Comprehension

GENRE FANTASY

Ask children if they can tell you what a fantasy story is Share

the information about fantasy found in the Read-Aloud

Anthology

READ ldquoBEVERLY BILLINGSLY BORROWS A BOOKrdquo

Model Analyzing Story Structure Use the Think Alouds

provided at point of use in the Read-Aloud Anthology

Model Fluent Reading Read aloud the fantasy story

naturally and with expression As you read point out aspects

of fluent reading For example point out that you read

dialogue the way you think characters might say it

Expand Vocabulary See pages 9ndash13 of the Read-Aloud

Anthology to teach new words

Respond to the Fantasy

TALK ABOUT IT Ask children what happened in the story Why did

Beverly go to the library What were some of Beverlyrsquos interestsHow is Beverly like people you know What are some ways Beverly is

unique

Beginning

Ask Questions Talk with

children about the library Who

has been to a library Do we

get books at a library Does a

librarian work there Have you

ever talked to the librarian

Intermediate

Use Vocabulary Elicit from

children the different words we

use when talking about a library

What is inside of a library What

do we call a person who works

in a library What do you need to

show the librarian if you want to

take a book home

Advanced

Role Play Have children act out

a trip to the library One child

can play the part of the librarian

while others can pretend to

check out books Encourage

children to use sentences such

as I want to borrow this book please Do you have your library

card When is my book due

Write About It Invite children to respond to the read aloud by illustrating a

scene of their choice in their response journal or notebook

Read Aloudpages 9ndash13

Pam and Sam 13D

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2336

Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Blending

Model

Show children how to

orally blend phonemes

I will say the sounds in a word The first

sound is m The next sound is a The

last sound is t I can blend these sounds

together mmmaaat mat Say it with me

Guided PracticePracticeHave children practice

blending Guide practice

with the first two words

I will say three sounds Blend sounds

together to form words

r a n s a t m a p

t a p m a n t a n

PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a

Model

Place Letter Cards m

a and p in the pocket

chart

Change the m in map

to s Use the routine to

blend sap

The letter m stands

for the sound m

The letter a stands

for the sound a The letter p stands

for p Irsquoll blend the sounds together

mmmaaap map Say it with me

Guided PracticePractice

Have children change

letters and blend Guide

practice with the firstword change

Change the s in

sap to t Blend

the sounds toread the word

yoursquove made

cap nap rap sap

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35Q

If Yes On Level Options page 35S

Beyond Level Options page 35T

Can children blend sounds in words with short aa

Objectives

bull Blend sounds in words

bull Blend with short aa

Materials

bull Large Letter Cards a m p t

bull Small Letter Cards

bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos

Resource Book p 88

bull pocket chart

bull Teaching Chart 7

bull PhonicsFluency

Transparency 1

Short a a

Introduce 7CndashD

Practice Apply

7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG

Leveled Practice 1 5 8

Decodable Reader A Cap

for PamReteach Review

35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S

35U 35Y

Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B

Decodable Reader Jazz Band

Phonemic Awareness

Teaching phonemic

awareness to children

is clearly effective It

improves their ability to

manipulate phonemes in

speech This skill transfers

and helps them learn to

read and spell PA training

benefits not only word

reading but also reading

comprehension

Donald Bear

wwwmacmillanmhcom

13E

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2436

Build Fluency Word Automaticity

Display Teaching Chart 7 Point to the word at Ask children to blend

the sounds with you Then ask them to read the word at regularspeed Repeat the blending routine with the other words having

children blend and read after you Then point to the words in random

order and ask children to read them

PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an

Pair children and have them sort Spelling Word Cards by ending

sounds Encourage them to say spell and then sort each word Then

have them identify the ending sounds and say the rhyming words

Dictation

Follow this dictation routine with the spelling words

Pronounce one word at a time for children Then repeat the word

and use it in a sentence

Have children repeat each word softly to themselves and then

write the word

After dictation is completed encourage children to proofread

their words Remind them to check their words for spellingpatterns and to look for the words containing short aa

To extend have volunteers make up sentences for each word

Objectives

bull Sort words with -at -an

bull Use dictation to practicespelling words

Materials

bull Spelling Word Cards BLM

Teacherrsquos Resource Book

p 90

bull Spelling Practice Book p 3

man cat hat mat

ran can up down

Look at the picture Use a spelling word to

complete the sentence

1 Can you see the

2 The cat ran

3 The man has a

4 She can go

5 Here is a

cat

up

hat

down

can

Spelling Practice Book page 3

DAY 1 Pretest

DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word

Sort

DAY 3 Student Word Sort

Dictation

DAY 4 Test Practice

DAY 5 Posttest

Teaching Chart 7 PhonicsFluency Transparency 1

Pam and Sam 13F

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2536

Objectives

bull Read high-frequency words

jump not up down like gobull Read to apply the strategy

Analyze Story Structure

bull Read to apply the skill

Analyze Character and

Setting

bull Use academic language

character setting

Materials

bull Vocabulary Word Cards BLMTeacherrsquos Resource Book p

120

bull Student Book Pam and Sam

bull Teaching Chart 8

bull Graphic Organizer

Transparency 1

bull Leveled Practice Books p 3

High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down

PRACTICE

Duplicate and distribute a set of Vocabulary Word Cards for

jump not up down to each child

As you say the words have children hold up the appropriate card

Ask volunteers to use each word in a sentence

Have each child work with a partner and call out each word for

their partner to write

Review Review like and go following the same procedure

ComprehensionComprehensionSTRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Remind children that it is helpful to identify the beginning middle

and end of stories Today as we read another story pay special attention

to what happens to the characters at the beginning in the middle and at

the end of the story

SKILL

Analyze Character and Setting

Today wersquore going to read about two characters What information might

help you understand these characters Pay attention to what they do

what they say and what they look like Also think about how the setting

or where they are helps you understand the story

Prepare to Read

PREVIEW AND PREDICT

Have children turn to page 15 Ask a child to read aloud the title

Who are the characters What do you think they might do

Tell children to write or draw their predictions about the story

Genre Fantasy Remind children that a fantasy is a made-up

story that would not happen in real life

Preview the word Ask children to

tell what it means

fly (page 24)

Analyze Character and Setting

Introduce U1 7AndashB

Practice Apply

U1 7J 13Gndash27A Leveled

Practice 3ndash4

Reteach Review

U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT

35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J

89Gndash105A 111E 111L

111NndashP 111RndashT 111V

111YndashZ Leveled Practice

27ndash28

Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A

153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT

153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled

Practice 119ndash120

13G

Main Selection Student pages 14 15

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2636

Read Pam and Sam

SET A PURPOSE FOR READING

Focus Question Read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo question Letrsquos

look for clues in the story that help us understand these characters

Encourage children to set their own purpose for readingWAYS TO READ THE SELECTION

Main Selection Student pages 14ndash15

Story available on Listening

Library Audio CD

If your children need support

to read the Main Selection

use the prompts to guide

comprehension and model

how to complete the Character

Chart Encourage children toread aloud

If your children can read the

Main Selection independently

have them read and complete

the Character Chart

If your children need an alternate selection choose the

Leveled Readers that match their instructional level

Pam and Sam 1415

Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2736

Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17

Develop Comprehension

1 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

We have only read two pages and wersquove already learned a lot

How many characters have we met (two) What can you tell about

them How are they unique (Pam is a rabbit Sam is a bird Theylike to play) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

2 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Teacher Think Aloud This story begins with Pam and Sam

playing Pam just ran up I want to find out if Sam will do the

same thing because they like to play together I will read on

to see how the story develops I will pay close attention to the

characters and what they do in the rest of the story

1 2

SyntacticStructure

Explain that good readers

sometimes check that they have

read words correctly One way to

do this is to ask Does the word Iread sound right in the sentence

Model Point to the word ran

on page 17 The text reads ldquoPam

uprdquo I know from how the

sentence is put together that the

next word has to be a verb The

word ran is a verb It sounds right in

the sentence because it says what

Pam did

Apply Encourage children to

check the meaning of other words

in the story

1617

Main Selection Student pages 18ndash19

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2836

3 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

What can Pam and Sam do on these pages (They can run) Letrsquos

add this to our Character Chart Why do you think Pam and Sam

run together (Possible answer because they are playing)

4 MONITOR AND CLARIFY REREAD

If you donrsquot understand what is happening in the story you can

reread it to try and figure things out Reread page 19 What did Pam

and Sam do (They ran) Where did they run (They ran down)

5 MAINTAIN ANALYZE CHARACTER AND SETTING

What can we tell about Pam and Sam What are their interests

(They seem to be friends they like to do things together They run

and jump) Where does the story take place (outdoors possibly in

a field or in a meadow)

Main Selection Student pages 18 19

Picture Clues Point to the bird

and the rabbit running together

Explain that the picture can

give clues about where they

are running Where are Sam thebird and Pam the rabbit running

(They are running down)

3 4 5

Pam and Sam 1819

Main Selection Student pages 20ndash21

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2936

p g

Develop Comprehension

6 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

What do you learn about Pam (She can jump) What do you learn

about Sam (He can not jump) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

7 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Teacher Think Aloud Letrsquos think about how the story is

organized In the beginning Pam and Sam kept doing the same

thing Now what is happening in the middle of the story

Encourage children to apply the strategy in a Think Aloud

Student Think Aloud In the beginning of the story Sam and

Pam did the same things Now I am reading the middle of thestory and there is a problem Sam can not jump I want to read

more to find out if the problem is solved

6 7

Clarify Remind children

that characters refers to the

main people or animals in

the story Review some of the

pages in the story Pam andSam and encourage children

to look at the illustrations

Are the characters people or

animals (animals) Who are

the characters (Pam and Sam)

Ask children to describe the

characters in their own words

based on the illustrations in the

story (Possible answer Pam is a

rabbit and can hop Sam is a birdand can fly)

2021

Main Selection Student pages 22ndash23

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3036

8 FLUENCY ECHO983085READ

Read Exclamations Letrsquos read the sentence on page 23 It ends

with an exclamation mark When I read the sentence I use a tone

that shows I am excited Listen to the way my voice sounds when I

read it Now read the sentence after me with the same tone

9 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

Look at the picture on page 23 What can Sam do (He can fly)

Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

10 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Think about how the author wrote this story How did she organize

the story to keep it interesting

Student Think Aloud In the beginning she introduced the

characters and told us they like to play In the middle she told us

about a problem Sam had I think the problem will get solved in

the end now that I know Sam can fly

Question 9 ANALYZE

CHARACTER

What can Sam do How do you

know he can fly Can Pam fly too

How do you know

9

8 10

Pam and Sam 2223

Main Selection Student pages 24ndash25

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3136

Teaching Chart 8Graphic

Organizer Transparency 1

Pam Can Sam Can

play

run

jump

play

run

fly

Develop Comprehension

COMPLETE THE CHARACTER CHART

Ask children to share their ideas about the characters Pam and Sam

Record their ideas on Teaching Chart 8

RETURN TO PREDICTIONS AND PURPOSES

Review childrenrsquos predictions and review the Focus Question What

makes Pam and Sam special (Pam can jump Sam can fly)

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Leveled Reader Lesson 2 page 35R

If Yes On Level Options page 35S

Beyond Level Options page 35T

Can children analyze characters

2425

Main Selection Student page 26

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3236

Pam and Sam 26

Authorrsquos Craft

Focus on Repetition

In this story Nancy Tafuri

uses the same words

over and over She does

this to make it easier for

readers to understand

the story Repetition also

helps readers remember

what has already

happened New wordscan change the meaning

of words used over

and over

What words on page 17

are also on page 18 (ran

up) Who runs up (Pam

and Sam)

What words are on page

21 that were also on page

20 (can jump) What

new word changes the

meaning (not )

Children can find more

information about

Nancy Tafuri at

wwwmacmillanmhcom

Authorrsquos Purpose

Nancy Tafuri wanted to tell a story

about friends Draw a picture of your

friend Write your friendrsquos name

Find out more aboutNancy Tafuri atwwwmacmillanmhcom

Nancy Tafuri says ldquoI live in

the country and love telling

stories about animals I

especially like to tell stories

about good friends like

Pam and Sam I have fun

drawing pictures to go with

my storiesrdquo

Other books by Nancy Tafuri

26

Meet the AuthorIllustrator

Read aloud page 26 with children Ask if they like the way Nancy Tafuri

draws the animal friends Encourage children to look back at the story

and tell which pictures show that Sam and Pam are good friends

Author rsquos Purpose Nancy Tafuri used words and art to tell a story about what

good friends do together Have children draw a picture of a

friend Check that they have written their friendrsquos name on

the picture Children may add this writing to their response

journals

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3336

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436

Pam and Sam 27A

Think and Compare

USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS

1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of

the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then

he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump

Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN

2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real

birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the

wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too

However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together

I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually

playing together ANALYZE

3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know

Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I

noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for

him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop

playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem

MAKE INFERENCES

4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these

characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head

Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump

Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They

both solved their problems COMPARE

Personal Response

Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another

story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways

could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in

a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas

Look at the pictures Read the story

Nat is a cat

Nat can go up

Nat can go down

Pam and Sam look for Nat

Pam is sad

Where is Nat

Write T if the sentence is true

Write F if the sentence is false

1 Nat is a cat

2 Nat can go up and down

3 Pam is sad

4 Nat is in the

5 Nat is in the

T

T

F

T

T

On Level Practice Book O page 4

Approaching Practice Book A page 4

Beyond Practice Book B page 4

Think and Search(Question 1)

bull Search for clues and

information in the texts

Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)

bull Think about the

information in the story

bull Think about what you

already know

bull Compare the information

in two stories

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636

Objectives

bull Understand the importance

of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a

sentence

bull Use words to add detail to a

sentence

Materials

bull pencils and paper

Dictation Have children dictate

to you their word or phrase to

fill in the sentence frame

Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book

pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do

Personal Narrative

DAY 1 Shared Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 2 Interactive Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas

Independent Prewrite

and Draft

DAY 4 Independent Revise

and Edit

DAY 5 Independent Publish

and Present

IndependentIndependent

WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas

EXPLAIN

Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write

Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting

DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences

1 I like to eat

2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables

Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes

to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words

yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information

Personal Narrative

BRAINSTORM

Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about

herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about

what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk

about what they like to do

PREWRITE

Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do

DRAFT

Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the

sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review

with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that

tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences

TransitionsThat Teach

While lining up for recess

have children tell about a

game they would prefer

to play

Pam and Sam 27C

Page 12: unit1_week1_2.pdf

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1236

Teaching Chart 8Graphic Organizer Transparency 1

Objectives

bull Analyze story structure

bull Identify and analyze

character and setting

bull Expand oral vocabulary

bull Reinforce concepts of print

bull Use academic language

character setting

Materials

bull Oral Vocabulary Cards The

Princess and the Pea

bull Teaching Chart 8

bull Graphic Organizer

Transparency 1

Princess Does Princess Does Not

ask the king if she cancome inside the castle

tell the queen about herfamily interests talents

say goodnight and goes tothe guest bedroom

sleep

Categorize Before rereading

review by focusing on the words

always sometimes and never

Ask children about the things

that the princess does in the

story like saying goodnight

before going to bed and ask

if they do this at home Ask

children to use pantomime and

gestures to show things theysometimes do things they always

do and things they never do

Analyze Character and Setting

Introduce U1 7AndashB

Practice Apply

U1 7J 13Gndash27A LeveledPractice 3ndash4

Reteach Review

U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT

35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J

89Gndash105A 111E 111L

111NndashP 111RndashT 111V

111YndashZ Leveled Practice

27ndash28

Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A

153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT

153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled

Practice 119ndash120

Listening Comprehension

Display the Oral Vocabulary Cards and read the title aloud

STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Remind children that paying attention to how a story is organized

will help them be better readers Have children retell parts of the

beginning middle and end of The Princess and the Pea

SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

Remind children that what a character does and says can help them

to understand the character Pay special attention to what the princess

does and says and where she is Think about how these things show what

she is like and what she might do next

COMPLETE A CHARACTER CHART After reading help children

complete Teaching Chart 8

Use the routines below and on the backs of the cards to discuss the

meaning of each word

Define Unique means one-of-a-kind or unusual

Example Jaimersquos unique dog has one brown eye and one blue eye

Ask Describe one unique person or animal that you know

An interest is something a person likes or is curious about

Martarsquos interests include cooking and reading What are some of

your interests

Cheerful means happy or glad Our cheerful mail carrier always

smiles and waves at us What makes you feel cheerful

Continue with the routines for genuine and prefer

Pam and Sam 7J

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1336

Objectives

bull Listen for initial short aa

bull Blend sounds in words with

short aa

bull Build words with short aa

Materials

bull Large Letter Cards a c m p t

bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos

Resource Book p 88

bull pocket chart

Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Isolation

Model

Show children how

to isolate phonemes

Repeat with bat and

medial a

Listen to this word aaat at I hear the a

sound at the beginning of at so Irsquoll raise

my hand

Guided PracticePractice

Have children practice

isolating short a Guide

practice doing the first

few together

Hold up your hand when you hear the a

sound at the beginning of a word

on as off ax up at

Hold up your hand when you hear the a

sound in the middle of a word

bag not sit fat ran jump

PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a

Model

Place Letter Cards c and

a in the pocket chart

Blend phonemes

This is the letter c It stands

for the k sound This is

the letter a It stands for

the a sound Listen as I

blend these sounds

together kaaa Now you say it

Place Letter Card t at

the end to form cat

Blend phonemes

This is the letter t

It stands for the

t sound

Listen as I blend

all three sounds

kaaat cat

Guided PracticePractice

Have children practice

blending with these

examples Do the first

one together

tap rat man ran

Nan pat Pam sattan Sam can fat

Pronunciation In some

languages including Spanish

Cantonese and Vietnamese

there is not a direct transfer forthe short a sound

Emphasize the short a sound

and demonstrate correct mouth

position when pronouncing

each word Have children

contrast short a with ahhh the

sound with which children will

most likely be more familiar

For a complete phonics transferchart see the ELL Teacherrsquos

Guide

Short a a

Introduce 7C-D

Practice Apply

7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG

Leveled Practice 1 5 8

Decodable Reader A Cap

for Pam

Reteach Review

35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S

35U 35Y

Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B

Decodable Reader Jazz Band

7K

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1436

Build Words with Short a a

Model

Place Letter Cards m

a t in the pocket chart

Blend phonemes

Letrsquos blend all the

sounds together

and read the word

mat

Guided PracticePractice

Have children practice

building words with

short aa Guide

children with the first

example

Change the m in mat to c What word did

we make

Change the t in cat to p What word did you

make

Change the c in cap to m What word did

you make

PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an

Place index cards for hat and man

in a pocket chart Say each word

and its sounds hat h a t

man m a n Say each word

again emphasizing at or an Askvolunteers to spell each word

Display index cards one at a time

Have children read each word

listening for at or an

Ask volunteers to place each index card in the row with the same

end sound

Objectives

bull Spell words with short aa

bull Sort words with -at -an

Materials

bull Spelling Practice Book p 2

bull pocket chart

bull large index cards with

spelling words

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35M

If Yes On Level Options page 35O

Beyond Level Options page 35P

Can children blend and read words with short aa

copy M

a c m i l l a n M c G r a w

- H i l l

Read the words Say each word Then complete each

word to make a spelling word Use each word once

man cat hat mat

ran can up down

1 h 5 d n

2 p 6 m n

3 r n 7 ma

4 c n 8 at

a t

u

a

a

o w

a

t

c

Spelling Practice Book page 2

DAY 1 Pretest

DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word

Sort

DAY 3 Student Word Sort

DAY 4 Test PracticeDictation

DAY 5Posttest

Blending If children have

difficulty blending with

aa say Irsquoll blend k a t

Blend kat stressing medial

a Now you blend cat

Repeat with tap and rat

ConstructiveFeedback

Pam and Sam 7L

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1536

Objectives

bull Learn high-frequency words

jump not up down and read

them in context

bull Review high-frequency

words to and

Materials

bull Vocabulary Cards jump not

up down to and

bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat

Jumprdquo

bull pocket chartbull Leveled Practice Books p 2

High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down

INTRODUCE

Display the Vocabulary Cards for jump not up and down in a

pocket chart

Point to and say the word up This is the word

up It is spelled u-p The cat went up the tree

Have children read spell and write the word

up

Follow the same steps to introduce jump not

and down

When introducing each new high-frequency

word note any phonics elements that have

been taught this week Review how to

decode the familiar letters sounds in the new

words We know that the letters n and t in not

stand for n and t Repeat with each new

high-frequency word

Have children work with a partner to make up sentences using

the words

Word Wall You may wish to add these words

Review Review to and and using the same procedure

Complete each sentence

Use one of the words in the box

up down not jump

1 I can

2 The cat ran

3 The cat is little

4 The dog ran

5 Write your own sentence using a word from the box

up

not

down

Responses will vary

jump

On Level Practice Book 0 page 2

Approaching Practice Book A page 2

Beyond Practice Book B page 2

Beginning

Use RealiaDemonstrate Demonstrate the concept of

up and down as opposites

Have children point up and

say the word up Then have

them point down and say

the word down For jump

ask children to stand and

then jump while they say the

word jump

Intermediate

ModelUse Gestures Askchildren to point up and

down Model The light is up

on the ceiling What else is

up on the ceiling The pencil

is down on the floor What

else is down on the floor

For jump ask a volunteer to

jump over a block For not

place a book and a pen side

by side Say This is a book

This is not a book Point to a

desk Is this a book

Advanced

Develop Spoken Language Ask children to use the

words up and down in

sentences of their own that

demonstrate understanding

of their meanings as

opposites Have children use

jump in sentences that tell

others what to jump over

7M

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1636

Pam and Sam 89

Get Ready Story Student pages 8ndash9

Read ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo

PREVIEWPREDICT

Use the Illustration Read aloud the title and have children look at

the illustration What characters do you see (two frogs and a bug)

What can you tell about these characters (Answers will vary)

Ask children to read aloud ldquoWords to Knowrdquo Explain that these

new words theyrsquove been practicing will be in the story

SET A PURPOSE FOR READING

Focus Question Ask a child to read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo

question The two frogs can already jump Pat is probably the bug

who is watching them What might help you find out if Pat can

jump (what the author says Pat does what the pictures show)

bull Read Aloud or Read

Together pausing

as needed to support

childrenrsquos comprehension

bull Have children whisper-

read independently

bull Use the modeling and

question prompts as you

revisit sections of the text

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1736

Get Ready Story Student pages 10ndash11

Apply Vocabulary

1 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS jump up down

Have children point to the words jump and up on page 10 and

jump and down on page 11 Reinforce the vocabulary by saying I

see two frogs jump First they jump up Then they jump down

2 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

Ask children to describe how they think the bug (Pat) is feeling

as she watches the frogs jump Can you tell by looking at the

illustrations how Pat may be feeling What might she be thinking

2

1

Gesture and Point Reinforce

the meanings of jump up and

down by gesturing Also havechildren say the words Then

lead children in pointing to the

frogs that jump Point to them

when they are up and when

they are down

1011

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1836

Pam and Sam 1213

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level High-Frequency Words page 35N

If Yes On Level Options page 35O

Beyond Level Options page 35P

Can children read jump not up and down

Develop Spoken Language

Have children pretend their fists

are frogs and show how they

can jump across their desks Say

I can jump Have children repeatafter you

Get Ready Story Student pages 12ndash13

3 4

3 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS not jump

Have children point to the words not and jump on page 12 and to

jump on page 13 What could Pat not do at first Could she jump

by herself at the end What helped her jump

4 FLUENCY ECHO983085READRead Exclamations Tell children that sentences with exclamation

marks are read with excitement Model reading each sentence on

page 13 and have children echo-read

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1936

Objective

bull Identify a complete

sentence

Materials

bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat

Jumprdquo

bull Grammar Practice Book p 2

GrammarGrammarSentences

REVIEW

Have children turn to page 12 of ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo Invite a

volunteer to reread the sentence

Remember this is a sentence It is a group of words that tells a whole

idea A sentence always begins with a capital letter

PRACTICE

Write the following complete and incomplete sentences on the

board

1 The sad man

2 The cat sat down

3 had a nap

4 We look at the map

Read each group of words with children

Ask Is this a sentence Why or why

not Discuss whether or not each

example tells a whole idea

Cross out the two incomplete

sentences

Sentences

DAY 1 Sentences

DAY 2 Sentences

DAY 3 Sentences

Mechanics SentenceCapitalization

DAY 4 Sentences

Proofread

DAY 5 Sentences

Grammar Practice Book page 2

13A

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2036

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2136

At a Glance

Whole Group

Main Selection

Oral Languagebull Oral Vocabulary

bull Read Aloud ldquoBeverly Billingsly

Borrows a Bookrdquo

Phonemic Awarenessbull Phoneme Blending

Phonicsbull Short aa

bull Build Fluency

bull Spelling Word Sort

High-Frequency Wordsbull jump not up down

Comprehensionbull Read Pam and Sam

bull Strategy Analyze Story Structurebull Skill Analyze Character and

Setting

Language Artsbull Grammar Sentences

bull Independent Writing

Small Group Options

Differentiated Instruction pages 35Qndash35T

Oral LanguageOral Language

Write the Morning Message Point to each word as you read the

Message aloud with expression

Practice Concepts of Print Remind children that some sentences

end with periods Reread and have them raise a hand each time

you end a sentence Have volunteers circle the periods

Review Words with Short a Invite a child to find the words with

short a Who can think of other words with short a

Extend the Weekly Theme Encourage children to think about

other ways to describe what people are like Have them describe

characteristics of a friend a family member and a firefighter

Oral Vocabulary

REVIEW WORDS

Discuss The Princess and the Pea by asking Why did the queen ask

about the princessrsquos interests What was unique about the princessWhat made the prince cheerful

Write the following vocabulary words on the board unique

interest cheerful genuine and prefer Read the words aloud

Then ask the following questions

Which word means

bull real or true

bull one-of a-kind or unusual

bull choosing one thing instead of

another

bull happy or glad bull something a person likes

I have a fat cat

I can pat himI can play with him

13C

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2236

Objectives

bull Understand story structure

as it relates to a fantasy storybull Learn that a fantasy is

different from realistic

fiction

bull Model reading with prosody

Materials

bull Read-Aloud Anthology

InteractiveInteractive

Read AloudRead AloudListening Comprehension

GENRE FANTASY

Ask children if they can tell you what a fantasy story is Share

the information about fantasy found in the Read-Aloud

Anthology

READ ldquoBEVERLY BILLINGSLY BORROWS A BOOKrdquo

Model Analyzing Story Structure Use the Think Alouds

provided at point of use in the Read-Aloud Anthology

Model Fluent Reading Read aloud the fantasy story

naturally and with expression As you read point out aspects

of fluent reading For example point out that you read

dialogue the way you think characters might say it

Expand Vocabulary See pages 9ndash13 of the Read-Aloud

Anthology to teach new words

Respond to the Fantasy

TALK ABOUT IT Ask children what happened in the story Why did

Beverly go to the library What were some of Beverlyrsquos interestsHow is Beverly like people you know What are some ways Beverly is

unique

Beginning

Ask Questions Talk with

children about the library Who

has been to a library Do we

get books at a library Does a

librarian work there Have you

ever talked to the librarian

Intermediate

Use Vocabulary Elicit from

children the different words we

use when talking about a library

What is inside of a library What

do we call a person who works

in a library What do you need to

show the librarian if you want to

take a book home

Advanced

Role Play Have children act out

a trip to the library One child

can play the part of the librarian

while others can pretend to

check out books Encourage

children to use sentences such

as I want to borrow this book please Do you have your library

card When is my book due

Write About It Invite children to respond to the read aloud by illustrating a

scene of their choice in their response journal or notebook

Read Aloudpages 9ndash13

Pam and Sam 13D

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2336

Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Blending

Model

Show children how to

orally blend phonemes

I will say the sounds in a word The first

sound is m The next sound is a The

last sound is t I can blend these sounds

together mmmaaat mat Say it with me

Guided PracticePracticeHave children practice

blending Guide practice

with the first two words

I will say three sounds Blend sounds

together to form words

r a n s a t m a p

t a p m a n t a n

PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a

Model

Place Letter Cards m

a and p in the pocket

chart

Change the m in map

to s Use the routine to

blend sap

The letter m stands

for the sound m

The letter a stands

for the sound a The letter p stands

for p Irsquoll blend the sounds together

mmmaaap map Say it with me

Guided PracticePractice

Have children change

letters and blend Guide

practice with the firstword change

Change the s in

sap to t Blend

the sounds toread the word

yoursquove made

cap nap rap sap

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35Q

If Yes On Level Options page 35S

Beyond Level Options page 35T

Can children blend sounds in words with short aa

Objectives

bull Blend sounds in words

bull Blend with short aa

Materials

bull Large Letter Cards a m p t

bull Small Letter Cards

bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos

Resource Book p 88

bull pocket chart

bull Teaching Chart 7

bull PhonicsFluency

Transparency 1

Short a a

Introduce 7CndashD

Practice Apply

7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG

Leveled Practice 1 5 8

Decodable Reader A Cap

for PamReteach Review

35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S

35U 35Y

Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B

Decodable Reader Jazz Band

Phonemic Awareness

Teaching phonemic

awareness to children

is clearly effective It

improves their ability to

manipulate phonemes in

speech This skill transfers

and helps them learn to

read and spell PA training

benefits not only word

reading but also reading

comprehension

Donald Bear

wwwmacmillanmhcom

13E

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2436

Build Fluency Word Automaticity

Display Teaching Chart 7 Point to the word at Ask children to blend

the sounds with you Then ask them to read the word at regularspeed Repeat the blending routine with the other words having

children blend and read after you Then point to the words in random

order and ask children to read them

PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an

Pair children and have them sort Spelling Word Cards by ending

sounds Encourage them to say spell and then sort each word Then

have them identify the ending sounds and say the rhyming words

Dictation

Follow this dictation routine with the spelling words

Pronounce one word at a time for children Then repeat the word

and use it in a sentence

Have children repeat each word softly to themselves and then

write the word

After dictation is completed encourage children to proofread

their words Remind them to check their words for spellingpatterns and to look for the words containing short aa

To extend have volunteers make up sentences for each word

Objectives

bull Sort words with -at -an

bull Use dictation to practicespelling words

Materials

bull Spelling Word Cards BLM

Teacherrsquos Resource Book

p 90

bull Spelling Practice Book p 3

man cat hat mat

ran can up down

Look at the picture Use a spelling word to

complete the sentence

1 Can you see the

2 The cat ran

3 The man has a

4 She can go

5 Here is a

cat

up

hat

down

can

Spelling Practice Book page 3

DAY 1 Pretest

DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word

Sort

DAY 3 Student Word Sort

Dictation

DAY 4 Test Practice

DAY 5 Posttest

Teaching Chart 7 PhonicsFluency Transparency 1

Pam and Sam 13F

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2536

Objectives

bull Read high-frequency words

jump not up down like gobull Read to apply the strategy

Analyze Story Structure

bull Read to apply the skill

Analyze Character and

Setting

bull Use academic language

character setting

Materials

bull Vocabulary Word Cards BLMTeacherrsquos Resource Book p

120

bull Student Book Pam and Sam

bull Teaching Chart 8

bull Graphic Organizer

Transparency 1

bull Leveled Practice Books p 3

High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down

PRACTICE

Duplicate and distribute a set of Vocabulary Word Cards for

jump not up down to each child

As you say the words have children hold up the appropriate card

Ask volunteers to use each word in a sentence

Have each child work with a partner and call out each word for

their partner to write

Review Review like and go following the same procedure

ComprehensionComprehensionSTRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Remind children that it is helpful to identify the beginning middle

and end of stories Today as we read another story pay special attention

to what happens to the characters at the beginning in the middle and at

the end of the story

SKILL

Analyze Character and Setting

Today wersquore going to read about two characters What information might

help you understand these characters Pay attention to what they do

what they say and what they look like Also think about how the setting

or where they are helps you understand the story

Prepare to Read

PREVIEW AND PREDICT

Have children turn to page 15 Ask a child to read aloud the title

Who are the characters What do you think they might do

Tell children to write or draw their predictions about the story

Genre Fantasy Remind children that a fantasy is a made-up

story that would not happen in real life

Preview the word Ask children to

tell what it means

fly (page 24)

Analyze Character and Setting

Introduce U1 7AndashB

Practice Apply

U1 7J 13Gndash27A Leveled

Practice 3ndash4

Reteach Review

U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT

35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J

89Gndash105A 111E 111L

111NndashP 111RndashT 111V

111YndashZ Leveled Practice

27ndash28

Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A

153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT

153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled

Practice 119ndash120

13G

Main Selection Student pages 14 15

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2636

Read Pam and Sam

SET A PURPOSE FOR READING

Focus Question Read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo question Letrsquos

look for clues in the story that help us understand these characters

Encourage children to set their own purpose for readingWAYS TO READ THE SELECTION

Main Selection Student pages 14ndash15

Story available on Listening

Library Audio CD

If your children need support

to read the Main Selection

use the prompts to guide

comprehension and model

how to complete the Character

Chart Encourage children toread aloud

If your children can read the

Main Selection independently

have them read and complete

the Character Chart

If your children need an alternate selection choose the

Leveled Readers that match their instructional level

Pam and Sam 1415

Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2736

Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17

Develop Comprehension

1 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

We have only read two pages and wersquove already learned a lot

How many characters have we met (two) What can you tell about

them How are they unique (Pam is a rabbit Sam is a bird Theylike to play) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

2 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Teacher Think Aloud This story begins with Pam and Sam

playing Pam just ran up I want to find out if Sam will do the

same thing because they like to play together I will read on

to see how the story develops I will pay close attention to the

characters and what they do in the rest of the story

1 2

SyntacticStructure

Explain that good readers

sometimes check that they have

read words correctly One way to

do this is to ask Does the word Iread sound right in the sentence

Model Point to the word ran

on page 17 The text reads ldquoPam

uprdquo I know from how the

sentence is put together that the

next word has to be a verb The

word ran is a verb It sounds right in

the sentence because it says what

Pam did

Apply Encourage children to

check the meaning of other words

in the story

1617

Main Selection Student pages 18ndash19

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2836

3 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

What can Pam and Sam do on these pages (They can run) Letrsquos

add this to our Character Chart Why do you think Pam and Sam

run together (Possible answer because they are playing)

4 MONITOR AND CLARIFY REREAD

If you donrsquot understand what is happening in the story you can

reread it to try and figure things out Reread page 19 What did Pam

and Sam do (They ran) Where did they run (They ran down)

5 MAINTAIN ANALYZE CHARACTER AND SETTING

What can we tell about Pam and Sam What are their interests

(They seem to be friends they like to do things together They run

and jump) Where does the story take place (outdoors possibly in

a field or in a meadow)

Main Selection Student pages 18 19

Picture Clues Point to the bird

and the rabbit running together

Explain that the picture can

give clues about where they

are running Where are Sam thebird and Pam the rabbit running

(They are running down)

3 4 5

Pam and Sam 1819

Main Selection Student pages 20ndash21

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2936

p g

Develop Comprehension

6 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

What do you learn about Pam (She can jump) What do you learn

about Sam (He can not jump) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

7 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Teacher Think Aloud Letrsquos think about how the story is

organized In the beginning Pam and Sam kept doing the same

thing Now what is happening in the middle of the story

Encourage children to apply the strategy in a Think Aloud

Student Think Aloud In the beginning of the story Sam and

Pam did the same things Now I am reading the middle of thestory and there is a problem Sam can not jump I want to read

more to find out if the problem is solved

6 7

Clarify Remind children

that characters refers to the

main people or animals in

the story Review some of the

pages in the story Pam andSam and encourage children

to look at the illustrations

Are the characters people or

animals (animals) Who are

the characters (Pam and Sam)

Ask children to describe the

characters in their own words

based on the illustrations in the

story (Possible answer Pam is a

rabbit and can hop Sam is a birdand can fly)

2021

Main Selection Student pages 22ndash23

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3036

8 FLUENCY ECHO983085READ

Read Exclamations Letrsquos read the sentence on page 23 It ends

with an exclamation mark When I read the sentence I use a tone

that shows I am excited Listen to the way my voice sounds when I

read it Now read the sentence after me with the same tone

9 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

Look at the picture on page 23 What can Sam do (He can fly)

Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

10 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Think about how the author wrote this story How did she organize

the story to keep it interesting

Student Think Aloud In the beginning she introduced the

characters and told us they like to play In the middle she told us

about a problem Sam had I think the problem will get solved in

the end now that I know Sam can fly

Question 9 ANALYZE

CHARACTER

What can Sam do How do you

know he can fly Can Pam fly too

How do you know

9

8 10

Pam and Sam 2223

Main Selection Student pages 24ndash25

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3136

Teaching Chart 8Graphic

Organizer Transparency 1

Pam Can Sam Can

play

run

jump

play

run

fly

Develop Comprehension

COMPLETE THE CHARACTER CHART

Ask children to share their ideas about the characters Pam and Sam

Record their ideas on Teaching Chart 8

RETURN TO PREDICTIONS AND PURPOSES

Review childrenrsquos predictions and review the Focus Question What

makes Pam and Sam special (Pam can jump Sam can fly)

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Leveled Reader Lesson 2 page 35R

If Yes On Level Options page 35S

Beyond Level Options page 35T

Can children analyze characters

2425

Main Selection Student page 26

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3236

Pam and Sam 26

Authorrsquos Craft

Focus on Repetition

In this story Nancy Tafuri

uses the same words

over and over She does

this to make it easier for

readers to understand

the story Repetition also

helps readers remember

what has already

happened New wordscan change the meaning

of words used over

and over

What words on page 17

are also on page 18 (ran

up) Who runs up (Pam

and Sam)

What words are on page

21 that were also on page

20 (can jump) What

new word changes the

meaning (not )

Children can find more

information about

Nancy Tafuri at

wwwmacmillanmhcom

Authorrsquos Purpose

Nancy Tafuri wanted to tell a story

about friends Draw a picture of your

friend Write your friendrsquos name

Find out more aboutNancy Tafuri atwwwmacmillanmhcom

Nancy Tafuri says ldquoI live in

the country and love telling

stories about animals I

especially like to tell stories

about good friends like

Pam and Sam I have fun

drawing pictures to go with

my storiesrdquo

Other books by Nancy Tafuri

26

Meet the AuthorIllustrator

Read aloud page 26 with children Ask if they like the way Nancy Tafuri

draws the animal friends Encourage children to look back at the story

and tell which pictures show that Sam and Pam are good friends

Author rsquos Purpose Nancy Tafuri used words and art to tell a story about what

good friends do together Have children draw a picture of a

friend Check that they have written their friendrsquos name on

the picture Children may add this writing to their response

journals

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3336

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436

Pam and Sam 27A

Think and Compare

USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS

1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of

the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then

he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump

Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN

2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real

birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the

wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too

However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together

I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually

playing together ANALYZE

3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know

Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I

noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for

him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop

playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem

MAKE INFERENCES

4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these

characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head

Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump

Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They

both solved their problems COMPARE

Personal Response

Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another

story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways

could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in

a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas

Look at the pictures Read the story

Nat is a cat

Nat can go up

Nat can go down

Pam and Sam look for Nat

Pam is sad

Where is Nat

Write T if the sentence is true

Write F if the sentence is false

1 Nat is a cat

2 Nat can go up and down

3 Pam is sad

4 Nat is in the

5 Nat is in the

T

T

F

T

T

On Level Practice Book O page 4

Approaching Practice Book A page 4

Beyond Practice Book B page 4

Think and Search(Question 1)

bull Search for clues and

information in the texts

Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)

bull Think about the

information in the story

bull Think about what you

already know

bull Compare the information

in two stories

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636

Objectives

bull Understand the importance

of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a

sentence

bull Use words to add detail to a

sentence

Materials

bull pencils and paper

Dictation Have children dictate

to you their word or phrase to

fill in the sentence frame

Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book

pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do

Personal Narrative

DAY 1 Shared Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 2 Interactive Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas

Independent Prewrite

and Draft

DAY 4 Independent Revise

and Edit

DAY 5 Independent Publish

and Present

IndependentIndependent

WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas

EXPLAIN

Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write

Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting

DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences

1 I like to eat

2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables

Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes

to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words

yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information

Personal Narrative

BRAINSTORM

Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about

herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about

what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk

about what they like to do

PREWRITE

Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do

DRAFT

Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the

sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review

with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that

tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences

TransitionsThat Teach

While lining up for recess

have children tell about a

game they would prefer

to play

Pam and Sam 27C

Page 13: unit1_week1_2.pdf

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1336

Objectives

bull Listen for initial short aa

bull Blend sounds in words with

short aa

bull Build words with short aa

Materials

bull Large Letter Cards a c m p t

bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos

Resource Book p 88

bull pocket chart

Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Isolation

Model

Show children how

to isolate phonemes

Repeat with bat and

medial a

Listen to this word aaat at I hear the a

sound at the beginning of at so Irsquoll raise

my hand

Guided PracticePractice

Have children practice

isolating short a Guide

practice doing the first

few together

Hold up your hand when you hear the a

sound at the beginning of a word

on as off ax up at

Hold up your hand when you hear the a

sound in the middle of a word

bag not sit fat ran jump

PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a

Model

Place Letter Cards c and

a in the pocket chart

Blend phonemes

This is the letter c It stands

for the k sound This is

the letter a It stands for

the a sound Listen as I

blend these sounds

together kaaa Now you say it

Place Letter Card t at

the end to form cat

Blend phonemes

This is the letter t

It stands for the

t sound

Listen as I blend

all three sounds

kaaat cat

Guided PracticePractice

Have children practice

blending with these

examples Do the first

one together

tap rat man ran

Nan pat Pam sattan Sam can fat

Pronunciation In some

languages including Spanish

Cantonese and Vietnamese

there is not a direct transfer forthe short a sound

Emphasize the short a sound

and demonstrate correct mouth

position when pronouncing

each word Have children

contrast short a with ahhh the

sound with which children will

most likely be more familiar

For a complete phonics transferchart see the ELL Teacherrsquos

Guide

Short a a

Introduce 7C-D

Practice Apply

7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG

Leveled Practice 1 5 8

Decodable Reader A Cap

for Pam

Reteach Review

35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S

35U 35Y

Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B

Decodable Reader Jazz Band

7K

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1436

Build Words with Short a a

Model

Place Letter Cards m

a t in the pocket chart

Blend phonemes

Letrsquos blend all the

sounds together

and read the word

mat

Guided PracticePractice

Have children practice

building words with

short aa Guide

children with the first

example

Change the m in mat to c What word did

we make

Change the t in cat to p What word did you

make

Change the c in cap to m What word did

you make

PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an

Place index cards for hat and man

in a pocket chart Say each word

and its sounds hat h a t

man m a n Say each word

again emphasizing at or an Askvolunteers to spell each word

Display index cards one at a time

Have children read each word

listening for at or an

Ask volunteers to place each index card in the row with the same

end sound

Objectives

bull Spell words with short aa

bull Sort words with -at -an

Materials

bull Spelling Practice Book p 2

bull pocket chart

bull large index cards with

spelling words

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35M

If Yes On Level Options page 35O

Beyond Level Options page 35P

Can children blend and read words with short aa

copy M

a c m i l l a n M c G r a w

- H i l l

Read the words Say each word Then complete each

word to make a spelling word Use each word once

man cat hat mat

ran can up down

1 h 5 d n

2 p 6 m n

3 r n 7 ma

4 c n 8 at

a t

u

a

a

o w

a

t

c

Spelling Practice Book page 2

DAY 1 Pretest

DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word

Sort

DAY 3 Student Word Sort

DAY 4 Test PracticeDictation

DAY 5Posttest

Blending If children have

difficulty blending with

aa say Irsquoll blend k a t

Blend kat stressing medial

a Now you blend cat

Repeat with tap and rat

ConstructiveFeedback

Pam and Sam 7L

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1536

Objectives

bull Learn high-frequency words

jump not up down and read

them in context

bull Review high-frequency

words to and

Materials

bull Vocabulary Cards jump not

up down to and

bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat

Jumprdquo

bull pocket chartbull Leveled Practice Books p 2

High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down

INTRODUCE

Display the Vocabulary Cards for jump not up and down in a

pocket chart

Point to and say the word up This is the word

up It is spelled u-p The cat went up the tree

Have children read spell and write the word

up

Follow the same steps to introduce jump not

and down

When introducing each new high-frequency

word note any phonics elements that have

been taught this week Review how to

decode the familiar letters sounds in the new

words We know that the letters n and t in not

stand for n and t Repeat with each new

high-frequency word

Have children work with a partner to make up sentences using

the words

Word Wall You may wish to add these words

Review Review to and and using the same procedure

Complete each sentence

Use one of the words in the box

up down not jump

1 I can

2 The cat ran

3 The cat is little

4 The dog ran

5 Write your own sentence using a word from the box

up

not

down

Responses will vary

jump

On Level Practice Book 0 page 2

Approaching Practice Book A page 2

Beyond Practice Book B page 2

Beginning

Use RealiaDemonstrate Demonstrate the concept of

up and down as opposites

Have children point up and

say the word up Then have

them point down and say

the word down For jump

ask children to stand and

then jump while they say the

word jump

Intermediate

ModelUse Gestures Askchildren to point up and

down Model The light is up

on the ceiling What else is

up on the ceiling The pencil

is down on the floor What

else is down on the floor

For jump ask a volunteer to

jump over a block For not

place a book and a pen side

by side Say This is a book

This is not a book Point to a

desk Is this a book

Advanced

Develop Spoken Language Ask children to use the

words up and down in

sentences of their own that

demonstrate understanding

of their meanings as

opposites Have children use

jump in sentences that tell

others what to jump over

7M

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1636

Pam and Sam 89

Get Ready Story Student pages 8ndash9

Read ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo

PREVIEWPREDICT

Use the Illustration Read aloud the title and have children look at

the illustration What characters do you see (two frogs and a bug)

What can you tell about these characters (Answers will vary)

Ask children to read aloud ldquoWords to Knowrdquo Explain that these

new words theyrsquove been practicing will be in the story

SET A PURPOSE FOR READING

Focus Question Ask a child to read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo

question The two frogs can already jump Pat is probably the bug

who is watching them What might help you find out if Pat can

jump (what the author says Pat does what the pictures show)

bull Read Aloud or Read

Together pausing

as needed to support

childrenrsquos comprehension

bull Have children whisper-

read independently

bull Use the modeling and

question prompts as you

revisit sections of the text

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1736

Get Ready Story Student pages 10ndash11

Apply Vocabulary

1 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS jump up down

Have children point to the words jump and up on page 10 and

jump and down on page 11 Reinforce the vocabulary by saying I

see two frogs jump First they jump up Then they jump down

2 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

Ask children to describe how they think the bug (Pat) is feeling

as she watches the frogs jump Can you tell by looking at the

illustrations how Pat may be feeling What might she be thinking

2

1

Gesture and Point Reinforce

the meanings of jump up and

down by gesturing Also havechildren say the words Then

lead children in pointing to the

frogs that jump Point to them

when they are up and when

they are down

1011

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1836

Pam and Sam 1213

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level High-Frequency Words page 35N

If Yes On Level Options page 35O

Beyond Level Options page 35P

Can children read jump not up and down

Develop Spoken Language

Have children pretend their fists

are frogs and show how they

can jump across their desks Say

I can jump Have children repeatafter you

Get Ready Story Student pages 12ndash13

3 4

3 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS not jump

Have children point to the words not and jump on page 12 and to

jump on page 13 What could Pat not do at first Could she jump

by herself at the end What helped her jump

4 FLUENCY ECHO983085READRead Exclamations Tell children that sentences with exclamation

marks are read with excitement Model reading each sentence on

page 13 and have children echo-read

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1936

Objective

bull Identify a complete

sentence

Materials

bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat

Jumprdquo

bull Grammar Practice Book p 2

GrammarGrammarSentences

REVIEW

Have children turn to page 12 of ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo Invite a

volunteer to reread the sentence

Remember this is a sentence It is a group of words that tells a whole

idea A sentence always begins with a capital letter

PRACTICE

Write the following complete and incomplete sentences on the

board

1 The sad man

2 The cat sat down

3 had a nap

4 We look at the map

Read each group of words with children

Ask Is this a sentence Why or why

not Discuss whether or not each

example tells a whole idea

Cross out the two incomplete

sentences

Sentences

DAY 1 Sentences

DAY 2 Sentences

DAY 3 Sentences

Mechanics SentenceCapitalization

DAY 4 Sentences

Proofread

DAY 5 Sentences

Grammar Practice Book page 2

13A

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2036

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2136

At a Glance

Whole Group

Main Selection

Oral Languagebull Oral Vocabulary

bull Read Aloud ldquoBeverly Billingsly

Borrows a Bookrdquo

Phonemic Awarenessbull Phoneme Blending

Phonicsbull Short aa

bull Build Fluency

bull Spelling Word Sort

High-Frequency Wordsbull jump not up down

Comprehensionbull Read Pam and Sam

bull Strategy Analyze Story Structurebull Skill Analyze Character and

Setting

Language Artsbull Grammar Sentences

bull Independent Writing

Small Group Options

Differentiated Instruction pages 35Qndash35T

Oral LanguageOral Language

Write the Morning Message Point to each word as you read the

Message aloud with expression

Practice Concepts of Print Remind children that some sentences

end with periods Reread and have them raise a hand each time

you end a sentence Have volunteers circle the periods

Review Words with Short a Invite a child to find the words with

short a Who can think of other words with short a

Extend the Weekly Theme Encourage children to think about

other ways to describe what people are like Have them describe

characteristics of a friend a family member and a firefighter

Oral Vocabulary

REVIEW WORDS

Discuss The Princess and the Pea by asking Why did the queen ask

about the princessrsquos interests What was unique about the princessWhat made the prince cheerful

Write the following vocabulary words on the board unique

interest cheerful genuine and prefer Read the words aloud

Then ask the following questions

Which word means

bull real or true

bull one-of a-kind or unusual

bull choosing one thing instead of

another

bull happy or glad bull something a person likes

I have a fat cat

I can pat himI can play with him

13C

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2236

Objectives

bull Understand story structure

as it relates to a fantasy storybull Learn that a fantasy is

different from realistic

fiction

bull Model reading with prosody

Materials

bull Read-Aloud Anthology

InteractiveInteractive

Read AloudRead AloudListening Comprehension

GENRE FANTASY

Ask children if they can tell you what a fantasy story is Share

the information about fantasy found in the Read-Aloud

Anthology

READ ldquoBEVERLY BILLINGSLY BORROWS A BOOKrdquo

Model Analyzing Story Structure Use the Think Alouds

provided at point of use in the Read-Aloud Anthology

Model Fluent Reading Read aloud the fantasy story

naturally and with expression As you read point out aspects

of fluent reading For example point out that you read

dialogue the way you think characters might say it

Expand Vocabulary See pages 9ndash13 of the Read-Aloud

Anthology to teach new words

Respond to the Fantasy

TALK ABOUT IT Ask children what happened in the story Why did

Beverly go to the library What were some of Beverlyrsquos interestsHow is Beverly like people you know What are some ways Beverly is

unique

Beginning

Ask Questions Talk with

children about the library Who

has been to a library Do we

get books at a library Does a

librarian work there Have you

ever talked to the librarian

Intermediate

Use Vocabulary Elicit from

children the different words we

use when talking about a library

What is inside of a library What

do we call a person who works

in a library What do you need to

show the librarian if you want to

take a book home

Advanced

Role Play Have children act out

a trip to the library One child

can play the part of the librarian

while others can pretend to

check out books Encourage

children to use sentences such

as I want to borrow this book please Do you have your library

card When is my book due

Write About It Invite children to respond to the read aloud by illustrating a

scene of their choice in their response journal or notebook

Read Aloudpages 9ndash13

Pam and Sam 13D

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2336

Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Blending

Model

Show children how to

orally blend phonemes

I will say the sounds in a word The first

sound is m The next sound is a The

last sound is t I can blend these sounds

together mmmaaat mat Say it with me

Guided PracticePracticeHave children practice

blending Guide practice

with the first two words

I will say three sounds Blend sounds

together to form words

r a n s a t m a p

t a p m a n t a n

PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a

Model

Place Letter Cards m

a and p in the pocket

chart

Change the m in map

to s Use the routine to

blend sap

The letter m stands

for the sound m

The letter a stands

for the sound a The letter p stands

for p Irsquoll blend the sounds together

mmmaaap map Say it with me

Guided PracticePractice

Have children change

letters and blend Guide

practice with the firstword change

Change the s in

sap to t Blend

the sounds toread the word

yoursquove made

cap nap rap sap

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35Q

If Yes On Level Options page 35S

Beyond Level Options page 35T

Can children blend sounds in words with short aa

Objectives

bull Blend sounds in words

bull Blend with short aa

Materials

bull Large Letter Cards a m p t

bull Small Letter Cards

bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos

Resource Book p 88

bull pocket chart

bull Teaching Chart 7

bull PhonicsFluency

Transparency 1

Short a a

Introduce 7CndashD

Practice Apply

7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG

Leveled Practice 1 5 8

Decodable Reader A Cap

for PamReteach Review

35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S

35U 35Y

Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B

Decodable Reader Jazz Band

Phonemic Awareness

Teaching phonemic

awareness to children

is clearly effective It

improves their ability to

manipulate phonemes in

speech This skill transfers

and helps them learn to

read and spell PA training

benefits not only word

reading but also reading

comprehension

Donald Bear

wwwmacmillanmhcom

13E

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2436

Build Fluency Word Automaticity

Display Teaching Chart 7 Point to the word at Ask children to blend

the sounds with you Then ask them to read the word at regularspeed Repeat the blending routine with the other words having

children blend and read after you Then point to the words in random

order and ask children to read them

PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an

Pair children and have them sort Spelling Word Cards by ending

sounds Encourage them to say spell and then sort each word Then

have them identify the ending sounds and say the rhyming words

Dictation

Follow this dictation routine with the spelling words

Pronounce one word at a time for children Then repeat the word

and use it in a sentence

Have children repeat each word softly to themselves and then

write the word

After dictation is completed encourage children to proofread

their words Remind them to check their words for spellingpatterns and to look for the words containing short aa

To extend have volunteers make up sentences for each word

Objectives

bull Sort words with -at -an

bull Use dictation to practicespelling words

Materials

bull Spelling Word Cards BLM

Teacherrsquos Resource Book

p 90

bull Spelling Practice Book p 3

man cat hat mat

ran can up down

Look at the picture Use a spelling word to

complete the sentence

1 Can you see the

2 The cat ran

3 The man has a

4 She can go

5 Here is a

cat

up

hat

down

can

Spelling Practice Book page 3

DAY 1 Pretest

DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word

Sort

DAY 3 Student Word Sort

Dictation

DAY 4 Test Practice

DAY 5 Posttest

Teaching Chart 7 PhonicsFluency Transparency 1

Pam and Sam 13F

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2536

Objectives

bull Read high-frequency words

jump not up down like gobull Read to apply the strategy

Analyze Story Structure

bull Read to apply the skill

Analyze Character and

Setting

bull Use academic language

character setting

Materials

bull Vocabulary Word Cards BLMTeacherrsquos Resource Book p

120

bull Student Book Pam and Sam

bull Teaching Chart 8

bull Graphic Organizer

Transparency 1

bull Leveled Practice Books p 3

High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down

PRACTICE

Duplicate and distribute a set of Vocabulary Word Cards for

jump not up down to each child

As you say the words have children hold up the appropriate card

Ask volunteers to use each word in a sentence

Have each child work with a partner and call out each word for

their partner to write

Review Review like and go following the same procedure

ComprehensionComprehensionSTRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Remind children that it is helpful to identify the beginning middle

and end of stories Today as we read another story pay special attention

to what happens to the characters at the beginning in the middle and at

the end of the story

SKILL

Analyze Character and Setting

Today wersquore going to read about two characters What information might

help you understand these characters Pay attention to what they do

what they say and what they look like Also think about how the setting

or where they are helps you understand the story

Prepare to Read

PREVIEW AND PREDICT

Have children turn to page 15 Ask a child to read aloud the title

Who are the characters What do you think they might do

Tell children to write or draw their predictions about the story

Genre Fantasy Remind children that a fantasy is a made-up

story that would not happen in real life

Preview the word Ask children to

tell what it means

fly (page 24)

Analyze Character and Setting

Introduce U1 7AndashB

Practice Apply

U1 7J 13Gndash27A Leveled

Practice 3ndash4

Reteach Review

U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT

35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J

89Gndash105A 111E 111L

111NndashP 111RndashT 111V

111YndashZ Leveled Practice

27ndash28

Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A

153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT

153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled

Practice 119ndash120

13G

Main Selection Student pages 14 15

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2636

Read Pam and Sam

SET A PURPOSE FOR READING

Focus Question Read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo question Letrsquos

look for clues in the story that help us understand these characters

Encourage children to set their own purpose for readingWAYS TO READ THE SELECTION

Main Selection Student pages 14ndash15

Story available on Listening

Library Audio CD

If your children need support

to read the Main Selection

use the prompts to guide

comprehension and model

how to complete the Character

Chart Encourage children toread aloud

If your children can read the

Main Selection independently

have them read and complete

the Character Chart

If your children need an alternate selection choose the

Leveled Readers that match their instructional level

Pam and Sam 1415

Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2736

Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17

Develop Comprehension

1 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

We have only read two pages and wersquove already learned a lot

How many characters have we met (two) What can you tell about

them How are they unique (Pam is a rabbit Sam is a bird Theylike to play) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

2 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Teacher Think Aloud This story begins with Pam and Sam

playing Pam just ran up I want to find out if Sam will do the

same thing because they like to play together I will read on

to see how the story develops I will pay close attention to the

characters and what they do in the rest of the story

1 2

SyntacticStructure

Explain that good readers

sometimes check that they have

read words correctly One way to

do this is to ask Does the word Iread sound right in the sentence

Model Point to the word ran

on page 17 The text reads ldquoPam

uprdquo I know from how the

sentence is put together that the

next word has to be a verb The

word ran is a verb It sounds right in

the sentence because it says what

Pam did

Apply Encourage children to

check the meaning of other words

in the story

1617

Main Selection Student pages 18ndash19

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2836

3 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

What can Pam and Sam do on these pages (They can run) Letrsquos

add this to our Character Chart Why do you think Pam and Sam

run together (Possible answer because they are playing)

4 MONITOR AND CLARIFY REREAD

If you donrsquot understand what is happening in the story you can

reread it to try and figure things out Reread page 19 What did Pam

and Sam do (They ran) Where did they run (They ran down)

5 MAINTAIN ANALYZE CHARACTER AND SETTING

What can we tell about Pam and Sam What are their interests

(They seem to be friends they like to do things together They run

and jump) Where does the story take place (outdoors possibly in

a field or in a meadow)

Main Selection Student pages 18 19

Picture Clues Point to the bird

and the rabbit running together

Explain that the picture can

give clues about where they

are running Where are Sam thebird and Pam the rabbit running

(They are running down)

3 4 5

Pam and Sam 1819

Main Selection Student pages 20ndash21

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2936

p g

Develop Comprehension

6 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

What do you learn about Pam (She can jump) What do you learn

about Sam (He can not jump) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

7 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Teacher Think Aloud Letrsquos think about how the story is

organized In the beginning Pam and Sam kept doing the same

thing Now what is happening in the middle of the story

Encourage children to apply the strategy in a Think Aloud

Student Think Aloud In the beginning of the story Sam and

Pam did the same things Now I am reading the middle of thestory and there is a problem Sam can not jump I want to read

more to find out if the problem is solved

6 7

Clarify Remind children

that characters refers to the

main people or animals in

the story Review some of the

pages in the story Pam andSam and encourage children

to look at the illustrations

Are the characters people or

animals (animals) Who are

the characters (Pam and Sam)

Ask children to describe the

characters in their own words

based on the illustrations in the

story (Possible answer Pam is a

rabbit and can hop Sam is a birdand can fly)

2021

Main Selection Student pages 22ndash23

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3036

8 FLUENCY ECHO983085READ

Read Exclamations Letrsquos read the sentence on page 23 It ends

with an exclamation mark When I read the sentence I use a tone

that shows I am excited Listen to the way my voice sounds when I

read it Now read the sentence after me with the same tone

9 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

Look at the picture on page 23 What can Sam do (He can fly)

Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

10 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Think about how the author wrote this story How did she organize

the story to keep it interesting

Student Think Aloud In the beginning she introduced the

characters and told us they like to play In the middle she told us

about a problem Sam had I think the problem will get solved in

the end now that I know Sam can fly

Question 9 ANALYZE

CHARACTER

What can Sam do How do you

know he can fly Can Pam fly too

How do you know

9

8 10

Pam and Sam 2223

Main Selection Student pages 24ndash25

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3136

Teaching Chart 8Graphic

Organizer Transparency 1

Pam Can Sam Can

play

run

jump

play

run

fly

Develop Comprehension

COMPLETE THE CHARACTER CHART

Ask children to share their ideas about the characters Pam and Sam

Record their ideas on Teaching Chart 8

RETURN TO PREDICTIONS AND PURPOSES

Review childrenrsquos predictions and review the Focus Question What

makes Pam and Sam special (Pam can jump Sam can fly)

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Leveled Reader Lesson 2 page 35R

If Yes On Level Options page 35S

Beyond Level Options page 35T

Can children analyze characters

2425

Main Selection Student page 26

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3236

Pam and Sam 26

Authorrsquos Craft

Focus on Repetition

In this story Nancy Tafuri

uses the same words

over and over She does

this to make it easier for

readers to understand

the story Repetition also

helps readers remember

what has already

happened New wordscan change the meaning

of words used over

and over

What words on page 17

are also on page 18 (ran

up) Who runs up (Pam

and Sam)

What words are on page

21 that were also on page

20 (can jump) What

new word changes the

meaning (not )

Children can find more

information about

Nancy Tafuri at

wwwmacmillanmhcom

Authorrsquos Purpose

Nancy Tafuri wanted to tell a story

about friends Draw a picture of your

friend Write your friendrsquos name

Find out more aboutNancy Tafuri atwwwmacmillanmhcom

Nancy Tafuri says ldquoI live in

the country and love telling

stories about animals I

especially like to tell stories

about good friends like

Pam and Sam I have fun

drawing pictures to go with

my storiesrdquo

Other books by Nancy Tafuri

26

Meet the AuthorIllustrator

Read aloud page 26 with children Ask if they like the way Nancy Tafuri

draws the animal friends Encourage children to look back at the story

and tell which pictures show that Sam and Pam are good friends

Author rsquos Purpose Nancy Tafuri used words and art to tell a story about what

good friends do together Have children draw a picture of a

friend Check that they have written their friendrsquos name on

the picture Children may add this writing to their response

journals

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3336

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436

Pam and Sam 27A

Think and Compare

USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS

1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of

the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then

he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump

Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN

2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real

birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the

wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too

However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together

I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually

playing together ANALYZE

3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know

Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I

noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for

him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop

playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem

MAKE INFERENCES

4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these

characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head

Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump

Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They

both solved their problems COMPARE

Personal Response

Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another

story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways

could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in

a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas

Look at the pictures Read the story

Nat is a cat

Nat can go up

Nat can go down

Pam and Sam look for Nat

Pam is sad

Where is Nat

Write T if the sentence is true

Write F if the sentence is false

1 Nat is a cat

2 Nat can go up and down

3 Pam is sad

4 Nat is in the

5 Nat is in the

T

T

F

T

T

On Level Practice Book O page 4

Approaching Practice Book A page 4

Beyond Practice Book B page 4

Think and Search(Question 1)

bull Search for clues and

information in the texts

Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)

bull Think about the

information in the story

bull Think about what you

already know

bull Compare the information

in two stories

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636

Objectives

bull Understand the importance

of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a

sentence

bull Use words to add detail to a

sentence

Materials

bull pencils and paper

Dictation Have children dictate

to you their word or phrase to

fill in the sentence frame

Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book

pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do

Personal Narrative

DAY 1 Shared Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 2 Interactive Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas

Independent Prewrite

and Draft

DAY 4 Independent Revise

and Edit

DAY 5 Independent Publish

and Present

IndependentIndependent

WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas

EXPLAIN

Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write

Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting

DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences

1 I like to eat

2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables

Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes

to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words

yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information

Personal Narrative

BRAINSTORM

Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about

herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about

what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk

about what they like to do

PREWRITE

Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do

DRAFT

Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the

sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review

with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that

tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences

TransitionsThat Teach

While lining up for recess

have children tell about a

game they would prefer

to play

Pam and Sam 27C

Page 14: unit1_week1_2.pdf

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1436

Build Words with Short a a

Model

Place Letter Cards m

a t in the pocket chart

Blend phonemes

Letrsquos blend all the

sounds together

and read the word

mat

Guided PracticePractice

Have children practice

building words with

short aa Guide

children with the first

example

Change the m in mat to c What word did

we make

Change the t in cat to p What word did you

make

Change the c in cap to m What word did

you make

PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an

Place index cards for hat and man

in a pocket chart Say each word

and its sounds hat h a t

man m a n Say each word

again emphasizing at or an Askvolunteers to spell each word

Display index cards one at a time

Have children read each word

listening for at or an

Ask volunteers to place each index card in the row with the same

end sound

Objectives

bull Spell words with short aa

bull Sort words with -at -an

Materials

bull Spelling Practice Book p 2

bull pocket chart

bull large index cards with

spelling words

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35M

If Yes On Level Options page 35O

Beyond Level Options page 35P

Can children blend and read words with short aa

copy M

a c m i l l a n M c G r a w

- H i l l

Read the words Say each word Then complete each

word to make a spelling word Use each word once

man cat hat mat

ran can up down

1 h 5 d n

2 p 6 m n

3 r n 7 ma

4 c n 8 at

a t

u

a

a

o w

a

t

c

Spelling Practice Book page 2

DAY 1 Pretest

DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word

Sort

DAY 3 Student Word Sort

DAY 4 Test PracticeDictation

DAY 5Posttest

Blending If children have

difficulty blending with

aa say Irsquoll blend k a t

Blend kat stressing medial

a Now you blend cat

Repeat with tap and rat

ConstructiveFeedback

Pam and Sam 7L

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1536

Objectives

bull Learn high-frequency words

jump not up down and read

them in context

bull Review high-frequency

words to and

Materials

bull Vocabulary Cards jump not

up down to and

bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat

Jumprdquo

bull pocket chartbull Leveled Practice Books p 2

High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down

INTRODUCE

Display the Vocabulary Cards for jump not up and down in a

pocket chart

Point to and say the word up This is the word

up It is spelled u-p The cat went up the tree

Have children read spell and write the word

up

Follow the same steps to introduce jump not

and down

When introducing each new high-frequency

word note any phonics elements that have

been taught this week Review how to

decode the familiar letters sounds in the new

words We know that the letters n and t in not

stand for n and t Repeat with each new

high-frequency word

Have children work with a partner to make up sentences using

the words

Word Wall You may wish to add these words

Review Review to and and using the same procedure

Complete each sentence

Use one of the words in the box

up down not jump

1 I can

2 The cat ran

3 The cat is little

4 The dog ran

5 Write your own sentence using a word from the box

up

not

down

Responses will vary

jump

On Level Practice Book 0 page 2

Approaching Practice Book A page 2

Beyond Practice Book B page 2

Beginning

Use RealiaDemonstrate Demonstrate the concept of

up and down as opposites

Have children point up and

say the word up Then have

them point down and say

the word down For jump

ask children to stand and

then jump while they say the

word jump

Intermediate

ModelUse Gestures Askchildren to point up and

down Model The light is up

on the ceiling What else is

up on the ceiling The pencil

is down on the floor What

else is down on the floor

For jump ask a volunteer to

jump over a block For not

place a book and a pen side

by side Say This is a book

This is not a book Point to a

desk Is this a book

Advanced

Develop Spoken Language Ask children to use the

words up and down in

sentences of their own that

demonstrate understanding

of their meanings as

opposites Have children use

jump in sentences that tell

others what to jump over

7M

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1636

Pam and Sam 89

Get Ready Story Student pages 8ndash9

Read ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo

PREVIEWPREDICT

Use the Illustration Read aloud the title and have children look at

the illustration What characters do you see (two frogs and a bug)

What can you tell about these characters (Answers will vary)

Ask children to read aloud ldquoWords to Knowrdquo Explain that these

new words theyrsquove been practicing will be in the story

SET A PURPOSE FOR READING

Focus Question Ask a child to read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo

question The two frogs can already jump Pat is probably the bug

who is watching them What might help you find out if Pat can

jump (what the author says Pat does what the pictures show)

bull Read Aloud or Read

Together pausing

as needed to support

childrenrsquos comprehension

bull Have children whisper-

read independently

bull Use the modeling and

question prompts as you

revisit sections of the text

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1736

Get Ready Story Student pages 10ndash11

Apply Vocabulary

1 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS jump up down

Have children point to the words jump and up on page 10 and

jump and down on page 11 Reinforce the vocabulary by saying I

see two frogs jump First they jump up Then they jump down

2 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

Ask children to describe how they think the bug (Pat) is feeling

as she watches the frogs jump Can you tell by looking at the

illustrations how Pat may be feeling What might she be thinking

2

1

Gesture and Point Reinforce

the meanings of jump up and

down by gesturing Also havechildren say the words Then

lead children in pointing to the

frogs that jump Point to them

when they are up and when

they are down

1011

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1836

Pam and Sam 1213

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level High-Frequency Words page 35N

If Yes On Level Options page 35O

Beyond Level Options page 35P

Can children read jump not up and down

Develop Spoken Language

Have children pretend their fists

are frogs and show how they

can jump across their desks Say

I can jump Have children repeatafter you

Get Ready Story Student pages 12ndash13

3 4

3 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS not jump

Have children point to the words not and jump on page 12 and to

jump on page 13 What could Pat not do at first Could she jump

by herself at the end What helped her jump

4 FLUENCY ECHO983085READRead Exclamations Tell children that sentences with exclamation

marks are read with excitement Model reading each sentence on

page 13 and have children echo-read

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1936

Objective

bull Identify a complete

sentence

Materials

bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat

Jumprdquo

bull Grammar Practice Book p 2

GrammarGrammarSentences

REVIEW

Have children turn to page 12 of ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo Invite a

volunteer to reread the sentence

Remember this is a sentence It is a group of words that tells a whole

idea A sentence always begins with a capital letter

PRACTICE

Write the following complete and incomplete sentences on the

board

1 The sad man

2 The cat sat down

3 had a nap

4 We look at the map

Read each group of words with children

Ask Is this a sentence Why or why

not Discuss whether or not each

example tells a whole idea

Cross out the two incomplete

sentences

Sentences

DAY 1 Sentences

DAY 2 Sentences

DAY 3 Sentences

Mechanics SentenceCapitalization

DAY 4 Sentences

Proofread

DAY 5 Sentences

Grammar Practice Book page 2

13A

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2036

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2136

At a Glance

Whole Group

Main Selection

Oral Languagebull Oral Vocabulary

bull Read Aloud ldquoBeverly Billingsly

Borrows a Bookrdquo

Phonemic Awarenessbull Phoneme Blending

Phonicsbull Short aa

bull Build Fluency

bull Spelling Word Sort

High-Frequency Wordsbull jump not up down

Comprehensionbull Read Pam and Sam

bull Strategy Analyze Story Structurebull Skill Analyze Character and

Setting

Language Artsbull Grammar Sentences

bull Independent Writing

Small Group Options

Differentiated Instruction pages 35Qndash35T

Oral LanguageOral Language

Write the Morning Message Point to each word as you read the

Message aloud with expression

Practice Concepts of Print Remind children that some sentences

end with periods Reread and have them raise a hand each time

you end a sentence Have volunteers circle the periods

Review Words with Short a Invite a child to find the words with

short a Who can think of other words with short a

Extend the Weekly Theme Encourage children to think about

other ways to describe what people are like Have them describe

characteristics of a friend a family member and a firefighter

Oral Vocabulary

REVIEW WORDS

Discuss The Princess and the Pea by asking Why did the queen ask

about the princessrsquos interests What was unique about the princessWhat made the prince cheerful

Write the following vocabulary words on the board unique

interest cheerful genuine and prefer Read the words aloud

Then ask the following questions

Which word means

bull real or true

bull one-of a-kind or unusual

bull choosing one thing instead of

another

bull happy or glad bull something a person likes

I have a fat cat

I can pat himI can play with him

13C

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2236

Objectives

bull Understand story structure

as it relates to a fantasy storybull Learn that a fantasy is

different from realistic

fiction

bull Model reading with prosody

Materials

bull Read-Aloud Anthology

InteractiveInteractive

Read AloudRead AloudListening Comprehension

GENRE FANTASY

Ask children if they can tell you what a fantasy story is Share

the information about fantasy found in the Read-Aloud

Anthology

READ ldquoBEVERLY BILLINGSLY BORROWS A BOOKrdquo

Model Analyzing Story Structure Use the Think Alouds

provided at point of use in the Read-Aloud Anthology

Model Fluent Reading Read aloud the fantasy story

naturally and with expression As you read point out aspects

of fluent reading For example point out that you read

dialogue the way you think characters might say it

Expand Vocabulary See pages 9ndash13 of the Read-Aloud

Anthology to teach new words

Respond to the Fantasy

TALK ABOUT IT Ask children what happened in the story Why did

Beverly go to the library What were some of Beverlyrsquos interestsHow is Beverly like people you know What are some ways Beverly is

unique

Beginning

Ask Questions Talk with

children about the library Who

has been to a library Do we

get books at a library Does a

librarian work there Have you

ever talked to the librarian

Intermediate

Use Vocabulary Elicit from

children the different words we

use when talking about a library

What is inside of a library What

do we call a person who works

in a library What do you need to

show the librarian if you want to

take a book home

Advanced

Role Play Have children act out

a trip to the library One child

can play the part of the librarian

while others can pretend to

check out books Encourage

children to use sentences such

as I want to borrow this book please Do you have your library

card When is my book due

Write About It Invite children to respond to the read aloud by illustrating a

scene of their choice in their response journal or notebook

Read Aloudpages 9ndash13

Pam and Sam 13D

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2336

Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Blending

Model

Show children how to

orally blend phonemes

I will say the sounds in a word The first

sound is m The next sound is a The

last sound is t I can blend these sounds

together mmmaaat mat Say it with me

Guided PracticePracticeHave children practice

blending Guide practice

with the first two words

I will say three sounds Blend sounds

together to form words

r a n s a t m a p

t a p m a n t a n

PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a

Model

Place Letter Cards m

a and p in the pocket

chart

Change the m in map

to s Use the routine to

blend sap

The letter m stands

for the sound m

The letter a stands

for the sound a The letter p stands

for p Irsquoll blend the sounds together

mmmaaap map Say it with me

Guided PracticePractice

Have children change

letters and blend Guide

practice with the firstword change

Change the s in

sap to t Blend

the sounds toread the word

yoursquove made

cap nap rap sap

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35Q

If Yes On Level Options page 35S

Beyond Level Options page 35T

Can children blend sounds in words with short aa

Objectives

bull Blend sounds in words

bull Blend with short aa

Materials

bull Large Letter Cards a m p t

bull Small Letter Cards

bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos

Resource Book p 88

bull pocket chart

bull Teaching Chart 7

bull PhonicsFluency

Transparency 1

Short a a

Introduce 7CndashD

Practice Apply

7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG

Leveled Practice 1 5 8

Decodable Reader A Cap

for PamReteach Review

35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S

35U 35Y

Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B

Decodable Reader Jazz Band

Phonemic Awareness

Teaching phonemic

awareness to children

is clearly effective It

improves their ability to

manipulate phonemes in

speech This skill transfers

and helps them learn to

read and spell PA training

benefits not only word

reading but also reading

comprehension

Donald Bear

wwwmacmillanmhcom

13E

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2436

Build Fluency Word Automaticity

Display Teaching Chart 7 Point to the word at Ask children to blend

the sounds with you Then ask them to read the word at regularspeed Repeat the blending routine with the other words having

children blend and read after you Then point to the words in random

order and ask children to read them

PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an

Pair children and have them sort Spelling Word Cards by ending

sounds Encourage them to say spell and then sort each word Then

have them identify the ending sounds and say the rhyming words

Dictation

Follow this dictation routine with the spelling words

Pronounce one word at a time for children Then repeat the word

and use it in a sentence

Have children repeat each word softly to themselves and then

write the word

After dictation is completed encourage children to proofread

their words Remind them to check their words for spellingpatterns and to look for the words containing short aa

To extend have volunteers make up sentences for each word

Objectives

bull Sort words with -at -an

bull Use dictation to practicespelling words

Materials

bull Spelling Word Cards BLM

Teacherrsquos Resource Book

p 90

bull Spelling Practice Book p 3

man cat hat mat

ran can up down

Look at the picture Use a spelling word to

complete the sentence

1 Can you see the

2 The cat ran

3 The man has a

4 She can go

5 Here is a

cat

up

hat

down

can

Spelling Practice Book page 3

DAY 1 Pretest

DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word

Sort

DAY 3 Student Word Sort

Dictation

DAY 4 Test Practice

DAY 5 Posttest

Teaching Chart 7 PhonicsFluency Transparency 1

Pam and Sam 13F

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2536

Objectives

bull Read high-frequency words

jump not up down like gobull Read to apply the strategy

Analyze Story Structure

bull Read to apply the skill

Analyze Character and

Setting

bull Use academic language

character setting

Materials

bull Vocabulary Word Cards BLMTeacherrsquos Resource Book p

120

bull Student Book Pam and Sam

bull Teaching Chart 8

bull Graphic Organizer

Transparency 1

bull Leveled Practice Books p 3

High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down

PRACTICE

Duplicate and distribute a set of Vocabulary Word Cards for

jump not up down to each child

As you say the words have children hold up the appropriate card

Ask volunteers to use each word in a sentence

Have each child work with a partner and call out each word for

their partner to write

Review Review like and go following the same procedure

ComprehensionComprehensionSTRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Remind children that it is helpful to identify the beginning middle

and end of stories Today as we read another story pay special attention

to what happens to the characters at the beginning in the middle and at

the end of the story

SKILL

Analyze Character and Setting

Today wersquore going to read about two characters What information might

help you understand these characters Pay attention to what they do

what they say and what they look like Also think about how the setting

or where they are helps you understand the story

Prepare to Read

PREVIEW AND PREDICT

Have children turn to page 15 Ask a child to read aloud the title

Who are the characters What do you think they might do

Tell children to write or draw their predictions about the story

Genre Fantasy Remind children that a fantasy is a made-up

story that would not happen in real life

Preview the word Ask children to

tell what it means

fly (page 24)

Analyze Character and Setting

Introduce U1 7AndashB

Practice Apply

U1 7J 13Gndash27A Leveled

Practice 3ndash4

Reteach Review

U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT

35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J

89Gndash105A 111E 111L

111NndashP 111RndashT 111V

111YndashZ Leveled Practice

27ndash28

Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A

153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT

153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled

Practice 119ndash120

13G

Main Selection Student pages 14 15

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2636

Read Pam and Sam

SET A PURPOSE FOR READING

Focus Question Read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo question Letrsquos

look for clues in the story that help us understand these characters

Encourage children to set their own purpose for readingWAYS TO READ THE SELECTION

Main Selection Student pages 14ndash15

Story available on Listening

Library Audio CD

If your children need support

to read the Main Selection

use the prompts to guide

comprehension and model

how to complete the Character

Chart Encourage children toread aloud

If your children can read the

Main Selection independently

have them read and complete

the Character Chart

If your children need an alternate selection choose the

Leveled Readers that match their instructional level

Pam and Sam 1415

Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2736

Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17

Develop Comprehension

1 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

We have only read two pages and wersquove already learned a lot

How many characters have we met (two) What can you tell about

them How are they unique (Pam is a rabbit Sam is a bird Theylike to play) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

2 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Teacher Think Aloud This story begins with Pam and Sam

playing Pam just ran up I want to find out if Sam will do the

same thing because they like to play together I will read on

to see how the story develops I will pay close attention to the

characters and what they do in the rest of the story

1 2

SyntacticStructure

Explain that good readers

sometimes check that they have

read words correctly One way to

do this is to ask Does the word Iread sound right in the sentence

Model Point to the word ran

on page 17 The text reads ldquoPam

uprdquo I know from how the

sentence is put together that the

next word has to be a verb The

word ran is a verb It sounds right in

the sentence because it says what

Pam did

Apply Encourage children to

check the meaning of other words

in the story

1617

Main Selection Student pages 18ndash19

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2836

3 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

What can Pam and Sam do on these pages (They can run) Letrsquos

add this to our Character Chart Why do you think Pam and Sam

run together (Possible answer because they are playing)

4 MONITOR AND CLARIFY REREAD

If you donrsquot understand what is happening in the story you can

reread it to try and figure things out Reread page 19 What did Pam

and Sam do (They ran) Where did they run (They ran down)

5 MAINTAIN ANALYZE CHARACTER AND SETTING

What can we tell about Pam and Sam What are their interests

(They seem to be friends they like to do things together They run

and jump) Where does the story take place (outdoors possibly in

a field or in a meadow)

Main Selection Student pages 18 19

Picture Clues Point to the bird

and the rabbit running together

Explain that the picture can

give clues about where they

are running Where are Sam thebird and Pam the rabbit running

(They are running down)

3 4 5

Pam and Sam 1819

Main Selection Student pages 20ndash21

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2936

p g

Develop Comprehension

6 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

What do you learn about Pam (She can jump) What do you learn

about Sam (He can not jump) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

7 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Teacher Think Aloud Letrsquos think about how the story is

organized In the beginning Pam and Sam kept doing the same

thing Now what is happening in the middle of the story

Encourage children to apply the strategy in a Think Aloud

Student Think Aloud In the beginning of the story Sam and

Pam did the same things Now I am reading the middle of thestory and there is a problem Sam can not jump I want to read

more to find out if the problem is solved

6 7

Clarify Remind children

that characters refers to the

main people or animals in

the story Review some of the

pages in the story Pam andSam and encourage children

to look at the illustrations

Are the characters people or

animals (animals) Who are

the characters (Pam and Sam)

Ask children to describe the

characters in their own words

based on the illustrations in the

story (Possible answer Pam is a

rabbit and can hop Sam is a birdand can fly)

2021

Main Selection Student pages 22ndash23

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3036

8 FLUENCY ECHO983085READ

Read Exclamations Letrsquos read the sentence on page 23 It ends

with an exclamation mark When I read the sentence I use a tone

that shows I am excited Listen to the way my voice sounds when I

read it Now read the sentence after me with the same tone

9 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

Look at the picture on page 23 What can Sam do (He can fly)

Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

10 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Think about how the author wrote this story How did she organize

the story to keep it interesting

Student Think Aloud In the beginning she introduced the

characters and told us they like to play In the middle she told us

about a problem Sam had I think the problem will get solved in

the end now that I know Sam can fly

Question 9 ANALYZE

CHARACTER

What can Sam do How do you

know he can fly Can Pam fly too

How do you know

9

8 10

Pam and Sam 2223

Main Selection Student pages 24ndash25

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3136

Teaching Chart 8Graphic

Organizer Transparency 1

Pam Can Sam Can

play

run

jump

play

run

fly

Develop Comprehension

COMPLETE THE CHARACTER CHART

Ask children to share their ideas about the characters Pam and Sam

Record their ideas on Teaching Chart 8

RETURN TO PREDICTIONS AND PURPOSES

Review childrenrsquos predictions and review the Focus Question What

makes Pam and Sam special (Pam can jump Sam can fly)

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Leveled Reader Lesson 2 page 35R

If Yes On Level Options page 35S

Beyond Level Options page 35T

Can children analyze characters

2425

Main Selection Student page 26

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3236

Pam and Sam 26

Authorrsquos Craft

Focus on Repetition

In this story Nancy Tafuri

uses the same words

over and over She does

this to make it easier for

readers to understand

the story Repetition also

helps readers remember

what has already

happened New wordscan change the meaning

of words used over

and over

What words on page 17

are also on page 18 (ran

up) Who runs up (Pam

and Sam)

What words are on page

21 that were also on page

20 (can jump) What

new word changes the

meaning (not )

Children can find more

information about

Nancy Tafuri at

wwwmacmillanmhcom

Authorrsquos Purpose

Nancy Tafuri wanted to tell a story

about friends Draw a picture of your

friend Write your friendrsquos name

Find out more aboutNancy Tafuri atwwwmacmillanmhcom

Nancy Tafuri says ldquoI live in

the country and love telling

stories about animals I

especially like to tell stories

about good friends like

Pam and Sam I have fun

drawing pictures to go with

my storiesrdquo

Other books by Nancy Tafuri

26

Meet the AuthorIllustrator

Read aloud page 26 with children Ask if they like the way Nancy Tafuri

draws the animal friends Encourage children to look back at the story

and tell which pictures show that Sam and Pam are good friends

Author rsquos Purpose Nancy Tafuri used words and art to tell a story about what

good friends do together Have children draw a picture of a

friend Check that they have written their friendrsquos name on

the picture Children may add this writing to their response

journals

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3336

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436

Pam and Sam 27A

Think and Compare

USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS

1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of

the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then

he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump

Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN

2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real

birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the

wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too

However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together

I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually

playing together ANALYZE

3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know

Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I

noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for

him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop

playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem

MAKE INFERENCES

4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these

characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head

Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump

Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They

both solved their problems COMPARE

Personal Response

Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another

story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways

could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in

a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas

Look at the pictures Read the story

Nat is a cat

Nat can go up

Nat can go down

Pam and Sam look for Nat

Pam is sad

Where is Nat

Write T if the sentence is true

Write F if the sentence is false

1 Nat is a cat

2 Nat can go up and down

3 Pam is sad

4 Nat is in the

5 Nat is in the

T

T

F

T

T

On Level Practice Book O page 4

Approaching Practice Book A page 4

Beyond Practice Book B page 4

Think and Search(Question 1)

bull Search for clues and

information in the texts

Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)

bull Think about the

information in the story

bull Think about what you

already know

bull Compare the information

in two stories

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636

Objectives

bull Understand the importance

of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a

sentence

bull Use words to add detail to a

sentence

Materials

bull pencils and paper

Dictation Have children dictate

to you their word or phrase to

fill in the sentence frame

Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book

pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do

Personal Narrative

DAY 1 Shared Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 2 Interactive Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas

Independent Prewrite

and Draft

DAY 4 Independent Revise

and Edit

DAY 5 Independent Publish

and Present

IndependentIndependent

WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas

EXPLAIN

Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write

Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting

DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences

1 I like to eat

2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables

Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes

to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words

yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information

Personal Narrative

BRAINSTORM

Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about

herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about

what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk

about what they like to do

PREWRITE

Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do

DRAFT

Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the

sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review

with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that

tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences

TransitionsThat Teach

While lining up for recess

have children tell about a

game they would prefer

to play

Pam and Sam 27C

Page 15: unit1_week1_2.pdf

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1536

Objectives

bull Learn high-frequency words

jump not up down and read

them in context

bull Review high-frequency

words to and

Materials

bull Vocabulary Cards jump not

up down to and

bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat

Jumprdquo

bull pocket chartbull Leveled Practice Books p 2

High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down

INTRODUCE

Display the Vocabulary Cards for jump not up and down in a

pocket chart

Point to and say the word up This is the word

up It is spelled u-p The cat went up the tree

Have children read spell and write the word

up

Follow the same steps to introduce jump not

and down

When introducing each new high-frequency

word note any phonics elements that have

been taught this week Review how to

decode the familiar letters sounds in the new

words We know that the letters n and t in not

stand for n and t Repeat with each new

high-frequency word

Have children work with a partner to make up sentences using

the words

Word Wall You may wish to add these words

Review Review to and and using the same procedure

Complete each sentence

Use one of the words in the box

up down not jump

1 I can

2 The cat ran

3 The cat is little

4 The dog ran

5 Write your own sentence using a word from the box

up

not

down

Responses will vary

jump

On Level Practice Book 0 page 2

Approaching Practice Book A page 2

Beyond Practice Book B page 2

Beginning

Use RealiaDemonstrate Demonstrate the concept of

up and down as opposites

Have children point up and

say the word up Then have

them point down and say

the word down For jump

ask children to stand and

then jump while they say the

word jump

Intermediate

ModelUse Gestures Askchildren to point up and

down Model The light is up

on the ceiling What else is

up on the ceiling The pencil

is down on the floor What

else is down on the floor

For jump ask a volunteer to

jump over a block For not

place a book and a pen side

by side Say This is a book

This is not a book Point to a

desk Is this a book

Advanced

Develop Spoken Language Ask children to use the

words up and down in

sentences of their own that

demonstrate understanding

of their meanings as

opposites Have children use

jump in sentences that tell

others what to jump over

7M

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1636

Pam and Sam 89

Get Ready Story Student pages 8ndash9

Read ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo

PREVIEWPREDICT

Use the Illustration Read aloud the title and have children look at

the illustration What characters do you see (two frogs and a bug)

What can you tell about these characters (Answers will vary)

Ask children to read aloud ldquoWords to Knowrdquo Explain that these

new words theyrsquove been practicing will be in the story

SET A PURPOSE FOR READING

Focus Question Ask a child to read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo

question The two frogs can already jump Pat is probably the bug

who is watching them What might help you find out if Pat can

jump (what the author says Pat does what the pictures show)

bull Read Aloud or Read

Together pausing

as needed to support

childrenrsquos comprehension

bull Have children whisper-

read independently

bull Use the modeling and

question prompts as you

revisit sections of the text

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1736

Get Ready Story Student pages 10ndash11

Apply Vocabulary

1 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS jump up down

Have children point to the words jump and up on page 10 and

jump and down on page 11 Reinforce the vocabulary by saying I

see two frogs jump First they jump up Then they jump down

2 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

Ask children to describe how they think the bug (Pat) is feeling

as she watches the frogs jump Can you tell by looking at the

illustrations how Pat may be feeling What might she be thinking

2

1

Gesture and Point Reinforce

the meanings of jump up and

down by gesturing Also havechildren say the words Then

lead children in pointing to the

frogs that jump Point to them

when they are up and when

they are down

1011

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1836

Pam and Sam 1213

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level High-Frequency Words page 35N

If Yes On Level Options page 35O

Beyond Level Options page 35P

Can children read jump not up and down

Develop Spoken Language

Have children pretend their fists

are frogs and show how they

can jump across their desks Say

I can jump Have children repeatafter you

Get Ready Story Student pages 12ndash13

3 4

3 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS not jump

Have children point to the words not and jump on page 12 and to

jump on page 13 What could Pat not do at first Could she jump

by herself at the end What helped her jump

4 FLUENCY ECHO983085READRead Exclamations Tell children that sentences with exclamation

marks are read with excitement Model reading each sentence on

page 13 and have children echo-read

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1936

Objective

bull Identify a complete

sentence

Materials

bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat

Jumprdquo

bull Grammar Practice Book p 2

GrammarGrammarSentences

REVIEW

Have children turn to page 12 of ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo Invite a

volunteer to reread the sentence

Remember this is a sentence It is a group of words that tells a whole

idea A sentence always begins with a capital letter

PRACTICE

Write the following complete and incomplete sentences on the

board

1 The sad man

2 The cat sat down

3 had a nap

4 We look at the map

Read each group of words with children

Ask Is this a sentence Why or why

not Discuss whether or not each

example tells a whole idea

Cross out the two incomplete

sentences

Sentences

DAY 1 Sentences

DAY 2 Sentences

DAY 3 Sentences

Mechanics SentenceCapitalization

DAY 4 Sentences

Proofread

DAY 5 Sentences

Grammar Practice Book page 2

13A

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2036

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2136

At a Glance

Whole Group

Main Selection

Oral Languagebull Oral Vocabulary

bull Read Aloud ldquoBeverly Billingsly

Borrows a Bookrdquo

Phonemic Awarenessbull Phoneme Blending

Phonicsbull Short aa

bull Build Fluency

bull Spelling Word Sort

High-Frequency Wordsbull jump not up down

Comprehensionbull Read Pam and Sam

bull Strategy Analyze Story Structurebull Skill Analyze Character and

Setting

Language Artsbull Grammar Sentences

bull Independent Writing

Small Group Options

Differentiated Instruction pages 35Qndash35T

Oral LanguageOral Language

Write the Morning Message Point to each word as you read the

Message aloud with expression

Practice Concepts of Print Remind children that some sentences

end with periods Reread and have them raise a hand each time

you end a sentence Have volunteers circle the periods

Review Words with Short a Invite a child to find the words with

short a Who can think of other words with short a

Extend the Weekly Theme Encourage children to think about

other ways to describe what people are like Have them describe

characteristics of a friend a family member and a firefighter

Oral Vocabulary

REVIEW WORDS

Discuss The Princess and the Pea by asking Why did the queen ask

about the princessrsquos interests What was unique about the princessWhat made the prince cheerful

Write the following vocabulary words on the board unique

interest cheerful genuine and prefer Read the words aloud

Then ask the following questions

Which word means

bull real or true

bull one-of a-kind or unusual

bull choosing one thing instead of

another

bull happy or glad bull something a person likes

I have a fat cat

I can pat himI can play with him

13C

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2236

Objectives

bull Understand story structure

as it relates to a fantasy storybull Learn that a fantasy is

different from realistic

fiction

bull Model reading with prosody

Materials

bull Read-Aloud Anthology

InteractiveInteractive

Read AloudRead AloudListening Comprehension

GENRE FANTASY

Ask children if they can tell you what a fantasy story is Share

the information about fantasy found in the Read-Aloud

Anthology

READ ldquoBEVERLY BILLINGSLY BORROWS A BOOKrdquo

Model Analyzing Story Structure Use the Think Alouds

provided at point of use in the Read-Aloud Anthology

Model Fluent Reading Read aloud the fantasy story

naturally and with expression As you read point out aspects

of fluent reading For example point out that you read

dialogue the way you think characters might say it

Expand Vocabulary See pages 9ndash13 of the Read-Aloud

Anthology to teach new words

Respond to the Fantasy

TALK ABOUT IT Ask children what happened in the story Why did

Beverly go to the library What were some of Beverlyrsquos interestsHow is Beverly like people you know What are some ways Beverly is

unique

Beginning

Ask Questions Talk with

children about the library Who

has been to a library Do we

get books at a library Does a

librarian work there Have you

ever talked to the librarian

Intermediate

Use Vocabulary Elicit from

children the different words we

use when talking about a library

What is inside of a library What

do we call a person who works

in a library What do you need to

show the librarian if you want to

take a book home

Advanced

Role Play Have children act out

a trip to the library One child

can play the part of the librarian

while others can pretend to

check out books Encourage

children to use sentences such

as I want to borrow this book please Do you have your library

card When is my book due

Write About It Invite children to respond to the read aloud by illustrating a

scene of their choice in their response journal or notebook

Read Aloudpages 9ndash13

Pam and Sam 13D

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2336

Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Blending

Model

Show children how to

orally blend phonemes

I will say the sounds in a word The first

sound is m The next sound is a The

last sound is t I can blend these sounds

together mmmaaat mat Say it with me

Guided PracticePracticeHave children practice

blending Guide practice

with the first two words

I will say three sounds Blend sounds

together to form words

r a n s a t m a p

t a p m a n t a n

PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a

Model

Place Letter Cards m

a and p in the pocket

chart

Change the m in map

to s Use the routine to

blend sap

The letter m stands

for the sound m

The letter a stands

for the sound a The letter p stands

for p Irsquoll blend the sounds together

mmmaaap map Say it with me

Guided PracticePractice

Have children change

letters and blend Guide

practice with the firstword change

Change the s in

sap to t Blend

the sounds toread the word

yoursquove made

cap nap rap sap

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35Q

If Yes On Level Options page 35S

Beyond Level Options page 35T

Can children blend sounds in words with short aa

Objectives

bull Blend sounds in words

bull Blend with short aa

Materials

bull Large Letter Cards a m p t

bull Small Letter Cards

bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos

Resource Book p 88

bull pocket chart

bull Teaching Chart 7

bull PhonicsFluency

Transparency 1

Short a a

Introduce 7CndashD

Practice Apply

7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG

Leveled Practice 1 5 8

Decodable Reader A Cap

for PamReteach Review

35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S

35U 35Y

Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B

Decodable Reader Jazz Band

Phonemic Awareness

Teaching phonemic

awareness to children

is clearly effective It

improves their ability to

manipulate phonemes in

speech This skill transfers

and helps them learn to

read and spell PA training

benefits not only word

reading but also reading

comprehension

Donald Bear

wwwmacmillanmhcom

13E

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2436

Build Fluency Word Automaticity

Display Teaching Chart 7 Point to the word at Ask children to blend

the sounds with you Then ask them to read the word at regularspeed Repeat the blending routine with the other words having

children blend and read after you Then point to the words in random

order and ask children to read them

PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an

Pair children and have them sort Spelling Word Cards by ending

sounds Encourage them to say spell and then sort each word Then

have them identify the ending sounds and say the rhyming words

Dictation

Follow this dictation routine with the spelling words

Pronounce one word at a time for children Then repeat the word

and use it in a sentence

Have children repeat each word softly to themselves and then

write the word

After dictation is completed encourage children to proofread

their words Remind them to check their words for spellingpatterns and to look for the words containing short aa

To extend have volunteers make up sentences for each word

Objectives

bull Sort words with -at -an

bull Use dictation to practicespelling words

Materials

bull Spelling Word Cards BLM

Teacherrsquos Resource Book

p 90

bull Spelling Practice Book p 3

man cat hat mat

ran can up down

Look at the picture Use a spelling word to

complete the sentence

1 Can you see the

2 The cat ran

3 The man has a

4 She can go

5 Here is a

cat

up

hat

down

can

Spelling Practice Book page 3

DAY 1 Pretest

DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word

Sort

DAY 3 Student Word Sort

Dictation

DAY 4 Test Practice

DAY 5 Posttest

Teaching Chart 7 PhonicsFluency Transparency 1

Pam and Sam 13F

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2536

Objectives

bull Read high-frequency words

jump not up down like gobull Read to apply the strategy

Analyze Story Structure

bull Read to apply the skill

Analyze Character and

Setting

bull Use academic language

character setting

Materials

bull Vocabulary Word Cards BLMTeacherrsquos Resource Book p

120

bull Student Book Pam and Sam

bull Teaching Chart 8

bull Graphic Organizer

Transparency 1

bull Leveled Practice Books p 3

High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down

PRACTICE

Duplicate and distribute a set of Vocabulary Word Cards for

jump not up down to each child

As you say the words have children hold up the appropriate card

Ask volunteers to use each word in a sentence

Have each child work with a partner and call out each word for

their partner to write

Review Review like and go following the same procedure

ComprehensionComprehensionSTRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Remind children that it is helpful to identify the beginning middle

and end of stories Today as we read another story pay special attention

to what happens to the characters at the beginning in the middle and at

the end of the story

SKILL

Analyze Character and Setting

Today wersquore going to read about two characters What information might

help you understand these characters Pay attention to what they do

what they say and what they look like Also think about how the setting

or where they are helps you understand the story

Prepare to Read

PREVIEW AND PREDICT

Have children turn to page 15 Ask a child to read aloud the title

Who are the characters What do you think they might do

Tell children to write or draw their predictions about the story

Genre Fantasy Remind children that a fantasy is a made-up

story that would not happen in real life

Preview the word Ask children to

tell what it means

fly (page 24)

Analyze Character and Setting

Introduce U1 7AndashB

Practice Apply

U1 7J 13Gndash27A Leveled

Practice 3ndash4

Reteach Review

U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT

35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J

89Gndash105A 111E 111L

111NndashP 111RndashT 111V

111YndashZ Leveled Practice

27ndash28

Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A

153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT

153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled

Practice 119ndash120

13G

Main Selection Student pages 14 15

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2636

Read Pam and Sam

SET A PURPOSE FOR READING

Focus Question Read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo question Letrsquos

look for clues in the story that help us understand these characters

Encourage children to set their own purpose for readingWAYS TO READ THE SELECTION

Main Selection Student pages 14ndash15

Story available on Listening

Library Audio CD

If your children need support

to read the Main Selection

use the prompts to guide

comprehension and model

how to complete the Character

Chart Encourage children toread aloud

If your children can read the

Main Selection independently

have them read and complete

the Character Chart

If your children need an alternate selection choose the

Leveled Readers that match their instructional level

Pam and Sam 1415

Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2736

Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17

Develop Comprehension

1 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

We have only read two pages and wersquove already learned a lot

How many characters have we met (two) What can you tell about

them How are they unique (Pam is a rabbit Sam is a bird Theylike to play) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

2 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Teacher Think Aloud This story begins with Pam and Sam

playing Pam just ran up I want to find out if Sam will do the

same thing because they like to play together I will read on

to see how the story develops I will pay close attention to the

characters and what they do in the rest of the story

1 2

SyntacticStructure

Explain that good readers

sometimes check that they have

read words correctly One way to

do this is to ask Does the word Iread sound right in the sentence

Model Point to the word ran

on page 17 The text reads ldquoPam

uprdquo I know from how the

sentence is put together that the

next word has to be a verb The

word ran is a verb It sounds right in

the sentence because it says what

Pam did

Apply Encourage children to

check the meaning of other words

in the story

1617

Main Selection Student pages 18ndash19

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2836

3 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

What can Pam and Sam do on these pages (They can run) Letrsquos

add this to our Character Chart Why do you think Pam and Sam

run together (Possible answer because they are playing)

4 MONITOR AND CLARIFY REREAD

If you donrsquot understand what is happening in the story you can

reread it to try and figure things out Reread page 19 What did Pam

and Sam do (They ran) Where did they run (They ran down)

5 MAINTAIN ANALYZE CHARACTER AND SETTING

What can we tell about Pam and Sam What are their interests

(They seem to be friends they like to do things together They run

and jump) Where does the story take place (outdoors possibly in

a field or in a meadow)

Main Selection Student pages 18 19

Picture Clues Point to the bird

and the rabbit running together

Explain that the picture can

give clues about where they

are running Where are Sam thebird and Pam the rabbit running

(They are running down)

3 4 5

Pam and Sam 1819

Main Selection Student pages 20ndash21

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2936

p g

Develop Comprehension

6 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

What do you learn about Pam (She can jump) What do you learn

about Sam (He can not jump) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

7 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Teacher Think Aloud Letrsquos think about how the story is

organized In the beginning Pam and Sam kept doing the same

thing Now what is happening in the middle of the story

Encourage children to apply the strategy in a Think Aloud

Student Think Aloud In the beginning of the story Sam and

Pam did the same things Now I am reading the middle of thestory and there is a problem Sam can not jump I want to read

more to find out if the problem is solved

6 7

Clarify Remind children

that characters refers to the

main people or animals in

the story Review some of the

pages in the story Pam andSam and encourage children

to look at the illustrations

Are the characters people or

animals (animals) Who are

the characters (Pam and Sam)

Ask children to describe the

characters in their own words

based on the illustrations in the

story (Possible answer Pam is a

rabbit and can hop Sam is a birdand can fly)

2021

Main Selection Student pages 22ndash23

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3036

8 FLUENCY ECHO983085READ

Read Exclamations Letrsquos read the sentence on page 23 It ends

with an exclamation mark When I read the sentence I use a tone

that shows I am excited Listen to the way my voice sounds when I

read it Now read the sentence after me with the same tone

9 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

Look at the picture on page 23 What can Sam do (He can fly)

Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

10 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Think about how the author wrote this story How did she organize

the story to keep it interesting

Student Think Aloud In the beginning she introduced the

characters and told us they like to play In the middle she told us

about a problem Sam had I think the problem will get solved in

the end now that I know Sam can fly

Question 9 ANALYZE

CHARACTER

What can Sam do How do you

know he can fly Can Pam fly too

How do you know

9

8 10

Pam and Sam 2223

Main Selection Student pages 24ndash25

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3136

Teaching Chart 8Graphic

Organizer Transparency 1

Pam Can Sam Can

play

run

jump

play

run

fly

Develop Comprehension

COMPLETE THE CHARACTER CHART

Ask children to share their ideas about the characters Pam and Sam

Record their ideas on Teaching Chart 8

RETURN TO PREDICTIONS AND PURPOSES

Review childrenrsquos predictions and review the Focus Question What

makes Pam and Sam special (Pam can jump Sam can fly)

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Leveled Reader Lesson 2 page 35R

If Yes On Level Options page 35S

Beyond Level Options page 35T

Can children analyze characters

2425

Main Selection Student page 26

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3236

Pam and Sam 26

Authorrsquos Craft

Focus on Repetition

In this story Nancy Tafuri

uses the same words

over and over She does

this to make it easier for

readers to understand

the story Repetition also

helps readers remember

what has already

happened New wordscan change the meaning

of words used over

and over

What words on page 17

are also on page 18 (ran

up) Who runs up (Pam

and Sam)

What words are on page

21 that were also on page

20 (can jump) What

new word changes the

meaning (not )

Children can find more

information about

Nancy Tafuri at

wwwmacmillanmhcom

Authorrsquos Purpose

Nancy Tafuri wanted to tell a story

about friends Draw a picture of your

friend Write your friendrsquos name

Find out more aboutNancy Tafuri atwwwmacmillanmhcom

Nancy Tafuri says ldquoI live in

the country and love telling

stories about animals I

especially like to tell stories

about good friends like

Pam and Sam I have fun

drawing pictures to go with

my storiesrdquo

Other books by Nancy Tafuri

26

Meet the AuthorIllustrator

Read aloud page 26 with children Ask if they like the way Nancy Tafuri

draws the animal friends Encourage children to look back at the story

and tell which pictures show that Sam and Pam are good friends

Author rsquos Purpose Nancy Tafuri used words and art to tell a story about what

good friends do together Have children draw a picture of a

friend Check that they have written their friendrsquos name on

the picture Children may add this writing to their response

journals

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3336

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436

Pam and Sam 27A

Think and Compare

USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS

1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of

the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then

he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump

Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN

2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real

birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the

wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too

However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together

I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually

playing together ANALYZE

3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know

Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I

noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for

him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop

playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem

MAKE INFERENCES

4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these

characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head

Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump

Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They

both solved their problems COMPARE

Personal Response

Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another

story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways

could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in

a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas

Look at the pictures Read the story

Nat is a cat

Nat can go up

Nat can go down

Pam and Sam look for Nat

Pam is sad

Where is Nat

Write T if the sentence is true

Write F if the sentence is false

1 Nat is a cat

2 Nat can go up and down

3 Pam is sad

4 Nat is in the

5 Nat is in the

T

T

F

T

T

On Level Practice Book O page 4

Approaching Practice Book A page 4

Beyond Practice Book B page 4

Think and Search(Question 1)

bull Search for clues and

information in the texts

Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)

bull Think about the

information in the story

bull Think about what you

already know

bull Compare the information

in two stories

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636

Objectives

bull Understand the importance

of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a

sentence

bull Use words to add detail to a

sentence

Materials

bull pencils and paper

Dictation Have children dictate

to you their word or phrase to

fill in the sentence frame

Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book

pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do

Personal Narrative

DAY 1 Shared Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 2 Interactive Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas

Independent Prewrite

and Draft

DAY 4 Independent Revise

and Edit

DAY 5 Independent Publish

and Present

IndependentIndependent

WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas

EXPLAIN

Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write

Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting

DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences

1 I like to eat

2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables

Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes

to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words

yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information

Personal Narrative

BRAINSTORM

Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about

herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about

what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk

about what they like to do

PREWRITE

Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do

DRAFT

Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the

sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review

with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that

tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences

TransitionsThat Teach

While lining up for recess

have children tell about a

game they would prefer

to play

Pam and Sam 27C

Page 16: unit1_week1_2.pdf

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1636

Pam and Sam 89

Get Ready Story Student pages 8ndash9

Read ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo

PREVIEWPREDICT

Use the Illustration Read aloud the title and have children look at

the illustration What characters do you see (two frogs and a bug)

What can you tell about these characters (Answers will vary)

Ask children to read aloud ldquoWords to Knowrdquo Explain that these

new words theyrsquove been practicing will be in the story

SET A PURPOSE FOR READING

Focus Question Ask a child to read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo

question The two frogs can already jump Pat is probably the bug

who is watching them What might help you find out if Pat can

jump (what the author says Pat does what the pictures show)

bull Read Aloud or Read

Together pausing

as needed to support

childrenrsquos comprehension

bull Have children whisper-

read independently

bull Use the modeling and

question prompts as you

revisit sections of the text

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1736

Get Ready Story Student pages 10ndash11

Apply Vocabulary

1 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS jump up down

Have children point to the words jump and up on page 10 and

jump and down on page 11 Reinforce the vocabulary by saying I

see two frogs jump First they jump up Then they jump down

2 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

Ask children to describe how they think the bug (Pat) is feeling

as she watches the frogs jump Can you tell by looking at the

illustrations how Pat may be feeling What might she be thinking

2

1

Gesture and Point Reinforce

the meanings of jump up and

down by gesturing Also havechildren say the words Then

lead children in pointing to the

frogs that jump Point to them

when they are up and when

they are down

1011

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1836

Pam and Sam 1213

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level High-Frequency Words page 35N

If Yes On Level Options page 35O

Beyond Level Options page 35P

Can children read jump not up and down

Develop Spoken Language

Have children pretend their fists

are frogs and show how they

can jump across their desks Say

I can jump Have children repeatafter you

Get Ready Story Student pages 12ndash13

3 4

3 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS not jump

Have children point to the words not and jump on page 12 and to

jump on page 13 What could Pat not do at first Could she jump

by herself at the end What helped her jump

4 FLUENCY ECHO983085READRead Exclamations Tell children that sentences with exclamation

marks are read with excitement Model reading each sentence on

page 13 and have children echo-read

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1936

Objective

bull Identify a complete

sentence

Materials

bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat

Jumprdquo

bull Grammar Practice Book p 2

GrammarGrammarSentences

REVIEW

Have children turn to page 12 of ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo Invite a

volunteer to reread the sentence

Remember this is a sentence It is a group of words that tells a whole

idea A sentence always begins with a capital letter

PRACTICE

Write the following complete and incomplete sentences on the

board

1 The sad man

2 The cat sat down

3 had a nap

4 We look at the map

Read each group of words with children

Ask Is this a sentence Why or why

not Discuss whether or not each

example tells a whole idea

Cross out the two incomplete

sentences

Sentences

DAY 1 Sentences

DAY 2 Sentences

DAY 3 Sentences

Mechanics SentenceCapitalization

DAY 4 Sentences

Proofread

DAY 5 Sentences

Grammar Practice Book page 2

13A

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2036

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2136

At a Glance

Whole Group

Main Selection

Oral Languagebull Oral Vocabulary

bull Read Aloud ldquoBeverly Billingsly

Borrows a Bookrdquo

Phonemic Awarenessbull Phoneme Blending

Phonicsbull Short aa

bull Build Fluency

bull Spelling Word Sort

High-Frequency Wordsbull jump not up down

Comprehensionbull Read Pam and Sam

bull Strategy Analyze Story Structurebull Skill Analyze Character and

Setting

Language Artsbull Grammar Sentences

bull Independent Writing

Small Group Options

Differentiated Instruction pages 35Qndash35T

Oral LanguageOral Language

Write the Morning Message Point to each word as you read the

Message aloud with expression

Practice Concepts of Print Remind children that some sentences

end with periods Reread and have them raise a hand each time

you end a sentence Have volunteers circle the periods

Review Words with Short a Invite a child to find the words with

short a Who can think of other words with short a

Extend the Weekly Theme Encourage children to think about

other ways to describe what people are like Have them describe

characteristics of a friend a family member and a firefighter

Oral Vocabulary

REVIEW WORDS

Discuss The Princess and the Pea by asking Why did the queen ask

about the princessrsquos interests What was unique about the princessWhat made the prince cheerful

Write the following vocabulary words on the board unique

interest cheerful genuine and prefer Read the words aloud

Then ask the following questions

Which word means

bull real or true

bull one-of a-kind or unusual

bull choosing one thing instead of

another

bull happy or glad bull something a person likes

I have a fat cat

I can pat himI can play with him

13C

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2236

Objectives

bull Understand story structure

as it relates to a fantasy storybull Learn that a fantasy is

different from realistic

fiction

bull Model reading with prosody

Materials

bull Read-Aloud Anthology

InteractiveInteractive

Read AloudRead AloudListening Comprehension

GENRE FANTASY

Ask children if they can tell you what a fantasy story is Share

the information about fantasy found in the Read-Aloud

Anthology

READ ldquoBEVERLY BILLINGSLY BORROWS A BOOKrdquo

Model Analyzing Story Structure Use the Think Alouds

provided at point of use in the Read-Aloud Anthology

Model Fluent Reading Read aloud the fantasy story

naturally and with expression As you read point out aspects

of fluent reading For example point out that you read

dialogue the way you think characters might say it

Expand Vocabulary See pages 9ndash13 of the Read-Aloud

Anthology to teach new words

Respond to the Fantasy

TALK ABOUT IT Ask children what happened in the story Why did

Beverly go to the library What were some of Beverlyrsquos interestsHow is Beverly like people you know What are some ways Beverly is

unique

Beginning

Ask Questions Talk with

children about the library Who

has been to a library Do we

get books at a library Does a

librarian work there Have you

ever talked to the librarian

Intermediate

Use Vocabulary Elicit from

children the different words we

use when talking about a library

What is inside of a library What

do we call a person who works

in a library What do you need to

show the librarian if you want to

take a book home

Advanced

Role Play Have children act out

a trip to the library One child

can play the part of the librarian

while others can pretend to

check out books Encourage

children to use sentences such

as I want to borrow this book please Do you have your library

card When is my book due

Write About It Invite children to respond to the read aloud by illustrating a

scene of their choice in their response journal or notebook

Read Aloudpages 9ndash13

Pam and Sam 13D

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2336

Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Blending

Model

Show children how to

orally blend phonemes

I will say the sounds in a word The first

sound is m The next sound is a The

last sound is t I can blend these sounds

together mmmaaat mat Say it with me

Guided PracticePracticeHave children practice

blending Guide practice

with the first two words

I will say three sounds Blend sounds

together to form words

r a n s a t m a p

t a p m a n t a n

PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a

Model

Place Letter Cards m

a and p in the pocket

chart

Change the m in map

to s Use the routine to

blend sap

The letter m stands

for the sound m

The letter a stands

for the sound a The letter p stands

for p Irsquoll blend the sounds together

mmmaaap map Say it with me

Guided PracticePractice

Have children change

letters and blend Guide

practice with the firstword change

Change the s in

sap to t Blend

the sounds toread the word

yoursquove made

cap nap rap sap

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35Q

If Yes On Level Options page 35S

Beyond Level Options page 35T

Can children blend sounds in words with short aa

Objectives

bull Blend sounds in words

bull Blend with short aa

Materials

bull Large Letter Cards a m p t

bull Small Letter Cards

bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos

Resource Book p 88

bull pocket chart

bull Teaching Chart 7

bull PhonicsFluency

Transparency 1

Short a a

Introduce 7CndashD

Practice Apply

7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG

Leveled Practice 1 5 8

Decodable Reader A Cap

for PamReteach Review

35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S

35U 35Y

Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B

Decodable Reader Jazz Band

Phonemic Awareness

Teaching phonemic

awareness to children

is clearly effective It

improves their ability to

manipulate phonemes in

speech This skill transfers

and helps them learn to

read and spell PA training

benefits not only word

reading but also reading

comprehension

Donald Bear

wwwmacmillanmhcom

13E

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2436

Build Fluency Word Automaticity

Display Teaching Chart 7 Point to the word at Ask children to blend

the sounds with you Then ask them to read the word at regularspeed Repeat the blending routine with the other words having

children blend and read after you Then point to the words in random

order and ask children to read them

PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an

Pair children and have them sort Spelling Word Cards by ending

sounds Encourage them to say spell and then sort each word Then

have them identify the ending sounds and say the rhyming words

Dictation

Follow this dictation routine with the spelling words

Pronounce one word at a time for children Then repeat the word

and use it in a sentence

Have children repeat each word softly to themselves and then

write the word

After dictation is completed encourage children to proofread

their words Remind them to check their words for spellingpatterns and to look for the words containing short aa

To extend have volunteers make up sentences for each word

Objectives

bull Sort words with -at -an

bull Use dictation to practicespelling words

Materials

bull Spelling Word Cards BLM

Teacherrsquos Resource Book

p 90

bull Spelling Practice Book p 3

man cat hat mat

ran can up down

Look at the picture Use a spelling word to

complete the sentence

1 Can you see the

2 The cat ran

3 The man has a

4 She can go

5 Here is a

cat

up

hat

down

can

Spelling Practice Book page 3

DAY 1 Pretest

DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word

Sort

DAY 3 Student Word Sort

Dictation

DAY 4 Test Practice

DAY 5 Posttest

Teaching Chart 7 PhonicsFluency Transparency 1

Pam and Sam 13F

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2536

Objectives

bull Read high-frequency words

jump not up down like gobull Read to apply the strategy

Analyze Story Structure

bull Read to apply the skill

Analyze Character and

Setting

bull Use academic language

character setting

Materials

bull Vocabulary Word Cards BLMTeacherrsquos Resource Book p

120

bull Student Book Pam and Sam

bull Teaching Chart 8

bull Graphic Organizer

Transparency 1

bull Leveled Practice Books p 3

High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down

PRACTICE

Duplicate and distribute a set of Vocabulary Word Cards for

jump not up down to each child

As you say the words have children hold up the appropriate card

Ask volunteers to use each word in a sentence

Have each child work with a partner and call out each word for

their partner to write

Review Review like and go following the same procedure

ComprehensionComprehensionSTRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Remind children that it is helpful to identify the beginning middle

and end of stories Today as we read another story pay special attention

to what happens to the characters at the beginning in the middle and at

the end of the story

SKILL

Analyze Character and Setting

Today wersquore going to read about two characters What information might

help you understand these characters Pay attention to what they do

what they say and what they look like Also think about how the setting

or where they are helps you understand the story

Prepare to Read

PREVIEW AND PREDICT

Have children turn to page 15 Ask a child to read aloud the title

Who are the characters What do you think they might do

Tell children to write or draw their predictions about the story

Genre Fantasy Remind children that a fantasy is a made-up

story that would not happen in real life

Preview the word Ask children to

tell what it means

fly (page 24)

Analyze Character and Setting

Introduce U1 7AndashB

Practice Apply

U1 7J 13Gndash27A Leveled

Practice 3ndash4

Reteach Review

U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT

35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J

89Gndash105A 111E 111L

111NndashP 111RndashT 111V

111YndashZ Leveled Practice

27ndash28

Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A

153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT

153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled

Practice 119ndash120

13G

Main Selection Student pages 14 15

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2636

Read Pam and Sam

SET A PURPOSE FOR READING

Focus Question Read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo question Letrsquos

look for clues in the story that help us understand these characters

Encourage children to set their own purpose for readingWAYS TO READ THE SELECTION

Main Selection Student pages 14ndash15

Story available on Listening

Library Audio CD

If your children need support

to read the Main Selection

use the prompts to guide

comprehension and model

how to complete the Character

Chart Encourage children toread aloud

If your children can read the

Main Selection independently

have them read and complete

the Character Chart

If your children need an alternate selection choose the

Leveled Readers that match their instructional level

Pam and Sam 1415

Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2736

Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17

Develop Comprehension

1 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

We have only read two pages and wersquove already learned a lot

How many characters have we met (two) What can you tell about

them How are they unique (Pam is a rabbit Sam is a bird Theylike to play) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

2 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Teacher Think Aloud This story begins with Pam and Sam

playing Pam just ran up I want to find out if Sam will do the

same thing because they like to play together I will read on

to see how the story develops I will pay close attention to the

characters and what they do in the rest of the story

1 2

SyntacticStructure

Explain that good readers

sometimes check that they have

read words correctly One way to

do this is to ask Does the word Iread sound right in the sentence

Model Point to the word ran

on page 17 The text reads ldquoPam

uprdquo I know from how the

sentence is put together that the

next word has to be a verb The

word ran is a verb It sounds right in

the sentence because it says what

Pam did

Apply Encourage children to

check the meaning of other words

in the story

1617

Main Selection Student pages 18ndash19

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2836

3 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

What can Pam and Sam do on these pages (They can run) Letrsquos

add this to our Character Chart Why do you think Pam and Sam

run together (Possible answer because they are playing)

4 MONITOR AND CLARIFY REREAD

If you donrsquot understand what is happening in the story you can

reread it to try and figure things out Reread page 19 What did Pam

and Sam do (They ran) Where did they run (They ran down)

5 MAINTAIN ANALYZE CHARACTER AND SETTING

What can we tell about Pam and Sam What are their interests

(They seem to be friends they like to do things together They run

and jump) Where does the story take place (outdoors possibly in

a field or in a meadow)

Main Selection Student pages 18 19

Picture Clues Point to the bird

and the rabbit running together

Explain that the picture can

give clues about where they

are running Where are Sam thebird and Pam the rabbit running

(They are running down)

3 4 5

Pam and Sam 1819

Main Selection Student pages 20ndash21

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2936

p g

Develop Comprehension

6 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

What do you learn about Pam (She can jump) What do you learn

about Sam (He can not jump) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

7 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Teacher Think Aloud Letrsquos think about how the story is

organized In the beginning Pam and Sam kept doing the same

thing Now what is happening in the middle of the story

Encourage children to apply the strategy in a Think Aloud

Student Think Aloud In the beginning of the story Sam and

Pam did the same things Now I am reading the middle of thestory and there is a problem Sam can not jump I want to read

more to find out if the problem is solved

6 7

Clarify Remind children

that characters refers to the

main people or animals in

the story Review some of the

pages in the story Pam andSam and encourage children

to look at the illustrations

Are the characters people or

animals (animals) Who are

the characters (Pam and Sam)

Ask children to describe the

characters in their own words

based on the illustrations in the

story (Possible answer Pam is a

rabbit and can hop Sam is a birdand can fly)

2021

Main Selection Student pages 22ndash23

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3036

8 FLUENCY ECHO983085READ

Read Exclamations Letrsquos read the sentence on page 23 It ends

with an exclamation mark When I read the sentence I use a tone

that shows I am excited Listen to the way my voice sounds when I

read it Now read the sentence after me with the same tone

9 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

Look at the picture on page 23 What can Sam do (He can fly)

Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

10 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Think about how the author wrote this story How did she organize

the story to keep it interesting

Student Think Aloud In the beginning she introduced the

characters and told us they like to play In the middle she told us

about a problem Sam had I think the problem will get solved in

the end now that I know Sam can fly

Question 9 ANALYZE

CHARACTER

What can Sam do How do you

know he can fly Can Pam fly too

How do you know

9

8 10

Pam and Sam 2223

Main Selection Student pages 24ndash25

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3136

Teaching Chart 8Graphic

Organizer Transparency 1

Pam Can Sam Can

play

run

jump

play

run

fly

Develop Comprehension

COMPLETE THE CHARACTER CHART

Ask children to share their ideas about the characters Pam and Sam

Record their ideas on Teaching Chart 8

RETURN TO PREDICTIONS AND PURPOSES

Review childrenrsquos predictions and review the Focus Question What

makes Pam and Sam special (Pam can jump Sam can fly)

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Leveled Reader Lesson 2 page 35R

If Yes On Level Options page 35S

Beyond Level Options page 35T

Can children analyze characters

2425

Main Selection Student page 26

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3236

Pam and Sam 26

Authorrsquos Craft

Focus on Repetition

In this story Nancy Tafuri

uses the same words

over and over She does

this to make it easier for

readers to understand

the story Repetition also

helps readers remember

what has already

happened New wordscan change the meaning

of words used over

and over

What words on page 17

are also on page 18 (ran

up) Who runs up (Pam

and Sam)

What words are on page

21 that were also on page

20 (can jump) What

new word changes the

meaning (not )

Children can find more

information about

Nancy Tafuri at

wwwmacmillanmhcom

Authorrsquos Purpose

Nancy Tafuri wanted to tell a story

about friends Draw a picture of your

friend Write your friendrsquos name

Find out more aboutNancy Tafuri atwwwmacmillanmhcom

Nancy Tafuri says ldquoI live in

the country and love telling

stories about animals I

especially like to tell stories

about good friends like

Pam and Sam I have fun

drawing pictures to go with

my storiesrdquo

Other books by Nancy Tafuri

26

Meet the AuthorIllustrator

Read aloud page 26 with children Ask if they like the way Nancy Tafuri

draws the animal friends Encourage children to look back at the story

and tell which pictures show that Sam and Pam are good friends

Author rsquos Purpose Nancy Tafuri used words and art to tell a story about what

good friends do together Have children draw a picture of a

friend Check that they have written their friendrsquos name on

the picture Children may add this writing to their response

journals

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3336

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436

Pam and Sam 27A

Think and Compare

USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS

1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of

the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then

he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump

Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN

2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real

birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the

wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too

However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together

I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually

playing together ANALYZE

3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know

Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I

noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for

him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop

playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem

MAKE INFERENCES

4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these

characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head

Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump

Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They

both solved their problems COMPARE

Personal Response

Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another

story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways

could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in

a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas

Look at the pictures Read the story

Nat is a cat

Nat can go up

Nat can go down

Pam and Sam look for Nat

Pam is sad

Where is Nat

Write T if the sentence is true

Write F if the sentence is false

1 Nat is a cat

2 Nat can go up and down

3 Pam is sad

4 Nat is in the

5 Nat is in the

T

T

F

T

T

On Level Practice Book O page 4

Approaching Practice Book A page 4

Beyond Practice Book B page 4

Think and Search(Question 1)

bull Search for clues and

information in the texts

Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)

bull Think about the

information in the story

bull Think about what you

already know

bull Compare the information

in two stories

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636

Objectives

bull Understand the importance

of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a

sentence

bull Use words to add detail to a

sentence

Materials

bull pencils and paper

Dictation Have children dictate

to you their word or phrase to

fill in the sentence frame

Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book

pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do

Personal Narrative

DAY 1 Shared Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 2 Interactive Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas

Independent Prewrite

and Draft

DAY 4 Independent Revise

and Edit

DAY 5 Independent Publish

and Present

IndependentIndependent

WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas

EXPLAIN

Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write

Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting

DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences

1 I like to eat

2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables

Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes

to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words

yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information

Personal Narrative

BRAINSTORM

Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about

herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about

what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk

about what they like to do

PREWRITE

Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do

DRAFT

Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the

sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review

with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that

tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences

TransitionsThat Teach

While lining up for recess

have children tell about a

game they would prefer

to play

Pam and Sam 27C

Page 17: unit1_week1_2.pdf

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1736

Get Ready Story Student pages 10ndash11

Apply Vocabulary

1 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS jump up down

Have children point to the words jump and up on page 10 and

jump and down on page 11 Reinforce the vocabulary by saying I

see two frogs jump First they jump up Then they jump down

2 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

Ask children to describe how they think the bug (Pat) is feeling

as she watches the frogs jump Can you tell by looking at the

illustrations how Pat may be feeling What might she be thinking

2

1

Gesture and Point Reinforce

the meanings of jump up and

down by gesturing Also havechildren say the words Then

lead children in pointing to the

frogs that jump Point to them

when they are up and when

they are down

1011

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1836

Pam and Sam 1213

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level High-Frequency Words page 35N

If Yes On Level Options page 35O

Beyond Level Options page 35P

Can children read jump not up and down

Develop Spoken Language

Have children pretend their fists

are frogs and show how they

can jump across their desks Say

I can jump Have children repeatafter you

Get Ready Story Student pages 12ndash13

3 4

3 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS not jump

Have children point to the words not and jump on page 12 and to

jump on page 13 What could Pat not do at first Could she jump

by herself at the end What helped her jump

4 FLUENCY ECHO983085READRead Exclamations Tell children that sentences with exclamation

marks are read with excitement Model reading each sentence on

page 13 and have children echo-read

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1936

Objective

bull Identify a complete

sentence

Materials

bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat

Jumprdquo

bull Grammar Practice Book p 2

GrammarGrammarSentences

REVIEW

Have children turn to page 12 of ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo Invite a

volunteer to reread the sentence

Remember this is a sentence It is a group of words that tells a whole

idea A sentence always begins with a capital letter

PRACTICE

Write the following complete and incomplete sentences on the

board

1 The sad man

2 The cat sat down

3 had a nap

4 We look at the map

Read each group of words with children

Ask Is this a sentence Why or why

not Discuss whether or not each

example tells a whole idea

Cross out the two incomplete

sentences

Sentences

DAY 1 Sentences

DAY 2 Sentences

DAY 3 Sentences

Mechanics SentenceCapitalization

DAY 4 Sentences

Proofread

DAY 5 Sentences

Grammar Practice Book page 2

13A

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2036

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2136

At a Glance

Whole Group

Main Selection

Oral Languagebull Oral Vocabulary

bull Read Aloud ldquoBeverly Billingsly

Borrows a Bookrdquo

Phonemic Awarenessbull Phoneme Blending

Phonicsbull Short aa

bull Build Fluency

bull Spelling Word Sort

High-Frequency Wordsbull jump not up down

Comprehensionbull Read Pam and Sam

bull Strategy Analyze Story Structurebull Skill Analyze Character and

Setting

Language Artsbull Grammar Sentences

bull Independent Writing

Small Group Options

Differentiated Instruction pages 35Qndash35T

Oral LanguageOral Language

Write the Morning Message Point to each word as you read the

Message aloud with expression

Practice Concepts of Print Remind children that some sentences

end with periods Reread and have them raise a hand each time

you end a sentence Have volunteers circle the periods

Review Words with Short a Invite a child to find the words with

short a Who can think of other words with short a

Extend the Weekly Theme Encourage children to think about

other ways to describe what people are like Have them describe

characteristics of a friend a family member and a firefighter

Oral Vocabulary

REVIEW WORDS

Discuss The Princess and the Pea by asking Why did the queen ask

about the princessrsquos interests What was unique about the princessWhat made the prince cheerful

Write the following vocabulary words on the board unique

interest cheerful genuine and prefer Read the words aloud

Then ask the following questions

Which word means

bull real or true

bull one-of a-kind or unusual

bull choosing one thing instead of

another

bull happy or glad bull something a person likes

I have a fat cat

I can pat himI can play with him

13C

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2236

Objectives

bull Understand story structure

as it relates to a fantasy storybull Learn that a fantasy is

different from realistic

fiction

bull Model reading with prosody

Materials

bull Read-Aloud Anthology

InteractiveInteractive

Read AloudRead AloudListening Comprehension

GENRE FANTASY

Ask children if they can tell you what a fantasy story is Share

the information about fantasy found in the Read-Aloud

Anthology

READ ldquoBEVERLY BILLINGSLY BORROWS A BOOKrdquo

Model Analyzing Story Structure Use the Think Alouds

provided at point of use in the Read-Aloud Anthology

Model Fluent Reading Read aloud the fantasy story

naturally and with expression As you read point out aspects

of fluent reading For example point out that you read

dialogue the way you think characters might say it

Expand Vocabulary See pages 9ndash13 of the Read-Aloud

Anthology to teach new words

Respond to the Fantasy

TALK ABOUT IT Ask children what happened in the story Why did

Beverly go to the library What were some of Beverlyrsquos interestsHow is Beverly like people you know What are some ways Beverly is

unique

Beginning

Ask Questions Talk with

children about the library Who

has been to a library Do we

get books at a library Does a

librarian work there Have you

ever talked to the librarian

Intermediate

Use Vocabulary Elicit from

children the different words we

use when talking about a library

What is inside of a library What

do we call a person who works

in a library What do you need to

show the librarian if you want to

take a book home

Advanced

Role Play Have children act out

a trip to the library One child

can play the part of the librarian

while others can pretend to

check out books Encourage

children to use sentences such

as I want to borrow this book please Do you have your library

card When is my book due

Write About It Invite children to respond to the read aloud by illustrating a

scene of their choice in their response journal or notebook

Read Aloudpages 9ndash13

Pam and Sam 13D

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2336

Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Blending

Model

Show children how to

orally blend phonemes

I will say the sounds in a word The first

sound is m The next sound is a The

last sound is t I can blend these sounds

together mmmaaat mat Say it with me

Guided PracticePracticeHave children practice

blending Guide practice

with the first two words

I will say three sounds Blend sounds

together to form words

r a n s a t m a p

t a p m a n t a n

PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a

Model

Place Letter Cards m

a and p in the pocket

chart

Change the m in map

to s Use the routine to

blend sap

The letter m stands

for the sound m

The letter a stands

for the sound a The letter p stands

for p Irsquoll blend the sounds together

mmmaaap map Say it with me

Guided PracticePractice

Have children change

letters and blend Guide

practice with the firstword change

Change the s in

sap to t Blend

the sounds toread the word

yoursquove made

cap nap rap sap

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35Q

If Yes On Level Options page 35S

Beyond Level Options page 35T

Can children blend sounds in words with short aa

Objectives

bull Blend sounds in words

bull Blend with short aa

Materials

bull Large Letter Cards a m p t

bull Small Letter Cards

bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos

Resource Book p 88

bull pocket chart

bull Teaching Chart 7

bull PhonicsFluency

Transparency 1

Short a a

Introduce 7CndashD

Practice Apply

7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG

Leveled Practice 1 5 8

Decodable Reader A Cap

for PamReteach Review

35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S

35U 35Y

Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B

Decodable Reader Jazz Band

Phonemic Awareness

Teaching phonemic

awareness to children

is clearly effective It

improves their ability to

manipulate phonemes in

speech This skill transfers

and helps them learn to

read and spell PA training

benefits not only word

reading but also reading

comprehension

Donald Bear

wwwmacmillanmhcom

13E

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2436

Build Fluency Word Automaticity

Display Teaching Chart 7 Point to the word at Ask children to blend

the sounds with you Then ask them to read the word at regularspeed Repeat the blending routine with the other words having

children blend and read after you Then point to the words in random

order and ask children to read them

PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an

Pair children and have them sort Spelling Word Cards by ending

sounds Encourage them to say spell and then sort each word Then

have them identify the ending sounds and say the rhyming words

Dictation

Follow this dictation routine with the spelling words

Pronounce one word at a time for children Then repeat the word

and use it in a sentence

Have children repeat each word softly to themselves and then

write the word

After dictation is completed encourage children to proofread

their words Remind them to check their words for spellingpatterns and to look for the words containing short aa

To extend have volunteers make up sentences for each word

Objectives

bull Sort words with -at -an

bull Use dictation to practicespelling words

Materials

bull Spelling Word Cards BLM

Teacherrsquos Resource Book

p 90

bull Spelling Practice Book p 3

man cat hat mat

ran can up down

Look at the picture Use a spelling word to

complete the sentence

1 Can you see the

2 The cat ran

3 The man has a

4 She can go

5 Here is a

cat

up

hat

down

can

Spelling Practice Book page 3

DAY 1 Pretest

DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word

Sort

DAY 3 Student Word Sort

Dictation

DAY 4 Test Practice

DAY 5 Posttest

Teaching Chart 7 PhonicsFluency Transparency 1

Pam and Sam 13F

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2536

Objectives

bull Read high-frequency words

jump not up down like gobull Read to apply the strategy

Analyze Story Structure

bull Read to apply the skill

Analyze Character and

Setting

bull Use academic language

character setting

Materials

bull Vocabulary Word Cards BLMTeacherrsquos Resource Book p

120

bull Student Book Pam and Sam

bull Teaching Chart 8

bull Graphic Organizer

Transparency 1

bull Leveled Practice Books p 3

High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down

PRACTICE

Duplicate and distribute a set of Vocabulary Word Cards for

jump not up down to each child

As you say the words have children hold up the appropriate card

Ask volunteers to use each word in a sentence

Have each child work with a partner and call out each word for

their partner to write

Review Review like and go following the same procedure

ComprehensionComprehensionSTRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Remind children that it is helpful to identify the beginning middle

and end of stories Today as we read another story pay special attention

to what happens to the characters at the beginning in the middle and at

the end of the story

SKILL

Analyze Character and Setting

Today wersquore going to read about two characters What information might

help you understand these characters Pay attention to what they do

what they say and what they look like Also think about how the setting

or where they are helps you understand the story

Prepare to Read

PREVIEW AND PREDICT

Have children turn to page 15 Ask a child to read aloud the title

Who are the characters What do you think they might do

Tell children to write or draw their predictions about the story

Genre Fantasy Remind children that a fantasy is a made-up

story that would not happen in real life

Preview the word Ask children to

tell what it means

fly (page 24)

Analyze Character and Setting

Introduce U1 7AndashB

Practice Apply

U1 7J 13Gndash27A Leveled

Practice 3ndash4

Reteach Review

U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT

35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J

89Gndash105A 111E 111L

111NndashP 111RndashT 111V

111YndashZ Leveled Practice

27ndash28

Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A

153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT

153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled

Practice 119ndash120

13G

Main Selection Student pages 14 15

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2636

Read Pam and Sam

SET A PURPOSE FOR READING

Focus Question Read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo question Letrsquos

look for clues in the story that help us understand these characters

Encourage children to set their own purpose for readingWAYS TO READ THE SELECTION

Main Selection Student pages 14ndash15

Story available on Listening

Library Audio CD

If your children need support

to read the Main Selection

use the prompts to guide

comprehension and model

how to complete the Character

Chart Encourage children toread aloud

If your children can read the

Main Selection independently

have them read and complete

the Character Chart

If your children need an alternate selection choose the

Leveled Readers that match their instructional level

Pam and Sam 1415

Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2736

Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17

Develop Comprehension

1 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

We have only read two pages and wersquove already learned a lot

How many characters have we met (two) What can you tell about

them How are they unique (Pam is a rabbit Sam is a bird Theylike to play) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

2 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Teacher Think Aloud This story begins with Pam and Sam

playing Pam just ran up I want to find out if Sam will do the

same thing because they like to play together I will read on

to see how the story develops I will pay close attention to the

characters and what they do in the rest of the story

1 2

SyntacticStructure

Explain that good readers

sometimes check that they have

read words correctly One way to

do this is to ask Does the word Iread sound right in the sentence

Model Point to the word ran

on page 17 The text reads ldquoPam

uprdquo I know from how the

sentence is put together that the

next word has to be a verb The

word ran is a verb It sounds right in

the sentence because it says what

Pam did

Apply Encourage children to

check the meaning of other words

in the story

1617

Main Selection Student pages 18ndash19

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2836

3 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

What can Pam and Sam do on these pages (They can run) Letrsquos

add this to our Character Chart Why do you think Pam and Sam

run together (Possible answer because they are playing)

4 MONITOR AND CLARIFY REREAD

If you donrsquot understand what is happening in the story you can

reread it to try and figure things out Reread page 19 What did Pam

and Sam do (They ran) Where did they run (They ran down)

5 MAINTAIN ANALYZE CHARACTER AND SETTING

What can we tell about Pam and Sam What are their interests

(They seem to be friends they like to do things together They run

and jump) Where does the story take place (outdoors possibly in

a field or in a meadow)

Main Selection Student pages 18 19

Picture Clues Point to the bird

and the rabbit running together

Explain that the picture can

give clues about where they

are running Where are Sam thebird and Pam the rabbit running

(They are running down)

3 4 5

Pam and Sam 1819

Main Selection Student pages 20ndash21

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2936

p g

Develop Comprehension

6 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

What do you learn about Pam (She can jump) What do you learn

about Sam (He can not jump) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

7 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Teacher Think Aloud Letrsquos think about how the story is

organized In the beginning Pam and Sam kept doing the same

thing Now what is happening in the middle of the story

Encourage children to apply the strategy in a Think Aloud

Student Think Aloud In the beginning of the story Sam and

Pam did the same things Now I am reading the middle of thestory and there is a problem Sam can not jump I want to read

more to find out if the problem is solved

6 7

Clarify Remind children

that characters refers to the

main people or animals in

the story Review some of the

pages in the story Pam andSam and encourage children

to look at the illustrations

Are the characters people or

animals (animals) Who are

the characters (Pam and Sam)

Ask children to describe the

characters in their own words

based on the illustrations in the

story (Possible answer Pam is a

rabbit and can hop Sam is a birdand can fly)

2021

Main Selection Student pages 22ndash23

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3036

8 FLUENCY ECHO983085READ

Read Exclamations Letrsquos read the sentence on page 23 It ends

with an exclamation mark When I read the sentence I use a tone

that shows I am excited Listen to the way my voice sounds when I

read it Now read the sentence after me with the same tone

9 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

Look at the picture on page 23 What can Sam do (He can fly)

Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

10 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Think about how the author wrote this story How did she organize

the story to keep it interesting

Student Think Aloud In the beginning she introduced the

characters and told us they like to play In the middle she told us

about a problem Sam had I think the problem will get solved in

the end now that I know Sam can fly

Question 9 ANALYZE

CHARACTER

What can Sam do How do you

know he can fly Can Pam fly too

How do you know

9

8 10

Pam and Sam 2223

Main Selection Student pages 24ndash25

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3136

Teaching Chart 8Graphic

Organizer Transparency 1

Pam Can Sam Can

play

run

jump

play

run

fly

Develop Comprehension

COMPLETE THE CHARACTER CHART

Ask children to share their ideas about the characters Pam and Sam

Record their ideas on Teaching Chart 8

RETURN TO PREDICTIONS AND PURPOSES

Review childrenrsquos predictions and review the Focus Question What

makes Pam and Sam special (Pam can jump Sam can fly)

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Leveled Reader Lesson 2 page 35R

If Yes On Level Options page 35S

Beyond Level Options page 35T

Can children analyze characters

2425

Main Selection Student page 26

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3236

Pam and Sam 26

Authorrsquos Craft

Focus on Repetition

In this story Nancy Tafuri

uses the same words

over and over She does

this to make it easier for

readers to understand

the story Repetition also

helps readers remember

what has already

happened New wordscan change the meaning

of words used over

and over

What words on page 17

are also on page 18 (ran

up) Who runs up (Pam

and Sam)

What words are on page

21 that were also on page

20 (can jump) What

new word changes the

meaning (not )

Children can find more

information about

Nancy Tafuri at

wwwmacmillanmhcom

Authorrsquos Purpose

Nancy Tafuri wanted to tell a story

about friends Draw a picture of your

friend Write your friendrsquos name

Find out more aboutNancy Tafuri atwwwmacmillanmhcom

Nancy Tafuri says ldquoI live in

the country and love telling

stories about animals I

especially like to tell stories

about good friends like

Pam and Sam I have fun

drawing pictures to go with

my storiesrdquo

Other books by Nancy Tafuri

26

Meet the AuthorIllustrator

Read aloud page 26 with children Ask if they like the way Nancy Tafuri

draws the animal friends Encourage children to look back at the story

and tell which pictures show that Sam and Pam are good friends

Author rsquos Purpose Nancy Tafuri used words and art to tell a story about what

good friends do together Have children draw a picture of a

friend Check that they have written their friendrsquos name on

the picture Children may add this writing to their response

journals

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3336

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436

Pam and Sam 27A

Think and Compare

USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS

1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of

the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then

he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump

Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN

2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real

birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the

wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too

However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together

I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually

playing together ANALYZE

3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know

Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I

noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for

him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop

playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem

MAKE INFERENCES

4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these

characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head

Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump

Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They

both solved their problems COMPARE

Personal Response

Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another

story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways

could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in

a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas

Look at the pictures Read the story

Nat is a cat

Nat can go up

Nat can go down

Pam and Sam look for Nat

Pam is sad

Where is Nat

Write T if the sentence is true

Write F if the sentence is false

1 Nat is a cat

2 Nat can go up and down

3 Pam is sad

4 Nat is in the

5 Nat is in the

T

T

F

T

T

On Level Practice Book O page 4

Approaching Practice Book A page 4

Beyond Practice Book B page 4

Think and Search(Question 1)

bull Search for clues and

information in the texts

Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)

bull Think about the

information in the story

bull Think about what you

already know

bull Compare the information

in two stories

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636

Objectives

bull Understand the importance

of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a

sentence

bull Use words to add detail to a

sentence

Materials

bull pencils and paper

Dictation Have children dictate

to you their word or phrase to

fill in the sentence frame

Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book

pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do

Personal Narrative

DAY 1 Shared Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 2 Interactive Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas

Independent Prewrite

and Draft

DAY 4 Independent Revise

and Edit

DAY 5 Independent Publish

and Present

IndependentIndependent

WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas

EXPLAIN

Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write

Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting

DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences

1 I like to eat

2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables

Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes

to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words

yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information

Personal Narrative

BRAINSTORM

Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about

herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about

what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk

about what they like to do

PREWRITE

Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do

DRAFT

Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the

sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review

with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that

tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences

TransitionsThat Teach

While lining up for recess

have children tell about a

game they would prefer

to play

Pam and Sam 27C

Page 18: unit1_week1_2.pdf

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1836

Pam and Sam 1213

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level High-Frequency Words page 35N

If Yes On Level Options page 35O

Beyond Level Options page 35P

Can children read jump not up and down

Develop Spoken Language

Have children pretend their fists

are frogs and show how they

can jump across their desks Say

I can jump Have children repeatafter you

Get Ready Story Student pages 12ndash13

3 4

3 HIGH983085FREQUENCY WORDS not jump

Have children point to the words not and jump on page 12 and to

jump on page 13 What could Pat not do at first Could she jump

by herself at the end What helped her jump

4 FLUENCY ECHO983085READRead Exclamations Tell children that sentences with exclamation

marks are read with excitement Model reading each sentence on

page 13 and have children echo-read

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1936

Objective

bull Identify a complete

sentence

Materials

bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat

Jumprdquo

bull Grammar Practice Book p 2

GrammarGrammarSentences

REVIEW

Have children turn to page 12 of ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo Invite a

volunteer to reread the sentence

Remember this is a sentence It is a group of words that tells a whole

idea A sentence always begins with a capital letter

PRACTICE

Write the following complete and incomplete sentences on the

board

1 The sad man

2 The cat sat down

3 had a nap

4 We look at the map

Read each group of words with children

Ask Is this a sentence Why or why

not Discuss whether or not each

example tells a whole idea

Cross out the two incomplete

sentences

Sentences

DAY 1 Sentences

DAY 2 Sentences

DAY 3 Sentences

Mechanics SentenceCapitalization

DAY 4 Sentences

Proofread

DAY 5 Sentences

Grammar Practice Book page 2

13A

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2036

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2136

At a Glance

Whole Group

Main Selection

Oral Languagebull Oral Vocabulary

bull Read Aloud ldquoBeverly Billingsly

Borrows a Bookrdquo

Phonemic Awarenessbull Phoneme Blending

Phonicsbull Short aa

bull Build Fluency

bull Spelling Word Sort

High-Frequency Wordsbull jump not up down

Comprehensionbull Read Pam and Sam

bull Strategy Analyze Story Structurebull Skill Analyze Character and

Setting

Language Artsbull Grammar Sentences

bull Independent Writing

Small Group Options

Differentiated Instruction pages 35Qndash35T

Oral LanguageOral Language

Write the Morning Message Point to each word as you read the

Message aloud with expression

Practice Concepts of Print Remind children that some sentences

end with periods Reread and have them raise a hand each time

you end a sentence Have volunteers circle the periods

Review Words with Short a Invite a child to find the words with

short a Who can think of other words with short a

Extend the Weekly Theme Encourage children to think about

other ways to describe what people are like Have them describe

characteristics of a friend a family member and a firefighter

Oral Vocabulary

REVIEW WORDS

Discuss The Princess and the Pea by asking Why did the queen ask

about the princessrsquos interests What was unique about the princessWhat made the prince cheerful

Write the following vocabulary words on the board unique

interest cheerful genuine and prefer Read the words aloud

Then ask the following questions

Which word means

bull real or true

bull one-of a-kind or unusual

bull choosing one thing instead of

another

bull happy or glad bull something a person likes

I have a fat cat

I can pat himI can play with him

13C

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2236

Objectives

bull Understand story structure

as it relates to a fantasy storybull Learn that a fantasy is

different from realistic

fiction

bull Model reading with prosody

Materials

bull Read-Aloud Anthology

InteractiveInteractive

Read AloudRead AloudListening Comprehension

GENRE FANTASY

Ask children if they can tell you what a fantasy story is Share

the information about fantasy found in the Read-Aloud

Anthology

READ ldquoBEVERLY BILLINGSLY BORROWS A BOOKrdquo

Model Analyzing Story Structure Use the Think Alouds

provided at point of use in the Read-Aloud Anthology

Model Fluent Reading Read aloud the fantasy story

naturally and with expression As you read point out aspects

of fluent reading For example point out that you read

dialogue the way you think characters might say it

Expand Vocabulary See pages 9ndash13 of the Read-Aloud

Anthology to teach new words

Respond to the Fantasy

TALK ABOUT IT Ask children what happened in the story Why did

Beverly go to the library What were some of Beverlyrsquos interestsHow is Beverly like people you know What are some ways Beverly is

unique

Beginning

Ask Questions Talk with

children about the library Who

has been to a library Do we

get books at a library Does a

librarian work there Have you

ever talked to the librarian

Intermediate

Use Vocabulary Elicit from

children the different words we

use when talking about a library

What is inside of a library What

do we call a person who works

in a library What do you need to

show the librarian if you want to

take a book home

Advanced

Role Play Have children act out

a trip to the library One child

can play the part of the librarian

while others can pretend to

check out books Encourage

children to use sentences such

as I want to borrow this book please Do you have your library

card When is my book due

Write About It Invite children to respond to the read aloud by illustrating a

scene of their choice in their response journal or notebook

Read Aloudpages 9ndash13

Pam and Sam 13D

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2336

Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Blending

Model

Show children how to

orally blend phonemes

I will say the sounds in a word The first

sound is m The next sound is a The

last sound is t I can blend these sounds

together mmmaaat mat Say it with me

Guided PracticePracticeHave children practice

blending Guide practice

with the first two words

I will say three sounds Blend sounds

together to form words

r a n s a t m a p

t a p m a n t a n

PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a

Model

Place Letter Cards m

a and p in the pocket

chart

Change the m in map

to s Use the routine to

blend sap

The letter m stands

for the sound m

The letter a stands

for the sound a The letter p stands

for p Irsquoll blend the sounds together

mmmaaap map Say it with me

Guided PracticePractice

Have children change

letters and blend Guide

practice with the firstword change

Change the s in

sap to t Blend

the sounds toread the word

yoursquove made

cap nap rap sap

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35Q

If Yes On Level Options page 35S

Beyond Level Options page 35T

Can children blend sounds in words with short aa

Objectives

bull Blend sounds in words

bull Blend with short aa

Materials

bull Large Letter Cards a m p t

bull Small Letter Cards

bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos

Resource Book p 88

bull pocket chart

bull Teaching Chart 7

bull PhonicsFluency

Transparency 1

Short a a

Introduce 7CndashD

Practice Apply

7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG

Leveled Practice 1 5 8

Decodable Reader A Cap

for PamReteach Review

35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S

35U 35Y

Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B

Decodable Reader Jazz Band

Phonemic Awareness

Teaching phonemic

awareness to children

is clearly effective It

improves their ability to

manipulate phonemes in

speech This skill transfers

and helps them learn to

read and spell PA training

benefits not only word

reading but also reading

comprehension

Donald Bear

wwwmacmillanmhcom

13E

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2436

Build Fluency Word Automaticity

Display Teaching Chart 7 Point to the word at Ask children to blend

the sounds with you Then ask them to read the word at regularspeed Repeat the blending routine with the other words having

children blend and read after you Then point to the words in random

order and ask children to read them

PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an

Pair children and have them sort Spelling Word Cards by ending

sounds Encourage them to say spell and then sort each word Then

have them identify the ending sounds and say the rhyming words

Dictation

Follow this dictation routine with the spelling words

Pronounce one word at a time for children Then repeat the word

and use it in a sentence

Have children repeat each word softly to themselves and then

write the word

After dictation is completed encourage children to proofread

their words Remind them to check their words for spellingpatterns and to look for the words containing short aa

To extend have volunteers make up sentences for each word

Objectives

bull Sort words with -at -an

bull Use dictation to practicespelling words

Materials

bull Spelling Word Cards BLM

Teacherrsquos Resource Book

p 90

bull Spelling Practice Book p 3

man cat hat mat

ran can up down

Look at the picture Use a spelling word to

complete the sentence

1 Can you see the

2 The cat ran

3 The man has a

4 She can go

5 Here is a

cat

up

hat

down

can

Spelling Practice Book page 3

DAY 1 Pretest

DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word

Sort

DAY 3 Student Word Sort

Dictation

DAY 4 Test Practice

DAY 5 Posttest

Teaching Chart 7 PhonicsFluency Transparency 1

Pam and Sam 13F

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2536

Objectives

bull Read high-frequency words

jump not up down like gobull Read to apply the strategy

Analyze Story Structure

bull Read to apply the skill

Analyze Character and

Setting

bull Use academic language

character setting

Materials

bull Vocabulary Word Cards BLMTeacherrsquos Resource Book p

120

bull Student Book Pam and Sam

bull Teaching Chart 8

bull Graphic Organizer

Transparency 1

bull Leveled Practice Books p 3

High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down

PRACTICE

Duplicate and distribute a set of Vocabulary Word Cards for

jump not up down to each child

As you say the words have children hold up the appropriate card

Ask volunteers to use each word in a sentence

Have each child work with a partner and call out each word for

their partner to write

Review Review like and go following the same procedure

ComprehensionComprehensionSTRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Remind children that it is helpful to identify the beginning middle

and end of stories Today as we read another story pay special attention

to what happens to the characters at the beginning in the middle and at

the end of the story

SKILL

Analyze Character and Setting

Today wersquore going to read about two characters What information might

help you understand these characters Pay attention to what they do

what they say and what they look like Also think about how the setting

or where they are helps you understand the story

Prepare to Read

PREVIEW AND PREDICT

Have children turn to page 15 Ask a child to read aloud the title

Who are the characters What do you think they might do

Tell children to write or draw their predictions about the story

Genre Fantasy Remind children that a fantasy is a made-up

story that would not happen in real life

Preview the word Ask children to

tell what it means

fly (page 24)

Analyze Character and Setting

Introduce U1 7AndashB

Practice Apply

U1 7J 13Gndash27A Leveled

Practice 3ndash4

Reteach Review

U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT

35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J

89Gndash105A 111E 111L

111NndashP 111RndashT 111V

111YndashZ Leveled Practice

27ndash28

Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A

153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT

153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled

Practice 119ndash120

13G

Main Selection Student pages 14 15

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2636

Read Pam and Sam

SET A PURPOSE FOR READING

Focus Question Read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo question Letrsquos

look for clues in the story that help us understand these characters

Encourage children to set their own purpose for readingWAYS TO READ THE SELECTION

Main Selection Student pages 14ndash15

Story available on Listening

Library Audio CD

If your children need support

to read the Main Selection

use the prompts to guide

comprehension and model

how to complete the Character

Chart Encourage children toread aloud

If your children can read the

Main Selection independently

have them read and complete

the Character Chart

If your children need an alternate selection choose the

Leveled Readers that match their instructional level

Pam and Sam 1415

Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2736

Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17

Develop Comprehension

1 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

We have only read two pages and wersquove already learned a lot

How many characters have we met (two) What can you tell about

them How are they unique (Pam is a rabbit Sam is a bird Theylike to play) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

2 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Teacher Think Aloud This story begins with Pam and Sam

playing Pam just ran up I want to find out if Sam will do the

same thing because they like to play together I will read on

to see how the story develops I will pay close attention to the

characters and what they do in the rest of the story

1 2

SyntacticStructure

Explain that good readers

sometimes check that they have

read words correctly One way to

do this is to ask Does the word Iread sound right in the sentence

Model Point to the word ran

on page 17 The text reads ldquoPam

uprdquo I know from how the

sentence is put together that the

next word has to be a verb The

word ran is a verb It sounds right in

the sentence because it says what

Pam did

Apply Encourage children to

check the meaning of other words

in the story

1617

Main Selection Student pages 18ndash19

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2836

3 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

What can Pam and Sam do on these pages (They can run) Letrsquos

add this to our Character Chart Why do you think Pam and Sam

run together (Possible answer because they are playing)

4 MONITOR AND CLARIFY REREAD

If you donrsquot understand what is happening in the story you can

reread it to try and figure things out Reread page 19 What did Pam

and Sam do (They ran) Where did they run (They ran down)

5 MAINTAIN ANALYZE CHARACTER AND SETTING

What can we tell about Pam and Sam What are their interests

(They seem to be friends they like to do things together They run

and jump) Where does the story take place (outdoors possibly in

a field or in a meadow)

Main Selection Student pages 18 19

Picture Clues Point to the bird

and the rabbit running together

Explain that the picture can

give clues about where they

are running Where are Sam thebird and Pam the rabbit running

(They are running down)

3 4 5

Pam and Sam 1819

Main Selection Student pages 20ndash21

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2936

p g

Develop Comprehension

6 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

What do you learn about Pam (She can jump) What do you learn

about Sam (He can not jump) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

7 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Teacher Think Aloud Letrsquos think about how the story is

organized In the beginning Pam and Sam kept doing the same

thing Now what is happening in the middle of the story

Encourage children to apply the strategy in a Think Aloud

Student Think Aloud In the beginning of the story Sam and

Pam did the same things Now I am reading the middle of thestory and there is a problem Sam can not jump I want to read

more to find out if the problem is solved

6 7

Clarify Remind children

that characters refers to the

main people or animals in

the story Review some of the

pages in the story Pam andSam and encourage children

to look at the illustrations

Are the characters people or

animals (animals) Who are

the characters (Pam and Sam)

Ask children to describe the

characters in their own words

based on the illustrations in the

story (Possible answer Pam is a

rabbit and can hop Sam is a birdand can fly)

2021

Main Selection Student pages 22ndash23

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3036

8 FLUENCY ECHO983085READ

Read Exclamations Letrsquos read the sentence on page 23 It ends

with an exclamation mark When I read the sentence I use a tone

that shows I am excited Listen to the way my voice sounds when I

read it Now read the sentence after me with the same tone

9 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

Look at the picture on page 23 What can Sam do (He can fly)

Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

10 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Think about how the author wrote this story How did she organize

the story to keep it interesting

Student Think Aloud In the beginning she introduced the

characters and told us they like to play In the middle she told us

about a problem Sam had I think the problem will get solved in

the end now that I know Sam can fly

Question 9 ANALYZE

CHARACTER

What can Sam do How do you

know he can fly Can Pam fly too

How do you know

9

8 10

Pam and Sam 2223

Main Selection Student pages 24ndash25

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3136

Teaching Chart 8Graphic

Organizer Transparency 1

Pam Can Sam Can

play

run

jump

play

run

fly

Develop Comprehension

COMPLETE THE CHARACTER CHART

Ask children to share their ideas about the characters Pam and Sam

Record their ideas on Teaching Chart 8

RETURN TO PREDICTIONS AND PURPOSES

Review childrenrsquos predictions and review the Focus Question What

makes Pam and Sam special (Pam can jump Sam can fly)

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Leveled Reader Lesson 2 page 35R

If Yes On Level Options page 35S

Beyond Level Options page 35T

Can children analyze characters

2425

Main Selection Student page 26

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3236

Pam and Sam 26

Authorrsquos Craft

Focus on Repetition

In this story Nancy Tafuri

uses the same words

over and over She does

this to make it easier for

readers to understand

the story Repetition also

helps readers remember

what has already

happened New wordscan change the meaning

of words used over

and over

What words on page 17

are also on page 18 (ran

up) Who runs up (Pam

and Sam)

What words are on page

21 that were also on page

20 (can jump) What

new word changes the

meaning (not )

Children can find more

information about

Nancy Tafuri at

wwwmacmillanmhcom

Authorrsquos Purpose

Nancy Tafuri wanted to tell a story

about friends Draw a picture of your

friend Write your friendrsquos name

Find out more aboutNancy Tafuri atwwwmacmillanmhcom

Nancy Tafuri says ldquoI live in

the country and love telling

stories about animals I

especially like to tell stories

about good friends like

Pam and Sam I have fun

drawing pictures to go with

my storiesrdquo

Other books by Nancy Tafuri

26

Meet the AuthorIllustrator

Read aloud page 26 with children Ask if they like the way Nancy Tafuri

draws the animal friends Encourage children to look back at the story

and tell which pictures show that Sam and Pam are good friends

Author rsquos Purpose Nancy Tafuri used words and art to tell a story about what

good friends do together Have children draw a picture of a

friend Check that they have written their friendrsquos name on

the picture Children may add this writing to their response

journals

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3336

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436

Pam and Sam 27A

Think and Compare

USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS

1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of

the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then

he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump

Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN

2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real

birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the

wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too

However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together

I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually

playing together ANALYZE

3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know

Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I

noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for

him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop

playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem

MAKE INFERENCES

4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these

characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head

Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump

Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They

both solved their problems COMPARE

Personal Response

Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another

story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways

could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in

a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas

Look at the pictures Read the story

Nat is a cat

Nat can go up

Nat can go down

Pam and Sam look for Nat

Pam is sad

Where is Nat

Write T if the sentence is true

Write F if the sentence is false

1 Nat is a cat

2 Nat can go up and down

3 Pam is sad

4 Nat is in the

5 Nat is in the

T

T

F

T

T

On Level Practice Book O page 4

Approaching Practice Book A page 4

Beyond Practice Book B page 4

Think and Search(Question 1)

bull Search for clues and

information in the texts

Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)

bull Think about the

information in the story

bull Think about what you

already know

bull Compare the information

in two stories

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636

Objectives

bull Understand the importance

of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a

sentence

bull Use words to add detail to a

sentence

Materials

bull pencils and paper

Dictation Have children dictate

to you their word or phrase to

fill in the sentence frame

Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book

pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do

Personal Narrative

DAY 1 Shared Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 2 Interactive Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas

Independent Prewrite

and Draft

DAY 4 Independent Revise

and Edit

DAY 5 Independent Publish

and Present

IndependentIndependent

WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas

EXPLAIN

Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write

Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting

DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences

1 I like to eat

2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables

Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes

to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words

yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information

Personal Narrative

BRAINSTORM

Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about

herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about

what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk

about what they like to do

PREWRITE

Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do

DRAFT

Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the

sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review

with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that

tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences

TransitionsThat Teach

While lining up for recess

have children tell about a

game they would prefer

to play

Pam and Sam 27C

Page 19: unit1_week1_2.pdf

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 1936

Objective

bull Identify a complete

sentence

Materials

bull Student Book ldquoCan Pat

Jumprdquo

bull Grammar Practice Book p 2

GrammarGrammarSentences

REVIEW

Have children turn to page 12 of ldquoCan Pat Jumprdquo Invite a

volunteer to reread the sentence

Remember this is a sentence It is a group of words that tells a whole

idea A sentence always begins with a capital letter

PRACTICE

Write the following complete and incomplete sentences on the

board

1 The sad man

2 The cat sat down

3 had a nap

4 We look at the map

Read each group of words with children

Ask Is this a sentence Why or why

not Discuss whether or not each

example tells a whole idea

Cross out the two incomplete

sentences

Sentences

DAY 1 Sentences

DAY 2 Sentences

DAY 3 Sentences

Mechanics SentenceCapitalization

DAY 4 Sentences

Proofread

DAY 5 Sentences

Grammar Practice Book page 2

13A

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2036

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2136

At a Glance

Whole Group

Main Selection

Oral Languagebull Oral Vocabulary

bull Read Aloud ldquoBeverly Billingsly

Borrows a Bookrdquo

Phonemic Awarenessbull Phoneme Blending

Phonicsbull Short aa

bull Build Fluency

bull Spelling Word Sort

High-Frequency Wordsbull jump not up down

Comprehensionbull Read Pam and Sam

bull Strategy Analyze Story Structurebull Skill Analyze Character and

Setting

Language Artsbull Grammar Sentences

bull Independent Writing

Small Group Options

Differentiated Instruction pages 35Qndash35T

Oral LanguageOral Language

Write the Morning Message Point to each word as you read the

Message aloud with expression

Practice Concepts of Print Remind children that some sentences

end with periods Reread and have them raise a hand each time

you end a sentence Have volunteers circle the periods

Review Words with Short a Invite a child to find the words with

short a Who can think of other words with short a

Extend the Weekly Theme Encourage children to think about

other ways to describe what people are like Have them describe

characteristics of a friend a family member and a firefighter

Oral Vocabulary

REVIEW WORDS

Discuss The Princess and the Pea by asking Why did the queen ask

about the princessrsquos interests What was unique about the princessWhat made the prince cheerful

Write the following vocabulary words on the board unique

interest cheerful genuine and prefer Read the words aloud

Then ask the following questions

Which word means

bull real or true

bull one-of a-kind or unusual

bull choosing one thing instead of

another

bull happy or glad bull something a person likes

I have a fat cat

I can pat himI can play with him

13C

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2236

Objectives

bull Understand story structure

as it relates to a fantasy storybull Learn that a fantasy is

different from realistic

fiction

bull Model reading with prosody

Materials

bull Read-Aloud Anthology

InteractiveInteractive

Read AloudRead AloudListening Comprehension

GENRE FANTASY

Ask children if they can tell you what a fantasy story is Share

the information about fantasy found in the Read-Aloud

Anthology

READ ldquoBEVERLY BILLINGSLY BORROWS A BOOKrdquo

Model Analyzing Story Structure Use the Think Alouds

provided at point of use in the Read-Aloud Anthology

Model Fluent Reading Read aloud the fantasy story

naturally and with expression As you read point out aspects

of fluent reading For example point out that you read

dialogue the way you think characters might say it

Expand Vocabulary See pages 9ndash13 of the Read-Aloud

Anthology to teach new words

Respond to the Fantasy

TALK ABOUT IT Ask children what happened in the story Why did

Beverly go to the library What were some of Beverlyrsquos interestsHow is Beverly like people you know What are some ways Beverly is

unique

Beginning

Ask Questions Talk with

children about the library Who

has been to a library Do we

get books at a library Does a

librarian work there Have you

ever talked to the librarian

Intermediate

Use Vocabulary Elicit from

children the different words we

use when talking about a library

What is inside of a library What

do we call a person who works

in a library What do you need to

show the librarian if you want to

take a book home

Advanced

Role Play Have children act out

a trip to the library One child

can play the part of the librarian

while others can pretend to

check out books Encourage

children to use sentences such

as I want to borrow this book please Do you have your library

card When is my book due

Write About It Invite children to respond to the read aloud by illustrating a

scene of their choice in their response journal or notebook

Read Aloudpages 9ndash13

Pam and Sam 13D

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2336

Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Blending

Model

Show children how to

orally blend phonemes

I will say the sounds in a word The first

sound is m The next sound is a The

last sound is t I can blend these sounds

together mmmaaat mat Say it with me

Guided PracticePracticeHave children practice

blending Guide practice

with the first two words

I will say three sounds Blend sounds

together to form words

r a n s a t m a p

t a p m a n t a n

PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a

Model

Place Letter Cards m

a and p in the pocket

chart

Change the m in map

to s Use the routine to

blend sap

The letter m stands

for the sound m

The letter a stands

for the sound a The letter p stands

for p Irsquoll blend the sounds together

mmmaaap map Say it with me

Guided PracticePractice

Have children change

letters and blend Guide

practice with the firstword change

Change the s in

sap to t Blend

the sounds toread the word

yoursquove made

cap nap rap sap

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35Q

If Yes On Level Options page 35S

Beyond Level Options page 35T

Can children blend sounds in words with short aa

Objectives

bull Blend sounds in words

bull Blend with short aa

Materials

bull Large Letter Cards a m p t

bull Small Letter Cards

bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos

Resource Book p 88

bull pocket chart

bull Teaching Chart 7

bull PhonicsFluency

Transparency 1

Short a a

Introduce 7CndashD

Practice Apply

7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG

Leveled Practice 1 5 8

Decodable Reader A Cap

for PamReteach Review

35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S

35U 35Y

Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B

Decodable Reader Jazz Band

Phonemic Awareness

Teaching phonemic

awareness to children

is clearly effective It

improves their ability to

manipulate phonemes in

speech This skill transfers

and helps them learn to

read and spell PA training

benefits not only word

reading but also reading

comprehension

Donald Bear

wwwmacmillanmhcom

13E

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2436

Build Fluency Word Automaticity

Display Teaching Chart 7 Point to the word at Ask children to blend

the sounds with you Then ask them to read the word at regularspeed Repeat the blending routine with the other words having

children blend and read after you Then point to the words in random

order and ask children to read them

PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an

Pair children and have them sort Spelling Word Cards by ending

sounds Encourage them to say spell and then sort each word Then

have them identify the ending sounds and say the rhyming words

Dictation

Follow this dictation routine with the spelling words

Pronounce one word at a time for children Then repeat the word

and use it in a sentence

Have children repeat each word softly to themselves and then

write the word

After dictation is completed encourage children to proofread

their words Remind them to check their words for spellingpatterns and to look for the words containing short aa

To extend have volunteers make up sentences for each word

Objectives

bull Sort words with -at -an

bull Use dictation to practicespelling words

Materials

bull Spelling Word Cards BLM

Teacherrsquos Resource Book

p 90

bull Spelling Practice Book p 3

man cat hat mat

ran can up down

Look at the picture Use a spelling word to

complete the sentence

1 Can you see the

2 The cat ran

3 The man has a

4 She can go

5 Here is a

cat

up

hat

down

can

Spelling Practice Book page 3

DAY 1 Pretest

DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word

Sort

DAY 3 Student Word Sort

Dictation

DAY 4 Test Practice

DAY 5 Posttest

Teaching Chart 7 PhonicsFluency Transparency 1

Pam and Sam 13F

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2536

Objectives

bull Read high-frequency words

jump not up down like gobull Read to apply the strategy

Analyze Story Structure

bull Read to apply the skill

Analyze Character and

Setting

bull Use academic language

character setting

Materials

bull Vocabulary Word Cards BLMTeacherrsquos Resource Book p

120

bull Student Book Pam and Sam

bull Teaching Chart 8

bull Graphic Organizer

Transparency 1

bull Leveled Practice Books p 3

High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down

PRACTICE

Duplicate and distribute a set of Vocabulary Word Cards for

jump not up down to each child

As you say the words have children hold up the appropriate card

Ask volunteers to use each word in a sentence

Have each child work with a partner and call out each word for

their partner to write

Review Review like and go following the same procedure

ComprehensionComprehensionSTRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Remind children that it is helpful to identify the beginning middle

and end of stories Today as we read another story pay special attention

to what happens to the characters at the beginning in the middle and at

the end of the story

SKILL

Analyze Character and Setting

Today wersquore going to read about two characters What information might

help you understand these characters Pay attention to what they do

what they say and what they look like Also think about how the setting

or where they are helps you understand the story

Prepare to Read

PREVIEW AND PREDICT

Have children turn to page 15 Ask a child to read aloud the title

Who are the characters What do you think they might do

Tell children to write or draw their predictions about the story

Genre Fantasy Remind children that a fantasy is a made-up

story that would not happen in real life

Preview the word Ask children to

tell what it means

fly (page 24)

Analyze Character and Setting

Introduce U1 7AndashB

Practice Apply

U1 7J 13Gndash27A Leveled

Practice 3ndash4

Reteach Review

U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT

35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J

89Gndash105A 111E 111L

111NndashP 111RndashT 111V

111YndashZ Leveled Practice

27ndash28

Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A

153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT

153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled

Practice 119ndash120

13G

Main Selection Student pages 14 15

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2636

Read Pam and Sam

SET A PURPOSE FOR READING

Focus Question Read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo question Letrsquos

look for clues in the story that help us understand these characters

Encourage children to set their own purpose for readingWAYS TO READ THE SELECTION

Main Selection Student pages 14ndash15

Story available on Listening

Library Audio CD

If your children need support

to read the Main Selection

use the prompts to guide

comprehension and model

how to complete the Character

Chart Encourage children toread aloud

If your children can read the

Main Selection independently

have them read and complete

the Character Chart

If your children need an alternate selection choose the

Leveled Readers that match their instructional level

Pam and Sam 1415

Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2736

Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17

Develop Comprehension

1 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

We have only read two pages and wersquove already learned a lot

How many characters have we met (two) What can you tell about

them How are they unique (Pam is a rabbit Sam is a bird Theylike to play) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

2 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Teacher Think Aloud This story begins with Pam and Sam

playing Pam just ran up I want to find out if Sam will do the

same thing because they like to play together I will read on

to see how the story develops I will pay close attention to the

characters and what they do in the rest of the story

1 2

SyntacticStructure

Explain that good readers

sometimes check that they have

read words correctly One way to

do this is to ask Does the word Iread sound right in the sentence

Model Point to the word ran

on page 17 The text reads ldquoPam

uprdquo I know from how the

sentence is put together that the

next word has to be a verb The

word ran is a verb It sounds right in

the sentence because it says what

Pam did

Apply Encourage children to

check the meaning of other words

in the story

1617

Main Selection Student pages 18ndash19

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2836

3 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

What can Pam and Sam do on these pages (They can run) Letrsquos

add this to our Character Chart Why do you think Pam and Sam

run together (Possible answer because they are playing)

4 MONITOR AND CLARIFY REREAD

If you donrsquot understand what is happening in the story you can

reread it to try and figure things out Reread page 19 What did Pam

and Sam do (They ran) Where did they run (They ran down)

5 MAINTAIN ANALYZE CHARACTER AND SETTING

What can we tell about Pam and Sam What are their interests

(They seem to be friends they like to do things together They run

and jump) Where does the story take place (outdoors possibly in

a field or in a meadow)

Main Selection Student pages 18 19

Picture Clues Point to the bird

and the rabbit running together

Explain that the picture can

give clues about where they

are running Where are Sam thebird and Pam the rabbit running

(They are running down)

3 4 5

Pam and Sam 1819

Main Selection Student pages 20ndash21

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2936

p g

Develop Comprehension

6 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

What do you learn about Pam (She can jump) What do you learn

about Sam (He can not jump) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

7 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Teacher Think Aloud Letrsquos think about how the story is

organized In the beginning Pam and Sam kept doing the same

thing Now what is happening in the middle of the story

Encourage children to apply the strategy in a Think Aloud

Student Think Aloud In the beginning of the story Sam and

Pam did the same things Now I am reading the middle of thestory and there is a problem Sam can not jump I want to read

more to find out if the problem is solved

6 7

Clarify Remind children

that characters refers to the

main people or animals in

the story Review some of the

pages in the story Pam andSam and encourage children

to look at the illustrations

Are the characters people or

animals (animals) Who are

the characters (Pam and Sam)

Ask children to describe the

characters in their own words

based on the illustrations in the

story (Possible answer Pam is a

rabbit and can hop Sam is a birdand can fly)

2021

Main Selection Student pages 22ndash23

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3036

8 FLUENCY ECHO983085READ

Read Exclamations Letrsquos read the sentence on page 23 It ends

with an exclamation mark When I read the sentence I use a tone

that shows I am excited Listen to the way my voice sounds when I

read it Now read the sentence after me with the same tone

9 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

Look at the picture on page 23 What can Sam do (He can fly)

Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

10 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Think about how the author wrote this story How did she organize

the story to keep it interesting

Student Think Aloud In the beginning she introduced the

characters and told us they like to play In the middle she told us

about a problem Sam had I think the problem will get solved in

the end now that I know Sam can fly

Question 9 ANALYZE

CHARACTER

What can Sam do How do you

know he can fly Can Pam fly too

How do you know

9

8 10

Pam and Sam 2223

Main Selection Student pages 24ndash25

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3136

Teaching Chart 8Graphic

Organizer Transparency 1

Pam Can Sam Can

play

run

jump

play

run

fly

Develop Comprehension

COMPLETE THE CHARACTER CHART

Ask children to share their ideas about the characters Pam and Sam

Record their ideas on Teaching Chart 8

RETURN TO PREDICTIONS AND PURPOSES

Review childrenrsquos predictions and review the Focus Question What

makes Pam and Sam special (Pam can jump Sam can fly)

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Leveled Reader Lesson 2 page 35R

If Yes On Level Options page 35S

Beyond Level Options page 35T

Can children analyze characters

2425

Main Selection Student page 26

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3236

Pam and Sam 26

Authorrsquos Craft

Focus on Repetition

In this story Nancy Tafuri

uses the same words

over and over She does

this to make it easier for

readers to understand

the story Repetition also

helps readers remember

what has already

happened New wordscan change the meaning

of words used over

and over

What words on page 17

are also on page 18 (ran

up) Who runs up (Pam

and Sam)

What words are on page

21 that were also on page

20 (can jump) What

new word changes the

meaning (not )

Children can find more

information about

Nancy Tafuri at

wwwmacmillanmhcom

Authorrsquos Purpose

Nancy Tafuri wanted to tell a story

about friends Draw a picture of your

friend Write your friendrsquos name

Find out more aboutNancy Tafuri atwwwmacmillanmhcom

Nancy Tafuri says ldquoI live in

the country and love telling

stories about animals I

especially like to tell stories

about good friends like

Pam and Sam I have fun

drawing pictures to go with

my storiesrdquo

Other books by Nancy Tafuri

26

Meet the AuthorIllustrator

Read aloud page 26 with children Ask if they like the way Nancy Tafuri

draws the animal friends Encourage children to look back at the story

and tell which pictures show that Sam and Pam are good friends

Author rsquos Purpose Nancy Tafuri used words and art to tell a story about what

good friends do together Have children draw a picture of a

friend Check that they have written their friendrsquos name on

the picture Children may add this writing to their response

journals

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3336

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436

Pam and Sam 27A

Think and Compare

USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS

1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of

the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then

he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump

Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN

2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real

birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the

wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too

However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together

I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually

playing together ANALYZE

3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know

Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I

noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for

him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop

playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem

MAKE INFERENCES

4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these

characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head

Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump

Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They

both solved their problems COMPARE

Personal Response

Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another

story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways

could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in

a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas

Look at the pictures Read the story

Nat is a cat

Nat can go up

Nat can go down

Pam and Sam look for Nat

Pam is sad

Where is Nat

Write T if the sentence is true

Write F if the sentence is false

1 Nat is a cat

2 Nat can go up and down

3 Pam is sad

4 Nat is in the

5 Nat is in the

T

T

F

T

T

On Level Practice Book O page 4

Approaching Practice Book A page 4

Beyond Practice Book B page 4

Think and Search(Question 1)

bull Search for clues and

information in the texts

Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)

bull Think about the

information in the story

bull Think about what you

already know

bull Compare the information

in two stories

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636

Objectives

bull Understand the importance

of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a

sentence

bull Use words to add detail to a

sentence

Materials

bull pencils and paper

Dictation Have children dictate

to you their word or phrase to

fill in the sentence frame

Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book

pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do

Personal Narrative

DAY 1 Shared Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 2 Interactive Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas

Independent Prewrite

and Draft

DAY 4 Independent Revise

and Edit

DAY 5 Independent Publish

and Present

IndependentIndependent

WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas

EXPLAIN

Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write

Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting

DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences

1 I like to eat

2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables

Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes

to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words

yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information

Personal Narrative

BRAINSTORM

Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about

herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about

what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk

about what they like to do

PREWRITE

Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do

DRAFT

Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the

sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review

with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that

tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences

TransitionsThat Teach

While lining up for recess

have children tell about a

game they would prefer

to play

Pam and Sam 27C

Page 20: unit1_week1_2.pdf

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2036

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2136

At a Glance

Whole Group

Main Selection

Oral Languagebull Oral Vocabulary

bull Read Aloud ldquoBeverly Billingsly

Borrows a Bookrdquo

Phonemic Awarenessbull Phoneme Blending

Phonicsbull Short aa

bull Build Fluency

bull Spelling Word Sort

High-Frequency Wordsbull jump not up down

Comprehensionbull Read Pam and Sam

bull Strategy Analyze Story Structurebull Skill Analyze Character and

Setting

Language Artsbull Grammar Sentences

bull Independent Writing

Small Group Options

Differentiated Instruction pages 35Qndash35T

Oral LanguageOral Language

Write the Morning Message Point to each word as you read the

Message aloud with expression

Practice Concepts of Print Remind children that some sentences

end with periods Reread and have them raise a hand each time

you end a sentence Have volunteers circle the periods

Review Words with Short a Invite a child to find the words with

short a Who can think of other words with short a

Extend the Weekly Theme Encourage children to think about

other ways to describe what people are like Have them describe

characteristics of a friend a family member and a firefighter

Oral Vocabulary

REVIEW WORDS

Discuss The Princess and the Pea by asking Why did the queen ask

about the princessrsquos interests What was unique about the princessWhat made the prince cheerful

Write the following vocabulary words on the board unique

interest cheerful genuine and prefer Read the words aloud

Then ask the following questions

Which word means

bull real or true

bull one-of a-kind or unusual

bull choosing one thing instead of

another

bull happy or glad bull something a person likes

I have a fat cat

I can pat himI can play with him

13C

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2236

Objectives

bull Understand story structure

as it relates to a fantasy storybull Learn that a fantasy is

different from realistic

fiction

bull Model reading with prosody

Materials

bull Read-Aloud Anthology

InteractiveInteractive

Read AloudRead AloudListening Comprehension

GENRE FANTASY

Ask children if they can tell you what a fantasy story is Share

the information about fantasy found in the Read-Aloud

Anthology

READ ldquoBEVERLY BILLINGSLY BORROWS A BOOKrdquo

Model Analyzing Story Structure Use the Think Alouds

provided at point of use in the Read-Aloud Anthology

Model Fluent Reading Read aloud the fantasy story

naturally and with expression As you read point out aspects

of fluent reading For example point out that you read

dialogue the way you think characters might say it

Expand Vocabulary See pages 9ndash13 of the Read-Aloud

Anthology to teach new words

Respond to the Fantasy

TALK ABOUT IT Ask children what happened in the story Why did

Beverly go to the library What were some of Beverlyrsquos interestsHow is Beverly like people you know What are some ways Beverly is

unique

Beginning

Ask Questions Talk with

children about the library Who

has been to a library Do we

get books at a library Does a

librarian work there Have you

ever talked to the librarian

Intermediate

Use Vocabulary Elicit from

children the different words we

use when talking about a library

What is inside of a library What

do we call a person who works

in a library What do you need to

show the librarian if you want to

take a book home

Advanced

Role Play Have children act out

a trip to the library One child

can play the part of the librarian

while others can pretend to

check out books Encourage

children to use sentences such

as I want to borrow this book please Do you have your library

card When is my book due

Write About It Invite children to respond to the read aloud by illustrating a

scene of their choice in their response journal or notebook

Read Aloudpages 9ndash13

Pam and Sam 13D

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2336

Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Blending

Model

Show children how to

orally blend phonemes

I will say the sounds in a word The first

sound is m The next sound is a The

last sound is t I can blend these sounds

together mmmaaat mat Say it with me

Guided PracticePracticeHave children practice

blending Guide practice

with the first two words

I will say three sounds Blend sounds

together to form words

r a n s a t m a p

t a p m a n t a n

PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a

Model

Place Letter Cards m

a and p in the pocket

chart

Change the m in map

to s Use the routine to

blend sap

The letter m stands

for the sound m

The letter a stands

for the sound a The letter p stands

for p Irsquoll blend the sounds together

mmmaaap map Say it with me

Guided PracticePractice

Have children change

letters and blend Guide

practice with the firstword change

Change the s in

sap to t Blend

the sounds toread the word

yoursquove made

cap nap rap sap

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35Q

If Yes On Level Options page 35S

Beyond Level Options page 35T

Can children blend sounds in words with short aa

Objectives

bull Blend sounds in words

bull Blend with short aa

Materials

bull Large Letter Cards a m p t

bull Small Letter Cards

bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos

Resource Book p 88

bull pocket chart

bull Teaching Chart 7

bull PhonicsFluency

Transparency 1

Short a a

Introduce 7CndashD

Practice Apply

7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG

Leveled Practice 1 5 8

Decodable Reader A Cap

for PamReteach Review

35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S

35U 35Y

Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B

Decodable Reader Jazz Band

Phonemic Awareness

Teaching phonemic

awareness to children

is clearly effective It

improves their ability to

manipulate phonemes in

speech This skill transfers

and helps them learn to

read and spell PA training

benefits not only word

reading but also reading

comprehension

Donald Bear

wwwmacmillanmhcom

13E

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2436

Build Fluency Word Automaticity

Display Teaching Chart 7 Point to the word at Ask children to blend

the sounds with you Then ask them to read the word at regularspeed Repeat the blending routine with the other words having

children blend and read after you Then point to the words in random

order and ask children to read them

PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an

Pair children and have them sort Spelling Word Cards by ending

sounds Encourage them to say spell and then sort each word Then

have them identify the ending sounds and say the rhyming words

Dictation

Follow this dictation routine with the spelling words

Pronounce one word at a time for children Then repeat the word

and use it in a sentence

Have children repeat each word softly to themselves and then

write the word

After dictation is completed encourage children to proofread

their words Remind them to check their words for spellingpatterns and to look for the words containing short aa

To extend have volunteers make up sentences for each word

Objectives

bull Sort words with -at -an

bull Use dictation to practicespelling words

Materials

bull Spelling Word Cards BLM

Teacherrsquos Resource Book

p 90

bull Spelling Practice Book p 3

man cat hat mat

ran can up down

Look at the picture Use a spelling word to

complete the sentence

1 Can you see the

2 The cat ran

3 The man has a

4 She can go

5 Here is a

cat

up

hat

down

can

Spelling Practice Book page 3

DAY 1 Pretest

DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word

Sort

DAY 3 Student Word Sort

Dictation

DAY 4 Test Practice

DAY 5 Posttest

Teaching Chart 7 PhonicsFluency Transparency 1

Pam and Sam 13F

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2536

Objectives

bull Read high-frequency words

jump not up down like gobull Read to apply the strategy

Analyze Story Structure

bull Read to apply the skill

Analyze Character and

Setting

bull Use academic language

character setting

Materials

bull Vocabulary Word Cards BLMTeacherrsquos Resource Book p

120

bull Student Book Pam and Sam

bull Teaching Chart 8

bull Graphic Organizer

Transparency 1

bull Leveled Practice Books p 3

High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down

PRACTICE

Duplicate and distribute a set of Vocabulary Word Cards for

jump not up down to each child

As you say the words have children hold up the appropriate card

Ask volunteers to use each word in a sentence

Have each child work with a partner and call out each word for

their partner to write

Review Review like and go following the same procedure

ComprehensionComprehensionSTRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Remind children that it is helpful to identify the beginning middle

and end of stories Today as we read another story pay special attention

to what happens to the characters at the beginning in the middle and at

the end of the story

SKILL

Analyze Character and Setting

Today wersquore going to read about two characters What information might

help you understand these characters Pay attention to what they do

what they say and what they look like Also think about how the setting

or where they are helps you understand the story

Prepare to Read

PREVIEW AND PREDICT

Have children turn to page 15 Ask a child to read aloud the title

Who are the characters What do you think they might do

Tell children to write or draw their predictions about the story

Genre Fantasy Remind children that a fantasy is a made-up

story that would not happen in real life

Preview the word Ask children to

tell what it means

fly (page 24)

Analyze Character and Setting

Introduce U1 7AndashB

Practice Apply

U1 7J 13Gndash27A Leveled

Practice 3ndash4

Reteach Review

U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT

35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J

89Gndash105A 111E 111L

111NndashP 111RndashT 111V

111YndashZ Leveled Practice

27ndash28

Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A

153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT

153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled

Practice 119ndash120

13G

Main Selection Student pages 14 15

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2636

Read Pam and Sam

SET A PURPOSE FOR READING

Focus Question Read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo question Letrsquos

look for clues in the story that help us understand these characters

Encourage children to set their own purpose for readingWAYS TO READ THE SELECTION

Main Selection Student pages 14ndash15

Story available on Listening

Library Audio CD

If your children need support

to read the Main Selection

use the prompts to guide

comprehension and model

how to complete the Character

Chart Encourage children toread aloud

If your children can read the

Main Selection independently

have them read and complete

the Character Chart

If your children need an alternate selection choose the

Leveled Readers that match their instructional level

Pam and Sam 1415

Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2736

Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17

Develop Comprehension

1 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

We have only read two pages and wersquove already learned a lot

How many characters have we met (two) What can you tell about

them How are they unique (Pam is a rabbit Sam is a bird Theylike to play) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

2 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Teacher Think Aloud This story begins with Pam and Sam

playing Pam just ran up I want to find out if Sam will do the

same thing because they like to play together I will read on

to see how the story develops I will pay close attention to the

characters and what they do in the rest of the story

1 2

SyntacticStructure

Explain that good readers

sometimes check that they have

read words correctly One way to

do this is to ask Does the word Iread sound right in the sentence

Model Point to the word ran

on page 17 The text reads ldquoPam

uprdquo I know from how the

sentence is put together that the

next word has to be a verb The

word ran is a verb It sounds right in

the sentence because it says what

Pam did

Apply Encourage children to

check the meaning of other words

in the story

1617

Main Selection Student pages 18ndash19

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2836

3 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

What can Pam and Sam do on these pages (They can run) Letrsquos

add this to our Character Chart Why do you think Pam and Sam

run together (Possible answer because they are playing)

4 MONITOR AND CLARIFY REREAD

If you donrsquot understand what is happening in the story you can

reread it to try and figure things out Reread page 19 What did Pam

and Sam do (They ran) Where did they run (They ran down)

5 MAINTAIN ANALYZE CHARACTER AND SETTING

What can we tell about Pam and Sam What are their interests

(They seem to be friends they like to do things together They run

and jump) Where does the story take place (outdoors possibly in

a field or in a meadow)

Main Selection Student pages 18 19

Picture Clues Point to the bird

and the rabbit running together

Explain that the picture can

give clues about where they

are running Where are Sam thebird and Pam the rabbit running

(They are running down)

3 4 5

Pam and Sam 1819

Main Selection Student pages 20ndash21

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2936

p g

Develop Comprehension

6 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

What do you learn about Pam (She can jump) What do you learn

about Sam (He can not jump) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

7 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Teacher Think Aloud Letrsquos think about how the story is

organized In the beginning Pam and Sam kept doing the same

thing Now what is happening in the middle of the story

Encourage children to apply the strategy in a Think Aloud

Student Think Aloud In the beginning of the story Sam and

Pam did the same things Now I am reading the middle of thestory and there is a problem Sam can not jump I want to read

more to find out if the problem is solved

6 7

Clarify Remind children

that characters refers to the

main people or animals in

the story Review some of the

pages in the story Pam andSam and encourage children

to look at the illustrations

Are the characters people or

animals (animals) Who are

the characters (Pam and Sam)

Ask children to describe the

characters in their own words

based on the illustrations in the

story (Possible answer Pam is a

rabbit and can hop Sam is a birdand can fly)

2021

Main Selection Student pages 22ndash23

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3036

8 FLUENCY ECHO983085READ

Read Exclamations Letrsquos read the sentence on page 23 It ends

with an exclamation mark When I read the sentence I use a tone

that shows I am excited Listen to the way my voice sounds when I

read it Now read the sentence after me with the same tone

9 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

Look at the picture on page 23 What can Sam do (He can fly)

Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

10 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Think about how the author wrote this story How did she organize

the story to keep it interesting

Student Think Aloud In the beginning she introduced the

characters and told us they like to play In the middle she told us

about a problem Sam had I think the problem will get solved in

the end now that I know Sam can fly

Question 9 ANALYZE

CHARACTER

What can Sam do How do you

know he can fly Can Pam fly too

How do you know

9

8 10

Pam and Sam 2223

Main Selection Student pages 24ndash25

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3136

Teaching Chart 8Graphic

Organizer Transparency 1

Pam Can Sam Can

play

run

jump

play

run

fly

Develop Comprehension

COMPLETE THE CHARACTER CHART

Ask children to share their ideas about the characters Pam and Sam

Record their ideas on Teaching Chart 8

RETURN TO PREDICTIONS AND PURPOSES

Review childrenrsquos predictions and review the Focus Question What

makes Pam and Sam special (Pam can jump Sam can fly)

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Leveled Reader Lesson 2 page 35R

If Yes On Level Options page 35S

Beyond Level Options page 35T

Can children analyze characters

2425

Main Selection Student page 26

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3236

Pam and Sam 26

Authorrsquos Craft

Focus on Repetition

In this story Nancy Tafuri

uses the same words

over and over She does

this to make it easier for

readers to understand

the story Repetition also

helps readers remember

what has already

happened New wordscan change the meaning

of words used over

and over

What words on page 17

are also on page 18 (ran

up) Who runs up (Pam

and Sam)

What words are on page

21 that were also on page

20 (can jump) What

new word changes the

meaning (not )

Children can find more

information about

Nancy Tafuri at

wwwmacmillanmhcom

Authorrsquos Purpose

Nancy Tafuri wanted to tell a story

about friends Draw a picture of your

friend Write your friendrsquos name

Find out more aboutNancy Tafuri atwwwmacmillanmhcom

Nancy Tafuri says ldquoI live in

the country and love telling

stories about animals I

especially like to tell stories

about good friends like

Pam and Sam I have fun

drawing pictures to go with

my storiesrdquo

Other books by Nancy Tafuri

26

Meet the AuthorIllustrator

Read aloud page 26 with children Ask if they like the way Nancy Tafuri

draws the animal friends Encourage children to look back at the story

and tell which pictures show that Sam and Pam are good friends

Author rsquos Purpose Nancy Tafuri used words and art to tell a story about what

good friends do together Have children draw a picture of a

friend Check that they have written their friendrsquos name on

the picture Children may add this writing to their response

journals

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3336

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436

Pam and Sam 27A

Think and Compare

USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS

1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of

the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then

he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump

Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN

2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real

birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the

wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too

However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together

I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually

playing together ANALYZE

3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know

Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I

noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for

him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop

playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem

MAKE INFERENCES

4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these

characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head

Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump

Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They

both solved their problems COMPARE

Personal Response

Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another

story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways

could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in

a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas

Look at the pictures Read the story

Nat is a cat

Nat can go up

Nat can go down

Pam and Sam look for Nat

Pam is sad

Where is Nat

Write T if the sentence is true

Write F if the sentence is false

1 Nat is a cat

2 Nat can go up and down

3 Pam is sad

4 Nat is in the

5 Nat is in the

T

T

F

T

T

On Level Practice Book O page 4

Approaching Practice Book A page 4

Beyond Practice Book B page 4

Think and Search(Question 1)

bull Search for clues and

information in the texts

Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)

bull Think about the

information in the story

bull Think about what you

already know

bull Compare the information

in two stories

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636

Objectives

bull Understand the importance

of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a

sentence

bull Use words to add detail to a

sentence

Materials

bull pencils and paper

Dictation Have children dictate

to you their word or phrase to

fill in the sentence frame

Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book

pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do

Personal Narrative

DAY 1 Shared Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 2 Interactive Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas

Independent Prewrite

and Draft

DAY 4 Independent Revise

and Edit

DAY 5 Independent Publish

and Present

IndependentIndependent

WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas

EXPLAIN

Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write

Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting

DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences

1 I like to eat

2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables

Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes

to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words

yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information

Personal Narrative

BRAINSTORM

Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about

herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about

what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk

about what they like to do

PREWRITE

Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do

DRAFT

Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the

sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review

with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that

tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences

TransitionsThat Teach

While lining up for recess

have children tell about a

game they would prefer

to play

Pam and Sam 27C

Page 21: unit1_week1_2.pdf

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2136

At a Glance

Whole Group

Main Selection

Oral Languagebull Oral Vocabulary

bull Read Aloud ldquoBeverly Billingsly

Borrows a Bookrdquo

Phonemic Awarenessbull Phoneme Blending

Phonicsbull Short aa

bull Build Fluency

bull Spelling Word Sort

High-Frequency Wordsbull jump not up down

Comprehensionbull Read Pam and Sam

bull Strategy Analyze Story Structurebull Skill Analyze Character and

Setting

Language Artsbull Grammar Sentences

bull Independent Writing

Small Group Options

Differentiated Instruction pages 35Qndash35T

Oral LanguageOral Language

Write the Morning Message Point to each word as you read the

Message aloud with expression

Practice Concepts of Print Remind children that some sentences

end with periods Reread and have them raise a hand each time

you end a sentence Have volunteers circle the periods

Review Words with Short a Invite a child to find the words with

short a Who can think of other words with short a

Extend the Weekly Theme Encourage children to think about

other ways to describe what people are like Have them describe

characteristics of a friend a family member and a firefighter

Oral Vocabulary

REVIEW WORDS

Discuss The Princess and the Pea by asking Why did the queen ask

about the princessrsquos interests What was unique about the princessWhat made the prince cheerful

Write the following vocabulary words on the board unique

interest cheerful genuine and prefer Read the words aloud

Then ask the following questions

Which word means

bull real or true

bull one-of a-kind or unusual

bull choosing one thing instead of

another

bull happy or glad bull something a person likes

I have a fat cat

I can pat himI can play with him

13C

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2236

Objectives

bull Understand story structure

as it relates to a fantasy storybull Learn that a fantasy is

different from realistic

fiction

bull Model reading with prosody

Materials

bull Read-Aloud Anthology

InteractiveInteractive

Read AloudRead AloudListening Comprehension

GENRE FANTASY

Ask children if they can tell you what a fantasy story is Share

the information about fantasy found in the Read-Aloud

Anthology

READ ldquoBEVERLY BILLINGSLY BORROWS A BOOKrdquo

Model Analyzing Story Structure Use the Think Alouds

provided at point of use in the Read-Aloud Anthology

Model Fluent Reading Read aloud the fantasy story

naturally and with expression As you read point out aspects

of fluent reading For example point out that you read

dialogue the way you think characters might say it

Expand Vocabulary See pages 9ndash13 of the Read-Aloud

Anthology to teach new words

Respond to the Fantasy

TALK ABOUT IT Ask children what happened in the story Why did

Beverly go to the library What were some of Beverlyrsquos interestsHow is Beverly like people you know What are some ways Beverly is

unique

Beginning

Ask Questions Talk with

children about the library Who

has been to a library Do we

get books at a library Does a

librarian work there Have you

ever talked to the librarian

Intermediate

Use Vocabulary Elicit from

children the different words we

use when talking about a library

What is inside of a library What

do we call a person who works

in a library What do you need to

show the librarian if you want to

take a book home

Advanced

Role Play Have children act out

a trip to the library One child

can play the part of the librarian

while others can pretend to

check out books Encourage

children to use sentences such

as I want to borrow this book please Do you have your library

card When is my book due

Write About It Invite children to respond to the read aloud by illustrating a

scene of their choice in their response journal or notebook

Read Aloudpages 9ndash13

Pam and Sam 13D

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2336

Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Blending

Model

Show children how to

orally blend phonemes

I will say the sounds in a word The first

sound is m The next sound is a The

last sound is t I can blend these sounds

together mmmaaat mat Say it with me

Guided PracticePracticeHave children practice

blending Guide practice

with the first two words

I will say three sounds Blend sounds

together to form words

r a n s a t m a p

t a p m a n t a n

PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a

Model

Place Letter Cards m

a and p in the pocket

chart

Change the m in map

to s Use the routine to

blend sap

The letter m stands

for the sound m

The letter a stands

for the sound a The letter p stands

for p Irsquoll blend the sounds together

mmmaaap map Say it with me

Guided PracticePractice

Have children change

letters and blend Guide

practice with the firstword change

Change the s in

sap to t Blend

the sounds toread the word

yoursquove made

cap nap rap sap

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35Q

If Yes On Level Options page 35S

Beyond Level Options page 35T

Can children blend sounds in words with short aa

Objectives

bull Blend sounds in words

bull Blend with short aa

Materials

bull Large Letter Cards a m p t

bull Small Letter Cards

bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos

Resource Book p 88

bull pocket chart

bull Teaching Chart 7

bull PhonicsFluency

Transparency 1

Short a a

Introduce 7CndashD

Practice Apply

7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG

Leveled Practice 1 5 8

Decodable Reader A Cap

for PamReteach Review

35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S

35U 35Y

Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B

Decodable Reader Jazz Band

Phonemic Awareness

Teaching phonemic

awareness to children

is clearly effective It

improves their ability to

manipulate phonemes in

speech This skill transfers

and helps them learn to

read and spell PA training

benefits not only word

reading but also reading

comprehension

Donald Bear

wwwmacmillanmhcom

13E

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2436

Build Fluency Word Automaticity

Display Teaching Chart 7 Point to the word at Ask children to blend

the sounds with you Then ask them to read the word at regularspeed Repeat the blending routine with the other words having

children blend and read after you Then point to the words in random

order and ask children to read them

PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an

Pair children and have them sort Spelling Word Cards by ending

sounds Encourage them to say spell and then sort each word Then

have them identify the ending sounds and say the rhyming words

Dictation

Follow this dictation routine with the spelling words

Pronounce one word at a time for children Then repeat the word

and use it in a sentence

Have children repeat each word softly to themselves and then

write the word

After dictation is completed encourage children to proofread

their words Remind them to check their words for spellingpatterns and to look for the words containing short aa

To extend have volunteers make up sentences for each word

Objectives

bull Sort words with -at -an

bull Use dictation to practicespelling words

Materials

bull Spelling Word Cards BLM

Teacherrsquos Resource Book

p 90

bull Spelling Practice Book p 3

man cat hat mat

ran can up down

Look at the picture Use a spelling word to

complete the sentence

1 Can you see the

2 The cat ran

3 The man has a

4 She can go

5 Here is a

cat

up

hat

down

can

Spelling Practice Book page 3

DAY 1 Pretest

DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word

Sort

DAY 3 Student Word Sort

Dictation

DAY 4 Test Practice

DAY 5 Posttest

Teaching Chart 7 PhonicsFluency Transparency 1

Pam and Sam 13F

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2536

Objectives

bull Read high-frequency words

jump not up down like gobull Read to apply the strategy

Analyze Story Structure

bull Read to apply the skill

Analyze Character and

Setting

bull Use academic language

character setting

Materials

bull Vocabulary Word Cards BLMTeacherrsquos Resource Book p

120

bull Student Book Pam and Sam

bull Teaching Chart 8

bull Graphic Organizer

Transparency 1

bull Leveled Practice Books p 3

High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down

PRACTICE

Duplicate and distribute a set of Vocabulary Word Cards for

jump not up down to each child

As you say the words have children hold up the appropriate card

Ask volunteers to use each word in a sentence

Have each child work with a partner and call out each word for

their partner to write

Review Review like and go following the same procedure

ComprehensionComprehensionSTRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Remind children that it is helpful to identify the beginning middle

and end of stories Today as we read another story pay special attention

to what happens to the characters at the beginning in the middle and at

the end of the story

SKILL

Analyze Character and Setting

Today wersquore going to read about two characters What information might

help you understand these characters Pay attention to what they do

what they say and what they look like Also think about how the setting

or where they are helps you understand the story

Prepare to Read

PREVIEW AND PREDICT

Have children turn to page 15 Ask a child to read aloud the title

Who are the characters What do you think they might do

Tell children to write or draw their predictions about the story

Genre Fantasy Remind children that a fantasy is a made-up

story that would not happen in real life

Preview the word Ask children to

tell what it means

fly (page 24)

Analyze Character and Setting

Introduce U1 7AndashB

Practice Apply

U1 7J 13Gndash27A Leveled

Practice 3ndash4

Reteach Review

U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT

35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J

89Gndash105A 111E 111L

111NndashP 111RndashT 111V

111YndashZ Leveled Practice

27ndash28

Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A

153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT

153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled

Practice 119ndash120

13G

Main Selection Student pages 14 15

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2636

Read Pam and Sam

SET A PURPOSE FOR READING

Focus Question Read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo question Letrsquos

look for clues in the story that help us understand these characters

Encourage children to set their own purpose for readingWAYS TO READ THE SELECTION

Main Selection Student pages 14ndash15

Story available on Listening

Library Audio CD

If your children need support

to read the Main Selection

use the prompts to guide

comprehension and model

how to complete the Character

Chart Encourage children toread aloud

If your children can read the

Main Selection independently

have them read and complete

the Character Chart

If your children need an alternate selection choose the

Leveled Readers that match their instructional level

Pam and Sam 1415

Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2736

Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17

Develop Comprehension

1 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

We have only read two pages and wersquove already learned a lot

How many characters have we met (two) What can you tell about

them How are they unique (Pam is a rabbit Sam is a bird Theylike to play) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

2 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Teacher Think Aloud This story begins with Pam and Sam

playing Pam just ran up I want to find out if Sam will do the

same thing because they like to play together I will read on

to see how the story develops I will pay close attention to the

characters and what they do in the rest of the story

1 2

SyntacticStructure

Explain that good readers

sometimes check that they have

read words correctly One way to

do this is to ask Does the word Iread sound right in the sentence

Model Point to the word ran

on page 17 The text reads ldquoPam

uprdquo I know from how the

sentence is put together that the

next word has to be a verb The

word ran is a verb It sounds right in

the sentence because it says what

Pam did

Apply Encourage children to

check the meaning of other words

in the story

1617

Main Selection Student pages 18ndash19

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2836

3 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

What can Pam and Sam do on these pages (They can run) Letrsquos

add this to our Character Chart Why do you think Pam and Sam

run together (Possible answer because they are playing)

4 MONITOR AND CLARIFY REREAD

If you donrsquot understand what is happening in the story you can

reread it to try and figure things out Reread page 19 What did Pam

and Sam do (They ran) Where did they run (They ran down)

5 MAINTAIN ANALYZE CHARACTER AND SETTING

What can we tell about Pam and Sam What are their interests

(They seem to be friends they like to do things together They run

and jump) Where does the story take place (outdoors possibly in

a field or in a meadow)

Main Selection Student pages 18 19

Picture Clues Point to the bird

and the rabbit running together

Explain that the picture can

give clues about where they

are running Where are Sam thebird and Pam the rabbit running

(They are running down)

3 4 5

Pam and Sam 1819

Main Selection Student pages 20ndash21

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2936

p g

Develop Comprehension

6 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

What do you learn about Pam (She can jump) What do you learn

about Sam (He can not jump) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

7 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Teacher Think Aloud Letrsquos think about how the story is

organized In the beginning Pam and Sam kept doing the same

thing Now what is happening in the middle of the story

Encourage children to apply the strategy in a Think Aloud

Student Think Aloud In the beginning of the story Sam and

Pam did the same things Now I am reading the middle of thestory and there is a problem Sam can not jump I want to read

more to find out if the problem is solved

6 7

Clarify Remind children

that characters refers to the

main people or animals in

the story Review some of the

pages in the story Pam andSam and encourage children

to look at the illustrations

Are the characters people or

animals (animals) Who are

the characters (Pam and Sam)

Ask children to describe the

characters in their own words

based on the illustrations in the

story (Possible answer Pam is a

rabbit and can hop Sam is a birdand can fly)

2021

Main Selection Student pages 22ndash23

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3036

8 FLUENCY ECHO983085READ

Read Exclamations Letrsquos read the sentence on page 23 It ends

with an exclamation mark When I read the sentence I use a tone

that shows I am excited Listen to the way my voice sounds when I

read it Now read the sentence after me with the same tone

9 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

Look at the picture on page 23 What can Sam do (He can fly)

Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

10 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Think about how the author wrote this story How did she organize

the story to keep it interesting

Student Think Aloud In the beginning she introduced the

characters and told us they like to play In the middle she told us

about a problem Sam had I think the problem will get solved in

the end now that I know Sam can fly

Question 9 ANALYZE

CHARACTER

What can Sam do How do you

know he can fly Can Pam fly too

How do you know

9

8 10

Pam and Sam 2223

Main Selection Student pages 24ndash25

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3136

Teaching Chart 8Graphic

Organizer Transparency 1

Pam Can Sam Can

play

run

jump

play

run

fly

Develop Comprehension

COMPLETE THE CHARACTER CHART

Ask children to share their ideas about the characters Pam and Sam

Record their ideas on Teaching Chart 8

RETURN TO PREDICTIONS AND PURPOSES

Review childrenrsquos predictions and review the Focus Question What

makes Pam and Sam special (Pam can jump Sam can fly)

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Leveled Reader Lesson 2 page 35R

If Yes On Level Options page 35S

Beyond Level Options page 35T

Can children analyze characters

2425

Main Selection Student page 26

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3236

Pam and Sam 26

Authorrsquos Craft

Focus on Repetition

In this story Nancy Tafuri

uses the same words

over and over She does

this to make it easier for

readers to understand

the story Repetition also

helps readers remember

what has already

happened New wordscan change the meaning

of words used over

and over

What words on page 17

are also on page 18 (ran

up) Who runs up (Pam

and Sam)

What words are on page

21 that were also on page

20 (can jump) What

new word changes the

meaning (not )

Children can find more

information about

Nancy Tafuri at

wwwmacmillanmhcom

Authorrsquos Purpose

Nancy Tafuri wanted to tell a story

about friends Draw a picture of your

friend Write your friendrsquos name

Find out more aboutNancy Tafuri atwwwmacmillanmhcom

Nancy Tafuri says ldquoI live in

the country and love telling

stories about animals I

especially like to tell stories

about good friends like

Pam and Sam I have fun

drawing pictures to go with

my storiesrdquo

Other books by Nancy Tafuri

26

Meet the AuthorIllustrator

Read aloud page 26 with children Ask if they like the way Nancy Tafuri

draws the animal friends Encourage children to look back at the story

and tell which pictures show that Sam and Pam are good friends

Author rsquos Purpose Nancy Tafuri used words and art to tell a story about what

good friends do together Have children draw a picture of a

friend Check that they have written their friendrsquos name on

the picture Children may add this writing to their response

journals

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3336

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436

Pam and Sam 27A

Think and Compare

USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS

1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of

the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then

he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump

Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN

2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real

birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the

wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too

However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together

I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually

playing together ANALYZE

3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know

Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I

noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for

him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop

playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem

MAKE INFERENCES

4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these

characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head

Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump

Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They

both solved their problems COMPARE

Personal Response

Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another

story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways

could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in

a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas

Look at the pictures Read the story

Nat is a cat

Nat can go up

Nat can go down

Pam and Sam look for Nat

Pam is sad

Where is Nat

Write T if the sentence is true

Write F if the sentence is false

1 Nat is a cat

2 Nat can go up and down

3 Pam is sad

4 Nat is in the

5 Nat is in the

T

T

F

T

T

On Level Practice Book O page 4

Approaching Practice Book A page 4

Beyond Practice Book B page 4

Think and Search(Question 1)

bull Search for clues and

information in the texts

Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)

bull Think about the

information in the story

bull Think about what you

already know

bull Compare the information

in two stories

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636

Objectives

bull Understand the importance

of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a

sentence

bull Use words to add detail to a

sentence

Materials

bull pencils and paper

Dictation Have children dictate

to you their word or phrase to

fill in the sentence frame

Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book

pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do

Personal Narrative

DAY 1 Shared Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 2 Interactive Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas

Independent Prewrite

and Draft

DAY 4 Independent Revise

and Edit

DAY 5 Independent Publish

and Present

IndependentIndependent

WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas

EXPLAIN

Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write

Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting

DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences

1 I like to eat

2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables

Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes

to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words

yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information

Personal Narrative

BRAINSTORM

Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about

herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about

what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk

about what they like to do

PREWRITE

Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do

DRAFT

Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the

sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review

with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that

tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences

TransitionsThat Teach

While lining up for recess

have children tell about a

game they would prefer

to play

Pam and Sam 27C

Page 22: unit1_week1_2.pdf

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2236

Objectives

bull Understand story structure

as it relates to a fantasy storybull Learn that a fantasy is

different from realistic

fiction

bull Model reading with prosody

Materials

bull Read-Aloud Anthology

InteractiveInteractive

Read AloudRead AloudListening Comprehension

GENRE FANTASY

Ask children if they can tell you what a fantasy story is Share

the information about fantasy found in the Read-Aloud

Anthology

READ ldquoBEVERLY BILLINGSLY BORROWS A BOOKrdquo

Model Analyzing Story Structure Use the Think Alouds

provided at point of use in the Read-Aloud Anthology

Model Fluent Reading Read aloud the fantasy story

naturally and with expression As you read point out aspects

of fluent reading For example point out that you read

dialogue the way you think characters might say it

Expand Vocabulary See pages 9ndash13 of the Read-Aloud

Anthology to teach new words

Respond to the Fantasy

TALK ABOUT IT Ask children what happened in the story Why did

Beverly go to the library What were some of Beverlyrsquos interestsHow is Beverly like people you know What are some ways Beverly is

unique

Beginning

Ask Questions Talk with

children about the library Who

has been to a library Do we

get books at a library Does a

librarian work there Have you

ever talked to the librarian

Intermediate

Use Vocabulary Elicit from

children the different words we

use when talking about a library

What is inside of a library What

do we call a person who works

in a library What do you need to

show the librarian if you want to

take a book home

Advanced

Role Play Have children act out

a trip to the library One child

can play the part of the librarian

while others can pretend to

check out books Encourage

children to use sentences such

as I want to borrow this book please Do you have your library

card When is my book due

Write About It Invite children to respond to the read aloud by illustrating a

scene of their choice in their response journal or notebook

Read Aloudpages 9ndash13

Pam and Sam 13D

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2336

Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Blending

Model

Show children how to

orally blend phonemes

I will say the sounds in a word The first

sound is m The next sound is a The

last sound is t I can blend these sounds

together mmmaaat mat Say it with me

Guided PracticePracticeHave children practice

blending Guide practice

with the first two words

I will say three sounds Blend sounds

together to form words

r a n s a t m a p

t a p m a n t a n

PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a

Model

Place Letter Cards m

a and p in the pocket

chart

Change the m in map

to s Use the routine to

blend sap

The letter m stands

for the sound m

The letter a stands

for the sound a The letter p stands

for p Irsquoll blend the sounds together

mmmaaap map Say it with me

Guided PracticePractice

Have children change

letters and blend Guide

practice with the firstword change

Change the s in

sap to t Blend

the sounds toread the word

yoursquove made

cap nap rap sap

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35Q

If Yes On Level Options page 35S

Beyond Level Options page 35T

Can children blend sounds in words with short aa

Objectives

bull Blend sounds in words

bull Blend with short aa

Materials

bull Large Letter Cards a m p t

bull Small Letter Cards

bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos

Resource Book p 88

bull pocket chart

bull Teaching Chart 7

bull PhonicsFluency

Transparency 1

Short a a

Introduce 7CndashD

Practice Apply

7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG

Leveled Practice 1 5 8

Decodable Reader A Cap

for PamReteach Review

35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S

35U 35Y

Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B

Decodable Reader Jazz Band

Phonemic Awareness

Teaching phonemic

awareness to children

is clearly effective It

improves their ability to

manipulate phonemes in

speech This skill transfers

and helps them learn to

read and spell PA training

benefits not only word

reading but also reading

comprehension

Donald Bear

wwwmacmillanmhcom

13E

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2436

Build Fluency Word Automaticity

Display Teaching Chart 7 Point to the word at Ask children to blend

the sounds with you Then ask them to read the word at regularspeed Repeat the blending routine with the other words having

children blend and read after you Then point to the words in random

order and ask children to read them

PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an

Pair children and have them sort Spelling Word Cards by ending

sounds Encourage them to say spell and then sort each word Then

have them identify the ending sounds and say the rhyming words

Dictation

Follow this dictation routine with the spelling words

Pronounce one word at a time for children Then repeat the word

and use it in a sentence

Have children repeat each word softly to themselves and then

write the word

After dictation is completed encourage children to proofread

their words Remind them to check their words for spellingpatterns and to look for the words containing short aa

To extend have volunteers make up sentences for each word

Objectives

bull Sort words with -at -an

bull Use dictation to practicespelling words

Materials

bull Spelling Word Cards BLM

Teacherrsquos Resource Book

p 90

bull Spelling Practice Book p 3

man cat hat mat

ran can up down

Look at the picture Use a spelling word to

complete the sentence

1 Can you see the

2 The cat ran

3 The man has a

4 She can go

5 Here is a

cat

up

hat

down

can

Spelling Practice Book page 3

DAY 1 Pretest

DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word

Sort

DAY 3 Student Word Sort

Dictation

DAY 4 Test Practice

DAY 5 Posttest

Teaching Chart 7 PhonicsFluency Transparency 1

Pam and Sam 13F

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2536

Objectives

bull Read high-frequency words

jump not up down like gobull Read to apply the strategy

Analyze Story Structure

bull Read to apply the skill

Analyze Character and

Setting

bull Use academic language

character setting

Materials

bull Vocabulary Word Cards BLMTeacherrsquos Resource Book p

120

bull Student Book Pam and Sam

bull Teaching Chart 8

bull Graphic Organizer

Transparency 1

bull Leveled Practice Books p 3

High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down

PRACTICE

Duplicate and distribute a set of Vocabulary Word Cards for

jump not up down to each child

As you say the words have children hold up the appropriate card

Ask volunteers to use each word in a sentence

Have each child work with a partner and call out each word for

their partner to write

Review Review like and go following the same procedure

ComprehensionComprehensionSTRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Remind children that it is helpful to identify the beginning middle

and end of stories Today as we read another story pay special attention

to what happens to the characters at the beginning in the middle and at

the end of the story

SKILL

Analyze Character and Setting

Today wersquore going to read about two characters What information might

help you understand these characters Pay attention to what they do

what they say and what they look like Also think about how the setting

or where they are helps you understand the story

Prepare to Read

PREVIEW AND PREDICT

Have children turn to page 15 Ask a child to read aloud the title

Who are the characters What do you think they might do

Tell children to write or draw their predictions about the story

Genre Fantasy Remind children that a fantasy is a made-up

story that would not happen in real life

Preview the word Ask children to

tell what it means

fly (page 24)

Analyze Character and Setting

Introduce U1 7AndashB

Practice Apply

U1 7J 13Gndash27A Leveled

Practice 3ndash4

Reteach Review

U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT

35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J

89Gndash105A 111E 111L

111NndashP 111RndashT 111V

111YndashZ Leveled Practice

27ndash28

Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A

153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT

153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled

Practice 119ndash120

13G

Main Selection Student pages 14 15

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2636

Read Pam and Sam

SET A PURPOSE FOR READING

Focus Question Read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo question Letrsquos

look for clues in the story that help us understand these characters

Encourage children to set their own purpose for readingWAYS TO READ THE SELECTION

Main Selection Student pages 14ndash15

Story available on Listening

Library Audio CD

If your children need support

to read the Main Selection

use the prompts to guide

comprehension and model

how to complete the Character

Chart Encourage children toread aloud

If your children can read the

Main Selection independently

have them read and complete

the Character Chart

If your children need an alternate selection choose the

Leveled Readers that match their instructional level

Pam and Sam 1415

Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2736

Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17

Develop Comprehension

1 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

We have only read two pages and wersquove already learned a lot

How many characters have we met (two) What can you tell about

them How are they unique (Pam is a rabbit Sam is a bird Theylike to play) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

2 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Teacher Think Aloud This story begins with Pam and Sam

playing Pam just ran up I want to find out if Sam will do the

same thing because they like to play together I will read on

to see how the story develops I will pay close attention to the

characters and what they do in the rest of the story

1 2

SyntacticStructure

Explain that good readers

sometimes check that they have

read words correctly One way to

do this is to ask Does the word Iread sound right in the sentence

Model Point to the word ran

on page 17 The text reads ldquoPam

uprdquo I know from how the

sentence is put together that the

next word has to be a verb The

word ran is a verb It sounds right in

the sentence because it says what

Pam did

Apply Encourage children to

check the meaning of other words

in the story

1617

Main Selection Student pages 18ndash19

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2836

3 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

What can Pam and Sam do on these pages (They can run) Letrsquos

add this to our Character Chart Why do you think Pam and Sam

run together (Possible answer because they are playing)

4 MONITOR AND CLARIFY REREAD

If you donrsquot understand what is happening in the story you can

reread it to try and figure things out Reread page 19 What did Pam

and Sam do (They ran) Where did they run (They ran down)

5 MAINTAIN ANALYZE CHARACTER AND SETTING

What can we tell about Pam and Sam What are their interests

(They seem to be friends they like to do things together They run

and jump) Where does the story take place (outdoors possibly in

a field or in a meadow)

Main Selection Student pages 18 19

Picture Clues Point to the bird

and the rabbit running together

Explain that the picture can

give clues about where they

are running Where are Sam thebird and Pam the rabbit running

(They are running down)

3 4 5

Pam and Sam 1819

Main Selection Student pages 20ndash21

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2936

p g

Develop Comprehension

6 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

What do you learn about Pam (She can jump) What do you learn

about Sam (He can not jump) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

7 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Teacher Think Aloud Letrsquos think about how the story is

organized In the beginning Pam and Sam kept doing the same

thing Now what is happening in the middle of the story

Encourage children to apply the strategy in a Think Aloud

Student Think Aloud In the beginning of the story Sam and

Pam did the same things Now I am reading the middle of thestory and there is a problem Sam can not jump I want to read

more to find out if the problem is solved

6 7

Clarify Remind children

that characters refers to the

main people or animals in

the story Review some of the

pages in the story Pam andSam and encourage children

to look at the illustrations

Are the characters people or

animals (animals) Who are

the characters (Pam and Sam)

Ask children to describe the

characters in their own words

based on the illustrations in the

story (Possible answer Pam is a

rabbit and can hop Sam is a birdand can fly)

2021

Main Selection Student pages 22ndash23

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3036

8 FLUENCY ECHO983085READ

Read Exclamations Letrsquos read the sentence on page 23 It ends

with an exclamation mark When I read the sentence I use a tone

that shows I am excited Listen to the way my voice sounds when I

read it Now read the sentence after me with the same tone

9 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

Look at the picture on page 23 What can Sam do (He can fly)

Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

10 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Think about how the author wrote this story How did she organize

the story to keep it interesting

Student Think Aloud In the beginning she introduced the

characters and told us they like to play In the middle she told us

about a problem Sam had I think the problem will get solved in

the end now that I know Sam can fly

Question 9 ANALYZE

CHARACTER

What can Sam do How do you

know he can fly Can Pam fly too

How do you know

9

8 10

Pam and Sam 2223

Main Selection Student pages 24ndash25

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3136

Teaching Chart 8Graphic

Organizer Transparency 1

Pam Can Sam Can

play

run

jump

play

run

fly

Develop Comprehension

COMPLETE THE CHARACTER CHART

Ask children to share their ideas about the characters Pam and Sam

Record their ideas on Teaching Chart 8

RETURN TO PREDICTIONS AND PURPOSES

Review childrenrsquos predictions and review the Focus Question What

makes Pam and Sam special (Pam can jump Sam can fly)

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Leveled Reader Lesson 2 page 35R

If Yes On Level Options page 35S

Beyond Level Options page 35T

Can children analyze characters

2425

Main Selection Student page 26

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3236

Pam and Sam 26

Authorrsquos Craft

Focus on Repetition

In this story Nancy Tafuri

uses the same words

over and over She does

this to make it easier for

readers to understand

the story Repetition also

helps readers remember

what has already

happened New wordscan change the meaning

of words used over

and over

What words on page 17

are also on page 18 (ran

up) Who runs up (Pam

and Sam)

What words are on page

21 that were also on page

20 (can jump) What

new word changes the

meaning (not )

Children can find more

information about

Nancy Tafuri at

wwwmacmillanmhcom

Authorrsquos Purpose

Nancy Tafuri wanted to tell a story

about friends Draw a picture of your

friend Write your friendrsquos name

Find out more aboutNancy Tafuri atwwwmacmillanmhcom

Nancy Tafuri says ldquoI live in

the country and love telling

stories about animals I

especially like to tell stories

about good friends like

Pam and Sam I have fun

drawing pictures to go with

my storiesrdquo

Other books by Nancy Tafuri

26

Meet the AuthorIllustrator

Read aloud page 26 with children Ask if they like the way Nancy Tafuri

draws the animal friends Encourage children to look back at the story

and tell which pictures show that Sam and Pam are good friends

Author rsquos Purpose Nancy Tafuri used words and art to tell a story about what

good friends do together Have children draw a picture of a

friend Check that they have written their friendrsquos name on

the picture Children may add this writing to their response

journals

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3336

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436

Pam and Sam 27A

Think and Compare

USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS

1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of

the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then

he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump

Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN

2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real

birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the

wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too

However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together

I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually

playing together ANALYZE

3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know

Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I

noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for

him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop

playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem

MAKE INFERENCES

4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these

characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head

Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump

Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They

both solved their problems COMPARE

Personal Response

Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another

story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways

could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in

a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas

Look at the pictures Read the story

Nat is a cat

Nat can go up

Nat can go down

Pam and Sam look for Nat

Pam is sad

Where is Nat

Write T if the sentence is true

Write F if the sentence is false

1 Nat is a cat

2 Nat can go up and down

3 Pam is sad

4 Nat is in the

5 Nat is in the

T

T

F

T

T

On Level Practice Book O page 4

Approaching Practice Book A page 4

Beyond Practice Book B page 4

Think and Search(Question 1)

bull Search for clues and

information in the texts

Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)

bull Think about the

information in the story

bull Think about what you

already know

bull Compare the information

in two stories

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636

Objectives

bull Understand the importance

of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a

sentence

bull Use words to add detail to a

sentence

Materials

bull pencils and paper

Dictation Have children dictate

to you their word or phrase to

fill in the sentence frame

Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book

pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do

Personal Narrative

DAY 1 Shared Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 2 Interactive Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas

Independent Prewrite

and Draft

DAY 4 Independent Revise

and Edit

DAY 5 Independent Publish

and Present

IndependentIndependent

WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas

EXPLAIN

Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write

Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting

DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences

1 I like to eat

2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables

Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes

to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words

yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information

Personal Narrative

BRAINSTORM

Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about

herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about

what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk

about what they like to do

PREWRITE

Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do

DRAFT

Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the

sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review

with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that

tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences

TransitionsThat Teach

While lining up for recess

have children tell about a

game they would prefer

to play

Pam and Sam 27C

Page 23: unit1_week1_2.pdf

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2336

Phonemic AwarenessPhonemic AwarenessPhoneme Blending

Model

Show children how to

orally blend phonemes

I will say the sounds in a word The first

sound is m The next sound is a The

last sound is t I can blend these sounds

together mmmaaat mat Say it with me

Guided PracticePracticeHave children practice

blending Guide practice

with the first two words

I will say three sounds Blend sounds

together to form words

r a n s a t m a p

t a p m a n t a n

PhonicsPhonicsBlend with Short a a

Model

Place Letter Cards m

a and p in the pocket

chart

Change the m in map

to s Use the routine to

blend sap

The letter m stands

for the sound m

The letter a stands

for the sound a The letter p stands

for p Irsquoll blend the sounds together

mmmaaap map Say it with me

Guided PracticePractice

Have children change

letters and blend Guide

practice with the firstword change

Change the s in

sap to t Blend

the sounds toread the word

yoursquove made

cap nap rap sap

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Phonics page 35Q

If Yes On Level Options page 35S

Beyond Level Options page 35T

Can children blend sounds in words with short aa

Objectives

bull Blend sounds in words

bull Blend with short aa

Materials

bull Large Letter Cards a m p t

bull Small Letter Cards

bull Letter Cards BLM Teacherrsquos

Resource Book p 88

bull pocket chart

bull Teaching Chart 7

bull PhonicsFluency

Transparency 1

Short a a

Introduce 7CndashD

Practice Apply

7F 7KndashL 13EndashF 27FndashG

Leveled Practice 1 5 8

Decodable Reader A Cap

for PamReteach Review

35B 35I 35M 35Q 35S

35U 35Y

Assess Weekly Test Unit 1 Test

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain 37KndashL 43EndashF 57FndashG 65B

Decodable Reader Jazz Band

Phonemic Awareness

Teaching phonemic

awareness to children

is clearly effective It

improves their ability to

manipulate phonemes in

speech This skill transfers

and helps them learn to

read and spell PA training

benefits not only word

reading but also reading

comprehension

Donald Bear

wwwmacmillanmhcom

13E

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2436

Build Fluency Word Automaticity

Display Teaching Chart 7 Point to the word at Ask children to blend

the sounds with you Then ask them to read the word at regularspeed Repeat the blending routine with the other words having

children blend and read after you Then point to the words in random

order and ask children to read them

PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an

Pair children and have them sort Spelling Word Cards by ending

sounds Encourage them to say spell and then sort each word Then

have them identify the ending sounds and say the rhyming words

Dictation

Follow this dictation routine with the spelling words

Pronounce one word at a time for children Then repeat the word

and use it in a sentence

Have children repeat each word softly to themselves and then

write the word

After dictation is completed encourage children to proofread

their words Remind them to check their words for spellingpatterns and to look for the words containing short aa

To extend have volunteers make up sentences for each word

Objectives

bull Sort words with -at -an

bull Use dictation to practicespelling words

Materials

bull Spelling Word Cards BLM

Teacherrsquos Resource Book

p 90

bull Spelling Practice Book p 3

man cat hat mat

ran can up down

Look at the picture Use a spelling word to

complete the sentence

1 Can you see the

2 The cat ran

3 The man has a

4 She can go

5 Here is a

cat

up

hat

down

can

Spelling Practice Book page 3

DAY 1 Pretest

DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word

Sort

DAY 3 Student Word Sort

Dictation

DAY 4 Test Practice

DAY 5 Posttest

Teaching Chart 7 PhonicsFluency Transparency 1

Pam and Sam 13F

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2536

Objectives

bull Read high-frequency words

jump not up down like gobull Read to apply the strategy

Analyze Story Structure

bull Read to apply the skill

Analyze Character and

Setting

bull Use academic language

character setting

Materials

bull Vocabulary Word Cards BLMTeacherrsquos Resource Book p

120

bull Student Book Pam and Sam

bull Teaching Chart 8

bull Graphic Organizer

Transparency 1

bull Leveled Practice Books p 3

High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down

PRACTICE

Duplicate and distribute a set of Vocabulary Word Cards for

jump not up down to each child

As you say the words have children hold up the appropriate card

Ask volunteers to use each word in a sentence

Have each child work with a partner and call out each word for

their partner to write

Review Review like and go following the same procedure

ComprehensionComprehensionSTRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Remind children that it is helpful to identify the beginning middle

and end of stories Today as we read another story pay special attention

to what happens to the characters at the beginning in the middle and at

the end of the story

SKILL

Analyze Character and Setting

Today wersquore going to read about two characters What information might

help you understand these characters Pay attention to what they do

what they say and what they look like Also think about how the setting

or where they are helps you understand the story

Prepare to Read

PREVIEW AND PREDICT

Have children turn to page 15 Ask a child to read aloud the title

Who are the characters What do you think they might do

Tell children to write or draw their predictions about the story

Genre Fantasy Remind children that a fantasy is a made-up

story that would not happen in real life

Preview the word Ask children to

tell what it means

fly (page 24)

Analyze Character and Setting

Introduce U1 7AndashB

Practice Apply

U1 7J 13Gndash27A Leveled

Practice 3ndash4

Reteach Review

U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT

35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J

89Gndash105A 111E 111L

111NndashP 111RndashT 111V

111YndashZ Leveled Practice

27ndash28

Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A

153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT

153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled

Practice 119ndash120

13G

Main Selection Student pages 14 15

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2636

Read Pam and Sam

SET A PURPOSE FOR READING

Focus Question Read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo question Letrsquos

look for clues in the story that help us understand these characters

Encourage children to set their own purpose for readingWAYS TO READ THE SELECTION

Main Selection Student pages 14ndash15

Story available on Listening

Library Audio CD

If your children need support

to read the Main Selection

use the prompts to guide

comprehension and model

how to complete the Character

Chart Encourage children toread aloud

If your children can read the

Main Selection independently

have them read and complete

the Character Chart

If your children need an alternate selection choose the

Leveled Readers that match their instructional level

Pam and Sam 1415

Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2736

Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17

Develop Comprehension

1 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

We have only read two pages and wersquove already learned a lot

How many characters have we met (two) What can you tell about

them How are they unique (Pam is a rabbit Sam is a bird Theylike to play) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

2 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Teacher Think Aloud This story begins with Pam and Sam

playing Pam just ran up I want to find out if Sam will do the

same thing because they like to play together I will read on

to see how the story develops I will pay close attention to the

characters and what they do in the rest of the story

1 2

SyntacticStructure

Explain that good readers

sometimes check that they have

read words correctly One way to

do this is to ask Does the word Iread sound right in the sentence

Model Point to the word ran

on page 17 The text reads ldquoPam

uprdquo I know from how the

sentence is put together that the

next word has to be a verb The

word ran is a verb It sounds right in

the sentence because it says what

Pam did

Apply Encourage children to

check the meaning of other words

in the story

1617

Main Selection Student pages 18ndash19

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2836

3 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

What can Pam and Sam do on these pages (They can run) Letrsquos

add this to our Character Chart Why do you think Pam and Sam

run together (Possible answer because they are playing)

4 MONITOR AND CLARIFY REREAD

If you donrsquot understand what is happening in the story you can

reread it to try and figure things out Reread page 19 What did Pam

and Sam do (They ran) Where did they run (They ran down)

5 MAINTAIN ANALYZE CHARACTER AND SETTING

What can we tell about Pam and Sam What are their interests

(They seem to be friends they like to do things together They run

and jump) Where does the story take place (outdoors possibly in

a field or in a meadow)

Main Selection Student pages 18 19

Picture Clues Point to the bird

and the rabbit running together

Explain that the picture can

give clues about where they

are running Where are Sam thebird and Pam the rabbit running

(They are running down)

3 4 5

Pam and Sam 1819

Main Selection Student pages 20ndash21

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2936

p g

Develop Comprehension

6 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

What do you learn about Pam (She can jump) What do you learn

about Sam (He can not jump) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

7 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Teacher Think Aloud Letrsquos think about how the story is

organized In the beginning Pam and Sam kept doing the same

thing Now what is happening in the middle of the story

Encourage children to apply the strategy in a Think Aloud

Student Think Aloud In the beginning of the story Sam and

Pam did the same things Now I am reading the middle of thestory and there is a problem Sam can not jump I want to read

more to find out if the problem is solved

6 7

Clarify Remind children

that characters refers to the

main people or animals in

the story Review some of the

pages in the story Pam andSam and encourage children

to look at the illustrations

Are the characters people or

animals (animals) Who are

the characters (Pam and Sam)

Ask children to describe the

characters in their own words

based on the illustrations in the

story (Possible answer Pam is a

rabbit and can hop Sam is a birdand can fly)

2021

Main Selection Student pages 22ndash23

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3036

8 FLUENCY ECHO983085READ

Read Exclamations Letrsquos read the sentence on page 23 It ends

with an exclamation mark When I read the sentence I use a tone

that shows I am excited Listen to the way my voice sounds when I

read it Now read the sentence after me with the same tone

9 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

Look at the picture on page 23 What can Sam do (He can fly)

Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

10 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Think about how the author wrote this story How did she organize

the story to keep it interesting

Student Think Aloud In the beginning she introduced the

characters and told us they like to play In the middle she told us

about a problem Sam had I think the problem will get solved in

the end now that I know Sam can fly

Question 9 ANALYZE

CHARACTER

What can Sam do How do you

know he can fly Can Pam fly too

How do you know

9

8 10

Pam and Sam 2223

Main Selection Student pages 24ndash25

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3136

Teaching Chart 8Graphic

Organizer Transparency 1

Pam Can Sam Can

play

run

jump

play

run

fly

Develop Comprehension

COMPLETE THE CHARACTER CHART

Ask children to share their ideas about the characters Pam and Sam

Record their ideas on Teaching Chart 8

RETURN TO PREDICTIONS AND PURPOSES

Review childrenrsquos predictions and review the Focus Question What

makes Pam and Sam special (Pam can jump Sam can fly)

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Leveled Reader Lesson 2 page 35R

If Yes On Level Options page 35S

Beyond Level Options page 35T

Can children analyze characters

2425

Main Selection Student page 26

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3236

Pam and Sam 26

Authorrsquos Craft

Focus on Repetition

In this story Nancy Tafuri

uses the same words

over and over She does

this to make it easier for

readers to understand

the story Repetition also

helps readers remember

what has already

happened New wordscan change the meaning

of words used over

and over

What words on page 17

are also on page 18 (ran

up) Who runs up (Pam

and Sam)

What words are on page

21 that were also on page

20 (can jump) What

new word changes the

meaning (not )

Children can find more

information about

Nancy Tafuri at

wwwmacmillanmhcom

Authorrsquos Purpose

Nancy Tafuri wanted to tell a story

about friends Draw a picture of your

friend Write your friendrsquos name

Find out more aboutNancy Tafuri atwwwmacmillanmhcom

Nancy Tafuri says ldquoI live in

the country and love telling

stories about animals I

especially like to tell stories

about good friends like

Pam and Sam I have fun

drawing pictures to go with

my storiesrdquo

Other books by Nancy Tafuri

26

Meet the AuthorIllustrator

Read aloud page 26 with children Ask if they like the way Nancy Tafuri

draws the animal friends Encourage children to look back at the story

and tell which pictures show that Sam and Pam are good friends

Author rsquos Purpose Nancy Tafuri used words and art to tell a story about what

good friends do together Have children draw a picture of a

friend Check that they have written their friendrsquos name on

the picture Children may add this writing to their response

journals

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3336

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436

Pam and Sam 27A

Think and Compare

USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS

1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of

the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then

he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump

Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN

2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real

birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the

wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too

However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together

I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually

playing together ANALYZE

3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know

Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I

noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for

him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop

playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem

MAKE INFERENCES

4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these

characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head

Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump

Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They

both solved their problems COMPARE

Personal Response

Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another

story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways

could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in

a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas

Look at the pictures Read the story

Nat is a cat

Nat can go up

Nat can go down

Pam and Sam look for Nat

Pam is sad

Where is Nat

Write T if the sentence is true

Write F if the sentence is false

1 Nat is a cat

2 Nat can go up and down

3 Pam is sad

4 Nat is in the

5 Nat is in the

T

T

F

T

T

On Level Practice Book O page 4

Approaching Practice Book A page 4

Beyond Practice Book B page 4

Think and Search(Question 1)

bull Search for clues and

information in the texts

Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)

bull Think about the

information in the story

bull Think about what you

already know

bull Compare the information

in two stories

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636

Objectives

bull Understand the importance

of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a

sentence

bull Use words to add detail to a

sentence

Materials

bull pencils and paper

Dictation Have children dictate

to you their word or phrase to

fill in the sentence frame

Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book

pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do

Personal Narrative

DAY 1 Shared Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 2 Interactive Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas

Independent Prewrite

and Draft

DAY 4 Independent Revise

and Edit

DAY 5 Independent Publish

and Present

IndependentIndependent

WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas

EXPLAIN

Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write

Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting

DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences

1 I like to eat

2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables

Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes

to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words

yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information

Personal Narrative

BRAINSTORM

Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about

herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about

what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk

about what they like to do

PREWRITE

Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do

DRAFT

Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the

sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review

with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that

tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences

TransitionsThat Teach

While lining up for recess

have children tell about a

game they would prefer

to play

Pam and Sam 27C

Page 24: unit1_week1_2.pdf

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2436

Build Fluency Word Automaticity

Display Teaching Chart 7 Point to the word at Ask children to blend

the sounds with you Then ask them to read the word at regularspeed Repeat the blending routine with the other words having

children blend and read after you Then point to the words in random

order and ask children to read them

PhonicsSpellingPhonicsSpellingWord Sort with -at -an

Pair children and have them sort Spelling Word Cards by ending

sounds Encourage them to say spell and then sort each word Then

have them identify the ending sounds and say the rhyming words

Dictation

Follow this dictation routine with the spelling words

Pronounce one word at a time for children Then repeat the word

and use it in a sentence

Have children repeat each word softly to themselves and then

write the word

After dictation is completed encourage children to proofread

their words Remind them to check their words for spellingpatterns and to look for the words containing short aa

To extend have volunteers make up sentences for each word

Objectives

bull Sort words with -at -an

bull Use dictation to practicespelling words

Materials

bull Spelling Word Cards BLM

Teacherrsquos Resource Book

p 90

bull Spelling Practice Book p 3

man cat hat mat

ran can up down

Look at the picture Use a spelling word to

complete the sentence

1 Can you see the

2 The cat ran

3 The man has a

4 She can go

5 Here is a

cat

up

hat

down

can

Spelling Practice Book page 3

DAY 1 Pretest

DAY 2 Teacher-Modeled Word

Sort

DAY 3 Student Word Sort

Dictation

DAY 4 Test Practice

DAY 5 Posttest

Teaching Chart 7 PhonicsFluency Transparency 1

Pam and Sam 13F

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2536

Objectives

bull Read high-frequency words

jump not up down like gobull Read to apply the strategy

Analyze Story Structure

bull Read to apply the skill

Analyze Character and

Setting

bull Use academic language

character setting

Materials

bull Vocabulary Word Cards BLMTeacherrsquos Resource Book p

120

bull Student Book Pam and Sam

bull Teaching Chart 8

bull Graphic Organizer

Transparency 1

bull Leveled Practice Books p 3

High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down

PRACTICE

Duplicate and distribute a set of Vocabulary Word Cards for

jump not up down to each child

As you say the words have children hold up the appropriate card

Ask volunteers to use each word in a sentence

Have each child work with a partner and call out each word for

their partner to write

Review Review like and go following the same procedure

ComprehensionComprehensionSTRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Remind children that it is helpful to identify the beginning middle

and end of stories Today as we read another story pay special attention

to what happens to the characters at the beginning in the middle and at

the end of the story

SKILL

Analyze Character and Setting

Today wersquore going to read about two characters What information might

help you understand these characters Pay attention to what they do

what they say and what they look like Also think about how the setting

or where they are helps you understand the story

Prepare to Read

PREVIEW AND PREDICT

Have children turn to page 15 Ask a child to read aloud the title

Who are the characters What do you think they might do

Tell children to write or draw their predictions about the story

Genre Fantasy Remind children that a fantasy is a made-up

story that would not happen in real life

Preview the word Ask children to

tell what it means

fly (page 24)

Analyze Character and Setting

Introduce U1 7AndashB

Practice Apply

U1 7J 13Gndash27A Leveled

Practice 3ndash4

Reteach Review

U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT

35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J

89Gndash105A 111E 111L

111NndashP 111RndashT 111V

111YndashZ Leveled Practice

27ndash28

Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A

153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT

153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled

Practice 119ndash120

13G

Main Selection Student pages 14 15

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2636

Read Pam and Sam

SET A PURPOSE FOR READING

Focus Question Read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo question Letrsquos

look for clues in the story that help us understand these characters

Encourage children to set their own purpose for readingWAYS TO READ THE SELECTION

Main Selection Student pages 14ndash15

Story available on Listening

Library Audio CD

If your children need support

to read the Main Selection

use the prompts to guide

comprehension and model

how to complete the Character

Chart Encourage children toread aloud

If your children can read the

Main Selection independently

have them read and complete

the Character Chart

If your children need an alternate selection choose the

Leveled Readers that match their instructional level

Pam and Sam 1415

Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2736

Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17

Develop Comprehension

1 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

We have only read two pages and wersquove already learned a lot

How many characters have we met (two) What can you tell about

them How are they unique (Pam is a rabbit Sam is a bird Theylike to play) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

2 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Teacher Think Aloud This story begins with Pam and Sam

playing Pam just ran up I want to find out if Sam will do the

same thing because they like to play together I will read on

to see how the story develops I will pay close attention to the

characters and what they do in the rest of the story

1 2

SyntacticStructure

Explain that good readers

sometimes check that they have

read words correctly One way to

do this is to ask Does the word Iread sound right in the sentence

Model Point to the word ran

on page 17 The text reads ldquoPam

uprdquo I know from how the

sentence is put together that the

next word has to be a verb The

word ran is a verb It sounds right in

the sentence because it says what

Pam did

Apply Encourage children to

check the meaning of other words

in the story

1617

Main Selection Student pages 18ndash19

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2836

3 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

What can Pam and Sam do on these pages (They can run) Letrsquos

add this to our Character Chart Why do you think Pam and Sam

run together (Possible answer because they are playing)

4 MONITOR AND CLARIFY REREAD

If you donrsquot understand what is happening in the story you can

reread it to try and figure things out Reread page 19 What did Pam

and Sam do (They ran) Where did they run (They ran down)

5 MAINTAIN ANALYZE CHARACTER AND SETTING

What can we tell about Pam and Sam What are their interests

(They seem to be friends they like to do things together They run

and jump) Where does the story take place (outdoors possibly in

a field or in a meadow)

Main Selection Student pages 18 19

Picture Clues Point to the bird

and the rabbit running together

Explain that the picture can

give clues about where they

are running Where are Sam thebird and Pam the rabbit running

(They are running down)

3 4 5

Pam and Sam 1819

Main Selection Student pages 20ndash21

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2936

p g

Develop Comprehension

6 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

What do you learn about Pam (She can jump) What do you learn

about Sam (He can not jump) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

7 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Teacher Think Aloud Letrsquos think about how the story is

organized In the beginning Pam and Sam kept doing the same

thing Now what is happening in the middle of the story

Encourage children to apply the strategy in a Think Aloud

Student Think Aloud In the beginning of the story Sam and

Pam did the same things Now I am reading the middle of thestory and there is a problem Sam can not jump I want to read

more to find out if the problem is solved

6 7

Clarify Remind children

that characters refers to the

main people or animals in

the story Review some of the

pages in the story Pam andSam and encourage children

to look at the illustrations

Are the characters people or

animals (animals) Who are

the characters (Pam and Sam)

Ask children to describe the

characters in their own words

based on the illustrations in the

story (Possible answer Pam is a

rabbit and can hop Sam is a birdand can fly)

2021

Main Selection Student pages 22ndash23

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3036

8 FLUENCY ECHO983085READ

Read Exclamations Letrsquos read the sentence on page 23 It ends

with an exclamation mark When I read the sentence I use a tone

that shows I am excited Listen to the way my voice sounds when I

read it Now read the sentence after me with the same tone

9 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

Look at the picture on page 23 What can Sam do (He can fly)

Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

10 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Think about how the author wrote this story How did she organize

the story to keep it interesting

Student Think Aloud In the beginning she introduced the

characters and told us they like to play In the middle she told us

about a problem Sam had I think the problem will get solved in

the end now that I know Sam can fly

Question 9 ANALYZE

CHARACTER

What can Sam do How do you

know he can fly Can Pam fly too

How do you know

9

8 10

Pam and Sam 2223

Main Selection Student pages 24ndash25

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3136

Teaching Chart 8Graphic

Organizer Transparency 1

Pam Can Sam Can

play

run

jump

play

run

fly

Develop Comprehension

COMPLETE THE CHARACTER CHART

Ask children to share their ideas about the characters Pam and Sam

Record their ideas on Teaching Chart 8

RETURN TO PREDICTIONS AND PURPOSES

Review childrenrsquos predictions and review the Focus Question What

makes Pam and Sam special (Pam can jump Sam can fly)

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Leveled Reader Lesson 2 page 35R

If Yes On Level Options page 35S

Beyond Level Options page 35T

Can children analyze characters

2425

Main Selection Student page 26

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3236

Pam and Sam 26

Authorrsquos Craft

Focus on Repetition

In this story Nancy Tafuri

uses the same words

over and over She does

this to make it easier for

readers to understand

the story Repetition also

helps readers remember

what has already

happened New wordscan change the meaning

of words used over

and over

What words on page 17

are also on page 18 (ran

up) Who runs up (Pam

and Sam)

What words are on page

21 that were also on page

20 (can jump) What

new word changes the

meaning (not )

Children can find more

information about

Nancy Tafuri at

wwwmacmillanmhcom

Authorrsquos Purpose

Nancy Tafuri wanted to tell a story

about friends Draw a picture of your

friend Write your friendrsquos name

Find out more aboutNancy Tafuri atwwwmacmillanmhcom

Nancy Tafuri says ldquoI live in

the country and love telling

stories about animals I

especially like to tell stories

about good friends like

Pam and Sam I have fun

drawing pictures to go with

my storiesrdquo

Other books by Nancy Tafuri

26

Meet the AuthorIllustrator

Read aloud page 26 with children Ask if they like the way Nancy Tafuri

draws the animal friends Encourage children to look back at the story

and tell which pictures show that Sam and Pam are good friends

Author rsquos Purpose Nancy Tafuri used words and art to tell a story about what

good friends do together Have children draw a picture of a

friend Check that they have written their friendrsquos name on

the picture Children may add this writing to their response

journals

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3336

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436

Pam and Sam 27A

Think and Compare

USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS

1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of

the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then

he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump

Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN

2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real

birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the

wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too

However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together

I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually

playing together ANALYZE

3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know

Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I

noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for

him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop

playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem

MAKE INFERENCES

4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these

characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head

Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump

Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They

both solved their problems COMPARE

Personal Response

Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another

story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways

could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in

a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas

Look at the pictures Read the story

Nat is a cat

Nat can go up

Nat can go down

Pam and Sam look for Nat

Pam is sad

Where is Nat

Write T if the sentence is true

Write F if the sentence is false

1 Nat is a cat

2 Nat can go up and down

3 Pam is sad

4 Nat is in the

5 Nat is in the

T

T

F

T

T

On Level Practice Book O page 4

Approaching Practice Book A page 4

Beyond Practice Book B page 4

Think and Search(Question 1)

bull Search for clues and

information in the texts

Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)

bull Think about the

information in the story

bull Think about what you

already know

bull Compare the information

in two stories

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636

Objectives

bull Understand the importance

of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a

sentence

bull Use words to add detail to a

sentence

Materials

bull pencils and paper

Dictation Have children dictate

to you their word or phrase to

fill in the sentence frame

Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book

pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do

Personal Narrative

DAY 1 Shared Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 2 Interactive Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas

Independent Prewrite

and Draft

DAY 4 Independent Revise

and Edit

DAY 5 Independent Publish

and Present

IndependentIndependent

WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas

EXPLAIN

Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write

Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting

DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences

1 I like to eat

2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables

Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes

to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words

yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information

Personal Narrative

BRAINSTORM

Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about

herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about

what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk

about what they like to do

PREWRITE

Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do

DRAFT

Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the

sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review

with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that

tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences

TransitionsThat Teach

While lining up for recess

have children tell about a

game they would prefer

to play

Pam and Sam 27C

Page 25: unit1_week1_2.pdf

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2536

Objectives

bull Read high-frequency words

jump not up down like gobull Read to apply the strategy

Analyze Story Structure

bull Read to apply the skill

Analyze Character and

Setting

bull Use academic language

character setting

Materials

bull Vocabulary Word Cards BLMTeacherrsquos Resource Book p

120

bull Student Book Pam and Sam

bull Teaching Chart 8

bull Graphic Organizer

Transparency 1

bull Leveled Practice Books p 3

High Frequency WordsHigh-Frequency Words jump not up down

PRACTICE

Duplicate and distribute a set of Vocabulary Word Cards for

jump not up down to each child

As you say the words have children hold up the appropriate card

Ask volunteers to use each word in a sentence

Have each child work with a partner and call out each word for

their partner to write

Review Review like and go following the same procedure

ComprehensionComprehensionSTRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Remind children that it is helpful to identify the beginning middle

and end of stories Today as we read another story pay special attention

to what happens to the characters at the beginning in the middle and at

the end of the story

SKILL

Analyze Character and Setting

Today wersquore going to read about two characters What information might

help you understand these characters Pay attention to what they do

what they say and what they look like Also think about how the setting

or where they are helps you understand the story

Prepare to Read

PREVIEW AND PREDICT

Have children turn to page 15 Ask a child to read aloud the title

Who are the characters What do you think they might do

Tell children to write or draw their predictions about the story

Genre Fantasy Remind children that a fantasy is a made-up

story that would not happen in real life

Preview the word Ask children to

tell what it means

fly (page 24)

Analyze Character and Setting

Introduce U1 7AndashB

Practice Apply

U1 7J 13Gndash27A Leveled

Practice 3ndash4

Reteach Review

U1 35E 35L 35NndashP 35RndashT

35V 35YndashZ 83AndashB 83J

89Gndash105A 111E 111L

111NndashP 111RndashT 111V

111YndashZ Leveled Practice

27ndash28

Assess Weekly Tests Unit 1 3 Tests

Benchmark Tests A B

Maintain U3 121AndashB 121J 127Gndash147A

153E 153L 153NndashP 153RndashT

153V 153YndashZ U5 63J Leveled

Practice 119ndash120

13G

Main Selection Student pages 14 15

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2636

Read Pam and Sam

SET A PURPOSE FOR READING

Focus Question Read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo question Letrsquos

look for clues in the story that help us understand these characters

Encourage children to set their own purpose for readingWAYS TO READ THE SELECTION

Main Selection Student pages 14ndash15

Story available on Listening

Library Audio CD

If your children need support

to read the Main Selection

use the prompts to guide

comprehension and model

how to complete the Character

Chart Encourage children toread aloud

If your children can read the

Main Selection independently

have them read and complete

the Character Chart

If your children need an alternate selection choose the

Leveled Readers that match their instructional level

Pam and Sam 1415

Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2736

Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17

Develop Comprehension

1 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

We have only read two pages and wersquove already learned a lot

How many characters have we met (two) What can you tell about

them How are they unique (Pam is a rabbit Sam is a bird Theylike to play) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

2 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Teacher Think Aloud This story begins with Pam and Sam

playing Pam just ran up I want to find out if Sam will do the

same thing because they like to play together I will read on

to see how the story develops I will pay close attention to the

characters and what they do in the rest of the story

1 2

SyntacticStructure

Explain that good readers

sometimes check that they have

read words correctly One way to

do this is to ask Does the word Iread sound right in the sentence

Model Point to the word ran

on page 17 The text reads ldquoPam

uprdquo I know from how the

sentence is put together that the

next word has to be a verb The

word ran is a verb It sounds right in

the sentence because it says what

Pam did

Apply Encourage children to

check the meaning of other words

in the story

1617

Main Selection Student pages 18ndash19

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2836

3 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

What can Pam and Sam do on these pages (They can run) Letrsquos

add this to our Character Chart Why do you think Pam and Sam

run together (Possible answer because they are playing)

4 MONITOR AND CLARIFY REREAD

If you donrsquot understand what is happening in the story you can

reread it to try and figure things out Reread page 19 What did Pam

and Sam do (They ran) Where did they run (They ran down)

5 MAINTAIN ANALYZE CHARACTER AND SETTING

What can we tell about Pam and Sam What are their interests

(They seem to be friends they like to do things together They run

and jump) Where does the story take place (outdoors possibly in

a field or in a meadow)

Main Selection Student pages 18 19

Picture Clues Point to the bird

and the rabbit running together

Explain that the picture can

give clues about where they

are running Where are Sam thebird and Pam the rabbit running

(They are running down)

3 4 5

Pam and Sam 1819

Main Selection Student pages 20ndash21

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2936

p g

Develop Comprehension

6 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

What do you learn about Pam (She can jump) What do you learn

about Sam (He can not jump) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

7 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Teacher Think Aloud Letrsquos think about how the story is

organized In the beginning Pam and Sam kept doing the same

thing Now what is happening in the middle of the story

Encourage children to apply the strategy in a Think Aloud

Student Think Aloud In the beginning of the story Sam and

Pam did the same things Now I am reading the middle of thestory and there is a problem Sam can not jump I want to read

more to find out if the problem is solved

6 7

Clarify Remind children

that characters refers to the

main people or animals in

the story Review some of the

pages in the story Pam andSam and encourage children

to look at the illustrations

Are the characters people or

animals (animals) Who are

the characters (Pam and Sam)

Ask children to describe the

characters in their own words

based on the illustrations in the

story (Possible answer Pam is a

rabbit and can hop Sam is a birdand can fly)

2021

Main Selection Student pages 22ndash23

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3036

8 FLUENCY ECHO983085READ

Read Exclamations Letrsquos read the sentence on page 23 It ends

with an exclamation mark When I read the sentence I use a tone

that shows I am excited Listen to the way my voice sounds when I

read it Now read the sentence after me with the same tone

9 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

Look at the picture on page 23 What can Sam do (He can fly)

Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

10 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Think about how the author wrote this story How did she organize

the story to keep it interesting

Student Think Aloud In the beginning she introduced the

characters and told us they like to play In the middle she told us

about a problem Sam had I think the problem will get solved in

the end now that I know Sam can fly

Question 9 ANALYZE

CHARACTER

What can Sam do How do you

know he can fly Can Pam fly too

How do you know

9

8 10

Pam and Sam 2223

Main Selection Student pages 24ndash25

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3136

Teaching Chart 8Graphic

Organizer Transparency 1

Pam Can Sam Can

play

run

jump

play

run

fly

Develop Comprehension

COMPLETE THE CHARACTER CHART

Ask children to share their ideas about the characters Pam and Sam

Record their ideas on Teaching Chart 8

RETURN TO PREDICTIONS AND PURPOSES

Review childrenrsquos predictions and review the Focus Question What

makes Pam and Sam special (Pam can jump Sam can fly)

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Leveled Reader Lesson 2 page 35R

If Yes On Level Options page 35S

Beyond Level Options page 35T

Can children analyze characters

2425

Main Selection Student page 26

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3236

Pam and Sam 26

Authorrsquos Craft

Focus on Repetition

In this story Nancy Tafuri

uses the same words

over and over She does

this to make it easier for

readers to understand

the story Repetition also

helps readers remember

what has already

happened New wordscan change the meaning

of words used over

and over

What words on page 17

are also on page 18 (ran

up) Who runs up (Pam

and Sam)

What words are on page

21 that were also on page

20 (can jump) What

new word changes the

meaning (not )

Children can find more

information about

Nancy Tafuri at

wwwmacmillanmhcom

Authorrsquos Purpose

Nancy Tafuri wanted to tell a story

about friends Draw a picture of your

friend Write your friendrsquos name

Find out more aboutNancy Tafuri atwwwmacmillanmhcom

Nancy Tafuri says ldquoI live in

the country and love telling

stories about animals I

especially like to tell stories

about good friends like

Pam and Sam I have fun

drawing pictures to go with

my storiesrdquo

Other books by Nancy Tafuri

26

Meet the AuthorIllustrator

Read aloud page 26 with children Ask if they like the way Nancy Tafuri

draws the animal friends Encourage children to look back at the story

and tell which pictures show that Sam and Pam are good friends

Author rsquos Purpose Nancy Tafuri used words and art to tell a story about what

good friends do together Have children draw a picture of a

friend Check that they have written their friendrsquos name on

the picture Children may add this writing to their response

journals

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3336

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436

Pam and Sam 27A

Think and Compare

USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS

1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of

the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then

he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump

Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN

2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real

birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the

wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too

However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together

I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually

playing together ANALYZE

3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know

Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I

noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for

him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop

playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem

MAKE INFERENCES

4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these

characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head

Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump

Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They

both solved their problems COMPARE

Personal Response

Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another

story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways

could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in

a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas

Look at the pictures Read the story

Nat is a cat

Nat can go up

Nat can go down

Pam and Sam look for Nat

Pam is sad

Where is Nat

Write T if the sentence is true

Write F if the sentence is false

1 Nat is a cat

2 Nat can go up and down

3 Pam is sad

4 Nat is in the

5 Nat is in the

T

T

F

T

T

On Level Practice Book O page 4

Approaching Practice Book A page 4

Beyond Practice Book B page 4

Think and Search(Question 1)

bull Search for clues and

information in the texts

Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)

bull Think about the

information in the story

bull Think about what you

already know

bull Compare the information

in two stories

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636

Objectives

bull Understand the importance

of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a

sentence

bull Use words to add detail to a

sentence

Materials

bull pencils and paper

Dictation Have children dictate

to you their word or phrase to

fill in the sentence frame

Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book

pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do

Personal Narrative

DAY 1 Shared Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 2 Interactive Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas

Independent Prewrite

and Draft

DAY 4 Independent Revise

and Edit

DAY 5 Independent Publish

and Present

IndependentIndependent

WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas

EXPLAIN

Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write

Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting

DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences

1 I like to eat

2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables

Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes

to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words

yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information

Personal Narrative

BRAINSTORM

Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about

herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about

what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk

about what they like to do

PREWRITE

Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do

DRAFT

Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the

sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review

with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that

tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences

TransitionsThat Teach

While lining up for recess

have children tell about a

game they would prefer

to play

Pam and Sam 27C

Page 26: unit1_week1_2.pdf

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2636

Read Pam and Sam

SET A PURPOSE FOR READING

Focus Question Read aloud the ldquoRead to Find Outrdquo question Letrsquos

look for clues in the story that help us understand these characters

Encourage children to set their own purpose for readingWAYS TO READ THE SELECTION

Main Selection Student pages 14ndash15

Story available on Listening

Library Audio CD

If your children need support

to read the Main Selection

use the prompts to guide

comprehension and model

how to complete the Character

Chart Encourage children toread aloud

If your children can read the

Main Selection independently

have them read and complete

the Character Chart

If your children need an alternate selection choose the

Leveled Readers that match their instructional level

Pam and Sam 1415

Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2736

Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17

Develop Comprehension

1 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

We have only read two pages and wersquove already learned a lot

How many characters have we met (two) What can you tell about

them How are they unique (Pam is a rabbit Sam is a bird Theylike to play) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

2 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Teacher Think Aloud This story begins with Pam and Sam

playing Pam just ran up I want to find out if Sam will do the

same thing because they like to play together I will read on

to see how the story develops I will pay close attention to the

characters and what they do in the rest of the story

1 2

SyntacticStructure

Explain that good readers

sometimes check that they have

read words correctly One way to

do this is to ask Does the word Iread sound right in the sentence

Model Point to the word ran

on page 17 The text reads ldquoPam

uprdquo I know from how the

sentence is put together that the

next word has to be a verb The

word ran is a verb It sounds right in

the sentence because it says what

Pam did

Apply Encourage children to

check the meaning of other words

in the story

1617

Main Selection Student pages 18ndash19

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2836

3 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

What can Pam and Sam do on these pages (They can run) Letrsquos

add this to our Character Chart Why do you think Pam and Sam

run together (Possible answer because they are playing)

4 MONITOR AND CLARIFY REREAD

If you donrsquot understand what is happening in the story you can

reread it to try and figure things out Reread page 19 What did Pam

and Sam do (They ran) Where did they run (They ran down)

5 MAINTAIN ANALYZE CHARACTER AND SETTING

What can we tell about Pam and Sam What are their interests

(They seem to be friends they like to do things together They run

and jump) Where does the story take place (outdoors possibly in

a field or in a meadow)

Main Selection Student pages 18 19

Picture Clues Point to the bird

and the rabbit running together

Explain that the picture can

give clues about where they

are running Where are Sam thebird and Pam the rabbit running

(They are running down)

3 4 5

Pam and Sam 1819

Main Selection Student pages 20ndash21

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2936

p g

Develop Comprehension

6 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

What do you learn about Pam (She can jump) What do you learn

about Sam (He can not jump) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

7 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Teacher Think Aloud Letrsquos think about how the story is

organized In the beginning Pam and Sam kept doing the same

thing Now what is happening in the middle of the story

Encourage children to apply the strategy in a Think Aloud

Student Think Aloud In the beginning of the story Sam and

Pam did the same things Now I am reading the middle of thestory and there is a problem Sam can not jump I want to read

more to find out if the problem is solved

6 7

Clarify Remind children

that characters refers to the

main people or animals in

the story Review some of the

pages in the story Pam andSam and encourage children

to look at the illustrations

Are the characters people or

animals (animals) Who are

the characters (Pam and Sam)

Ask children to describe the

characters in their own words

based on the illustrations in the

story (Possible answer Pam is a

rabbit and can hop Sam is a birdand can fly)

2021

Main Selection Student pages 22ndash23

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3036

8 FLUENCY ECHO983085READ

Read Exclamations Letrsquos read the sentence on page 23 It ends

with an exclamation mark When I read the sentence I use a tone

that shows I am excited Listen to the way my voice sounds when I

read it Now read the sentence after me with the same tone

9 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

Look at the picture on page 23 What can Sam do (He can fly)

Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

10 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Think about how the author wrote this story How did she organize

the story to keep it interesting

Student Think Aloud In the beginning she introduced the

characters and told us they like to play In the middle she told us

about a problem Sam had I think the problem will get solved in

the end now that I know Sam can fly

Question 9 ANALYZE

CHARACTER

What can Sam do How do you

know he can fly Can Pam fly too

How do you know

9

8 10

Pam and Sam 2223

Main Selection Student pages 24ndash25

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3136

Teaching Chart 8Graphic

Organizer Transparency 1

Pam Can Sam Can

play

run

jump

play

run

fly

Develop Comprehension

COMPLETE THE CHARACTER CHART

Ask children to share their ideas about the characters Pam and Sam

Record their ideas on Teaching Chart 8

RETURN TO PREDICTIONS AND PURPOSES

Review childrenrsquos predictions and review the Focus Question What

makes Pam and Sam special (Pam can jump Sam can fly)

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Leveled Reader Lesson 2 page 35R

If Yes On Level Options page 35S

Beyond Level Options page 35T

Can children analyze characters

2425

Main Selection Student page 26

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3236

Pam and Sam 26

Authorrsquos Craft

Focus on Repetition

In this story Nancy Tafuri

uses the same words

over and over She does

this to make it easier for

readers to understand

the story Repetition also

helps readers remember

what has already

happened New wordscan change the meaning

of words used over

and over

What words on page 17

are also on page 18 (ran

up) Who runs up (Pam

and Sam)

What words are on page

21 that were also on page

20 (can jump) What

new word changes the

meaning (not )

Children can find more

information about

Nancy Tafuri at

wwwmacmillanmhcom

Authorrsquos Purpose

Nancy Tafuri wanted to tell a story

about friends Draw a picture of your

friend Write your friendrsquos name

Find out more aboutNancy Tafuri atwwwmacmillanmhcom

Nancy Tafuri says ldquoI live in

the country and love telling

stories about animals I

especially like to tell stories

about good friends like

Pam and Sam I have fun

drawing pictures to go with

my storiesrdquo

Other books by Nancy Tafuri

26

Meet the AuthorIllustrator

Read aloud page 26 with children Ask if they like the way Nancy Tafuri

draws the animal friends Encourage children to look back at the story

and tell which pictures show that Sam and Pam are good friends

Author rsquos Purpose Nancy Tafuri used words and art to tell a story about what

good friends do together Have children draw a picture of a

friend Check that they have written their friendrsquos name on

the picture Children may add this writing to their response

journals

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3336

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436

Pam and Sam 27A

Think and Compare

USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS

1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of

the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then

he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump

Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN

2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real

birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the

wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too

However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together

I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually

playing together ANALYZE

3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know

Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I

noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for

him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop

playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem

MAKE INFERENCES

4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these

characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head

Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump

Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They

both solved their problems COMPARE

Personal Response

Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another

story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways

could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in

a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas

Look at the pictures Read the story

Nat is a cat

Nat can go up

Nat can go down

Pam and Sam look for Nat

Pam is sad

Where is Nat

Write T if the sentence is true

Write F if the sentence is false

1 Nat is a cat

2 Nat can go up and down

3 Pam is sad

4 Nat is in the

5 Nat is in the

T

T

F

T

T

On Level Practice Book O page 4

Approaching Practice Book A page 4

Beyond Practice Book B page 4

Think and Search(Question 1)

bull Search for clues and

information in the texts

Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)

bull Think about the

information in the story

bull Think about what you

already know

bull Compare the information

in two stories

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636

Objectives

bull Understand the importance

of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a

sentence

bull Use words to add detail to a

sentence

Materials

bull pencils and paper

Dictation Have children dictate

to you their word or phrase to

fill in the sentence frame

Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book

pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do

Personal Narrative

DAY 1 Shared Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 2 Interactive Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas

Independent Prewrite

and Draft

DAY 4 Independent Revise

and Edit

DAY 5 Independent Publish

and Present

IndependentIndependent

WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas

EXPLAIN

Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write

Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting

DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences

1 I like to eat

2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables

Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes

to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words

yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information

Personal Narrative

BRAINSTORM

Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about

herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about

what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk

about what they like to do

PREWRITE

Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do

DRAFT

Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the

sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review

with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that

tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences

TransitionsThat Teach

While lining up for recess

have children tell about a

game they would prefer

to play

Pam and Sam 27C

Page 27: unit1_week1_2.pdf

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2736

Main Selection Student pages 16ndash17

Develop Comprehension

1 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

We have only read two pages and wersquove already learned a lot

How many characters have we met (two) What can you tell about

them How are they unique (Pam is a rabbit Sam is a bird Theylike to play) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

2 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Teacher Think Aloud This story begins with Pam and Sam

playing Pam just ran up I want to find out if Sam will do the

same thing because they like to play together I will read on

to see how the story develops I will pay close attention to the

characters and what they do in the rest of the story

1 2

SyntacticStructure

Explain that good readers

sometimes check that they have

read words correctly One way to

do this is to ask Does the word Iread sound right in the sentence

Model Point to the word ran

on page 17 The text reads ldquoPam

uprdquo I know from how the

sentence is put together that the

next word has to be a verb The

word ran is a verb It sounds right in

the sentence because it says what

Pam did

Apply Encourage children to

check the meaning of other words

in the story

1617

Main Selection Student pages 18ndash19

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2836

3 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

What can Pam and Sam do on these pages (They can run) Letrsquos

add this to our Character Chart Why do you think Pam and Sam

run together (Possible answer because they are playing)

4 MONITOR AND CLARIFY REREAD

If you donrsquot understand what is happening in the story you can

reread it to try and figure things out Reread page 19 What did Pam

and Sam do (They ran) Where did they run (They ran down)

5 MAINTAIN ANALYZE CHARACTER AND SETTING

What can we tell about Pam and Sam What are their interests

(They seem to be friends they like to do things together They run

and jump) Where does the story take place (outdoors possibly in

a field or in a meadow)

Main Selection Student pages 18 19

Picture Clues Point to the bird

and the rabbit running together

Explain that the picture can

give clues about where they

are running Where are Sam thebird and Pam the rabbit running

(They are running down)

3 4 5

Pam and Sam 1819

Main Selection Student pages 20ndash21

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2936

p g

Develop Comprehension

6 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

What do you learn about Pam (She can jump) What do you learn

about Sam (He can not jump) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

7 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Teacher Think Aloud Letrsquos think about how the story is

organized In the beginning Pam and Sam kept doing the same

thing Now what is happening in the middle of the story

Encourage children to apply the strategy in a Think Aloud

Student Think Aloud In the beginning of the story Sam and

Pam did the same things Now I am reading the middle of thestory and there is a problem Sam can not jump I want to read

more to find out if the problem is solved

6 7

Clarify Remind children

that characters refers to the

main people or animals in

the story Review some of the

pages in the story Pam andSam and encourage children

to look at the illustrations

Are the characters people or

animals (animals) Who are

the characters (Pam and Sam)

Ask children to describe the

characters in their own words

based on the illustrations in the

story (Possible answer Pam is a

rabbit and can hop Sam is a birdand can fly)

2021

Main Selection Student pages 22ndash23

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3036

8 FLUENCY ECHO983085READ

Read Exclamations Letrsquos read the sentence on page 23 It ends

with an exclamation mark When I read the sentence I use a tone

that shows I am excited Listen to the way my voice sounds when I

read it Now read the sentence after me with the same tone

9 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

Look at the picture on page 23 What can Sam do (He can fly)

Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

10 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Think about how the author wrote this story How did she organize

the story to keep it interesting

Student Think Aloud In the beginning she introduced the

characters and told us they like to play In the middle she told us

about a problem Sam had I think the problem will get solved in

the end now that I know Sam can fly

Question 9 ANALYZE

CHARACTER

What can Sam do How do you

know he can fly Can Pam fly too

How do you know

9

8 10

Pam and Sam 2223

Main Selection Student pages 24ndash25

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3136

Teaching Chart 8Graphic

Organizer Transparency 1

Pam Can Sam Can

play

run

jump

play

run

fly

Develop Comprehension

COMPLETE THE CHARACTER CHART

Ask children to share their ideas about the characters Pam and Sam

Record their ideas on Teaching Chart 8

RETURN TO PREDICTIONS AND PURPOSES

Review childrenrsquos predictions and review the Focus Question What

makes Pam and Sam special (Pam can jump Sam can fly)

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Leveled Reader Lesson 2 page 35R

If Yes On Level Options page 35S

Beyond Level Options page 35T

Can children analyze characters

2425

Main Selection Student page 26

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3236

Pam and Sam 26

Authorrsquos Craft

Focus on Repetition

In this story Nancy Tafuri

uses the same words

over and over She does

this to make it easier for

readers to understand

the story Repetition also

helps readers remember

what has already

happened New wordscan change the meaning

of words used over

and over

What words on page 17

are also on page 18 (ran

up) Who runs up (Pam

and Sam)

What words are on page

21 that were also on page

20 (can jump) What

new word changes the

meaning (not )

Children can find more

information about

Nancy Tafuri at

wwwmacmillanmhcom

Authorrsquos Purpose

Nancy Tafuri wanted to tell a story

about friends Draw a picture of your

friend Write your friendrsquos name

Find out more aboutNancy Tafuri atwwwmacmillanmhcom

Nancy Tafuri says ldquoI live in

the country and love telling

stories about animals I

especially like to tell stories

about good friends like

Pam and Sam I have fun

drawing pictures to go with

my storiesrdquo

Other books by Nancy Tafuri

26

Meet the AuthorIllustrator

Read aloud page 26 with children Ask if they like the way Nancy Tafuri

draws the animal friends Encourage children to look back at the story

and tell which pictures show that Sam and Pam are good friends

Author rsquos Purpose Nancy Tafuri used words and art to tell a story about what

good friends do together Have children draw a picture of a

friend Check that they have written their friendrsquos name on

the picture Children may add this writing to their response

journals

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3336

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436

Pam and Sam 27A

Think and Compare

USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS

1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of

the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then

he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump

Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN

2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real

birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the

wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too

However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together

I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually

playing together ANALYZE

3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know

Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I

noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for

him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop

playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem

MAKE INFERENCES

4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these

characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head

Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump

Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They

both solved their problems COMPARE

Personal Response

Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another

story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways

could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in

a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas

Look at the pictures Read the story

Nat is a cat

Nat can go up

Nat can go down

Pam and Sam look for Nat

Pam is sad

Where is Nat

Write T if the sentence is true

Write F if the sentence is false

1 Nat is a cat

2 Nat can go up and down

3 Pam is sad

4 Nat is in the

5 Nat is in the

T

T

F

T

T

On Level Practice Book O page 4

Approaching Practice Book A page 4

Beyond Practice Book B page 4

Think and Search(Question 1)

bull Search for clues and

information in the texts

Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)

bull Think about the

information in the story

bull Think about what you

already know

bull Compare the information

in two stories

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636

Objectives

bull Understand the importance

of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a

sentence

bull Use words to add detail to a

sentence

Materials

bull pencils and paper

Dictation Have children dictate

to you their word or phrase to

fill in the sentence frame

Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book

pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do

Personal Narrative

DAY 1 Shared Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 2 Interactive Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas

Independent Prewrite

and Draft

DAY 4 Independent Revise

and Edit

DAY 5 Independent Publish

and Present

IndependentIndependent

WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas

EXPLAIN

Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write

Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting

DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences

1 I like to eat

2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables

Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes

to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words

yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information

Personal Narrative

BRAINSTORM

Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about

herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about

what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk

about what they like to do

PREWRITE

Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do

DRAFT

Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the

sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review

with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that

tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences

TransitionsThat Teach

While lining up for recess

have children tell about a

game they would prefer

to play

Pam and Sam 27C

Page 28: unit1_week1_2.pdf

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2836

3 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

What can Pam and Sam do on these pages (They can run) Letrsquos

add this to our Character Chart Why do you think Pam and Sam

run together (Possible answer because they are playing)

4 MONITOR AND CLARIFY REREAD

If you donrsquot understand what is happening in the story you can

reread it to try and figure things out Reread page 19 What did Pam

and Sam do (They ran) Where did they run (They ran down)

5 MAINTAIN ANALYZE CHARACTER AND SETTING

What can we tell about Pam and Sam What are their interests

(They seem to be friends they like to do things together They run

and jump) Where does the story take place (outdoors possibly in

a field or in a meadow)

Main Selection Student pages 18 19

Picture Clues Point to the bird

and the rabbit running together

Explain that the picture can

give clues about where they

are running Where are Sam thebird and Pam the rabbit running

(They are running down)

3 4 5

Pam and Sam 1819

Main Selection Student pages 20ndash21

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2936

p g

Develop Comprehension

6 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

What do you learn about Pam (She can jump) What do you learn

about Sam (He can not jump) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

7 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Teacher Think Aloud Letrsquos think about how the story is

organized In the beginning Pam and Sam kept doing the same

thing Now what is happening in the middle of the story

Encourage children to apply the strategy in a Think Aloud

Student Think Aloud In the beginning of the story Sam and

Pam did the same things Now I am reading the middle of thestory and there is a problem Sam can not jump I want to read

more to find out if the problem is solved

6 7

Clarify Remind children

that characters refers to the

main people or animals in

the story Review some of the

pages in the story Pam andSam and encourage children

to look at the illustrations

Are the characters people or

animals (animals) Who are

the characters (Pam and Sam)

Ask children to describe the

characters in their own words

based on the illustrations in the

story (Possible answer Pam is a

rabbit and can hop Sam is a birdand can fly)

2021

Main Selection Student pages 22ndash23

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3036

8 FLUENCY ECHO983085READ

Read Exclamations Letrsquos read the sentence on page 23 It ends

with an exclamation mark When I read the sentence I use a tone

that shows I am excited Listen to the way my voice sounds when I

read it Now read the sentence after me with the same tone

9 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

Look at the picture on page 23 What can Sam do (He can fly)

Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

10 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Think about how the author wrote this story How did she organize

the story to keep it interesting

Student Think Aloud In the beginning she introduced the

characters and told us they like to play In the middle she told us

about a problem Sam had I think the problem will get solved in

the end now that I know Sam can fly

Question 9 ANALYZE

CHARACTER

What can Sam do How do you

know he can fly Can Pam fly too

How do you know

9

8 10

Pam and Sam 2223

Main Selection Student pages 24ndash25

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3136

Teaching Chart 8Graphic

Organizer Transparency 1

Pam Can Sam Can

play

run

jump

play

run

fly

Develop Comprehension

COMPLETE THE CHARACTER CHART

Ask children to share their ideas about the characters Pam and Sam

Record their ideas on Teaching Chart 8

RETURN TO PREDICTIONS AND PURPOSES

Review childrenrsquos predictions and review the Focus Question What

makes Pam and Sam special (Pam can jump Sam can fly)

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Leveled Reader Lesson 2 page 35R

If Yes On Level Options page 35S

Beyond Level Options page 35T

Can children analyze characters

2425

Main Selection Student page 26

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3236

Pam and Sam 26

Authorrsquos Craft

Focus on Repetition

In this story Nancy Tafuri

uses the same words

over and over She does

this to make it easier for

readers to understand

the story Repetition also

helps readers remember

what has already

happened New wordscan change the meaning

of words used over

and over

What words on page 17

are also on page 18 (ran

up) Who runs up (Pam

and Sam)

What words are on page

21 that were also on page

20 (can jump) What

new word changes the

meaning (not )

Children can find more

information about

Nancy Tafuri at

wwwmacmillanmhcom

Authorrsquos Purpose

Nancy Tafuri wanted to tell a story

about friends Draw a picture of your

friend Write your friendrsquos name

Find out more aboutNancy Tafuri atwwwmacmillanmhcom

Nancy Tafuri says ldquoI live in

the country and love telling

stories about animals I

especially like to tell stories

about good friends like

Pam and Sam I have fun

drawing pictures to go with

my storiesrdquo

Other books by Nancy Tafuri

26

Meet the AuthorIllustrator

Read aloud page 26 with children Ask if they like the way Nancy Tafuri

draws the animal friends Encourage children to look back at the story

and tell which pictures show that Sam and Pam are good friends

Author rsquos Purpose Nancy Tafuri used words and art to tell a story about what

good friends do together Have children draw a picture of a

friend Check that they have written their friendrsquos name on

the picture Children may add this writing to their response

journals

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3336

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436

Pam and Sam 27A

Think and Compare

USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS

1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of

the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then

he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump

Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN

2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real

birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the

wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too

However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together

I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually

playing together ANALYZE

3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know

Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I

noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for

him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop

playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem

MAKE INFERENCES

4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these

characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head

Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump

Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They

both solved their problems COMPARE

Personal Response

Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another

story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways

could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in

a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas

Look at the pictures Read the story

Nat is a cat

Nat can go up

Nat can go down

Pam and Sam look for Nat

Pam is sad

Where is Nat

Write T if the sentence is true

Write F if the sentence is false

1 Nat is a cat

2 Nat can go up and down

3 Pam is sad

4 Nat is in the

5 Nat is in the

T

T

F

T

T

On Level Practice Book O page 4

Approaching Practice Book A page 4

Beyond Practice Book B page 4

Think and Search(Question 1)

bull Search for clues and

information in the texts

Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)

bull Think about the

information in the story

bull Think about what you

already know

bull Compare the information

in two stories

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636

Objectives

bull Understand the importance

of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a

sentence

bull Use words to add detail to a

sentence

Materials

bull pencils and paper

Dictation Have children dictate

to you their word or phrase to

fill in the sentence frame

Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book

pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do

Personal Narrative

DAY 1 Shared Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 2 Interactive Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas

Independent Prewrite

and Draft

DAY 4 Independent Revise

and Edit

DAY 5 Independent Publish

and Present

IndependentIndependent

WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas

EXPLAIN

Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write

Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting

DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences

1 I like to eat

2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables

Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes

to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words

yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information

Personal Narrative

BRAINSTORM

Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about

herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about

what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk

about what they like to do

PREWRITE

Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do

DRAFT

Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the

sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review

with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that

tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences

TransitionsThat Teach

While lining up for recess

have children tell about a

game they would prefer

to play

Pam and Sam 27C

Page 29: unit1_week1_2.pdf

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 2936

p g

Develop Comprehension

6 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

What do you learn about Pam (She can jump) What do you learn

about Sam (He can not jump) Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

7 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Teacher Think Aloud Letrsquos think about how the story is

organized In the beginning Pam and Sam kept doing the same

thing Now what is happening in the middle of the story

Encourage children to apply the strategy in a Think Aloud

Student Think Aloud In the beginning of the story Sam and

Pam did the same things Now I am reading the middle of thestory and there is a problem Sam can not jump I want to read

more to find out if the problem is solved

6 7

Clarify Remind children

that characters refers to the

main people or animals in

the story Review some of the

pages in the story Pam andSam and encourage children

to look at the illustrations

Are the characters people or

animals (animals) Who are

the characters (Pam and Sam)

Ask children to describe the

characters in their own words

based on the illustrations in the

story (Possible answer Pam is a

rabbit and can hop Sam is a birdand can fly)

2021

Main Selection Student pages 22ndash23

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3036

8 FLUENCY ECHO983085READ

Read Exclamations Letrsquos read the sentence on page 23 It ends

with an exclamation mark When I read the sentence I use a tone

that shows I am excited Listen to the way my voice sounds when I

read it Now read the sentence after me with the same tone

9 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

Look at the picture on page 23 What can Sam do (He can fly)

Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

10 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Think about how the author wrote this story How did she organize

the story to keep it interesting

Student Think Aloud In the beginning she introduced the

characters and told us they like to play In the middle she told us

about a problem Sam had I think the problem will get solved in

the end now that I know Sam can fly

Question 9 ANALYZE

CHARACTER

What can Sam do How do you

know he can fly Can Pam fly too

How do you know

9

8 10

Pam and Sam 2223

Main Selection Student pages 24ndash25

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3136

Teaching Chart 8Graphic

Organizer Transparency 1

Pam Can Sam Can

play

run

jump

play

run

fly

Develop Comprehension

COMPLETE THE CHARACTER CHART

Ask children to share their ideas about the characters Pam and Sam

Record their ideas on Teaching Chart 8

RETURN TO PREDICTIONS AND PURPOSES

Review childrenrsquos predictions and review the Focus Question What

makes Pam and Sam special (Pam can jump Sam can fly)

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Leveled Reader Lesson 2 page 35R

If Yes On Level Options page 35S

Beyond Level Options page 35T

Can children analyze characters

2425

Main Selection Student page 26

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3236

Pam and Sam 26

Authorrsquos Craft

Focus on Repetition

In this story Nancy Tafuri

uses the same words

over and over She does

this to make it easier for

readers to understand

the story Repetition also

helps readers remember

what has already

happened New wordscan change the meaning

of words used over

and over

What words on page 17

are also on page 18 (ran

up) Who runs up (Pam

and Sam)

What words are on page

21 that were also on page

20 (can jump) What

new word changes the

meaning (not )

Children can find more

information about

Nancy Tafuri at

wwwmacmillanmhcom

Authorrsquos Purpose

Nancy Tafuri wanted to tell a story

about friends Draw a picture of your

friend Write your friendrsquos name

Find out more aboutNancy Tafuri atwwwmacmillanmhcom

Nancy Tafuri says ldquoI live in

the country and love telling

stories about animals I

especially like to tell stories

about good friends like

Pam and Sam I have fun

drawing pictures to go with

my storiesrdquo

Other books by Nancy Tafuri

26

Meet the AuthorIllustrator

Read aloud page 26 with children Ask if they like the way Nancy Tafuri

draws the animal friends Encourage children to look back at the story

and tell which pictures show that Sam and Pam are good friends

Author rsquos Purpose Nancy Tafuri used words and art to tell a story about what

good friends do together Have children draw a picture of a

friend Check that they have written their friendrsquos name on

the picture Children may add this writing to their response

journals

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3336

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436

Pam and Sam 27A

Think and Compare

USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS

1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of

the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then

he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump

Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN

2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real

birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the

wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too

However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together

I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually

playing together ANALYZE

3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know

Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I

noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for

him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop

playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem

MAKE INFERENCES

4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these

characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head

Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump

Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They

both solved their problems COMPARE

Personal Response

Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another

story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways

could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in

a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas

Look at the pictures Read the story

Nat is a cat

Nat can go up

Nat can go down

Pam and Sam look for Nat

Pam is sad

Where is Nat

Write T if the sentence is true

Write F if the sentence is false

1 Nat is a cat

2 Nat can go up and down

3 Pam is sad

4 Nat is in the

5 Nat is in the

T

T

F

T

T

On Level Practice Book O page 4

Approaching Practice Book A page 4

Beyond Practice Book B page 4

Think and Search(Question 1)

bull Search for clues and

information in the texts

Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)

bull Think about the

information in the story

bull Think about what you

already know

bull Compare the information

in two stories

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636

Objectives

bull Understand the importance

of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a

sentence

bull Use words to add detail to a

sentence

Materials

bull pencils and paper

Dictation Have children dictate

to you their word or phrase to

fill in the sentence frame

Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book

pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do

Personal Narrative

DAY 1 Shared Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 2 Interactive Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas

Independent Prewrite

and Draft

DAY 4 Independent Revise

and Edit

DAY 5 Independent Publish

and Present

IndependentIndependent

WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas

EXPLAIN

Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write

Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting

DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences

1 I like to eat

2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables

Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes

to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words

yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information

Personal Narrative

BRAINSTORM

Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about

herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about

what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk

about what they like to do

PREWRITE

Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do

DRAFT

Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the

sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review

with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that

tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences

TransitionsThat Teach

While lining up for recess

have children tell about a

game they would prefer

to play

Pam and Sam 27C

Page 30: unit1_week1_2.pdf

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3036

8 FLUENCY ECHO983085READ

Read Exclamations Letrsquos read the sentence on page 23 It ends

with an exclamation mark When I read the sentence I use a tone

that shows I am excited Listen to the way my voice sounds when I

read it Now read the sentence after me with the same tone

9 SKILL Analyze Character and Setting

Look at the picture on page 23 What can Sam do (He can fly)

Letrsquos add this to our Character Chart

10 STRATEGY Analyze Story Structure

Think about how the author wrote this story How did she organize

the story to keep it interesting

Student Think Aloud In the beginning she introduced the

characters and told us they like to play In the middle she told us

about a problem Sam had I think the problem will get solved in

the end now that I know Sam can fly

Question 9 ANALYZE

CHARACTER

What can Sam do How do you

know he can fly Can Pam fly too

How do you know

9

8 10

Pam and Sam 2223

Main Selection Student pages 24ndash25

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3136

Teaching Chart 8Graphic

Organizer Transparency 1

Pam Can Sam Can

play

run

jump

play

run

fly

Develop Comprehension

COMPLETE THE CHARACTER CHART

Ask children to share their ideas about the characters Pam and Sam

Record their ideas on Teaching Chart 8

RETURN TO PREDICTIONS AND PURPOSES

Review childrenrsquos predictions and review the Focus Question What

makes Pam and Sam special (Pam can jump Sam can fly)

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Leveled Reader Lesson 2 page 35R

If Yes On Level Options page 35S

Beyond Level Options page 35T

Can children analyze characters

2425

Main Selection Student page 26

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3236

Pam and Sam 26

Authorrsquos Craft

Focus on Repetition

In this story Nancy Tafuri

uses the same words

over and over She does

this to make it easier for

readers to understand

the story Repetition also

helps readers remember

what has already

happened New wordscan change the meaning

of words used over

and over

What words on page 17

are also on page 18 (ran

up) Who runs up (Pam

and Sam)

What words are on page

21 that were also on page

20 (can jump) What

new word changes the

meaning (not )

Children can find more

information about

Nancy Tafuri at

wwwmacmillanmhcom

Authorrsquos Purpose

Nancy Tafuri wanted to tell a story

about friends Draw a picture of your

friend Write your friendrsquos name

Find out more aboutNancy Tafuri atwwwmacmillanmhcom

Nancy Tafuri says ldquoI live in

the country and love telling

stories about animals I

especially like to tell stories

about good friends like

Pam and Sam I have fun

drawing pictures to go with

my storiesrdquo

Other books by Nancy Tafuri

26

Meet the AuthorIllustrator

Read aloud page 26 with children Ask if they like the way Nancy Tafuri

draws the animal friends Encourage children to look back at the story

and tell which pictures show that Sam and Pam are good friends

Author rsquos Purpose Nancy Tafuri used words and art to tell a story about what

good friends do together Have children draw a picture of a

friend Check that they have written their friendrsquos name on

the picture Children may add this writing to their response

journals

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3336

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436

Pam and Sam 27A

Think and Compare

USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS

1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of

the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then

he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump

Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN

2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real

birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the

wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too

However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together

I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually

playing together ANALYZE

3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know

Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I

noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for

him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop

playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem

MAKE INFERENCES

4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these

characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head

Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump

Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They

both solved their problems COMPARE

Personal Response

Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another

story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways

could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in

a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas

Look at the pictures Read the story

Nat is a cat

Nat can go up

Nat can go down

Pam and Sam look for Nat

Pam is sad

Where is Nat

Write T if the sentence is true

Write F if the sentence is false

1 Nat is a cat

2 Nat can go up and down

3 Pam is sad

4 Nat is in the

5 Nat is in the

T

T

F

T

T

On Level Practice Book O page 4

Approaching Practice Book A page 4

Beyond Practice Book B page 4

Think and Search(Question 1)

bull Search for clues and

information in the texts

Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)

bull Think about the

information in the story

bull Think about what you

already know

bull Compare the information

in two stories

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636

Objectives

bull Understand the importance

of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a

sentence

bull Use words to add detail to a

sentence

Materials

bull pencils and paper

Dictation Have children dictate

to you their word or phrase to

fill in the sentence frame

Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book

pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do

Personal Narrative

DAY 1 Shared Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 2 Interactive Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas

Independent Prewrite

and Draft

DAY 4 Independent Revise

and Edit

DAY 5 Independent Publish

and Present

IndependentIndependent

WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas

EXPLAIN

Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write

Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting

DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences

1 I like to eat

2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables

Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes

to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words

yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information

Personal Narrative

BRAINSTORM

Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about

herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about

what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk

about what they like to do

PREWRITE

Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do

DRAFT

Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the

sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review

with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that

tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences

TransitionsThat Teach

While lining up for recess

have children tell about a

game they would prefer

to play

Pam and Sam 27C

Page 31: unit1_week1_2.pdf

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3136

Teaching Chart 8Graphic

Organizer Transparency 1

Pam Can Sam Can

play

run

jump

play

run

fly

Develop Comprehension

COMPLETE THE CHARACTER CHART

Ask children to share their ideas about the characters Pam and Sam

Record their ideas on Teaching Chart 8

RETURN TO PREDICTIONS AND PURPOSES

Review childrenrsquos predictions and review the Focus Question What

makes Pam and Sam special (Pam can jump Sam can fly)

During Small Group Instruction

If No Approaching Level Leveled Reader Lesson 2 page 35R

If Yes On Level Options page 35S

Beyond Level Options page 35T

Can children analyze characters

2425

Main Selection Student page 26

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3236

Pam and Sam 26

Authorrsquos Craft

Focus on Repetition

In this story Nancy Tafuri

uses the same words

over and over She does

this to make it easier for

readers to understand

the story Repetition also

helps readers remember

what has already

happened New wordscan change the meaning

of words used over

and over

What words on page 17

are also on page 18 (ran

up) Who runs up (Pam

and Sam)

What words are on page

21 that were also on page

20 (can jump) What

new word changes the

meaning (not )

Children can find more

information about

Nancy Tafuri at

wwwmacmillanmhcom

Authorrsquos Purpose

Nancy Tafuri wanted to tell a story

about friends Draw a picture of your

friend Write your friendrsquos name

Find out more aboutNancy Tafuri atwwwmacmillanmhcom

Nancy Tafuri says ldquoI live in

the country and love telling

stories about animals I

especially like to tell stories

about good friends like

Pam and Sam I have fun

drawing pictures to go with

my storiesrdquo

Other books by Nancy Tafuri

26

Meet the AuthorIllustrator

Read aloud page 26 with children Ask if they like the way Nancy Tafuri

draws the animal friends Encourage children to look back at the story

and tell which pictures show that Sam and Pam are good friends

Author rsquos Purpose Nancy Tafuri used words and art to tell a story about what

good friends do together Have children draw a picture of a

friend Check that they have written their friendrsquos name on

the picture Children may add this writing to their response

journals

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3336

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436

Pam and Sam 27A

Think and Compare

USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS

1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of

the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then

he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump

Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN

2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real

birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the

wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too

However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together

I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually

playing together ANALYZE

3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know

Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I

noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for

him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop

playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem

MAKE INFERENCES

4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these

characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head

Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump

Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They

both solved their problems COMPARE

Personal Response

Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another

story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways

could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in

a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas

Look at the pictures Read the story

Nat is a cat

Nat can go up

Nat can go down

Pam and Sam look for Nat

Pam is sad

Where is Nat

Write T if the sentence is true

Write F if the sentence is false

1 Nat is a cat

2 Nat can go up and down

3 Pam is sad

4 Nat is in the

5 Nat is in the

T

T

F

T

T

On Level Practice Book O page 4

Approaching Practice Book A page 4

Beyond Practice Book B page 4

Think and Search(Question 1)

bull Search for clues and

information in the texts

Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)

bull Think about the

information in the story

bull Think about what you

already know

bull Compare the information

in two stories

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636

Objectives

bull Understand the importance

of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a

sentence

bull Use words to add detail to a

sentence

Materials

bull pencils and paper

Dictation Have children dictate

to you their word or phrase to

fill in the sentence frame

Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book

pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do

Personal Narrative

DAY 1 Shared Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 2 Interactive Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas

Independent Prewrite

and Draft

DAY 4 Independent Revise

and Edit

DAY 5 Independent Publish

and Present

IndependentIndependent

WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas

EXPLAIN

Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write

Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting

DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences

1 I like to eat

2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables

Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes

to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words

yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information

Personal Narrative

BRAINSTORM

Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about

herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about

what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk

about what they like to do

PREWRITE

Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do

DRAFT

Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the

sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review

with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that

tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences

TransitionsThat Teach

While lining up for recess

have children tell about a

game they would prefer

to play

Pam and Sam 27C

Page 32: unit1_week1_2.pdf

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3236

Pam and Sam 26

Authorrsquos Craft

Focus on Repetition

In this story Nancy Tafuri

uses the same words

over and over She does

this to make it easier for

readers to understand

the story Repetition also

helps readers remember

what has already

happened New wordscan change the meaning

of words used over

and over

What words on page 17

are also on page 18 (ran

up) Who runs up (Pam

and Sam)

What words are on page

21 that were also on page

20 (can jump) What

new word changes the

meaning (not )

Children can find more

information about

Nancy Tafuri at

wwwmacmillanmhcom

Authorrsquos Purpose

Nancy Tafuri wanted to tell a story

about friends Draw a picture of your

friend Write your friendrsquos name

Find out more aboutNancy Tafuri atwwwmacmillanmhcom

Nancy Tafuri says ldquoI live in

the country and love telling

stories about animals I

especially like to tell stories

about good friends like

Pam and Sam I have fun

drawing pictures to go with

my storiesrdquo

Other books by Nancy Tafuri

26

Meet the AuthorIllustrator

Read aloud page 26 with children Ask if they like the way Nancy Tafuri

draws the animal friends Encourage children to look back at the story

and tell which pictures show that Sam and Pam are good friends

Author rsquos Purpose Nancy Tafuri used words and art to tell a story about what

good friends do together Have children draw a picture of a

friend Check that they have written their friendrsquos name on

the picture Children may add this writing to their response

journals

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3336

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436

Pam and Sam 27A

Think and Compare

USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS

1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of

the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then

he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump

Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN

2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real

birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the

wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too

However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together

I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually

playing together ANALYZE

3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know

Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I

noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for

him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop

playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem

MAKE INFERENCES

4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these

characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head

Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump

Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They

both solved their problems COMPARE

Personal Response

Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another

story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways

could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in

a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas

Look at the pictures Read the story

Nat is a cat

Nat can go up

Nat can go down

Pam and Sam look for Nat

Pam is sad

Where is Nat

Write T if the sentence is true

Write F if the sentence is false

1 Nat is a cat

2 Nat can go up and down

3 Pam is sad

4 Nat is in the

5 Nat is in the

T

T

F

T

T

On Level Practice Book O page 4

Approaching Practice Book A page 4

Beyond Practice Book B page 4

Think and Search(Question 1)

bull Search for clues and

information in the texts

Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)

bull Think about the

information in the story

bull Think about what you

already know

bull Compare the information

in two stories

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636

Objectives

bull Understand the importance

of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a

sentence

bull Use words to add detail to a

sentence

Materials

bull pencils and paper

Dictation Have children dictate

to you their word or phrase to

fill in the sentence frame

Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book

pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do

Personal Narrative

DAY 1 Shared Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 2 Interactive Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas

Independent Prewrite

and Draft

DAY 4 Independent Revise

and Edit

DAY 5 Independent Publish

and Present

IndependentIndependent

WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas

EXPLAIN

Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write

Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting

DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences

1 I like to eat

2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables

Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes

to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words

yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information

Personal Narrative

BRAINSTORM

Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about

herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about

what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk

about what they like to do

PREWRITE

Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do

DRAFT

Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the

sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review

with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that

tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences

TransitionsThat Teach

While lining up for recess

have children tell about a

game they would prefer

to play

Pam and Sam 27C

Page 33: unit1_week1_2.pdf

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3336

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436

Pam and Sam 27A

Think and Compare

USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS

1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of

the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then

he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump

Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN

2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real

birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the

wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too

However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together

I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually

playing together ANALYZE

3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know

Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I

noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for

him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop

playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem

MAKE INFERENCES

4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these

characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head

Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump

Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They

both solved their problems COMPARE

Personal Response

Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another

story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways

could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in

a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas

Look at the pictures Read the story

Nat is a cat

Nat can go up

Nat can go down

Pam and Sam look for Nat

Pam is sad

Where is Nat

Write T if the sentence is true

Write F if the sentence is false

1 Nat is a cat

2 Nat can go up and down

3 Pam is sad

4 Nat is in the

5 Nat is in the

T

T

F

T

T

On Level Practice Book O page 4

Approaching Practice Book A page 4

Beyond Practice Book B page 4

Think and Search(Question 1)

bull Search for clues and

information in the texts

Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)

bull Think about the

information in the story

bull Think about what you

already know

bull Compare the information

in two stories

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636

Objectives

bull Understand the importance

of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a

sentence

bull Use words to add detail to a

sentence

Materials

bull pencils and paper

Dictation Have children dictate

to you their word or phrase to

fill in the sentence frame

Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book

pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do

Personal Narrative

DAY 1 Shared Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 2 Interactive Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas

Independent Prewrite

and Draft

DAY 4 Independent Revise

and Edit

DAY 5 Independent Publish

and Present

IndependentIndependent

WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas

EXPLAIN

Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write

Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting

DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences

1 I like to eat

2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables

Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes

to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words

yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information

Personal Narrative

BRAINSTORM

Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about

herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about

what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk

about what they like to do

PREWRITE

Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do

DRAFT

Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the

sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review

with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that

tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences

TransitionsThat Teach

While lining up for recess

have children tell about a

game they would prefer

to play

Pam and Sam 27C

Page 34: unit1_week1_2.pdf

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3436

Pam and Sam 27A

Think and Compare

USE STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING QUESTIONS

1 Identify Character I need to search for clues about what Sam andPam did in the story In the beginning I see that they can do many of

the same things In the middle Sam realizes he canrsquot jump but then

he remembers he can fly (Pam can run up and down play and jump

Sam can run up and down play and fly) EXPLAIN

2 Text-to-World I need to think about what real rabbits and real

birds do and compare them to Pam and Sam Irsquove seen rabbits in the

wild and in zoos run and jump Birds run sometimes and they fly too

However I know a bird and a rabbit would not actually play together

I think this story is fiction because it has a bird and a rabbit actually

playing together ANALYZE

3 Text-to-Self This question asks me to think about how I know

Sam and Pam are good friends They like to play together but I

noticed something else When Sam realizes he canrsquot fly Pam waits for

him to figure out what to do Only my really good friend would stop

playing and wait for me to figure out what to do I think Pam and Samare good friends because Pam waits for Sam to solve his problem

MAKE INFERENCES

4 Text-to-Text Irsquoll go back to the stories to search for how these

characters are alike Then Irsquoll put the information together in my head

Sam is a bird and couldnrsquot jump and Pat is a bug and couldnrsquot jump

Sam decided to fly and Pat rode on the back of one of the frogs They

both solved their problems COMPARE

Personal Response

Brainstorm a Sequel Ask children If you were going to write another

story about Sam and Pam what would happen in it What other ways

could they play together Ask children to draw or jot their story idea in

a response journal or notebook Have children share their ideas

Look at the pictures Read the story

Nat is a cat

Nat can go up

Nat can go down

Pam and Sam look for Nat

Pam is sad

Where is Nat

Write T if the sentence is true

Write F if the sentence is false

1 Nat is a cat

2 Nat can go up and down

3 Pam is sad

4 Nat is in the

5 Nat is in the

T

T

F

T

T

On Level Practice Book O page 4

Approaching Practice Book A page 4

Beyond Practice Book B page 4

Think and Search(Question 1)

bull Search for clues and

information in the texts

Author and Me(Questions 2 3 and 4)

bull Think about the

information in the story

bull Think about what you

already know

bull Compare the information

in two stories

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636

Objectives

bull Understand the importance

of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a

sentence

bull Use words to add detail to a

sentence

Materials

bull pencils and paper

Dictation Have children dictate

to you their word or phrase to

fill in the sentence frame

Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book

pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do

Personal Narrative

DAY 1 Shared Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 2 Interactive Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas

Independent Prewrite

and Draft

DAY 4 Independent Revise

and Edit

DAY 5 Independent Publish

and Present

IndependentIndependent

WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas

EXPLAIN

Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write

Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting

DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences

1 I like to eat

2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables

Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes

to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words

yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information

Personal Narrative

BRAINSTORM

Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about

herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about

what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk

about what they like to do

PREWRITE

Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do

DRAFT

Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the

sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review

with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that

tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences

TransitionsThat Teach

While lining up for recess

have children tell about a

game they would prefer

to play

Pam and Sam 27C

Page 35: unit1_week1_2.pdf

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3536

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636

Objectives

bull Understand the importance

of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a

sentence

bull Use words to add detail to a

sentence

Materials

bull pencils and paper

Dictation Have children dictate

to you their word or phrase to

fill in the sentence frame

Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book

pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do

Personal Narrative

DAY 1 Shared Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 2 Interactive Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas

Independent Prewrite

and Draft

DAY 4 Independent Revise

and Edit

DAY 5 Independent Publish

and Present

IndependentIndependent

WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas

EXPLAIN

Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write

Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting

DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences

1 I like to eat

2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables

Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes

to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words

yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information

Personal Narrative

BRAINSTORM

Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about

herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about

what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk

about what they like to do

PREWRITE

Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do

DRAFT

Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the

sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review

with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that

tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences

TransitionsThat Teach

While lining up for recess

have children tell about a

game they would prefer

to play

Pam and Sam 27C

Page 36: unit1_week1_2.pdf

8122019 unit1_week1_2pdf

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullunit1week12pdf 3636

Objectives

bull Understand the importance

of story ideasbull Prewrite and draft a

sentence

bull Use words to add detail to a

sentence

Materials

bull pencils and paper

Dictation Have children dictate

to you their word or phrase to

fill in the sentence frame

Write About It This week children will use the prompt on Student Book

pages 34 and 35 to write about what they like to do

Personal Narrative

DAY 1 Shared Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 2 Interactive Personal

Narrative Sentences

DAY 3 Writing Trait Ideas

Independent Prewrite

and Draft

DAY 4 Independent Revise

and Edit

DAY 5 Independent Publish

and Present

IndependentIndependent

WritingWritingWriting Trait Ideas

EXPLAIN

Good writers think of an idea before they begin to write

Good writers use details to make their ideas more interesting

DISCUSS USING WORDS TO ADD DETAILWrite and read the following sentences

1 I like to eat

2 I like to eat yummy crunchy vegetables

Think Aloud The first sentence tells me only that the writer likes

to eat I learn much more in the second sentence The words

yummy and crunchy are the details Add details to make yoursentences more interesting and to give more information

Personal Narrative

BRAINSTORM

Remind children that in That Big Cat Allie tells unique things about

herself and her after-school interests Ask children to think about

what they really like to do after school every day Have volunteers talk

about what they like to do

PREWRITE

Distribute paper Ask children to draw a picture of what they like to do

DRAFT

Have children write a sentence below their picture Have them use the

sentence frame to tell what they like to do I like to Review

with children that when they use the word I or me in sentences that

tell what they like or do or how they feel they are writing aboutthemselves These are personal narrative sentences

TransitionsThat Teach

While lining up for recess

have children tell about a

game they would prefer

to play

Pam and Sam 27C